diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:38:36 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:38:36 -0700 |
| commit | 247d71e61f0c922d0f5722ba5b9321917089feb5 (patch) | |
| tree | ba71780acb9f938e653629f29456992844fb3c50 /28490.txt | |
Diffstat (limited to '28490.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 28490.txt | 22464 |
1 files changed, 22464 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/28490.txt b/28490.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4f1711 --- /dev/null +++ b/28490.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22464 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Scouting For Girls, Official Handbook of +the Girl Scouts, by Girl Scouts + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Scouting For Girls, Official Handbook of the Girl Scouts + +Author: Girl Scouts + +Editor: Josephine Daskam Bacon + +Release Date: April 4, 2009 [EBook #28490] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OFFICIAL HANDBOOK OF GIRL SCOUTS *** + + + + +Produced by David Edwards, Emmy and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive)Music by Linda Cantoni. + + + + + + + + + + + +SCOUTING for GIRLS + + +[Illustration] + + +THIS BOOK BELONGS TO + +___________________________________________________________ + + +MEMBER OF + +_____________________________________________________ Troop + + +MY SCOUT RECORD + +Registration Date and Place _______________________________ + +Passed Tenderfoot Test ____________________________________ + +Passed Second Class Test __________________________________ + +Passed ____________________________________________________ + + + + +SCOUTING _for_ GIRLS + + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration: MAGDELAINE DE VERCHERES + +The First Girl Scout in the New World. From Statue erected by Lord Grey, +near the site of Fort Vercheres on the St. Lawrence.] + + + + +SCOUTING _for_ GIRLS + + +_OFFICIAL HANDBOOK_ + +OF THE + +GIRL SCOUTS + +[Illustration] + +SIXTH REPRINT + +1925 + + + PUBLISHED BY THE GIRL SCOUTS, INC. + NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS + 670 LEXINGTON AVENUE, NEW YORK, N.Y. + + + _Copyright 1920 by Girl Scouts, Inc._ + _All Rights Reserved._ + +PRINTED IN NEW YORK CITY + + + + +_To_ + +JULIETTE LOW + +THEIR FOUNDER + + in grateful acknowledgment of all that + she has done for them, the American + Girl Scouts dedicate this Handbook + + + + +FOREWORD + +_How Scouting Began_ + + +_"How did Scouting come to be used by girls?" That is what I have been +asked. Well, it was this way. In the beginning I had used Scouting--that +is, wood craft, handiness, and cheery helpfulness--as a means for +training young soldiers when they first joined the army, to help them +become handy, capable men and able to hold their own with anyone instead +of being mere drilled machines._ + +_You have read about the Wars in your country against the Red Indians, +of the gallantry of your soldiers against the cunning of the Red Man, +and what is more, of the pluck of your women on those dangerous +frontiers._ + +_Well, we have had much the same sort of thing in South Africa. Over and +over again I have seen there the wonderful bravery and resourcefulness +of the women when the tribes of Zulu or Matabeles have been out on the +war path against the white settlers._ + +_In the Boer war a number of women volunteered to help my forces as +nurses or otherwise; they were full of pluck and energy, but +unfortunately they had never been trained to do anything, and so with +all the good-will in the world they were of no use. I could not help +feeling how splendid it would be if one could only train them in peace +time in the same way one trained the young soldiers--that is, through +Scoutcraft._ + +_I afterwards took to training boys in that way, but I had not been long +at it before the girls came along, and offered to do the very thing I +had hoped for, they wanted to take up Scouting also._ + +_They did not merely want to be imitators of the boys; they wanted a +line of their own._ + +_So I gave them a smart blue uniform and the names of "Guides" and my +sister wrote an outline of the scheme. The name Guide appealed to the +British girls because the pick of our frontier forces in India is the +Corps of Guides. The term cavalry or infantry hardly describes it since +it is composed of all-round handy men ready to take on any job in the +campaigning line and do it well._ + +_Then too, a woman who can be a good and helpful comrade to her brother +or husband or son along the path of life is really a guide to him._ + +_The name Guide therefore just describes the members of our sisterhood +who besides being handy and ready for any kind of duty are also a jolly +happy family and likely to be good, cheery comrades to their mankind._ + +_The coming of the Great War gave the Girl Guides their opportunity, and +they quickly showed the value of their training by undertaking a variety +of duties which made them valuable to their country in her time of +need._ + +_My wife, Lady Baden-Powell, was elected by the members to be the Chief +Guide, and under her the movement has gone ahead at an amazing pace, +spreading to most foreign countries._ + +_It is thanks to Mrs. Juliette Low, of Savannah, that the movement was +successfully started in America, and though the name Girl Scouts has +there been used it is all part of the same sisterhood, working to the +same ends and living up to the same Laws and Promise._ + +_If all the branches continue to work together and become better +acquainted with each other as they continue to become bigger it will +mean not only a grand step for the sisterhood, but what is more +important it will be a real help toward making the new League of Nations +a living force._ + +_How can that be? In this way:_ + +_If the women of the different nations are to a large extent members of +the same society and therefore in close touch and sympathy with each +other, although belonging to different countries, they will make the +League a real bond not merely between the Governments, but between the +Peoples themselves and they will see to it that it means Peace and that +we have no more of War._ + + _Robert Baden Powell._ + _May, 1919_ + + + + +PREFACE + + +The present edition of "Scouting for Girls" is the result of +collaboration on the part of practical workers in the organization from +every part of the country. The endeavor on the part of its compilers has +been to combine the minimum of standardization necessary for dignified +and efficient procedure, with the maximum of freedom for every local +branch in its interpretation and practice of the Girl Scout aims and +principles. + +Grateful acknowledgments are due to the following: + +Miss Sarah Louise Arnold, Dean, and Miss Ula M. Dow, A.M., and Dr. Alice +Blood, of Simmons College for the Part of Section XI entitled "Home +Economics"; Sir Robert Baden-Powell for frequent references and excerpts +from "Girl Guiding"; Dr. Samuel Lambert for the Part on First Aid, +Section XI, and Dr. W. H. Rockwell for reading and criticizing this; +Miss Marie Johnson with the assistance of Miss Isabel Stewart of +Teachers College, for the Part entitled "Home Nursing" in Section XI; +Dr. Herman M. Biggs for reading and criticizing the Parts dealing with +Public Health and Child Care; Mr. Ernest Thompson Seton and The +Woodcraft League, and Doubleday, Page & Co. for Section XIII and plates +on "Woodcraft"; Mr. Joseph Parsons, Mr. James Wilder, Mrs. Eloise +Roorbach, and Mr. Horace Kephart and the Macmillan Company for the +material in Section XIV "Camping for Girl Scouts"; Mr. George H. +Sherwood, Curator, and Dr. G. Clyde Fisher, Associate Curator, of the +Department of Public Education of the American Museum of Natural History +for the specially prepared Section XV and illustrations on "Nature +Study," and for all proficiency tests in this subject; Mr. David Hunter +for Section XVI "The Girl Scout's Own Garden," and Mrs. Ellen Shipman +for the part on a perennial border with the specially prepared drawing, +in the Section on the Garden; Mr. Sereno Stetson for material in Section +XVII "Measurements, Map Making and Knots"; Mr. Austin Strong for +pictures of knots; Mrs. Raymond Brown for the test for Citizen; Miss +Edith L. Nichols, Supervisor of Drawing in the New York Public Schools, +for the test on Craftsman; Mr. John Grolle of the Settlement Music +School, Philadelphia, for assistance in the Music test; Miss Eckhart for +help in the Farmer test; The Camera Club and the Eastman Kodak Company +for the test for Photographer; Mrs. Frances Hunter Elwyn of the New York +School of Fine and Applied Arts, for devising and drawing certain of the +designs for Proficiency Badges and the plates for Signalling; Miss L. S. +Power, Miss Mary Davis and Miss Mabel Williams of the New York Public +Library, for assistance in the preparation of reference reading for +Proficiency Tests, and general reading for Girl Scouts. + +It is evident that only a profound conviction of the high aims of the +Girl Scout movement and the practical capacity of the organization for +realizing them could have induced so many distinguished persons to give +so generously of their time and talent to this Handbook. + +The National Executive Board, under whose auspices it has been compiled, +appreciate this and the kindred courtesy of the various organizations of +similar interests, most deeply. We feel that such hearty and friendly +cooperation on the part of the community at large is the greatest proof +of the vitality and real worth of this and allied movements, based on +intelligent study of the young people of our country. + + JOSEPHINE DASKAM BACON, + _Chairman of Publications._ + +_March 1, 1920._ + + + + +CONTENTS + + + Foreword by Sir Robert Baden-Powell. + Preface by Josephine Daskam Bacon, _Editor_. + + SECTION: + I. HISTORY OF THE GIRL SCOUTS 1 + II. PRINCIPLES OF THE GIRL SCOUTS 3 + III. ORGANIZATION OF THE GIRL SCOUTS 13 + IV. WHO ARE THE SCOUTS? 17 + V. THE OUT OF DOOR SCOUT 35 + VI. FORMS FOR GIRL SCOUT CEREMONIES 44 + VII. GIRL SCOUT CLASS REQUIREMENTS 60 + VIII. WHAT A GIRL SCOUT SHOULD KNOW ABOUT THE FLAG 67 + IX. GIRL SCOUT DRILL 84 + X. SIGNALLING FOR GIRL SCOUTS 97 + XI. THE SCOUT AIDE 105 + + Part 1. The Home Maker 106 + Part 2. The Child Nurse 157 + Part 3. The First Aide 164 + Part 4. The Home Nurse 217 + Part 5. The Health Guardian 254 + Part 6. The Health Winner 257 + + XII. SETTING-UP EXERCISES 273 + XIII. WOODCRAFT 280 + XIV. CAMPING FOR GIRL SCOUTS 313 + XV. NATURE STUDY FOR GIRL SCOUTS 373 + XVI. THE GIRL SCOUTS' OWN GARDEN 456 + XVII. MEASUREMENTS, MAP-MAKING AND KNOTS 466 + XVIII. PROFICIENCY TESTS AND SPECIAL MEDALS 497 + XIX. REFERENCE READING FOR GIRL SCOUTS 540 + INDEX 548 + + + + +GIRL SCOUTS + + +Motto--"Be Prepared" + +Slogan--"Do a Good Turn Daily" + + +[Illustration: SYMBOL + +TREFOIL: TO INDICATE THREEFOLD PROMISE] + + + +PROMISE + + On My Honor, I will Try: + To do my duty to God and my Country. + To help other people at all times. + To obey the Scout Laws. + + +LAWS + + I A Girl Scout's Honor is to be Trusted + II A Girl Scout is Loyal + III A Girl Scout's Duty is to be Useful and to Help Others + IV A Girl Scout is a Friend to All and a Sister to every other + Girl Scout + V A Girl Scout is Courteous + VI A Girl Scout is a Friend to Animals + VII A Girl Scout obeys Orders + VIII A Girl Scout is Cheerful + IX A Girl Scout is Thrifty + X A Girl Scout is Clean in Thought, Word and Deed + + + + +SECTION I + +HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN GIRL SCOUTS + + +When Sir Robert Baden-Powell founded the Boy Scout movement in England, +it proved too attractive and too well adapted to youth to make it +possible to limit its great opportunities to boys alone. The sister +organization, known in England as the Girl Guides, quickly followed and +won an equal success. + +Mrs. Juliette Low, an American visitor in England, and a personal friend +of the Father of Scouting, realized the tremendous future of the +movement for her own country, and with the active and friendly +co-operation of the Baden-Powells, she founded the Girl Guides in +America, enrolling the first patrols in Savannah, Georgia, in March +1912. In 1915 National Headquarters were established in Washington, D. +C., and the name was changed to Girl Scouts. + +In 1916 National Headquarters were moved to New York and the methods and +standards of what was plainly to be a nation-wide organization became +established on a broad, practical basis. + +The first National Convention was held in 1915, and each succeeding year +has shown a larger and more enthusiastic body of delegates and a public +more and more interested in this steadily growing army of girls and +young women who are learning in the happiest way how to combine +patriotism, outdoor activities of every kind, skill in every branch of +domestic science and high standards of community service. + +Every side of the girl's nature is brought out and developed by +enthusiastic Captains, who direct their games and various forms of +training, and encourage team-work and fair play. For the instruction of +the Captains national camps and training schools are being established +all over the country; and schools and churches everywhere are +cooperating eagerly with this great recreational movement, which, they +realize, adds something to the life of the growing girl that they have +not been able to supply. + +Colleges are offering training in scouting as a serious course for +prospective officers, and prominent citizens in every part of the +country are identifying themselves with the Local Councils, in an +advisory and helpful capacity. + +At the present writing nearly 107,000 girls and more than 8,000 Officers +represent the original little troop in Savannah--surely a satisfying +sight for our Founder and First President, when she realizes what a +healthy sprig she has transplanted from the Mother Country! + + + + +SECTION II + +PRINCIPLES OF THE GIRL SCOUTS + + +The Motto: + +=Be Prepared= + +A Girl Scout learns to swim, not only as an athletic accomplishment, but +so that she can save life. She passes her simple tests in child care and +home nursing and household efficiency in order to be ready for the big +duties when they come. She learns the important facts about her body, so +as to keep it the fine machine it was meant to be. And she makes a +special point of woodcraft and camp lore, not only for the fun and +satisfaction they bring, in themselves, but because they are the best +emergency course we have today. A Girl Scout who has passed her First +Class test is as ready to help herself, her home and her Country as any +girl of her age should be expected to prove. + + +The Slogan: + +="Do a Good Turn Daily"= + +This simple recipe for making a very little girl perform every day some +slight act of kindness for somebody else is the _seed_ from which grows +the larger _plant_ of helping the world along--the steady attitude of +the older Scout. And this grows later into the great tree of organized, +practical community service for the grown Scout--the ideal of every +American woman today. + + +The Pledge: + + ="I pledge allegiance to my flag, and to the + Republic for which it stands; one nation + indivisible, with liberty and justice for all."= + +This pledge, though not original with the Girl Scouts, expresses in +every phrase their principles and practice. Practical patriotism, in +war and peace, is the cornerstone of the organization. A Girl Scout not +only knows how to make her flag, and how to fly it; she knows how to +respect it and is taught how to spread its great lesson of democracy. +Many races, many religions, many classes of society have tested the Girl +Scout plan and found that it has something fascinating and helpful in it +for every type of young girl. + +This broad democracy is American in every sense of the word; and the +Patrol System, which is the keynote of the organization, by which eight +girls of about the same age and interests elect their Patrol Leader and +practice local self-government in every meeting, carries out American +ideals in practical detail. + + +The Promise: + + =On My Honor I will try:= + To do my duty to God and my country. + To help other people at all times. + To obey the Scout Laws. + +This binds the Scouts together as nothing else could do. It is a promise +each girl _voluntarily_ makes; it is not a rule of her home nor a +command from her school nor a custom of her church. She is not forced to +make it--she deliberately chooses to do so. And like all such promises, +it means a great deal to her. Experience has shown that she hesitates to +break it. + + +THE LAWS OF THE GIRL SCOUTS + +=I. A Girl Scout's Honor Is To Be Trusted= + +This means that a Girl Scout's standards of honor are so high and sure +that no one would dream of doubting her simple statement of a fact when +she says: "This is so, on my honor as a Girl Scout." + +She is not satisfied, either, with keeping the letter of the law, when +she really breaks it in spirit. When she answers you, _she_ means what +_you_ mean. + +Nor does she take pains to do all this only when she is watched, or when +somebody stands ready to report on her conduct. This may do for some +people, but not for the Scouts. You can go away and leave her by herself +at any time; she does not require any guard but her own sense of honor, +which is always to be trusted. + + +=II. A Girl Scout Is Loyal= + +This means that she is true to her Country, to the city or village where +she is a citizen, to her family, her church, her school, and to those +for whom she may work, or who may work for her. She is bound to believe +the best of them and to defend them if they are slandered or threatened. +Her belief in them may be the very thing they need most, and they must +feel that whoever may fail them, a Girl Scout never will. + +This does not mean that she thinks her friends and family and school are +perfect; far from it. But there is a way of standing up for what is dear +to you, even though you admit that it has its faults. And if you insist +on what is best in people, behind their backs, they will be more likely +to take your criticism kindly, when you make it to their faces. + + +=III. A Girl Scout's Duty Is To Be Useful and to Help Others= + +This means that if it is a question of being a help to the rest of the +world, or a burden on it, a Girl Scout is always to be found among the +helpers. The simplest way of saying this, for very young Scouts, is to +tell them to do a GOOD TURN to someone every day they live; that is, to +be a _giver_ and not a _taker_. Some beginners in Scouting, and many +strangers, seem to think that any simple act of courtesy, such as we all +owe to one another, counts as a good turn, or that one's mere duty to +one's parents is worthy of Scout notice. But a good Scout laughs at this +idea, for she knows that these things are expected of all decent people. +She wants to give the world every day, for good measure, something over +and above what it asks of her. And the more she does, the more she sees +to do. + +This is the spirit that makes the older Scout into a fine, useful, +dependable woman, who does so much good in her community that she +becomes naturally one of its leading citizens, on whom everyone relies, +and of whom everyone is proud. It may end in the saving of a life, or in +some great heroic deed for one's country. _But these things are only +bigger expressions of the same feeling that makes the smallest +Tenderfoot try to do at least one good turn a day._ + + +=IV. A Girl Scout Is a Friend to All, and a Sister to Every Other Girl +Scout= + +This means that she has a feeling of good will to all the world, and is +never offish and suspicious nor inclined to distrust other people's +motives. A Girl Scout should never bear a grudge, nor keep up a quarrel +from pride, but look for the best in everybody, in which case she will +undoubtedly find it. Women are said to be inclined to cliques and +snobbishness, and the world looks to great organizations like the Girl +Scouts to break down their petty barriers of race and class and make +our sex a great power for democracy in the days to come. + +The Girl Scout finds a special comrade in every other Girl Scout, it +goes without saying, and knows how to make her feel that she need never +be without a friend, or a meal, or a helping hand, as long as there is +another Girl Scout in the world. + +She feels, too, a special responsibility toward the very old, who +represent what she may be, some day; toward the little children, who +remind her of what she used to be; toward the very poor and the +unfortunate, either of which she may be any day. The sick and helpless +she has been, as a Scout, especially trained to help, and she is proud +of her handiness and knowledge in this way. + + +=V. A Girl Scout Is Courteous= + +This means that it is not enough for women to be helpful in this world; +they must do it pleasantly. The greatest service is received more +gratefully if it is rendered graciously. The reason for this is that +true courtesy is not an affected mannerism, but a sign of real +consideration of the rights of others, a very simple proof that you are +anxious to "do as you would be done by." It is society's way of playing +fair and giving everybody a chance. In the same way, a gentle voice and +manner are very fair proofs of a gentle nature; the quiet, +self-controlled person is not only mistress of herself, but in the end, +of all the others who cannot control themselves. + +And just as our great statesman, Benjamin Franklin proved that "honesty +is the best policy," so many a successful woman has proved that a +pleasant, tactful manner is one of the most valuable assets a girl can +possess, and should be practised steadily. At home, at school, in the +office and in the world in general, the girl with the courteous manner +and pleasant voice rises quickly in popularity and power above other +girls of equal talent but less politeness. Girl Scouts lay great stress +on this, because, though no girl can make herself beautiful, and no girl +can learn to be clever, _any girl can learn to be polite_. + + +=VI. A Girl Scout Is a Friend to Animals= + +All Girl Scouts take particular care of our dumb friends, the animals, +and are always eager to protect them from stupid neglect or hard usage. +This often leads to a special interest in their ways and habits, so that +a Girl Scout is likely to know more about these little brothers of the +human race than an ordinary girl. + + +=VII. A Girl Scout Obeys Orders= + +This means that you should obey those to whom obedience is due, through +thick and thin. If this were not an unbreakable rule, no army could +endure for a day. It makes no difference whether you are cleverer, or +older, or larger, or richer than the person who may be elected or +appointed for the moment to give you orders; once they are given, it is +your duty to obey them. And the curious thing about it is that the +quicker and better you obey these orders, the more quickly and certainly +you will show yourself fitted to give them when your time comes. The +girl or woman who cannot obey can never govern. The reason you obey the +orders of your Patrol Leader, for instance, in Scout Drill, is not that +she is better than you, but because she happens to be your Patrol +Leader, and gives her orders as she would obey yours were you in her +place. + +A small well trained army can always conquer and rule a big, +undisciplined mob, and the reason for this is simply because the army +has been taught to obey and to act in units, while the mob is only a +crowd of separate persons, each doing as he thinks best. The soldier +obeys by instinct, in a great crisis, only because he has had long +practice in obeying when it was a question of unimportant matters. So +the army makes a great point of having everything ordered in military +drill, carried out with snap and accuracy; and the habit of this, once +fixed, may save thousands of lives when the great crisis comes, and turn +defeat into victory. + +A good Scout must obey instantly, just as a good soldier must obey his +officer, or a good citizen must obey the law, with no question and no +grumbling. If she considers any order unjust or unreasonable, let her +make complaint through the proper channels, and she may be sure that if +she goes about it properly she will receive attention. _But she must +remember to obey first and complain afterward._ + + +=VIII. A Girl Scout Is Cheerful= + +This means that no matter how courteous or obedient or helpful you try +to be, if you are sad or depressed about it nobody will thank you very +much for your effort. A laughing face is usually a loved face, and +nobody likes to work with a gloomy person. Cheerful music, cheerful +plays and cheerful books have always been the world's favorites; and a +jolly, good-natured girl will find more friends and more openings in the +world than a sulky beauty or a gloomy genius. + +It has been scientifically proved that if you deliberately _make_ your +voice and face cheerful and bright you immediately begin to feel that +way; and as cheerfulness is one of the most certain signs of good +health, a Scout who appears cheerful is far more likely to keep well +than one who lets herself get "down in the mouth." There is so much +real, unavoidable suffering and sorrow in the world that nobody has any +right to add to them unnecessarily, and "as cheerful as a Girl Scout" +ought to become a proverb. + + +=IX. A Girl Scout Is Thrifty= + +This means that a Girl Scout is a girl who is wise enough to know the +value of things and to put them to the best use. The most valuable thing +we have in this life is time, and girls are apt to be stupid about +getting the most out of it. A Girl Scout may be known by the fact that +she is either working, playing or resting. All are necessary and one is +just as important as the other. + +Health is probably a woman's greatest capital, and a Girl Scout looks +after it and saves it, and doesn't waste it by poor diet and lack of +exercise and fresh air, so that she goes bankrupt before she is thirty. + +Money is a very useful thing to have, and the Girl Scout decides how +much she can afford to save and does it, so as to have it in an +emergency. A girl who saves more than she spends may be niggardly; a +girl who spends more than she saves may go in debt. A Girl Scout saves, +as she spends, on some system. + +Did you ever stop to think that no matter how much money a man may earn, +the women of the family generally have the spending of most of it? And +if they have not learned to manage their own money sensibly, how can +they expect to manage other people's? If every Girl Scout in America +realized that she might make all the difference, some day, between a +bankrupt family and a family with a comfortable margin laid aside for a +rainy day, she would give a great deal of attention to this Scout law. + +In every great war all nations have been accustomed to pay the costs of +the war from loans; that is, money raised by the savings of the people. +Vast sums were raised in our own country during the great war by such +small units as Thrift Stamps. If the Girl Scouts could save such +wonderful sums as we know they did in war, why can they not keep this up +in peace? For one is as much to their Country's credit as the other. + +[Illustration: SALUTING THE FLAG IN A GIRL SCOUT CAMP] + + +=X. A Girl Scout Is Clean in Thought, Word and Deed= + +This means that just as she stands for a clean, healthy community and a +clean, healthy home, so every Girl Scout knows the deep and vital need +for clean and healthy bodies in the mothers of the next generation. This +not only means keeping her skin fresh and sweet and her system free from +every impurity, but it goes far deeper than this, and requires every +Girl Scout to respect her body and mind so much that she forces everyone +else to respect them and keep them free from the slightest familiarity +or doubtful stain. + +A good housekeeper cannot endure dust and dirt; a well cared for body +cannot endure grime or soil; a pure mind cannot endure doubtful thoughts +that cannot be freely aired and ventilated. It is a pretty safe rule for +a Girl Scout not to read things nor discuss things nor do things that +could not be read nor discussed nor done by a Patrol all together. If +you will think about this, you will see that it does not cut out +anything that is really necessary, interesting or amusing. Nor does it +mean that Scouts _should_ never do anything except in Patrols; that +would be ridiculous. But if they find they _could_ not do so, they had +better ask themselves why. When there is any doubt about this higher +kind of cleanliness Captains and Councillors may always be asked for +advice and explanation. + + + + +SECTION III + +ORGANIZATION OF THE GIRL SCOUTS + + +Lone Scout + +The basis of the Girl Scout organization is the individual girl. Any one +girl anywhere who wishes to enroll under our simple pledge of loyalty to +God and Country, helpfulness to other people and obedience to the Scout +Laws, and is unable to attach herself to any local group, is privileged +to become a Lone Scout. The National Organization will do its best for +her and she is eligible for all Merit Badges which do not depend upon +group work. + + +Patrol + +But the ideal unit and the keystone of the organization is the Patrol, +consisting of eight girls who would naturally be associated as friends, +neighbors, school fellows or playmates. They are a self selected and, +under the regulations and customs of the organization, a self governing +little body, who learn, through practical experiment, how to translate +into democratic team-play, their recreation, patriotic or community +work, camp life and athletics. Definite mastery of the various subjects +they select to study is made more interesting by healthy competition and +mutual observation. + + +Patrol Leader + +Each Patrol elects from its members a Patrol Leader, who represents them +and is to a certain extent responsible for the discipline and dignity of +the Patrol. + + +Corporal + +The Patrol Leader is assisted by her Corporal, who may be either elected +or appointed; and she is subject to re-election at regular intervals, +the office is a practical symbol of the democratic basis of our American +government and a constant demonstration of it. + + +Troop + +From one to four of these Patrols constitute a Troop, the administrative +unit of the organization. Girl Scouts are registered and chartered by +troops, and the Troop meeting is their official gathering. The Troop has +the privilege of owning a flag and choosing from a list of flowers, +trees, birds, and so forth, its own personal crest and title. + + +Captain + +The leader is called a Captain. She must be twenty-one or over, and +officially accepted by the National Headquarters, from whom she receives +the ratification of her appointment and to whom she is responsible. She +may be chosen by the girls themselves, suggested by local authorities, +or be herself the founder of the Troop. She represents the guiding, +friendly spirit of comradely leadership, the responsibility and +discretion, the maturer judgment and the definite training which shapes +the policy of the organization. + + +Lieutenants + +She may, in a small troop, and should, in a large one, be assisted by a +Lieutenant, who must be eighteen or over, and who must, like herself, be +commissioned from National Headquarters; and if desired, by a Second +Lieutenant, who must be at least sixteen. + + +Council + +The work of the Girl Scouts in any community is made many times more +effective and stimulating by the cooperation of the Council, a group of +interested, public spirited citizens who are willing to stand behind the +girls and lend the advantages of their sound judgment, broad point of +view, social prestige and financial advice. They are not expected to be +responsible for any teaching, training or administrative work; they are +simply the organized Friends of the Scouts and form the link between the +Scouts and the community. The Council is at its best when it is made up +of representatives of the church, school, club and civic interests of +the neighborhood, and can be of inestimable value in suggesting and +affording means of co-operation with all other organizations, +patronizing and advertising Scout entertainments, and so forth. One of +its chief duties is that of finding interested and capable judges for +the various Merit Badges, and arranging for the suitable conferring of +such badges. The Council, or a committee selected from its members, is +known for this purpose as the Court of Awards. + +A Captain who feels that she has such a body behind her can go far with +her Troop; and citizens who are particularly interested in constructive +work with young people who find endless possibilities in an organized +Girl Scout Council. The National Headquarters issues charters to such +Councils and cooperates with them in every way. + + +National Organization + +The central and final governing body is the National Council. This is +made up of delegates elected from all local groups throughout the +country, and works by representation, indirectly through large State and +District sub-divisions, through the National Executive Board which +maintains its Headquarters in New York. + + +National Director + +The National Director is in charge of these Headquarters and directs the +administrative work under the general heading of Field, Business, +Publication and Education. + + +Policy + +From the youngest Lone Scout up to the National Director, the +organization is democratic, self-governing and flexible, adjusting +itself everywhere and always to local circumstances and the habits and +preferences of the different groups. It is not only non-sectarian, but +is open to all creeds and has the enthusiastic support of all of them. +It offers no new system of education, but co-operates with the schools +and extends to them a much appreciated recreational plan. It affords the +churches a most practical outlet for their ideals for their young +people. Its encouragement of the intelligent domestic interests is shown +by the stress laid on every aspect of home and social life and by the +great variety of Merit Badges offered along these lines. The growing +interest in the forming of Girl Scout Troops by schools, churches and +parents proves as nothing else could, how naturally and helpfully this +simple organization fits in with the three factors of the girl's life; +her home, her church, her school. And the rapid and never ceasing growth +of the Girl Scouts means that we are able to offer, every year, larger +and larger numbers of healthy and efficient young citizens to their +country. + + + + +SECTION IV + +WHO ARE THE SCOUTS? + + +In the early days of this great country of ours, before telephones and +telegrams, railroads and automobiles made communications of all sorts so +easy, and help of all kinds so quickly secured, men and women--yes, and +boys and girls, too!--had to depend very much on themselves and be very +handy and resourceful, if they expected to keep safe and well, and even +alive. + +Our pioneer grandmothers might have been frightened by the sight of one +of our big touring cars, for instance, or puzzled as to how to send a +telegram, but they knew an immense number of practical things that have +been entirely left out of our town-bred lives, and for pluck and +resourcefulness in a tight place it is to be doubted if we could equal +them today. + +"_You press a button and we do the rest_" is the slogan of a famous +camera firm, and really it seems as if this might almost be called the +slogan of modern times; we have only to press a button nowadays, and +someone will do the rest. + +But in those early pioneer days there was no button to press, as we all +know, and nobody to "do the rest": everybody had to know a little about +everything _and be able to do that little pretty quickly_, as safety and +even life might depend upon it. + +The men who stood for all this kind of thing in the highest degree were +probably the old "Scouts," of whom Natty Bumpo, in Cooper's famous old +Indian tales is the great example. They were explorers, hunters, +campers, builders, fighters, settlers, and in an emergency, nurses and +doctors combined. They could cook, they could sew, they could make and +sail a canoe, they could support themselves indefinitely in the +trackless woods, they knew all the animals and the plants for miles +around, they could guide themselves by the sun, and stars, and finally, +they were husky and hard as nails and always in the best of health and +condition. Their adventurous life, always on the edge of danger and new, +unsuspected things, made them as quick as lightning and very clever at +reading character and adapting themselves to people. + +In a way, too, they had to act as rough and ready police (for there were +no men in brass buttons in the woods!) and be ready to support the +right, and deal out justice, just as our "cow-boys" of later ranch days +had to prevent horse-stealing. + +Now, the tales of their exploits have gone all over the world, and +healthy, active people, and especially young people, have always +delighted in just this sort of life and character. So, when you add the +fact that the word "scout" has always been used, too, to describe the +men sent out ahead of an army to gain information in the quickest, +cleverest way, it is no wonder that the great organizations of Boy and +Girl Scouts which are spreading all over the world today should have +chosen the name we are so proud of, to describe the kind of thing they +want to stand for. + +Our British Scout-sisters call themselves "Girl Guides," and here is the +thrilling reason for this title given by the Chief Scout and Founder of +the whole big band that is spreading round the world today, as so many +of Old England's great ideas have spread. + + +WHY "GUIDES"? + + On the North-West Frontier of India there is a + famous Corps of soldiers known as the Guides, and + their duty is to be always ready to turn out at + any moment to repel raids by the hostile tribes + across the Border, and to prevent them from coming + down into the peaceful plains of India. This body + of men must be prepared for every kind of + fighting. Sometimes on foot, sometimes on + horseback, sometimes in the mountains, often with + pioneer work wading through rivers and making + bridges, and so on. But they have to be a skilful + lot of men, brave and enduring, ready to turn out + at any time, winter or summer, or to sacrifice + themselves if necessary in order that peace may + reign throughout India while they keep down any + hostile raids against it. So they are true + handymen in every sense of the word, and true + patriots. + + When people speak of Guides in Europe one + naturally thinks of those men who are mountaineers + in Switzerland and other mountainous places, who + can guide people over the most difficult parts by + their own bravery and skill in tackling obstacles, + by helpfulness to those with them, and by their + bodily strength of wind and limb. They are + splendid fellows those guides, and yet if they + were told to go across the same amount of miles on + an open flat plain it would be nothing to them, it + would not be interesting, and they would not be + able to display those grand qualities which they + show directly the country is a bit broken up into + mountains. It is no fun to them to walk by easy + paths, the whole excitement of life is facing + difficulties and dangers and apparent + impossibilities, and in the end getting a chance + of attaining the summit of the mountain they have + wanted to reach. + + Well, I think it is the case with most girls + nowadays. They do not want to sit down and lead an + idle life, not to have everything done for them, + nor to have a very easy time. They don't want + merely to walk across the plain, they would much + rather show themselves handy people, able to help + others and ready, if necessary to sacrifice + themselves for others just like the Guides on the + North-West frontier. And they also want to tackle + difficult jobs themselves in their life, to face + mountains and difficulties and dangers and to go + at them having prepared themselves to be skilful + and brave; and also they would like to help other + people meet their difficulties also. When they + attain success after facing difficulties, then + they feel really happy and triumphant. It is a big + satisfaction to them to have succeeded and to have + made other people succeed also. That is what the + Girl Guides want to do, just as the mountaineer + guides do among the mountains. + + Then, too, a woman who can do things is looked up + to by others, both men and women, and they are + always ready to follow her advice and example, so + there she becomes a Guide too. And later on if she + has children of her own, or if she becomes a + teacher of children, she can be a really good + Guide to them. + + By means of games and activities which the Guides + practise they are able to learn the different + things which will help them to get on in life, and + show the way to others to go on also. Thus camping + and signalling, first aid work, camp cooking, and + all these things that the Guides practise are all + going to be helpful to them afterwards in making + them strong, resourceful women, skilful and + helpful to others, and strong in body as well as + in mind, and what is more it makes them a jolly + lot of comrades also. + + The motto of the Guides on which they work is "Be + Prepared," that is, be ready for any kind of duty + that may be thrust upon them, and what is more, to + know what to do by having practised it beforehand + in the case of any kind of accident or any kind of + work that they may be asked to take up. + + +MAGDELAINE DE VERCHERES + +"THE FIRST GIRL SCOUT" + +It is a great piece of luck for us American Scouts that we can claim the +very first Girl Scout for our own great continent, if not quite for our +own United States. A great Englishman calls her "the first Girl Scout," +and every Scout must feel proud to the core of her heart when she thinks +that this statue which we have selected for the honor of our +frontispiece, standing as it does on British soil, on the American +continent, commemorating a French girl, the daughter of our Sister +Republic, joins the three great countries closely together, through the +Girl Scouts! Magdelaine de Vercheres lived in the French colonies around +Quebec late in the seventeenth century. The colonies were constantly +being attacked by the Iroquois Indians. One of these attacks occurred +while Magdelaine's father, the Seigneur, was away. Magdelaine rallied +her younger brothers about her and succeeded in holding the fort for +eight days, until help arrived from Montreal. + +The documents relating this bit of history have been in the Archives for +many years, but when they were shown to Lord Grey about twelve years +ago he decided to erect a monument to Magdelaine de Vercheres on the St. +Lawrence. It was Lord Grey who called Magdelaine "The First Girl Scout," +and as such she will be known. + +The following is taken from "A Daughter of New France," by Arthur G. +Doughty who wrote the book for the Red Cross work of the Magdelaine de +Vercheres Chapter of the Daughters of the Empire, and dedicated it to +Princess Patricia, whose name was given to the famous "Princess Pat" +regiment. + +"On Vercheres Point, near the site of the Fort, stands a statue in +bronze of the girl who adorned the age in which she lived and whose +memory is dear to posterity. For she had learned so to live that her +hands were clean and her paths were straight.... To all future visitors +to Canada by way of the St. Lawrence, this silent figure of the First +Girl Scout in the New World conveys a message of loyalty, of courage and +of devotion." + +Our own early history is sprinkled thickly with brave, handy girls, who +were certainly Scouts, if ever there were any, though they never +belonged to a patrol, nor recited the Scout Laws. But they lived the +Laws, those strong young pioneers, and we can stretch out our hands to +them across the long years, and give them the hearty Scout grip of +fellowship, when we read of them. + + +THE EXPLORER + +If we should ever hold an election for honorary membership in the Girl +Scouts, open to all the girls who ought to have belonged to us, but who +lived too long ago, we should surely nominate for first place one of the +most remarkable young Indian girls who ever found her way through the +pathless forests,--Sacajawea, "The Bird Woman." + +In 1806 she was brought to Lewis and Clark on their expedition into the +great Northwest, to act as interpreter between them and the various +Indian tribes they had to encounter. From the very beginning, when she +induced the hostile Shoshones to act as guides, to the end of her daring +journey, during which, with her papoose on her back, she led this band +of men through hitherto impassable mountain ranges, till she brought +them to the Pacific Coast, this sixteen-year-old girl never faltered. No +dangers of hunger, thirst, cold or darkness were too much for her. From +the Jefferson to the Yellowstone River she was the only guide they had; +on her instinct for the right way, her reading of the sun, the stars and +the trees, depended the lives of all of them. When they fell sick she +nursed them; when they lost heart at the wildness of their venture, she +cheered them. Their party grew smaller and smaller, for Lewis and Clark +had separated early in the expedition, and a part of Clark's own party +fell off when they discovered a natural route over the Continental +Divide where wagons could not travel. Later, most of those who remained, +decided to go down the Jefferson River in canoes; but Clark still guided +by the plucky Indian girl, persisted in fighting his way on pony back +overland, and after a week of this journeying, crowded full of +discomforts and dangers, she brought him out in triumph at the +Yellowstone, where the river bursts out from the lower canon,--and the +Great Northwest was opened up for all time! + + * * * * * + +The women of Oregon have raised a statue to this young explorer, and +there she stands in Portland, facing the Coast, pointing to the Columbia +River where it reaches the sea. + +These great virtues of daring and endurance never die out of the race; +though the conditions of our life today, when most of the exploring has +been done, do not demand them of us in just the form the "Bird Woman" +needed, still, if they die out of the nation, and especially out of the +women of the nation, something has been lost that no amount of book +education can ever replace. Sacajawea, had no maps to study--she _made_ +maps, and roads have been built over her footsteps. And so we Scouts, +not to lose this great spirit, study the stars and the sun and the trees +and try to learn a few of the wood secrets she knew so well. This +out-of-door wisdom and self-reliance was the first great principle of +Scouting. + + +THE HOMEMAKER + +But of course, a country full of "Bird Women" could not be said to have +advanced very far in civilization. Though we should take great pleasure +in conferring her well-earned merit badges on Sacajawea, we should +hardly have grown into the great organization we are today if we had not +badges for quite another class of achievements. + +In 1832, not so many years after the famous Lewis and Clark expedition, +there was born a little New England girl who would very early in life +have become a First Class Scout if she had had the opportunity. Her name +was Louisa Alcott, and she made that name famous all the world over by +the book by which the world's girls know her--"Little Women." Her +father, though a brilliant man, was a very impractical one, and from her +first little story to her last popular book, all her work was done for +the purpose of keeping her mother and sisters, in comfort. While she was +waiting for the money from her stories she turned carpets, trimmed hats, +papered the rooms, made party dresses for her sisters, nursed anyone +who was sick (at which she was particularly good)--all the homely, +helpful things that neighbors and families did for each other in New +England towns. + +In those days little mothers of families could not telephone specialists +to help them out in emergencies; there were neither telephones nor +specialists! But there were always emergencies, and the Alcott girls had +to know what to put on a black-and-blue spot, and why the jelly failed +to "jell," and how to hang a skirt, and bake a cake, and iron a +table-cloth. Louisa had to entertain family guests and darn the family +stockings. Her home had not every comfort and convenience, even as +people counted those things then, and without a brisk, clever woman, +full of what the New Englanders called "faculty," her family would have +been a very unhappy one. With all our modern inventions nobody has yet +invented a substitute for a good, all-round woman in a family, and until +somebody can invent one, we must continue to take off our hats to girls +like Louisa Alcott. Imagine what her feelings would have been if someone +had told her that she had earned half a dozen merit badges by her +knowledge of home economics and her clever writing! + +And let every Scout who finds housework dull, and feels that she is +capable of bigger things, remember this: the woman whose books for girls +are more widely known than any such books ever written in America, had +to drop the pen, often and often, for the needle, the dish-cloth and +the broom. + +To direct her household has always been a woman's job in every century, +and girls were learning to do it before Columbus ever discovered +Sacajawea's great country. To be sure, they had no such jolly way of +working at it together, as the Scouts have, nor did they have the +opportunity the girl of today has to learn all about these things in a +scientific, business-like way, in order to get it all done with the +quickest, most efficient methods, just as any clever business man +manages his business. + +We no longer believe that housekeeping should take up all a woman's +time; and many an older woman envies the little badges on a Scout's +sleeve that show the world she has learned how to manage her cleaning +and cooking and household routine so that she has plenty of time to +spend on other things that interest her. + + +THE PIONEER + +But there was a time in the history of our country when men and women +went out into the wilderness with no nearer neighbors than the Indians, +yet with all the ideals of the New England they left behind them; girls +who had to have all the endurance of the young "Bird Woman" and yet keep +up the traditions and the habits of the fine old home life of Louisa +Alcott. + +One of these pioneer girls, who certainly would have been patrol leader +of her troop and marched them to victory with her, was Anna Shaw. In +1859, a twelve-year old girl, with her mother and four other children +she traveled in a rough cart full of bedding and provisions, into the +Michigan woods where they took up a claim, settling down into a log +cabin whose only furniture was a fireplace of wood and stones. + +She and her brothers floored this cabin with lumber from a mill, and +actually made partitions, an attic door and windows. They planted +potatoes and corn by chopping up the sod, putting seed under it and +leaving it to Nature--who rewarded them by giving them the best corn +and potatoes Dr. Shaw ever ate, she says in her autobiography. + +For she became a preacher and a physician, a lecturer and organizer, +this sturdy little Scout, even though she had to educate herself, +mostly. They papered the cabin walls with the old magazines, after they +had read them once, and went all over them, in this fashion, later. So +eagerly did she devour the few books sent them from the East, that when +she entered college, years later, she passed her examinations on what +she remembered of them! + +They lived on what they raised from the land; the pigs they brought in +the wagon with them, fish, caught with wires out of an old hoop skirt, +and corn meal brought from the nearest mill, twenty miles away. Ox teams +were the only means of getting about. + +Anna and her brothers made what furniture they used--bunks, tables, +stools and a settle. She learned to cut trees and "heart" logs like a +man. After a trying season of carrying all the water used in the +household from a distant creek, which froze in the winter so that they +had to melt the ice, they finally dug a well. First they went as far as +they could with spades, then handed buckets of earth to each other, +standing on a ledge half-way down; then, when it was deep enough, they +lined it with slabs of wood. It was so well made that the family used it +for twelve years. + +Wild beasts prowled around them, Indians terrified them by sudden +visits, the climate was rigorous, amusements and leisure scanty. But +this brave, handy girl met every job that came to her with a good heart +and a smile; she learned by doing. The tests and sports for mastering +which we earn badges were life's ordinary problems to her, and very +practical ones. She never knew it, but surely she was a real Girl Scout! + +It is not surprising to learn that she grew up to be one of the women +who earned the American girl her right to vote. A pioneer in more ways +than one, this little carpenter and farmer and well-digger worked for +the cause of woman's political equality as she had worked in the +Michigan wilderness, and helped on as much as any one woman, the great +revolution in people's ideas which makes it possible for women today to +express their wishes directly as to how their country shall be governed. +This seems very simple to the girls of today, and will seem even simpler +as the years go on, but, like the Yellowstone River, it needed its +pioneers! + +In the Great War through which we have just passed, the Scouts of all +countries gave a magnificent account of themselves, and honestly earned +the "War Service" badges that will be handed down to future generations, +we may be sure, as the proudest possessions of thousands of +grandchildren whose grandmothers (think of a Scout grandmother!) were +among the first to answer their Country's call. + +Let us hear what our British sisters accomplished, and we must remember +that at the time of the war there were many Girl Guides well over Scout +age and in their twenties, who had had the advantage, as their book +points out, of years of training. + + This is what they have done during the Great War. + + In the towns they have helped at the Military + Hospitals. + + In the country they have collected eggs for the + sick, and on the moors have gathered sphagnum moss + for the hospitals. + + Over in France a great Recreation and Rest Hut for + the soldiers has been supplied by the Guides with + funds earned through their work. It is managed by + Guide officers, or ex-Guides. Among the older + Guides there are many who have done noble work as + assistants to the ward-maids, cooks, and laundry + women. In the Government offices, such as the War + Office, the Admiralty, and other great departments + of the State, they have acted as orderlies and + messengers. They have taken up work in factories, + or as motor-drivers or on farms, in order to + release men to go to the front. + + At home and in their club-rooms they have made + bandages for the wounded, and warm clothing for + the men at the Front and in the Fleet. + + At home in many of the great cities the Guides + have turned their Headquarters' Club-Rooms into + "Hostels." That is, they have made them into small + hospitals ready for taking in people injured in + air-raids by the enemy. + + So altogether the Guides have shown themselves to + be a pretty useful lot in many different kinds of + work during the war, and, mind you, they are only + girls between the ages of 11 and 18. But they have + done their bit in the Great War as far as they + were able, and have done it well. + + There are 100,000 of them, and they are very + smart, and ready for any job that may be demanded + of them. + + They were not raised for this special work during + the war for they began some years before it, but + their motto is "Be Prepared," and it was their + business to train themselves to be ready for + anything that might happen, even the most unlikely + thing. + + So even when war came they were "all there" and + ready for it. + + It is not only in Great Britain that they have + been doing this, but all over our great Empire--in + Canada and Australia, West, East and South Africa, + New Zealand, the Falkland Islands, West Indies, + and India. The Guides are a vast sisterhood of + girls, ready to do anything they can for their + country and Empire. + + Long before there was any idea of the war the + Guides had been taught to think out and to + practise what they should do supposing such a + thing as war happened in their own country, or + that people should get injured by bombs or by + accidents in their neighborhood. Thousands of + women have done splendid work in this war, but + thousands more would have been able to do good + work also had they only Been Prepared for it + beforehand by learning a few things that are + useful to them outside their mere school work or + work in their own home. And that is what the + Guides are learning in all their games and camp + work: they mean to be useful in other ways besides + what they are taught in school. + + + WHAT THE GUIDES DO + + As a Guide your first duty is to be helpful to + other people, both in small everyday matters and + also under the worst of circumstances. You have to + imagine to yourself what sort of things might + possibly happen, and how you should deal with them + when they occur. Then you will know what to do. + + I was present when a German aeroplane dropped a + bomb on to a railway station in London. There was + the usual busy scene of people seeing to their + luggage, saying good-bye and going off by train, + when with a sudden bang a whole carriage was blown + to bits, and the adjoining ones were in a blaze; + seven or eight of those active in getting into the + train were flung down--mangled and dead; while + some thirty more were smashed, broken, and + bleeding, but still alive. The suddenness of it + made it all the more horrifying. But one of the + first people I noticed as keeping her head was a + smartly dressed young lady kneeling by an injured + working-man; his thigh was smashed and bleeding + terribly; she had ripped up his trousers with her + knife, and with strips of it had bound a pad to + the wound; she found a cup somehow and filled it + with water for him from the overhead hose for + filling engines. Instead of being hysterical and + useless, she was as cool and ready to do the right + thing as if she had been in bomb-raids every day + of her life. Well, that is what any girl can do if + she only prepares herself for it. + + These are things which have to be learnt in + peace-time, and because they were learnt by the + Guides beforehand, these girls were able to do + their bit so well when war came. + + + FIRST AID. + + When you see an accident in the street or people + injured in an air raid, the sight of the torn + limbs, the blood, the broken bones, and the sound + of the groans and sobbing all make you feel sick + and horrified and anxious to get away from it--if + you're not a Girl Guide. But that is cowardice: + your business as a Guide is to steel yourself to + face it and to help the poor victim. As a matter + of fact, after a trial or two you really get to + like such jobs, because with coolheadedness and + knowledge of what to do you feel you give the + much-needed help. + + _The Value of Nursing._--In this war hundreds and + hundreds of women have gone to act as nurses in + the hospitals for the wounded and have done + splendid work. They will no doubt be thankful all + their lives that while they were yet girls they + learnt how to nurse and how to do hospital work, + so that they were useful when the call came for + them. But there are thousands and thousands of + others who wanted to do the work when the time + came, but they had not like Guides, Been Prepared, + and they had never learnt how to nurse, and so + they were perfectly useless and their services + were not required in the different hospitals. So + carry out your motto and Be Prepared and learn all + you can about hospital and child nursing, sick + nursing, and every kind, while you are yet a Guide + and have people ready to instruct you and to help + you in learning. + +In countries not so settled and protected as England and America, where +the women and girls are taught to count upon their men to protect them +in the field, the Girl Scouts have sometimes had to display a courage +like that of the early settlers. A Roumanian Scout, Ecaterina Teodorroiu +actually fought in the war and was taken prisoner. She escaped, traced +her way back to her company, and brought valuable information as to the +enemy's movements. For these services she was decorated "as a reward for +devotion and conspicuous bravery" with the Order of Merit and a special +gold medal of the Scouts, only given for services during the war. At the +same time she was promoted to the rank of Honorary Second Lieutenant. + +Can we wonder that she is known as the Joan of Arc of Roumania? + +During the Russian Revolution the Girl Scouts were used by the +Government in many practical ways, as may be seen from the following +letter from one of them: + + "The Scouts assisted from the beginning, from + seven in the morning until twelve at night, + carrying messages, sometimes containing state + secrets, letters, etc., from the Duma to the + different branches of it called commissariats, and + back again. They also fed the soldiers that were + on guard. The Scout uniform was our protection, + and everywhere that uniform commanded the respect + of the soldiers, peasants and workingmen. + + "As great numbers of soldiers came from the front, + food had to be given them. It was contributed by + private people, but the Scouts had lots of work + distributing it. All the little taverns were + turned into eating houses for the soldiers, and + there we helped to prepare the food and feed them. + As there were not enough Boy Scouts, the Girl + Scouts helped in the same way as the boys. + + "The Scouts also did much First Aid work. In one + instance I saw an officer whose finger had been + shot off. I ran up to him and bandaged it up for + him. (All of us Scouts had First Aid kits hanging + from our belts.) + + "It was something of a proud day for us Scouts + when the Premier after a parade, called us all + before the Duma and publicly thanked us for our + aid." + +Indeed it was and we heartily congratulate our Sister Scouts! But if we +do our duty by our Patrol and the Patrols all do their duty by their +Troop, that proud moment is going to come to every single Scout of us, +when the town where we live tells us by its smiles and applause, when we +go by in uniform, what it thinks of us. + +We Scouts shall be more and more interested, as the years go on, to +remember that in the great hours of one of the world's greatest crises +we helped to make its history. Instances like these are very +exceptional; they could not occur to one in ten thousand of us; but we +stay-at-homes can always remind ourselves that it was the obedience, the +quickness, and the skill learned in quiet, every-day Scouting that made +these few rise to their opportunity when it came. + +War and revolution do not make Scouts either brave or useful; they only +bring out the bravery and the usefulness that have been learned, as we +are all learning them, every day! + +All we have to do is to fix Scout habits in our hearts and hands, and +then when our Country calls us, we shall be as ready as these little +Russian Scouts were. + +In France the Scouts, known as the Eclaireuses, have agreed with us that +the "land Army" is the best army for women. Rain or shine, in heat and +cold, they have dug and ploughed and planted, and learned the lesson +American girls learned long ago--that team work is what counts! + +A bit of one of their reports is translated here: + + "The crops were fine--potatoes, radishes, greens + and beans were raised. The crop of potatoes, + especially, was so good that the Eclaireuses were + able to supply their families with them at a price + defying competition, and they always had enough + besides for their own use on excursions. (Our + hikes.) + + "Such has been the reward of the care, given so + perseveringly and intelligently to the gardening. + + "And what an admirable lesson! Not a minute was + lost in this out-of-door work; chests and muscles + filled out; and at the same time the girls learned + to recognize weather signs; rain or sun were the + factors which determined the success or + non-success of the planting. And each day, there + grew in them also love and gratitude for the earth + and its elements, without the assistance of which + we could harvest nothing. + + "Is this not the best method of preparing our + youth to return to the land, to the healthy and + safe life of the beautiful countryside of France; + by showing them the interest and usefulness that + lie in agricultural labor? + + "So the Eclaireuse becomes a model of the new + women, used to sport, possessing her First Aid + Diploma, able to cook good simple meals, marching + under orders, knowing how to obey, ready to accept + her responsibility, good-natured and lively in + rain or sun, in public or in her home.... They + continue their courses in sewing, hygiene and + gymnastics and assist eagerly at conferences + arranged for them to discuss the duties of the + Eclaireuses and what it is necessary to do to + become a good Captain. + + "To make themselves useful--that is the ideal of + the Eclaireuses. They know that in order to do + this it is becoming more and more necessary to + acquire a broad and complete knowledge." + +It is quite a feather in the cap of this great Scout Family of ours that +we are teaching the French girl, who has not been accustomed to leave +her home or to work in clubs or troops, what a jolly, wonder-working +thing a crowd of girls, all forging ahead together, can be. + +In our own country we were protected from the worst sides of the great +war, but we had a wonderful opportunity to show how we could Be Prepared +ourselves by seeing that our brave soldiers were prepared. + +Our War Records show an immense amount of Red Cross supplies, knitting, +comfort kits, food grown and conserved in every way, money raised for +Liberty Loans and Thrift Stamps, war orphans adopted, home replacement +work undertaken and carried through; all these to so great an amount +that the country recognized our existence and services as never before +in our history, the Government, indeed, employing sixty uniformed Scouts +as messengers in the Surgeon General's Department. + +Perhaps it is only the truth to say that the war showed our country what +we could Be Prepared to do for her! And it showed us, too. + +It has been said that women can never be the same after the great events +of the last few years, and we must never forget that the Girl Scouts of +today are the women of tomorrow. + +[Illustration: FLAG RAISING AT DAWN] + + + + +SECTION V + +THE OUT-OF-DOOR SCOUT + + +Busy as the Girl Scout may be with learning to do in a clever, +up-to-date way all the things to improve her home and town that the old +pioneer girls knew how to do, she never forgets that the original Scouts +were out-of-door people. So long as there are bandages to make or babies +to bathe or meals to get or clothes to make, she does them all, quickly +and cheerfully, and is very rightly proud of the badges she gets for +having learned to do them all, and the sense of independence that comes +from all this skill with her hands. It gives her a real glow of pleasure +to feel that because of her First Aid practice she may be able to save a +life some day, and that the hours of study she put in at her home +nursing and invalid cooking may make her a valuable asset to the +community in case of any great disaster or epidemic; but the real fun of +scouting lies in the great life of out-of-doors, and the call of the +woods is answered quicker by the Scout than by anybody, because the +Scout learns just how to get the most out of all this wild, free life +and how to enjoy it with the least trouble and the most fun. + +One of our most experienced and best loved Captains says that "a camp is +as much a necessity for the Girl Scouts as an office headquarters," and +more and more girls are learning to agree with her every year. + +Our British cousins are the greatest lovers of out-of-door life in the +world, and it is only natural that we should look to our Chief Scout to +hear what he has to say to his Girl Guides on this subject so dear to +his heart that he founded Scouting, that all boys and girls might share +his enthusiastic pleasure in going back to Nature to study and to love +her and to gain happiness and health from her woods and fields. + + +HOW CAMPING TEACHES THE GUIDE LAW + + Last year a man went out into the woods in America + to try and see if he could live like the + prehistoric men used to do; that is to say, he + took nothing with him in the way of food or + equipment or even clothing--he went just as he + was, and started out to make his own living as + best he could. Of course the first thing he had to + do was to make some sort of tool or weapon by + which he could kill some animals, cut his wood and + make his fire and so on. So he made a stone axe, + and with that was able to cut out branches of + trees so that he could make a trap in which he + eventually caught a bear and killed it. He then + cut up the bear and used the skin for blankets and + the flesh for food. He also cut sticks and made a + little instrument by which he was able to ignite + bits of wood and so start his fire. He also + searched out various roots and berries and leaves, + which he was able to cook and make into good food, + and he even went so far as to make charcoal and to + cut slips of bark from the trees and draw pictures + of the scenery and animals around him. In this way + he lived for over a month in the wild, and came + out in the end very much better in health and + spirits and with a great experience of life. For + he had learned to shift entirely for himself and + to be independent of the different things we get + in civilization to keep us going in comfort. + + That is why we go into camp a good deal in the Boy + Scout and in the Girl Guide movement, because in + camp life we learn to do without so many things + which while we are in houses we think are + necessary, and find that we can do for ourselves + many things where we used to think ourselves + helpless. And before going into camp it is just as + well to learn some of the things that will be most + useful to you when you get there. And that is what + we teach in the Headquarters of the Girl Guide + Companies before they go out and take the field. + For instance, you must know how to light your own + fire; how to collect dry enough wood to make it + burn; because you will not find gas stoves out in + the wild. Then you have to learn how to find your + own water, and good water that will not make you + ill. You have not a whole cooking range or a + kitchen full of cooking pots, and so you have to + learn to cook your food in the simplest way with + the means at your hand, such as a simple cooking + pot or a roasting stick or an oven made with your + own hands out of an old tin box or something of + that kind. + + +NATURE STUDY + + It is only while in camp that one can really learn + to study Nature in the proper way and not as you + merely do it inside the school; because here you + are face to face with Nature at all hours of the + day and night. For the first time you live under + the stars and can watch them by the hour and see + what they really look like, and realize what an + enormous expanse of almost endless space they + cover. You know from your lessons at school that + our sun warms and lights up a large number of + different worlds like ours, all circling round it + in the Heavens. And when you hold up a shilling at + arm's length and look at the sky, the shilling + covers no less than two hundred of those suns, + each with their different little worlds circling + around them. And you then begin to realize what an + enormous endless space the Heavens comprise. You + realize perhaps for the first time the enormous + work of God. + + Then also in camp you are living among plants of + every kind, and you can study them in their + natural state, how they grow and what they look + like, instead of merely seeing pictures of them in + books or dried specimens of them in collections. + + All round you, too, are the birds and animals and + insects, and the more you know of them the more + you begin to like them and to take an interest in + them; and once you take an interest in them you do + not want to hurt them in any way. You would not + rob a bird's nest; you would not bully an animal; + you would not kill an insect--once you have + realized what its life and habits are. In this + way, therefore, you fulfill the Guide Law of + becoming a friend to animals. + + By living in camp you begin to find that though + there are many discomforts and difficulties to be + got over, they can be got over with a little + trouble and especially if you smile at them and + tackle them. + + Then living among other comrades in camp you have + to be helpful and do good turns at almost every + minute, and you have to exercise a great deal of + give and take and good temper, otherwise the camp + would become unbearable. + + So you carry out the different laws of + courteousness, of helpfulness, and friendliness to + others that come in the Guide Law. Also you pick + up the idea of how necessary it is to keep + everything in its place, and to keep your kit and + tent and ground as clean as possible; otherwise + you get into a horrible state of dirt, and dirt + brings flies and other inconveniences. + + You save every particle of food and in this way + you learn not only cleanliness, but thrift and + economy. And you very soon realize how cheaply you + can live in camp, and how very much enjoyment you + can get for very little money. And as you live in + the fresh, pure air of God you find that your own + thoughts are clean and pure as the air around you. + There is hardly one of the Guide Laws that is not + better carried out after you have been living and + practising it in camp. + + _Habits of Animals._--If you live in the country + it is of course quite easy to observe and watch + the habits of all sorts of animals great and + small. But if you are in a town there are many + difficulties to be met with. But at the same time + if you can keep pets of any kind, rabbits, rats, + mice, dogs or ponies you can observe and watch + their habits and learn to understand them well; + but generally for Guides it is more easy to watch + birds, because you see them both in town and + country; and especially when you go into camp or + on walking tours you can observe and watch their + habits, especially in the springtime. + + Then it is that you see the old birds making their + nests, hatching out their eggs and bringing up + their young; and that is of course the most + interesting time for watching them. A good + observant guide will get to know the different + kinds of birds by their cry, by their appearance, + and by their way of flying. She will also get to + know where their nests are to be found, what sort + of nests they are, what are the colors of the eggs + and so on. And also how the young appear. Some of + them come out fluffy, others covered with + feathers, others with very little on at all. The + young pigeon, for instance, has no feathers at + all, whereas a young moorhen can swim about as + soon as it comes out of the egg; while chickens + run about and hunt flies within a few minutes; and + yet a sparrow is quite useless for some days and + is blind, and has to be fed and coddled by his + parents. + + Then it is an interesting sight to see the old + birds training their young ones to fly, by getting + up above them and flapping their wings a few times + until all the young ones imitate them. Then they + hop from one twig to another, still flapping their + wings, and the young ones follow suit and begin to + find that their wings help them to balance; and + finally they jump from one branch to another for + some distance so that the wings support them in + their effort. The young ones very soon find that + they are able to use their wings for flying, but + it is all done by degrees and by careful + instruction. + + Then a large number of our birds do not live all + the year round in England, but they go off to + Southern climes such as Africa when the winter + comes on; but they generally turn up here at the + end of March and make their nest during the + spring. Nightingales arrive early in April; + wagtails, turtle doves, and cuckoos come late in + April; woodcock come in the autumn, and redpoles + and fieldfares also come here for the winter. In + September you will see the migrating birds + collecting to go away, the starlings in their + crowds and the swallows for the South, and so do + the warblers, the flycatchers, and the swifts. And + yet about the same time the larks are arriving + here from the Eastward, so there is a good deal of + traveling among the birds in the air at all times + of the year. + +How many of our American Scouts are able to supply from their +observation all of our native birds to take the places of these +mentioned in this lovely paragraph? Everyone should be able to. + + _Nature in the City._--This noticing of small + things, especially in animal life, not only gives + you great interest, but it also gives you great + fun and enjoyment in life. Even if you live in a + city you can do a certain amount of observation + of birds and animals. You would think there is not + much fun to be got out of it in a murky town like + London or Sheffield, and yet if you begin to + notice and know all about the sparrows you begin + to find there is a great deal of character and + amusement to be got out of them, by watching their + ways and habits, their nesting, and their way of + teaching their young ones to fly. + + +OBSERVATION. + + "_Stalking._--A Guide has to be sharp at seeing + things if she is going to be any good as a Guide. + She has to notice every little track and every + little sign, and it is this studying of tracks and + following them out and finding out their meaning + which we include under the name of stalking. For + instance, if you want to find a bird's-nest you + have to stalk. That is to say, you watch a bird + flying into a bush and guess where its nest is, + and follow it up and find the nest. With some + birds it is a most difficult thing to find their + nests; take, for instance, the skylark or the + snipe. But those who know the birds, especially + the snipe, will recognize their call. The snipe + when she is alarmed gives quite a different call + from when she is happy and flying about. She has a + particular call when she has young ones about. So + that those who have watched and listened and know + her call when they hear it know pretty well where + the young ones are or where the nest is and so on. + + "_How to Hide Yourself._--When you want to observe + wild animals you have to stalk them, that is, + creep up to them without their seeing or smelling + you. + + "A hunter when he is stalking wild animals keeps + himself entirely hidden, so does the war scout + when watching or looking for the enemy; a + policemen does not catch pickpockets by standing + about in uniform watching for them; he dresses + like one of the crowd, and as often as not gazes + into a shop window and sees all that goes on + behind him reflected as if in a looking-glass. + + "If a guilty person finds himself being watched, + it puts him on his guard, while an innocent person + becomes annoyed. So, when you are observing + people, don't do so by openly staring at them, but + notice the details you want to at one glance or + two, and if you want to study them more, walk + behind them; you can learn just as much from a + back view, in fact more than you can from a front + view, and, unless they are scouts and look around + frequently, they do not know that you are + observing them. + + "War scouts and hunters stalking game always carry + out two important things when they don't want to + be seen." + + One is _Background_.--They _take care that the + ground behind them, or trees, or buildings, etc., + are of the same colour as their clothes_. + + And the other is "_Freezing_".--If an enemy or a + deer is seen looking for them, _they remain + perfectly still without moving so long as he is + there_. + + _Tracking._--The native hunters in most wild + countries follow their game by watching for tracks + on the ground, and they become so expert at seeing + the slightest sign of a footmark on the ground + that they can follow up their prey when an + ordinary civilized man can see no sign whatever. + But the great reason for looking for signs and + tracks is that from these you can read a meaning. + It is exactly like reading a book. You will see + the different letters, each letter combining to + make a word, and the words then make sense; and + there are also commas and full-stops and colons; + all of these alter the meaning of the sense. These + are all little signs, which one who is practised + and has learnt reading, makes into sense at once, + whereas a savage who has never learned could make + no sense of it at all. And so it is with tracking. + + +TRACKING. + + "Sign" is the word used by Guides to mean any + little details, such as footprints, broken twigs, + trampled grass, scraps of food, old matches, etc. + + Some native Indian trackers were following up the + footprints of a panther that had killed and + carried off a young kid. He had crossed a wide + bare slab which, of rock, of course, gave no mark + of his soft feet. The tracker went at once to the + far side of the rock where it came to a sharp + edge; he wetted his finger, and just passed it + along the edge till he found a few kid's hairs + sticking to it. This showed him where the panther + had passed down off the rock, dragging the kid + with him. Those few hairs were what Guides call + "signs." + + This tracker also found bears by noticing small + "signs." On one occasion he noticed a fresh + scratch in the bark of a tree, evidently made by a + bear's claw, and on the other he found a single + black hair sticking to the bark of a tree, which + told him that a bear had rubbed against it. + + _Details in the Country._--If you are in the + country, you should notice landmarks--that is, + objects which help you to find your way to prevent + your getting lost--such as distant hills and + church towers; and nearer objects, such as + peculiar buildings, trees, gates, rocks, etc. + + And remember in noticing such landmarks that you + may want to use your knowledge of them some day + for telling some one else how to find his way, so + you must notice them pretty closely so as to be + able to describe them unmistakably and in their + proper order. You must notice and remember every + by-road and foot-path. + + Remembrance of these things will help you to find + your way by night or in fog when other people are + losing themselves. + + +HORSES' TRACKS + +[Illustration: Walking.] + +[Illustration: Trotting.] + +[Illustration: Canter.] + +[Illustration: _O.H. = Off Hind, etc._ + +Galloping.] + +[Illustration: Lame Horse Walking: Which leg is he lame in? + +_N.B.--The long feet are the hind feet._] + +These are the tracks of two birds on the ground. One that lives +generally on the ground, the other in bushes and trees. Which track +belongs to which bird? + + _Using your Eyes._--Let nothing be too small for + your notice--a button, a match, a hair, a cigar + ash, a feather, or a leaf might be of great + importance, even a fingerprint which is almost + invisible to the naked eye has often been the + means of detecting a crime. + + With a little practice in observation you can tell + pretty accurately a man's character from his + dress. + + How would you recognize that a gentleman was fond + of fishing. If you see his left cuff with little + tufts of cloth sticking up, you may be sure he + fishes. When he takes his flies off the line he + will either stick them into his cap to dry, or + hook them into his sleeve. When dry he pulls them + out, which often tears a thread or two of the + cloth. + + Remember how "Sherlock Holmes" met a stranger, and + noticed that he was looking fairly well-to-do, in + new clothes with a mourning band on his sleeve, + with a soldiery bearing and a sailor's way of + walking, sunburns, with tattoo marks on his hands, + and he was carrying some children's toys in his + hands. What would you have supposed that man to + be. Well, Sherlock Holmes guessed correctly that + he had lately retired from the Royal Marines as a + sergeant, that his wife had died, and that he had + some small children at home. + + PRACTICE IN OBSERVATION.--_Instructor can take the + fingermarks of each girl. Lightly rub the thumb on + blacklead or on paper that is blacked with pencil, + then press the thumb on paper and examine with + magnifying glass. Show that no two persons' prints + are alike._ + + IN TOWN.--_Practice your girls first in walking + down a street to notice the different kinds of + shops as they pass, and to remember them in their + proper sequence at the end._ + + _Then to notice and remember the names on the + shops._ + + _Then to notice and remember the contents of a + shop window after two minutes' gaze. Finally, to + notice the contents of several shop windows in + succession with half a minute at each. Give marks + for the fullest list._ + + _The Guides must also notice prominent buildings + as landmarks, and the number of turnings off the + street they are using._ + + IN THE COUNTRY.--_Take the patrol out for a walk + and teach the girls to notice distant prominent + features, such as hills, church steeples, and so + on; and as nearer landmarks such things as + peculiar buildings, trees, rocks, gates, by-roads + or paths, nature of fences, crops different kinds + of trees, birds, animals, tracks, people, + vehicles, etc. Also any peculiar smells of plants, + animals, manure, etc.; whether gates or doors were + open or shut, whether any smoke from chimneys, + etc._ + + _Send Guides out in pairs._ + + _It adds to the value of the practice if the + instructor makes a certain number of small marks + in the ground beforehand, or leaves buttons or + matches, etc., for the girls to notice or to pick + up and bring in as a means of making them examine + the ground close to them as well as distant + objects._ + + PRACTICES IN NATURAL HISTORY.--_Take out Guides to + get specimens of leaves, fruit, or blossoms of + various trees, shrubs, etc., and observe the shape + and nature of the tree both in summer and in + winter._ + + _Collect leaves of different trees; let Guides + make tracings of them and write the name of the + tree on each._ + + _In the country make Guides examine crops in all + stages of their growth, so that they know pretty + well by sight what kind of crop is coming up._ + + _Start gardens if possible, either a patrol garden + or individual Guides' gardens. Let them grow + flowers and vegetables for profit to pay for their + equipment, etc. Show all the wild plants which may + be made use of for food. Find yew trees; report if + any good branches to make archers' bows of._ + + _Encourage the keeping of live pets, whether + birds, animals, reptiles, insects. Show how to + keep illustrated diary-records of plants, insects, + birds, etc., giving dates when seen for comparison + following year and showing their peculiar + markings, etc._ + + _If in a town take your Guides to the Zoological + Gardens, menagerie or Natural History Museum, and + show them particular animals on which you are + prepared to lecture. Not more than half a dozen + for one visit._ + + _If in the country get farmers or shepherd to help + with information on the habits of farm animals, + e. g., how a cow lies down and when. How to milk, + stalk rabbits, water voles, trout, birds, etc., + and watch their habits._ + + + + +SECTION VI + +FORMS FOR SCOUT CEREMONIES + + +1. ENROLLMENT + +Before a girl may become enrolled as a regular Girl Scout she must be at +least ten years old, and must have attended the meetings of a Troop for +at least a month, during which time she must have passed her Tenderfoot +Test. The Captain must have prepared the candidate for enrollment by +explaining the meaning of the Promise and the Laws and making sure that +she fully understands the meaning of the oath she is about to make, and +that she also comprehends the meaning of "honor." The following is a +convenient form for enrollments. + + (1) The Scouts stand in the form of a horseshoe + with the officer who is to enroll at the open + side, facing Scouts. + + (2) Officer addresses troops on the subject of + what it means to be a Scout. + + (3) Patrol Leader brings candidate to officer and + salutes and returns to place. + + (4) Officer addresses candidate in low tone: "What + does your honor mean?" + + Candidate answers. + + Officer: "Will you on your honor, try: To do your + duty to God and to your Country; to help other + people at all times; to obey the Scout Laws?" + + Candidate and officer both salute as candidate + repeats Promise. Officer: "I trust you on your + honor to keep this Promise." + + (5) Officer pins Tenderfoot Badge on the new + scout, explaining what it stands for, that it + symbolizes her Scout life, and so forth. + + (6) Scout and officer salute each other. Scout + turns and troop salutes her, scout returning + salute, and then goes alone to her place. + + (7) All Scouts present repeat Promise and Laws. + Troop then breaks ranks to take up some Scout + activity. + +When many scouts are to be enrolled, four at a time may be presented to +the officer, but each should singly be asked and should answer the +question: "What does your honor mean?" All four repeat the Promise +together and the officer addresses all together in saying: "I trust you +on your honor to keep this Promise," but speaks to each separately as +she puts on the pin. + +A Captain may perform this ceremony or she may ask some higher Scout +officer to do so. + + +2. _Presentation of Other Badges_ + +The following form of ceremony was devised for special use in the +presentation of the highest honor attainable by a Girl Scout, the Golden +Eaglet, but the same outline may be followed for giving Merit Badges, +and First and Second Class Badges, or any other medals or honors. + +_Presentation of Golden Eaglet._--As the presentation of the Golden +Eaglet is an important occasion in the life of a Scout and her Troop, it +should take place at a public Scout function, such as a District or +Community Rally, a reception to a distinguished guest of the Scouts, or +possibly at the time of a civic celebration. + +The Court of Awards is responsible for all details of the meeting, and +it is suggested that it invite parents, friends and other persons +interested in the Scout movement to be present. The medal may be +presented by the Chairman of the Court of Awards, some other member of +that Committee or by a higher Scout officer. + +Arrangements for the ceremony should be planned so that during the +presentation of guests, the Court of Awards, the Eaglet's troop and the +Color Guard form a hollow square, with the Captain at her post three +paces in front of the Troop, the Lieutenant at her post "center and +rear" of the Troop. The ceremony should be rehearsed wherever possible, +so that all action and form shall be as smart as possible. + +1. The Court of Awards enters and takes its place at right angles to the +assembled guests. + +2. The Captain enters, takes post, and gives all commands. + +3. The Color Guard (bearer of the American flag, bearer of the Troop +flag, and two guards) followed by Troop to which the Eaglet belongs, +enter and march two paces in front of the Court of Awards. The +lieutenant is at the left of the leading file. The Troop marches in +single file, by twos or in Squad formation according to the number, and +the space available. + +When the Troop is very large, or the space restricted, the Eaglet's +Patrol may take the place of the Troop. As the Colors pass, the Court of +Awards should rise, stand at attention, and if Scouts, salute. + +4. When the Color Guard at the head of the column has passed the Court +of Awards, the command "Column left, MARCH!" is given. When the last +file has completed the movement, the following commands are given: + + (1) "Scouts, HALT!" + + (2) "Left, FACE," or + + "Squads, left, MARCH, Squads, HALT," according to + the formation of the column. + + (3) "Right, DRESS, FRONT!" + +5. At the command "Left, FACE," or "Squads, left, MARCH, Squads HALT," +the Color Guard makes a left turn, marches forward until on a line with +the Court of Awards, again makes a left turn, immediately halts and +grounds flags. + +6. When the Troop and Color Guard are in position, the Captain gives the +command "Patrol Leader and Eaglet, forward, MARCH!" The Patrol Leader +escorts the Eaglet to the Captain, salutes the Captain and returns to +her position in line. + +7. The Chairman of the Court of Awards comes forward, the Captain faces +her, salutes, and presents the Eaglet to her. + +8. The Chairman after reading the list of Merit Badges which the Scout +has earned in order to receive the Golden Eaglet, pins the medal on to +the Eaglet's blouse, over the middle of the right pocket. The Eaglet +salutes. + +If desired this is the opportunity for the Official presenting the badge +to say a few words. + +9. After the presentation, the Eaglet turns, and facing her Captain and +Troop, stands at attention as the Colors are raised, the Scout flag +dipped, and the Troop salutes. The Eaglet returns the salute and then +marches to her position in line. + +10. The Captain gives the command "Color Guard forward, MARCH." The +Color Guard marches in front of the Captain and Troop who salute as the +Colors pass, make a right turn two paces in front of the Court of Honor +and march out. + +11. After the Colors have left the "square" the Lieutenant takes her +position at the left of the leading file. + +The Captain gives the commands: + + "Right, FACE, MARCH!" or "Squads right, MARCH!" + + "Column left, MARCH!" + +and the Troop marches out. The Captain turns, salutes the Court of +Awards and passes out. + + O--LIEUT. + 0000 0000 + Troop-- + 0000 0000 + O--Capt. + c xx + Color c xx Court of + Guard c xx Awards + c xx + -------- + -------- + -------- + Guests + +Where there is no Local Council or Court of Awards, Captains are asked +to communicate with the National Headquarters concerning the ceremony of +presentation of the Golden Eaglet. + + +ALTERNATE FORMS FOR SCOUT CEREMONIES + +In the case of troops for which this formal procedure is not practical, +and for the better assistance of Captains and Councils who feel the need +of a more definite formulation of the Scout principles on these +occasions, the following ceremonies are suggested. They are designed to +meet the necessity for expressing at each stage of the Scout's progress, +recognition of her achievement up to that point and appreciation of her +future responsibilities. + + +1. Tenderfoot Enrollment + +1. The Troop being assembled in any desired formation, the Captain calls +forward those who have passed the test. + + Captain: "Scout ----, do you think you know what + it means to be loyal to God and your Country, to + help other people at all times, and to obey the + Scout Laws?" + + Scout: "I think I do, and I will try my best not + to fail in any of them." + + _This is repeated to each Tenderfoot._ + + Captain: "Are you ready to make your Promise with + your Troop?" + + New Scouts (_together_): "Yes." + + Captain: "Scouts of Troop ----, repeat your + promise." + + _All salute and repeat the Promise._ + + Captain: "I trust you on your honor to keep this + Promise." + + (_Here, when practicable, investiture of hat, + neckerchief, etc., takes place._) + + _Captain then pins on Tenderfoot pin While + attaching it, she says:_ + + Captain: "This pin makes you a Girl Scout. It is + yours, so long as you are worthy of it." + + _Captain dismisses recently enrolled Scouts to + their Troop position._ + + (_Here the Captain may add, if she wishes, + anything in her judgment applicable to the Troop + as a whole, or to the new Scouts individually._) + + +2. Conferring Second Class Badges + +The Troop being assembled in any desired formation, the Captain calls +forward those who have passed the test. + + Captain: "Scout ----, you have learned what is + necessary for a Second Class Scout to know. Do you + think you can apply your knowledge, if the + occasion should arise?" + + Scout: "I think so, and I will always try to =Be + Prepared=." + + Captain: "Scouts (_reciting the candidates' names + in order_), do you think that the discipline and + training you have gone through have made you more + capable of doing your duty to God and to your + Country, of helping other people at all times and + of obeying the Scout Laws, than you were as a + Tenderfoot?" + + Scouts (_together_): "Yes." + + Captain (_pinning on each badge, and speaking to + each Scout as she does so_): "You are now a Second + Class Scout, which means that though you have + learned much, you have still much to learn." + + _Captain dismisses Second Class Scouts to their + Troop position._ + + (_Here the Captain may address the Troop at her + discretion._) + + +3. Conferring First Class Badge + +_The Troop being assembled in any desired formation, the Captain calls +forward those who have passed the test and presents them to the +presiding Official._ + + Captain: "Commissioner ----, these Scouts of ---- + Troop have passed their First Class Tests. I + recommend them to you for First Class badges." + + Official (_to each Scout separately, the Captain + giving her the name_): "Scout ----, you have + passed the final Scout test. You should thoroughly + understand by now the meaning of duty to God and + Country, the privilege of helpfulness to others, + and the seriousness of the Scout Laws. Are you + sure that you do." + + Scout: "I am. And I realize that I must help other + Scouts to see these things as I see them." + + Official: "Scouts ---- (_reading the candidates' + names in order_), it has taken a great deal of + thought and time and energy on the part of a great + many people to enable you to wear this badge. Are + you prepared to pay this back in generous service, + when and where you can?" + + Scouts (_together_): "Yes." + + Official (_pinning on each badge and speaking to + each Scout as she does so_): "You are now a First + Class Scout. Remember that the world will judge us + by you." + + Official (to Captain): "I congratulate you, + Captain ----, Troop ----, and the members of the + Council, on these First Class Scouts, and I trust + that the Town of ---- will have every reason to be + proud of them and to feel that it can depend upon + them as especially good citizens and loyal + Americans." + + _Captain acknowledges this in suitable manner and + dismisses First Class Scouts to Troop position._ + + (_Here the Official may address the audience at + discretion._) + + +4. Conferring Merit Badges + +The Troop being assembled in any desired formation, the Captain calls +forward those who have passed the test and presents them to the +presiding Official. (Note--The Merit Badges may be conferred by a member +or members of the Council, if desired.) + + Captain: "Members of the Girl Scout Council of + ----, these Scouts have passed the various tests + for their Merit Badges, and I recommend them to + you for decoration accordingly." + + Official: "Scouts (_reading the list_), you have + fairly won the right to wear these badges we are + about to present to you, and we are glad to do + so. We take this opportunity of reminding you, + however, that all good Scouts understand that they + are far from having completely mastered the + subjects represented by these badges. The symbols + which you wear on your sleeve mean that you have + an intelligent interest in the subjects you have + chosen, understand the principles of them, and can + give reasonable, practical proof of this. Do you + realize that the Girl Scout Organization credits + you with a good foundation and trusts to you to + continue to build upon it intelligently?" + + Scouts (_together_): "Yes." + + Official (_pinning on badges and speaking to each + girl separately_): "We congratulate you on your + perseverance and wish you all success in your + work." + + (_Note--When more than one badge is to be + presented to a Scout, they may be attached, for + the ceremony, to a piece of ribbon and put on with + one motion._) + + _Captain dismisses Scouts to Troop position._ + + (_Here the official may address the audience at + discretion._) + + _This ceremony being distinctly less formal and + intimate than the regular class awards, Scout + songs and cheers are in order._ + + +5. Golden Eaglet Ceremony + +The Troop being assembled in any desired formation, the Captain presents +the Golden Eaglet to the Official who is to make the award. + + Captain: "Commissioner ----, Scout ----, of Troop + ----, of ----, has not only passed the twenty-one + Merit Badge Tests required for the honor of the + Golden Eaglet, but is, in the judgment of her + Troop, fully worthy of it. We therefore recommend + her to you for the decoration." + + Official: "What badges does Scout ---- offer?" + + _Captain reads the list Badges earned by the + Candidate._ + + Official: "Troop ----, do you agree that Scout + ---- has fairly won this decoration and that you + are willing to have her represent you to your + National Organization as your Golden Eaglet?" + + Troop (_together_): "Yes." + + Official: "Members of the Council, do you agree + that Scout ---- has fairly won this decoration and + that you are willing to have her represent you to + your community as your Golden Eaglet?" + + Council (_rising if seated_): "Yes." + + Official: "Scout ----, you have won the highest + honor in the gift of the Girl Scouts." + + "If the Scout life meant nothing more to you than + a reasonable understanding of certain subjects, + there would now be nothing more for the Girl + Scouts to teach you; but I am sure that your + training has not failed in this respect, and that + you understand now, even better than the average + Girl Scout, that your great principles of duty to + God and Country, helpfulness to others, and + obedience to the Scout Laws, are lessons that no + Scout can fully learn as long as she lives. Do you + agree to this?" + + Golden Eaglet: "I agree to it thoroughly." + + Official (_pinning on badge_): "I have the honor + of naming you a Golden Eaglet, and in the name of + the Girl Scouts I congratulate you heartily on + your fine achievement." + + _Scout salutes or shakes the hand of the Official, + as desired, and returns to her troop position._ + + _(Here the Official may address the audience at + discretion)._ + +The accompanying diagram of suggested relative positions in Scout +ceremonies lends itself equally to a small room, theatre, hall or open +field. Whether the Scouts form a troop or even one patrol; whether they +make use of strict military formation or informal grouping; whether the +visiting Scout dignitaries are many or limited to one member of the +local Council, the Scout bodies face each other, and the guest or guests +of honor, equally with the general audience, can observe the Troop and +the candidates easily from the side. + +All Troops who are familiar with military drill can take their usual +positions in their usual manner and observe all details of color guard, +salutes, etc., to any desired extent. Troops and Captains not familiar +with such procedure, by accustoming themselves to this general grouping, +will always be able to present a dignified appearance. + +Note: These suggestions for the various ceremonials assume that the +regular opening of the Scout meetings has already taken place; therefore +nothing is given but the actual matter of the presentations, etc. In the +case of the Tenderfoot, Second Class and First Class awards, the +ceremonies constitute the special business of the meeting, and opening +and closing should proceed as usual. They are distinctly Scout business +and are not, in general, offered to the public. + +The awarding of Merit Badges might with advantage be connected with any +local civic ceremony where interest in young people may be created; and +in the case of the Golden Eaglet award it is distinctly desirable thus +to connect it. Any visiting dignitary, national or state, may with +propriety be asked to officiate; and where different organizations are +taking their various parts in a public function, it will not always be +possible to claim the time nor the space for the regular Scout opening +ceremonies, nor would this necessarily be advisable. It is, therefore, +well to be provided with a form like the preceding, where a small +delegation from the Troop, the Captain and a Councillor could, if +necessary, represent the essential units of the organization among a +number of other societies; and the words of the ceremony would explain +the occasion sufficiently without much concerted action, and may be +inserted at the proper place, preceded and followed by any Troop or +local customs preferred. + +[Illustration: + + + Guests of honor + + Scout Troop Candidates All local and visiting + with with Scout personnel, + Captain and Lieutenant Official Council, Commissioners, etc. + + + General Audience + +PLAN OF ASSEMBLY FOR GIRL SCOUT CEREMONIES] + + +6. How to Conduct a Scout Meeting + + 1. One long whistle blast: Silence, listen for + orders. + + 2. Three short whistle blasts: "Fall In," or + "Assemble," three paces in front of Captain, Squad + formation. + + 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 + * * * * * * * * + * * * * * * * * + 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 + * Captain + Lieutenant * + + 3. "Right Dress," "Front." + + 4. Inspection. Captain inspects for posture, and + for personal appearance which should be neat and + clean in every particular, and uniform, which + should be correct as to style, length, placing of + insignia, etc. All necessary corrections should be + made in a low tone of voice to the individual + Scout. + + 5. "Color Bearer, Forward--Center" "March." The + Color Bearer, appointed to carry flag, upon + receiving order to "March", takes one step + backward, executes "Right Face," marches out of + rank, executes "Left Face," marches to point on + line with flag, executes "Right Face," marches to + within two steps of flag and comes to "Halt." She + salutes flag, takes staff in both hands, wheels + right, and marches to position three paces in + front of, and facing troop. The captain and + Lieutenant have moved to position at right angles + to, and at right of troop. If a color Guard is + used instead of Color Bearer, two Scouts act as + guards, their position being on either side of + bearer. They leave ranks together, form in line at + right of troop, march shoulder to shoulder and + always wheel to the right, the Color Bearer being + the pivot and giving all orders to Guard. After + Bearer has taken flag and turns, the Guards + salute, take one step forward, about-face, and all + march to position in front of troop. The Color + Guard never takes part in the repeating of the + Promise, Laws, Pledge of Allegiance or singing of + Star Spangled Banner. + + 6. "Scouts, the flag of your country, Pledge + Allegiance." The Pledge of Allegiance should be + followed by one verse of the Star Spangled Banner. + + 7. "The Scout Promise," "Salute." + + 8. "The Scout Laws, Repeat." + + 9. "Color Bearer, Post-March." The Color Bearer, + turning always to right, returns flag to its post, + places it in position, salutes, and returns to + place, entering ranks from rear of line. The Color + Guard, wheels right, marches to post, Guards stand + at attention while the Bearer places flag, + salutes, and about-faces. The Guards step forward, + about-face, and the Color Guard wheels and returns + to ranks. + + 10. "Fall Out." + + 11. Business Meeting. + + 12. Scout activities, including work for tests and + badges, singing games and discussion of Scout + principles. + + 13. Closing Exercises. + + +Closing Exercises + +1. "Fall In." + +2. America, or Battle Hymn of the Republic. + +3. "Dismissed." Scouts salute Captain. + +The form for opening and closing exercises suggested above takes only 20 +minutes and is a practical method of ensuring uniformity when groups +from different troops come together. Troops may use more elaborate +forms, depending upon the amount of time which the girls wish to spend +upon this type of work. For instance: + +(a) In a troop composed of many patrols each Corporal forms her patrol +and reports to the Lieutenant, who in turn reports to the Captain, "The +company is formed," etc. + +(b) In dismissing, troops with a bugler may play "Taps" or may sing the +same to words locally composed. + +(c) In some troops Corporals give commands. This is good because it +emphasizes the patrol system. + +But the form outlined is given as the minimum requirement, and troops +using it need never feel at a loss in large rallies, for every ceremony +necessary to express the Scout spirit with dignity is there. + +No additions made locally should change the essential order of these +exercises, all additions which are made being merely amplifications of +it in detail, which may not be possible nor desirable in every +community. + + +Business Meeting + +The meeting opens with the Chairman, Secretary and Treasurer in place, +with the Secretary at the right and the Treasurer at the left of the +Chairman. The idea is to have every Scout in the troop learn to be the +Chairman so that any and all could act in the capacity of a Business +Chairman at any kind of meeting. + +The meeting is called to order by the Chairman. "Will the meeting please +come to order?" + +The Chairman asks the Secretary to call the roll. "Will the Secretary +call the roll? And will the Treasurer collect the dues?" + +The Chairman calls for the Secretary's report. "Will the Secretary read +the minutes of the last meeting?" + +The Chairman calls for corrections of the minutes. "Are there any +corrections?" + +If there are none she says: "If not, the minutes stand approved." + +If there are corrections the Chairman calls for further corrections, +"Are there further corrections, etc. If not, the minutes stand approved +as corrected." + +Form of Secretary's report: "The regular meeting of Pansy Troop No. 5, +held at the club house, on April 4th, was called to order at 3 o'clock. +In the absence of the Chairman, Scout ---- took the chair. The minutes +of the previous meeting were read and approved, dues collected amounted +to ----. After ---- was discussed and voted upon, the meeting +adjourned." + +The Chairman calls for the Treasurer's report. "Will the Treasurer give +her report?" + +Form of Treasurer's report: + + Balance on hand Jan. 1, 1919 $2.50 + Members' dues $1.00 + Fines .30 1.30 + ----- + Total $3.80 + Disbursements-- + Janitor $1.00 $1.00 + Balance on hand 2.80 + ----- + Total $3.80 + +The Chairman calls for corrections as before. + +Then the Chairman calls for a discussion of old business, that is, +anything discussed at previous meetings, that has been left undone or +left to be decided at a later date. Any member of the meeting may bring +up this old business, or the Chairman may start the discussion. "The +business before the meeting is ----. What is your pleasure in regard to +this," or "Will anyone make a motion?" + +The member who wishes to make the motion says: "Madam Chairman, I move +that--" + +Another member who agrees to this says: "I second the motion." + +If the motion is not seconded at once, the Chairman says: "Will anyone +second the motion?" + +After the motion has been moved and seconded the Chairman immediately +states the question as, "It has been moved and seconded that the troop +have a Rally on May 2. Are you ready for the question?" or "The question +is now open for discussion." If no one rises, the Chairman proceeds to +put the question. "All those in favor say aye, opposed no." + +Then the Chairman says, "The motion is carried," or "The motion is not +carried," as the case may be. + +After the old business has been attended to, the Chairman calls for new +business, saying, "Is there any new business to be discussed?" + +The Chairman then dismisses the meeting by calling for a motion for +adjournment. + +Adjournment: "Will some one move that the meeting be adjourned?" + +If this is moved and seconded it is not necessary to put it to a vote. + +The Chairman says: "The meeting is adjourned." + + + + +SECTION VII + +GIRL SCOUT CLASS TESTS + + +1. Tenderfoot Test + +Before enrolling as a Tenderfoot a girl must be ten years old and have +attended at least four meetings, covering at least one month in time. In +addition to the material covered by the test, the Captain must have +thoroughly explained to her the meaning of the Pledge of Allegiance to +the Flag, the Scout Promise and the Scout Laws, and be sure of her +general understanding of them as well as of her ability to respect them. +This test is given by the Troop Captain. + + + Tenderfoot Test + + 1. What are the Scout Promise and the Scout Laws? + + + Head + + Give them as printed in Handbook. + + 2. Demonstrate the Scout Salute. When do Scouts + use the Salute? + + 3. What are the Scout Slogan and the Scout Motto? + + 4. How is the respect due the American Flag + expressed? Give the Pledge of Allegiance. + + 5. What are the words of the first and last stanza + of The Star-Spangled Banner? + + 6. What is the full name of the President of the + United States? + + What is the full name of the Governor of your + State? + + What is the full name of the highest city, town or + village official where you live? + + + Hands + + 7. Make or draw an American Flag, using correct + proportions. + + 8. Tie the Reef, Bowline, Clove-hitch and + Sheep-shank knots according to instructions given + in Handbook, and tell use of each. + + Whip the end of a piece of rope. Indicate and + define the three parts of a rope. + + + Helpfulness + + 9. Present record that you have saved or earned + enough money to buy some part of the Scout uniform + or insignia. + +Recommended: Practice Setting-up Exercises, Scout positions and +Tenderfoot Drill as shown in Handbook. + + +II. Second Class Test + +While it is not necessary to devote any specified length of time to the +training for this test, it is well to remember that if too long a time +is taken, either because of lack of interest on the part of the Troop, +or too inflexible standards on the part of the Captain, the possibility +of winning Merit Badges is delayed and the feeling of steady progress is +likely to be lost. The girls should be urged to keep together as a body, +and reminded that regular attendance and team-work will be fairer to +all. Quick learners can spend their extra time on private or group +preparation for their Merit Badges, for which they become eligible as +soon as they have passed the test, but not before. + +This test may be given by the Troop Captain, or at her request by +another Captain or competent authority, such as a registered nurse for +bedmaking, health officer for First Aid, fire chief for fire prevention, +and so forth. + + + Second Class Scout Test + + + Head + + 1. What is the history of the American Flag, and + for what does it stand? + + 2. Describe six animals, six birds, six trees and + six flowers. + + 3. What are the sixteen points of the compass? + Show how to use a compass. + + 4. How may fire be prevented, and what should a + Scout do in case of fire? + + 5. Send and receive the alphabet of the General + Service or Semaphore Code. + + 6. Demonstrate ability to observe quickly and + accurately by describing the contents of a room or + a shop window, _or_ a table with a number of + objects upon it, after looking a short time, (not + more than ten seconds); _or_ describe a passer-by + so that another person could identify him; _or_ + prove ability to make a quick rough report on the + appearance and landmarks of a stretch of country, + not to exceed one-quarter of a mile and to be + covered in not more than five minutes. Report + should include such things as ground surface, + buildings in sight, trees, animals, etc. + + (Note: This territory must have been gone over by + person administering the test. The test is not to + be confused with the First Class requirement for + map making. It may be made the object of a hike, + and tested in groups or singly. Artificial hazards + may be arranged.) + + + Hands + + 7. Lay and light a fire in a stove, using not more + than two matches, or light a gas range, top + burner, oven and boiler, without having the gas + blow or smoke. Lay and light a fire in the open, + using no artificial tinder, such as paper or + excelsior, and not more than two matches. + + 8. Cook so that it may be eaten, seasoning + properly, one simple dish, such as cereal, + vegetables, meat, fish or eggs in any other form + than boiled. + + 9. Set a table correctly for a meal of two + courses. + + 10. Make ordinary and hospital bed, and show how + to air them. + + 11. Present samples of seaming, hemming, darning, + and either knitting or crocheting, and press out a + Scout uniform, as sample of ironing. + + + Health + + 12. Demonstrate the way to stop bleeding, remove + speck from eye, treat ivy poisoning, bandage a + sprained ankle, remove a splinter. + + 13. What do you consider the main points to + remember about Health? + + (Note: This is based on a knowledge of the section + in the Handbook on Personal Health. It is + suggested that a good way to demonstrate + practically a knowledge of the main points is to + keep for a month the Daily Health Record. This + will incidentally complete one-third of the + requirement for Health Winner's Badge.) + + 14. What are your height and weight, and how do + they compare with the standard? + + + Helpfulness + + 15. Present to Captain or Council the proof of + satisfactory service to Troop, Church or + Community. + + 16. Earn or save enough money for some part of + personal or troop equipment. + +Recommended: Practice Setting-up Exercises and Second Class Drill. + + +III. First Class Test + +Work on this test should not be hurried. It is purposely made more +thorough and more difficult, because it is designed for the older and +longer trained Scout. The work for the Merit Badges, which all Scouts +enjoy, should not be considered as interfering with this period, as such +work is also the preparation for a possible Golden Eaglet degree. As a +general rule, girls under fifteen are not likely to make thoroughly +trained First Class Scouts, nor is the community likely to take their +technical ability in the important subjects very seriously. The First +Class Scout is the ideal Scout, of whom the organization has every right +to feel proud; and ability to grasp a subject quickly and memorize +details is not so important as practical efficiency, reliability and +demonstrated usefulness to the Troop and the community. While the +standard must not be set so high as to discourage the average girl, +impatience to get through in any given time should not be encouraged, as +this is not important. + + + First Class Scout Test + + + Head + + 1. Draw a simple map of territory seen on hike or + about camping place, according to directions in + Handbook, using at least ten conventional map + signs. Area covered must equal a quarter square + mile, and if territory along road is used it + should be at least 2 miles long. + + 2. Demonstrate ability to judge correctly height, + weight, number and distance, according to + directions in Handbook. + + 3. Demonstrate ability to find any of the four + cardinal points of the compass, using the sun or + stars as guide. + + 4. Send and receive messages in the General + Service or the Semaphore Code at the rate of + sixteen and thirty letters a minute respectively. + + 5. Present the following Badges: + + Home Nurse + + + First Aide + Homemaker + + and any two of the following: + + Child Nurse + Health Winner + Laundress + Cook + Needlewoman + Gardener + + + Health + + 6. Take an overnight hike carrying all necessary + equipment and rations; _or_ + + Take a group of younger girls on a day time hike, + planning the whole trip, including where and how + to get the food, assigning to each girl her part + in responsibility, directing transportation and + occupation, and so forth; _or_ + + Be one of four to construct a practical lean-to; + _or_ + + Demonstrate skating backwards, the outer edge, and + stopping suddenly; _or_ + + Run on skis; _or_ + + Show your acquaintance from personal observation + of the habits of four animals or four birds. + + 7. Be able to swim fifty yards, _or_ in case of + inaccessibility to water, be able to shin up ten + feet of rope, or in case of physical disability, + earn any merit badge selected that involves + out-of-door activity. + + + Helpfulness + + 8. Present a Tenderfoot trained by candidate. + + 9. Present to Captain or Council some definite + proof of service to the community. + + 10. Earn or save one dollar and start a savings + account in bank or Postal Savings, or buy Thrift + Stamps. + +Recommended: Practice Setting-up Exercises. Practice First Class Drill. + +[Illustration: AMERICA THE BEAUTIFUL + + KATHARINE LEE BATES + + Music by + WILL C. MACFARLANE, + Municipal Organist, Portland, Maine + +_Maestoso_ + + 1. O beautiful for spacious skies, + For amber waves of grain, + For purple mountain majesties + Above the fruited plain! + America! America! + God shed His grace on thee. + And crown thy good with brotherhood. + From sea to shining sea! + America! America! + God shed His grace on thee! + + 2. O beautiful for pilgrim feet, + Whose stern, impassion'd stress + A thoroughfare for freedom beat + Across the wilderness! + America! America! + God mend thine ev'ry flaw. + Confirm thy soul in self-control, + Thy liberty in law! + America! America! + God shed His grace on thee! + + 3. O beautiful for heroes proved, + In liberating strife. + Who more than self their country loved. + And mercy more than life! + America! America! + May God thy gold refine, + Till all success be nobleness, + And ev'ry gain divine! + America! America! + God shed His grace on thee! + + 4. O beautiful for patriot dream + That sees beyond the years + Thine alabaster cities gleam + Undimm'd by human tears! + America! America! + God shed His grace on thee. + And crown thy good with brotherhood. + From sea to shining sea! + America! America! + God shed His grace on thee! + +Copyright, 1913, by WILL C. MACFARLANE] + +FOOTNOTE: + +[1] By permission of the author. + + + +SECTION VIII + +WHAT A GIRL SCOUT SHOULD KNOW ABOUT THE FLAG + + + _We take the star from Heaven, the red from our + mother country, separating it by white stripes, + thus showing we have separated from her, and the + white stripes shall go down to posterity + representing liberty._--_George Washington._ + +The American flag is the symbol of the one-ness of the nation: when a +Girl Scout salutes the flag, therefore, she salutes the whole country. +The American Flag is known as "Old Glory," "Stars and Stripes," +"Star-Spangled Banner," and "The Red, White and Blue." + +The American flag today consists of red and white stripes, with the blue +field, sometimes known as the Union in the upper left-hand corner, with +forty-eight white stars. The thirteen stripes stand for the thirteen +original States--New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, +Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, +Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. The stars stand +for the States now in the Union. + +The colors of the flag are red, representing valor; white, representing +hope, purity and truth; blue, representing loyalty, sincerity and +justice. The five-pointed star, which is used, tradition says, at Betsy +Ross' suggestion, is the sign of infinity. + + +History of the American Flag + +We think of ourselves as a young country, but we have one of the oldest +written Constitutions under which a Nation operates, and our flag is one +of the oldest in existence. + +When our forefathers came from Europe to settle in this country, which +is now the United States, they brought with them the flags of their home +countries, and planted them on the new territory in symbol of taking +possession of it in the name of their liege kings and lands. Gradually +the colonies came to belong to England, and the Union Jack became the +flag of all, with the thirteen colonies represented by thirteen stripes +and the Union Jack in the corner. This flag was known as the Grand Union +or Cambridge Flag, and was displayed when Washington first took command +of the army at Cambridge. It was raised on December 3, 1775, on the +_Alfred_, flagship of the new little American Navy, by the senior +Lieutenant of the ship, John Paul Jones, who later defended it gallantly +in many battles at sea. + +On July 4, 1776, the Declaration of Independence was signed in +Philadelphia and the United Colonies dissolved all ties that bound them +to England and became an independent nation--the United States. It was +immediately necessary to adopt a new flag, as the new nation would not +use the Union Jack. Tradition says that in the latter part of May, 1776, +George Washington, Robert Morris and Colonel Ross called on Betsy Ross +in Philadelphia to make the first flag, which they designed. They kept +the thirteen stripes of the Colonial flag, but replaced the Union Jack +by a blue field bearing thirteen stars, arranged in a circle. + +The birthday of the flag was June 14, 1777, when Congress passed this +resolution: Resolved: That the flag of the thirteen United States be +thirteen stripes; alternate red and white; that the union be thirteen +stars, white on a blue field, representing a constellation. + +The first American unfurling the Stars and Stripes over a warship was +John Paul Jones when he took command of the _Ranger_ in June, 1777. +Tradition says that this flag was made for John Paul Jones by the young +ladies of Portsmouth Harbor, and that it was made for him from their own +and their mothers' gowns. It was this flag, in February, 1778, that had +the honor of receiving from France the first official salute accorded by +a foreign nation to the Stars and Stripes. + +It was first carried into battle at the Battle of Brandywine in +September, 1777, when Lafayette fought with the Colonists and was +wounded. This was the famous flag made out of a soldier's white shirt, a +woman's red petticoat, and an officer's blue cloak. A famous flag now in +the National Museum in Washington is the Flag of fifteen stars and +stripes, which floated over Fort McHenry--near Baltimore--in the War of +1812, and which Francis Scott Key (imprisoned on a British ship) saw "by +the dawn's early light" after watching through the night "the rocket's +red glare, the bombs bursting in air" as proof that the fort had not +fallen to the enemy. The next day he wrote "The Star-Spangled Banner." + +It is said that peace has its victories as well as war, and Scouts will +want to know that our flag flew from the first vessel ever propelled by +steam--Robert Fulton's _Clermont_. + +It was carried by Wilbur Wright on his first successful airplane flight +in France. + +It was the flag planted at the North Pole by Robert Peary. + +It was the National emblem painted upon the first airplane to make the +transatlantic flight, May, 1919. + +At first, when states came into the Union, a new stripe and a new star +were added to the flag, but it was soon evident that the added stripes +would make it very unwieldly. So on April 4, 1818, Congress passed this +act to establish the flag of the United States: + +"Sec. 1. Be it enacted ... That from and after the 4th of July next, the +flag of the United States be thirteen horizontal stripes, alternate red +and white; that the union have twenty stars, white on a blue field. + +"Sec. 2. Be it further enacted, that, on admission of every new State +into the Union, one star be added to the union of the flag; and that +such addition shall take effect on the 4th day of July succeeding such +admission." + +In 1917 after the United States entered the World War, the Stars and +Stripes were placed with the flags of the Allies in the great English +Cathedral of St. Paul's in London, and on April 20, 1917, the flag was +hoisted beside the English flag over the House of Parliament as a symbol +that the two great English-speaking nations of the world had joined +hands in the cause of human brotherhood. + + +RESPECT DUE THE FLAG + +1. The flag should be raised at sunrise and lowered at sunset. It should +not be displayed on stormy days or left out over night, except during +war. Although there is no authoritative ruling which compels civilians +to lower the flag at sundown, good taste should impel them to follow the +traditions of the Army and Navy in this sundown ceremonial. Primarily, +the flag is raised to be seen and secondarily, the flag is something to +be guarded, treasured, and so tradition holds it shall not be menaced by +the darkness. To leave the flag out at night, unattended, is proof of +shiftlessness, or at least carelessness. + +2. At retreat, sunset, civilian spectators should stand at attention. +Girl Scouts, if in uniform, may give their salute. + +When the national colors are passing on parade or in review, Scouts +should, if walking, halt, and if sitting, rise and stand at attention. +When the flag is stationary it is not saluted. + +An old, torn, or soiled flag should not be thrown away, but should be +destroyed, preferably by burning. + +The law specifically forbids the use of and the representation of the +flag in any manner or in any connection with merchandise for sale. + +When the "Star-Spangled Banner" is played or sung, stand and remain +standing in silence until it is finished. + +The flag should, on being retired, never be allowed to touch the ground. + + +Regulations for Flying the Flag + +1. The flag should not be raised before sunrise, nor be allowed to +remain up after sunset. + +2. In placing the flag at half mast, it should be raised first to full +mast, and then lowered to the half mast position, from which it should +again be raised to full mast before lowering. + +3. The flag should never be draped. + +4. When the flag is hung against a wall, the blue field should be in the +upper left corner if the stripes are horizontal; in the upper right +corners if the stripes are vertical. + +5. In the case of flags hung across the street it is necessary to hang +them by the points of the compass instead of right or left, because the +right or left naturally varies according to whether the spectator is +going up or down the street. When the flag is hung across a north and +south street, the blue fields should be toward the east, the rising sun, +when across an east and west street, the field should be toward the +north. + +6. The flags of two or more nations displayed together should always be +hung at the same level, and should be on separate staffs or halyards. + +7. In the United States, when the American flag is carried with one +other flag, it should be at the right. When it is carried with two other +flags, it should be in the middle. + +8. When the American flag is hung against a wall with other flags, it is +placed at the spectator's right, if it is one of two; and in the middle, +if it is one of three. + +9. The flag at half mast is a sign of mourning. + +10. The flag flown upside down is a signal of distress. + +11. On Memorial Day, May 30, the flag is flown at half mast during the +morning, and is raised at noon to full mast for the rest of the day. + + +Patriotic Songs for Girl Scouts + + +"The Star-Spangled Banner" + + Oh, say, can you see, by the dawn's early light, + What so proudly we hailed at the twilight's last gleaming, + Whose broad stripes and bright stars, through the perilous fight, + O'er the ramparts we watched were so gallantly streaming! + And the rocket's red glare, the bombs bursting in air, + Gave proof through the night that our flag was still there; + Oh! say, does that star-spangled banner yet wave, + O'er the land of the free, and the home of the brave? + + On that shore dimly seen through the mists of the deep, + Where the foe's haughty host in dread silence reposes. + What is that which the breeze, o'er the towering steep, + As it fitfully blows, now conceals, now discloses? + Now it catches the gleam of the morning's first beam, + In full glory reflected now shines on the stream; + 'Tis the star-spangled banner; Oh, long may it wave, + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave! + + O! thus be it ever, when freemen shall stand + Between their loved homes and the war's desolation + Blessed with victory and peace, may the heav'n-rescued land + Praise the power that hath made and preserved us a nation. + Then conquer we must, when our cause it is just, + And this be our motto--"In God is our trust"; + And the star-spangled banner in triumph shall wave + O'er the land of the free and the home of the brave. + + --_Francis Scott Key_, 1814. + +_The Star Spangled Banner_ was written in 1814 by Francis Scott Key at +the time of the bombardment of Fort McHenry, near Baltimore, by the +British. Key had been sent to the British squadron to negotiate the +release of an American prisoner-of-war, and was detained there by the +British during the engagement for fear he might reveal their plans. The +bombardment lasted all through the night. In his joy the following +morning at seeing the American flag still flying over Fort McHenry, Key +wrote the first stanza of the _Star Spangled Banner_ on the back of an +old letter, which he drew from his pocket. He finished the poem later in +the day after he had been allowed to land. The poem was first printed as +a handbill enclosed in a fancy border; but one of Key's friends, Judge +Nicholson, of Baltimore, saw that the tune of _Anacreon in Heaven_, an +old English drinking song, fitted the words, and the two were quickly +united with astonishing success. The old flag which prompted the poem is +still in existence; it was made by Mrs. Mary Pickersgill. + + +"America" + + My country, 'tis of thee, + Sweet land of liberty, + Of thee I sing; + Land where my fathers died, + Land of the Pilgrims' pride, + From every mountain side + Let freedom ring. + + My native country, thee, + Land of the noble free, + Thy name I love; + I love thy rocks and rills, + Thy woods and templed hills; + My heart with rapture thrills + Like that above. + + Let music swell the breeze, + And ring from all the trees + Sweet freedom's song; + Let mortal tongues awake, + Let all that breathe partake, + Let rocks their silence break, + The sound prolong! + + Our father's God, to Thee, + Author of liberty, + To Thee we sing: + Long may our land be bright + With freedom's holy light; + Protect us by Thy might, + Great God, our King. + + --Samuel F. Smith, 1832. + +"America" was written in 1832 by Samuel Francis Smith, a graduate of +Harvard, at that time studying for the ministry at Andover, Mass. The +circumstances attending the writing of this hymn are told by the author +in the following letter: + + Newton Centre, Mass., June 5, 1887. + + Mr. J. H. Johnson: + + Dear Sir: The hymn "America" was not written with + reference to any special occasion. A friend (Mr. + Lowell Mason) put into my hands a quantity of + music books in the German language early in the + year 1832--because, as he said, I could read them + and he couldn't--with the request that I would + translate any of the hymns and songs which struck + my fancy, or, neglecting the German words, with + hymns or songs of my own, adapted to the tunes, so + that he could use the music. On a dismal day in + February, turning over the leaves of one of these + music books, I fell in with the tune, which + pleased me--and observing at a glance that the + words were patriotic, without attempting to + imitate them, or even read them throughout, I was + moved at once to write a song adapted to the + music--and "America" is the result. I had no + thought of writing a national hymn, and was + surprised when it came to be widely used. I gave + it to Mr. Mason soon after it was written, and + have since learned that he greatly admired it. It + was first publicly used at a Sabbath school + celebration of Independence in Park Street Church, + Boston, on the 4th of July, 1832. + + Respectfully, + S. F. SMITH. + + +The tune of "America," which Samuel Smith took from a German song book, +was originally a French air. This French air was borrowed in 1739 by an +Englishman, Henry Carey, who recast it for the British national anthem, +"God Save the King." Switzerland, Prussia and other German States, and +the United States have used the music for their national hymns. + +_Letter and facts from The Encyclopedia Americana._ + + +"Battle Hymn of the Republic" + + Mine eyes have seen the glory of the coming of the Lord: + He is trampling out the vintage where the grapes of wrath are stored; + He hath loosed the fateful lightning of His terrible swift sword; + His truth is marching on. + + I have seen Him in the watch-fires of a hundred circling camps; + They have builded Him an altar in the evening dews and damps; + I can read his righteous sentence by the dim and flaring lamps: + His day is marching on. + + I have read a fiery gospel writ in burnish'd rows of steel: + "As you deal with my contemners, so with you my grace shall deal; + Let the Hero, born of woman, crush the serpent with his heel, + Since God is marching on." + + He has sounded forth the trumpet that shall never call retreat; + He is sifting out the hearts of men before His judgment-seat: + Oh, be swift my soul, to answer Him, be jubilant my feet! + Our God is marching on. + + In the beauty of the lilies Christ was born across the sea, + With a glory in His bosom that transfigures you and me; + As He died to make men holy, let us die to make them free, + While God is marching on. + + --Julia Ward Howe. + + +How to Make an American Flag + +The exact proportions of the American Flag have been fixed by executive +order; that is to say, by order of the President, as have other +features, such as the arrangement and position of the stars. The exact +size of the flag is variable, though the army has several regulation +sizes. The cut given below shows the dimensions of one of the regulation +army flags. The proportions fixed by executive order on May 26, 1916, +are as follows: + +If the width of the flag be taken as the basis and called 1, then + +The length will be 1.9, + +Each stripe will be 1/13 of 1, + +The blue field will be .76 long and 7/13 of 1 wide. + +Other features of the officially designed flag are as follows: The top +and bottom stripes are red. Each State is represented by a five-pointed +star, one of whose points shall be directed toward the top of the flag. + +Beginning with the upper left-hand corner and reading from left to right +the stars indicate the States in order of their ratification of the +Constitution and their admission to the Union. Find your State's star in +the following list, and remember its number and line. + + _First Row_ + 1--Delaware + 2--Pennsylvania + 3--New Jersey + 4--Georgia + 5--Connecticut + 6--Massachusetts + 7--Maryland + 8--South Carolina + + _Second Row_ + 9--New Hampshire + 10--Virginia + 11--New York + 12--North Carolina + 13--Rhode Island + 14--Vermont + 15--Kentucky + 16--Tennessee + + _Third Row_ + 17--Ohio + 18--Louisiana + 19--Indiana + 20--Mississippi + 21--Illinois + 22--Alabama + 23--Maine + 24--Missouri + + _Fourth Row_ + 25--Arkansas + 26--Michigan + 27--Florida + 28--Texas + 29--Iowa + 30--Wisconsin + 31--California + 32--Minnesota + + _Fifth Row_ + 33--Oregon + 34--Kansas + 35--West Virginia + 36--Nevada + 37--Nebraska + 38--Colorado + 39--North Dakota + 40--South Dakota + + _Sixth Row_ + 41--Montana + 42--Washington + 43--Idaho + 44--Wyoming + 45--Utah + 46--Oklahoma + 47--New Mexico + 48--Arizona + +[Illustration] + + +AN EASY WAY TO DRAW THE FLAG + + The sketch shows the steps in getting a flag drawn + according to national requirements. + + 1. Draw the outline of your flag, making for + convenience, the width equal an even 10 units + (such as eighths or quarters or half, etc.) so + that the length can be made 19 units. + + 2. Get the 13 stripes outlined as follows: a) Take + your ruler and find a place marking 13 units, such + as 3-1/4 inches, or 6-1/2 or even 9-3/4 inches. b) + Then draw the 2 lines A B and A' B'; marking off + the 13 points on each. It does not matter where + the lines are drawn so long as they extend between + the top and bottom of the rectangle. c) Through + these points draw lightly, the lines for the + stripes, covering the _whole_ flag. + + 3. Before making the final lines, block in the + union in the upper left hand corner, making its + length equal to 7.6 of the original units used for + the whole flag. The width of the union is _seven_ + stripes. + + 4. Place the stars as follows: The lines marking + the stripes may be used to mark the 6 lines of + stars. The eight stars to a line may be determined + by dividing the length of the union into nine + parts and dropping eight perpendiculars through + the six lines already there. In the sketch the + line, D F and D' F' are guide lines to make the + new parallel lines. These are made just as in the + case of A B and A' B' only containing nine units + and extending between the two sides of the union. + + 5. The stars are made at the intersection of the + lines. It is not necessary to put in more than one + or two, to show the shape and direction of points. + + 6. The stripes may be colored, or if indicated by + cross hatching, make the cross hatches vertical (I + I I I I) which is the symbol for red. + + Band + Leader + O + ------ + | BAND | + ------ + National O President + Nat'l Field Capt.-> O O O <- National Director + | + Vice-President + --------------- + |NAT'L COUNCIL| + --------------- + State O Com'sioner + State Field Capt.->O O O<-State Director + | + State Deputy Commissioner + ------------- + |STATE COUNCIL| + ------------- + Local O Com'sioner + Local Field Captain->O O O<-Local Deputy Com'sioner + | + Local Director + ------------- + |LOCAL COUNCIL| + ------------- + Troop O Capt. + O Lieut. + ------ + |SCOUTS| + ------ + ------ + |SCOUTS| + ------ + Color Guard Color Guard + | | + O O O O + | | + Council Flag American Flag + O Lieut. + ______ + |SCOUTS| + ------ + ______ + |SCOUTS| + ------ + + +[Illustration: (1) SIMPLE PARADE FORMATION] + + ------------------- + | BAND | + ------------------- + + Color Guard->O O O<-Color Guard + | + American Flag + + Officer O in Charge + + O Captain + O Lieut. + ----------------- + | SCOUTS | + ----------------- + ----------------- + | SCOUTS | + ----------------- + O Captain + O Lieut. + ----------------- + | SCOUTS | + ----------------- + ----------------- + | SCOUTS | + ----------------- + + O Captain + O Lieut. + ----------------- + | SCOUTS | + ----------------- + ----------------- + | SCOUTS | + ----------------- + + +[Illustration: (2) SIMPLE PARADE FORMATION] + + +PARADE FORMATION FOR GIRL SCOUTS + +The accompanying Cut 1 indicates a suggested formation for patriotic, +Civic or Girl Scout parades when Scout officials take part in the +parade. It should be noted that the Scouts are represented by a column +of four ranks, the Color Guard marching in the center of the column. +Should a larger number of Scouts participate in the parade, the Color +Guard must be changed to a position in the center of the longer column. + +Cut 2 indicates a more simple form of parade which has been found of +service and effectiveness. In this formation the Color Guard follows the +band or Scout buglers. The local director or her representative marches +directly behind the Color Guard and is followed by the Scouts in column +formation, each double rank commanded by a captain, who marches three +paces in front of the front rank, and a lieutenant, who marches at the +extreme left of the double rank one step ahead of the front rank. Front +and rear ranks march forty inches apart. + +It is not usually possible, nor is it necessarily advisable, to use one +troop in forming a double rank. The important thing is to have in each +line the number of Scouts designated by the person in charge of the +parade. This number, determined by the width of the street and the +number marching, will be either four, eight, twelve or sixteen. If girls +of the same height march together, the shorter preceding the taller, the +appearance of the column will be more uniform and pleasing. + +When Scout troop flags are used, they are carried in the column at the +extreme right. + +[Illustration: GIRL SCOUT UNIFORM--TWO PIECE] + + +SECTION IX + +GIRL SCOUT DRILL + +Although the simple exercises in opening and closing a meeting are the +only formal work necessary for Scouts, the Scout Drill outlined in this +Handbook is added for Captains as a suggestion for handling one or more +Patrols in the club room, or on the street, in an orderly dignified +manner. + +Where the Troop and Captain are interested in this form of activity, it +adds a great variety to the Scout meetings, and its value in giving an +erect carriage, alert habit of obedience, and ability to think and act +quickly are undoubted. + +In case of rallies and parades it is practically the only way of +handling large bodies of Scouts from different localities. + +Every order and formation here recommended is taken from the United +States Infantry Drill Regulations, and it is now possible for Captains +in all localities to secure the assistance of some returned soldier glad +to give a half hour occasionally to drilling the Scouts. + +The simple formations selected have been divided into Tenderfoot, Second +Class and First Class groups entirely for the convenience of the +Captain; none of the work is too difficult for a Second Class Scout and +there is nothing to prevent a Tenderfoot from taking all of it, if the +troop should be particularly interested in drilling. + +Commands are divided into two classes: + +(a) The preparatory, to tell the Scout _what_ to do, and + +(b) The command of execution, to tell _how_ to do it. + + +Tenderfoot Drill Schedule + +"FALL IN" + +At this command each Scout immediately takes her position in the Patrol +to which she belongs (the captain having already assigned to each Scout +her exact place), and without further order assumes the position of +"_Attention_" three paces in front of Captain. + +The position of _Attention_ is: body and head erect, head, shoulders and +pelvis in same plane, eyes front, arms hanging easily at the sides, feet +parallel and about four inches apart; perfect silence to be maintained. + +Patrol formation, two ranks (rows) of four Scouts each, forty inches +between front and rear ranks. The patrol corresponds to the military +unit of the squad. + +Other patrols will fall in on the left of patrol No. 1 and on a line +with it, in their numerical order. When assembled a troop of four +patrols will be in the position indicated by the following diagram, and +facing the captain. + + 5678 5678 5678 5678 + 1234 1234 1234 1234 + Lieut. Capt. + +If the Captain prefers, and where there are only a few Scouts to be +handled, they may be drawn up in a single rank facing the Captain. In +either position they are now ready for the preliminaries of military +drill. + +1. _Right_ (or left) _Dress_. 2. _Front._ + +At the command _"Dress"_ whether to right or left, all Scouts place the +left hand on the hip. Each Scout, except the base file, Scout on right +or left end from whom the other take their alignment, when on or near +the new line, executes "_Eyes Right!_" and taking steps of two or three +inches, places herself so that her right arm rests lightly against the +arm of the Scout on her right, and so that her eyes and shoulders are in +line with those of the Scout on her right; the rear rank Scouts cover in +file. The instructor verifies the alignment of both ranks from the right +flank and orders up or back such Scouts as may be in rear or in advance +of the line: only the Scouts designated move.[2] + +At the command "_Front,_" given when the ranks are aligned, each Scout +turns her head and eyes to the front and drops the hand at her side. + +To march the patrol or troop in column of twos, the preliminary commands +would be as just given: 1. _Fall in._ 2. _Right Dress._ 3. _Front._ + +The troop is then drawn up facing the Captain in two ranks as described. +The Captain then commands: + +1. _Right_ (or left) _Face_ (According to the direction in which the +column is to proceed.) + +2. _Forward._ 3. _March._ + +At the command "_March_," each Scout steps off smartly with the _left_ +foot. + + +Facings + +To the flank: "_Right_ (or left) _Face_." + +Raise slightly the left heel and the right toe; face to the right, +turning on the right heel, assisted by a slight pressure on the ball of +the left foot; place the left foot by the side of the right. "Left Face" +is executed on the left heel in the corresponding manner. Right (or +left) Half Face is executed similarly, facing forty-five degrees. + +To the rear: _About Face._ + +Carry the toe of the right foot about half a foot length to the rear and +slightly to the left of the left heel without changing the position of +the left foot; face to the rear, turning to the right on the left heel +and right toe; place the right heel by the side of the left. + + +Eyes Right or Left + +1. _Eyes Right_ (or left). 2. _Front._ + +At the command "Right," turn the head to the right oblique, eyes fixed +on the line of Scouts in, or supposed to be in, the same rank. At the +command "_Front_" turn the head and eyes to the front. + + +The Rests + +Being at halt, the commands for the different rests are as follows: + +FALL OUT, REST, AT EASE and 1 PARADE, 2 REST. + +At the command _Fall Out_, the Scouts may leave the ranks, but are +required to remain in the immediate vicinity. They resume their former +places, at attention at the command "_Fall In_." + +At the command "_Rest_" each Scout keeps one foot in place, but is not +required to keep silence or immobility. + +At the command _"At Ease"_ each Scout keeps one foot in place and is +required to keep silence but not immobility. + + +_1 Parade, 2 Rest._ + +Carry the right foot six inches straight to the rear, left knee slightly +bent; clasp the hands, without constraint, in front of the center of the +body, fingers joined, right hand uppermost, left thumb clasped by the +thumb and forefinger of the right hand; preserve silence and steadiness +of position. + +To resume the attention: _1 Squad (or Company) 2 Attention._ + + +Steps and Marchings + +All steps and marchings executed from the halt, except right step, begin +with the left foot. + +The length of the full step in "_Quick Time_" for a Scout is twenty +inches, measured from heel to heel, and the cadence is at the rate of +one hundred twenty steps per minute. + +The length of the full step in "_Double Time_," for a Scout, is about +twenty-four inches; the cadence is at the rate of one hundred eighty +steps per minute. + +The instructor, when necessary, indicates the cadence of the step by +calling "One, Two, Three, Four," or "Left, Right, Left, Right," the +instant the left and right foot, respectively, should be planted. + +All steps and marchings and movements involving march are executed in +"Quick Time" unless the squad (or company) be marching in "Double Time." + +Quick Time + +Being at a halt, to march forward in quick time: 1 _Forward_, 2 _March_. + +At the command "_Forward_," shift the weight of the body to the right +leg, left knee straight. + +At the command "_March_" move the left foot smartly straight forward +twenty inches from the right, sole near the ground, and plant it without +shock; next, in like manner, advance the right foot and plant it as +above; continue the march. The arms swing naturally. + +Being at a halt, or in march in quick time, to march in double time; 1 +_Double time_, 2 _March_. + +If at a halt, at the first command shift the weight of the body to the +right leg. At the command "_March_" raise the forearms, fingers closed +to a horizontal position along the waist line; take up an easy run with +the step and cadence of double time, allowing a natural swinging motion +to the arms. + +If marching in quick time, at the command "_March_," given as either +foot strikes the ground, take one step in quick time, and then step off +in double time. + +To resume the quick time: 1 _Quick Time_, 2 _March_. + +At the command _March_, given as either foot strikes the ground, advance +and plant the other foot in double time; resume the quick time, dropping +the hands by the sides. + + +To Mark Time + +Being in march: 1 _Mark Time_, 2 _March_. + +At the command _March_, given as either foot strikes the ground, +advance and plant the other foot; bring up the foot in rear and continue +the cadence by alternately raising each foot about two inches and +planting it on line with the other. + +Being at a halt, at the command _March_, raise and plant the feet as +described above. + + +The Half Step + +1 _Half Step_, 2 _March_. + +Take steps of ten inches in quicktime, twelve inches in double time. +_Forward_, _Half Step_, _Halt_ and _Mark Time_ may be executed one from +the other in quick or double time. + +To resume the full step from half step or mark time: _Forward March._ + + +Side Step + +Being at halt or mark time: 1 _Right (or left) Step_, 2 _March_. Carry +and plant the right foot twelve inches to the right; bring the left foot +beside it and continue the movement in the cadence of quick time. + +The side step is used for short distances only and is not executed in +double time. + + +Back Step + +Being at a halt or mark time: 1 _Backward_, 2 _March_. Take steps of +twelve inches straight to the rear. The back step is used for short +distances only and is not executed in double time. + + +To Halt + +To arrest the march in quick or double time: 1 _Squad_ (or if the full +troop is drilling _Company_), 2 _Halt_. + +At the command _Halt_, given as either foot strikes the ground, plant +the other foot as in marching; raise and place the first foot by the +side of the other. If in double time, drop the hands by the sides. + + +To March by the Flank + +Being in march: 1 _By the Right (or left) Flank_, 2 _March_. + +At the command _March_, given as the right foot strikes the ground, +advance and plant the left foot, then face to the right in marching and +step off in the new direction with the right foot. + + +To March to the Rear + +Being in march: 1 _To the Rear_, 2 _March_. + +At the command _March_, given as the right foot strikes the ground, +advance and plant the left foot; turn to the right about on the balls of +both feet and immediately step off with the left foot. + +If marching in double time, turn to the right about, taking four steps +in place, keeping the cadence, and then step off with the left foot. + + +Change Step + +Being in march: 1 _Change Step_, 2 _March_. + +At the command _March_, given as the right foot strikes the ground, +advance and plant the left foot; plant the toe of the right foot near +the heel of the left and step off with the left foot. + +The change on the right foot is similarly executed, the command _March_ +being given as the left foot strikes the ground. + + +SECOND CLASS DRILL + +_Fall In._ (_Described in Tenderfoot Drill._) + +_Count Off._ + +At this command all except the right file execute _Eyes Right_, and +beginning on the right, the Scouts in each rank count _One_, _Two_, +_Three_, _Four_; each turns her head and eyes to the front as she +counts. + +[Illustration: GIRL SCOUT UNIFORM--ONE PIECE] + + +Alignments + +1 _Right (or Left) Dress_, 2 _Front_. (Described in Tenderfoot Drill.) + +To preserve the alignment when marching; _Guide Right_ (_or left_). The +Scouts preserve their intervals from the side of the guide, yielding to +pressure on that side and resisting pressure from the opposite +direction; they recover intervals, if lost, by gradually opening out or +closing in; they recover alignment by slightly lengthening or shortening +the step; the rear rank Scouts cover their file leaders at forty inches. + + +To Take Distance + +(Formation for signalling or for setting-up exercises.) + +Being in line at a halt having counted off: 1 _Take Distance at four +paces_, 2 _March_; 3 _Squad (or company), Halt_. + +At the command _March_, each Scout in succession starting at four paces +apart and beginning with No. 1 of the front rank, followed by 2, 3, 4 +and 1, 2, 3, 4 of the rear rank, marches straight forward until the +order Squad, Halt is given. The command _Halt_ is given when all have +their distances. + +(Word to instructors: Where the floor space is limited it is advisable +to have the Scouts take the half step in executing this formation or +move at two paces.) + +If more than one squad is in line, each squad executes the movement as +above simultaneously. + +Being at distances, to assemble the squad (or company): + +1 _Assemble_, 2 _March_. + +At the command _March_, No. 1 of the front rank stands fast; the other +members move forward to their proper places in the line. + + +The Oblique March + +For the instruction of the recruits, the squad being in column or +correctly aligned, the instructor causes the Scouts to face half right +and half left, points out to them their relative positions, and explains +that these are to be maintained in the oblique march. + +1 _Right (or Left) Oblique_, 2 _March_. + +At the command _March_, each Scout steps off in a direction forty-five +degrees to the right of her original front. She preserves her relative +position, keeping her shoulders parallel to those of the guide, and so +regulates her steps that the ranks remain parallel to their original +front. + +At the command _Halt_ the Scouts face to the front. + +To resume the original directions: 1 _Forward_, 2 _March_. + +The Scouts half face to the left in marching and then move straight to +the front. + + +To Turn on Moving Pivot + +Begin in line: 1 _Right (or left) Turn_, 2 _March_. + +(This applies to the single squad; if the whole troop is drilling and is +in column of squads, or twos, the command would be: 1 _Column Right_ +(_or left_), 2 _March_.) + +The movement is executed by each rank successively and on the same +ground. At the second command, the pivot Scout of the front rank faces +to the right in marching and takes the half step; the other Scouts of +the rank oblique to the right until opposite their places in line, then +execute a second right oblique and take the half step on arriving +abreast of the pivot Scout. All glance toward the marching flank while +at half step and take the full step without command as the last Scout +arrives on the line. + +_Right_ (_or left_) Half Turn is executed in a similar manner. The pivot +Scout makes a half change of direction to the right and the other Scouts +make quarter changes in obliquing. + + +To Turn on a Fixed Pivot + +Being in line, to turn and march: 1 _Squad Right_ (_or left_), 2 +_March_. + +At the second command, the right flank Scout in the front rank faces to +the right in marching and marks time; the other front rank Scouts +oblique to the right, place themselves abreast of the pivot, and mark +time. In the rear rank the third Scout from the right, followed in +column by the second and first, moves straight to the front until in the +rear of her front rank Scout, when all face to the right in marching and +mark time; the other number of the rear rank moves straight to the front +four paces and places herself abreast of the Scout on her right. Scouts +on the new line glance toward the marching flank while marking time and, +as the last Scout arrives on the line, both ranks execute _Forward +March_ without further command. + +Being in line to turn and halt: 1 _Squad Right_ (_or left_), 2 _March_, +3 _Squad_, 4 _Halt_. + +The third command is given immediately after the second. The turn is +executed as prescribed in the preceding paragraph except that all +Scouts, on arriving on the new line mark time until the fourth command +is given, when all halt. The fourth command should be given as the last +Scout arrives on the line. + +Being in line to turn about and march: 1 _Squad Right (or left) About_, +2 _March_. + +At the second command the front rank twice executes Squad Right +initiating the second Squad Right when the Scout on the marching flank +has arrived abreast of the rank. In the rear rank the third Scout from +the right, followed by the second and first in column, moves straight to +the front until on the prolongation of the line to be occupied by the +rear rank; changes direction to the right; moves in the new direction +until in the rear of her front rank Scout, when all face to the right +in marching, mark time, and glance toward the marching flank. The fourth +Scout marches on the left of the third to her new position; as she +arrives on the line, both ranks execute _Forward March_ without command. + + +FIRST CLASS DRILL + +_On Right (or left) Into Line._ + +Being in columns of squads, to form line on right or left; 1 _On Right +(or left) Into Line_, 2 _March_, 3 _Company_, 4 _Halt_, 5 _Front_. + +At the first command the leader of the leading unit commands: _Right +Turn._ The leaders of the other units command: _Forward_, if at a halt. +At the second command the leading unit turns to the right on moving +pivot. The command _Halt_ is given when the leading unit has advanced +the desired distance in the new direction; it halts; its leader then +commands: _Right Dress._ + +The units in the rear continue to march straight to the front; each, +when opposite its place on the line, executes _Right Turn_ at the +command of its leader; each is halted on the line at the command of its +leader, who then commands: _Right Dress._ All dress on the first unit on +the line. + +If executed in double time, the leading squad marches in double time +until halted. + +_Front Into Line._ + +Being in columns of squads, to form line to the front; _Right (or left) +Front Into Line_, 2 _March_, 3 _Company_, 4 _Halt_, 5 _Front_. + +At the first command the leaders of the units in the rear of the leading +one command: _Right Oblique._ If at a halt, the leader of the leading +unit commands: _Forward._ At the second command the leading unit moves +straight forward: the rear units oblique as indicated. The command +_Halt_ is given when the leading unit has advanced the desired distance; +it halts; its leader then commands: _Left Dress_. Each of the rear +units, when opposite its place in line, resumes the original direction +at the command of its leader; each is halted on the line at the command +of its leader, who then commands: _Left Dress_. All dress on the first +unit in line. + + +To Diminish the Front of a Column of Squads + +Being in column of squads: 1 _Right (or left) By Twos_, 2 _March_. At +the command _March_, all files except the two right files of the leading +squad execute _In Place Halt_; the two right files of the leading squad +oblique to the right when disengaged and follow the right files at the +shortest practicable distance. The remaining squads follow successively +in like manner. + +Being in columns of twos: (1) _Right (or left) By File_, 2 _March_. At +the command _March_, all files execute _In Place Halt_, except the right +file of the leading two oblique successively to the right when +disengaged and each follows the file on its right at the shortest +practicable distance. The remaining twos follow successively in like +manner. + +Being in column of files of twos, to form column of squads; or being in +column of files, to form column of twos: 1 _Squads (Twos) Right (or +left) Front Into Line_, 2 _March_. + +At the command _March_, the leading file or files halt. The remainder of +the squad, or two, obliques to the right and halts on line with the +leading file or files. The remaining squads or twos close up and +successively form in the rear of the first in like manner. + +The movement described in this paragraph will be ordered _Right_ or +_Left_, so as to restore the files to their normal relative positions in +the two or squad. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[2] _All ranks count off beginning with right end: 1, 2, 3, 4._ + + + + +SECTION X + +SIGNALLING FOR SCOUTS + + +A. GENERAL SERVICE CODE + +The General Service Code, given herewith, also called the Continental +Code and the International Morse Code, is used by the Army and Navy, and +for cabling and wireless telegraphy. It is used for visual signalling by +hand, flag, Ardois lights, torches, heliograph, lanterns, etc., and for +sound signalling with buzzer, whistle, etc. + +The American Morse Code is used for commercial purposes only, and +differs from the International Morse in a few particulars. A Scout need +not concern herself with it because it would only be used by the Scout +who eventually becomes a telegrapher, and for this purpose the Western +Union Company offers the necessary training. + +Wig Wag Signalling + +GENERAL SERVICE CODE + +The flag used for this signalling is square with a smaller square of +another color in the center. It may be either white with the smaller +square red, or red with the smaller square white. A good size for Scout +use is 24 inches square with a center 9 inches square, on a pole 42 +inches long and one-half inch in diameter. + +There are but three motions with the flag and all start from, and are +completed by, return to position, which means the flag held +perpendicularly and at rest directly in front of the signaller. + +Signaller should stand erect, well balanced on the arches of the feet. +The butt of the flag stick is held lightly in the right hand; the left +hand steadies and directs the flag at a distance from six to twelve +inches above the right on the stick. The length of the stick will +determine the position of the left hand; the longer the stick the +further apart must the hands be placed in order to obtain the best +balance. + +[Illustration: POSITION DOT DASH FRONT] + +DOT: To make the dot, swing the flag down to the right until the stick +reaches the horizontal and bring it back to Position. + +DASH: To make the dash, swing the flag to the left until it reaches the +horizontal and bring it back to Position. + +INTERVAL: The third position is made by swinging the flag down directly +in front and returning to Position. + +In order to keep the flag from "fouling" when making these motions, make +a sort of figure 8 with the point of the stick. A slight turn of the +wrist accomplishes this result and becomes very easy after a little +practice. Beginners should master the three motions of the flag, +exaggerating the figure 8 motion before they attempt to make letters. +_It is also best to learn the code before attempting to wig wag it, so +that the mind will be free to concentrate upon the technique or correct +managing of the flag._ + + +THE GENERAL SERVICE CODE + +(The International Morse or Continental) + +Uses: Commercial wireless, submarine cables, Army and Navy. Methods: +flags by day, torches, lanterns, flashlight, searchlight, by night; +whistle, drum, bugle, tapping. + + A .- + B -... + C -.-. + D -.. + E . + F ..-. + G --. + H .... + I .. + J .--- + K -.- + L .-.. + M -- + N -. + O --- + P .--. + Q --.- + R .-. + S ... + T - + U ..- + V ...- + W .-- + X -..- + Y -.-- + Z --.. + 1 .---- + 2 ..--- + 3 ...-- + 4 ....- + 5 ..... + 6 -.... + 7 --... + 8 ---.. + 9 ----. + 0 ----- + + Period .. .. .. + Comma .-.-.- + Quotation Marks .-..-. + Colon ---... + Semicolon -.-.-. + Interrogation ..--.. + +A convenient form for learning the letters is as follows: + +DOTS + + E . + I .. + S ... + H .... + +DASHES + + T - + M -- + O --- + +OPPOSITES + + A .- -. N + B -... ...- V + D -.. ..- U + G --. .-- W + F ..-. .-.. L + Y -.--- ---.- Q + +SANDWICH LETTERS + + K -.- P .--. + X -..- R .-. + +LETTERS WITH NO OPPOSITES + + Z --.. + C -.-. + J .--- + +Make no pause between dots and dashes in making a letter, but make a +continuous swing from right to left, or left to right. A pause at +Position indicates the completion of a letter. + +One Interval (Front) indicates the completion of a word. + +Two Intervals indicate the completion of a sentence. + +Three Intervals indicate the completion of a message. + +_Do not try for speed._ In all signalling, accuracy is the important +thing, for unless the letters are accurately made they cannot be easily +read, and the message will have to be repeated. Fall into a regular easy +rhythm in sending. Speed comes with practice. + +Signalling with a Flash Light: Use a short flash for the dot and a long +steady flash for the dash. Pause the length of three dots between +letters, and the length of five dots between words. A still longer pause +marks the end of a sentence. + +Signalling by Whistle: Use a short blast for the dot, and a long steady +blast for the dash. Indicate the end of a letter, a word, and a sentence +by the same pauses as explained in Flash Light Signalling. + +Signalling with a Lantern: The motions used in signalling with a lantern +are somewhat like those of the wig wag flag. For Position hold the +lantern directly in front of the body; for the dot swing it to the right +and back to Position; for the dash swing it to the left and back to +Position; and for Interval move it down and up in a vertical line +directly in front. A stationary light should be placed on the ground +before the feet as a point of reference for the various motions. + + +B. SEMAPHORE SIGNALLING + +SEMAPHORE CODE + +The semaphore is a machine with two arms which may be moved into various +positions to make letters. The semaphore code shown in the accompanying +picture may also be employed by a person using two flags. It is the +quickest method of flag signalling but is available for comparatively +short distances, seldom over a mile, unless extra large flags are +employed or there is some extraordinary condition of background or +atmosphere. + +The semaphore code is not adapted to as many uses as is the general +service code, but for quick signalling over comparatively short +distances, it is preferable in every way. + +The regulation flag is 18 inches square, either divided diagonally into +two triangles of white and red, or square of white with small square of +red in the center, or red with small square of white. These flags are +fastened on poles 24 inches long and 1/2 inch in diameter. + +The flags must be carefully held so that the sticks make, as it were, a +continuation of the arm bone; a bent wrist will cause the flags to make +an entirely different angle, and consequently a different letter from +the one intended. + +Swing the arms smoothly and without hesitation from one letter to +another. Hold each letter long enough to make it clear to the person +receiving it. Every word begins and ends with "intervals," the hands +crossed downward in front of the body, arms nearly straight, right hand +always over the left. + +Indicate the end of a sentence by one "chip-chop" made by holding both +flags to the right, horizontally, and moving them up and down several +times; not altogether, but one flag going down as the other comes up, +making the "chopping" motion. + +[Illustration: CODE FOR SEMAPHORE SIGNALLING] + +Note: The extended arm should always make a straight line with the flag +staff. + +_From the very beginning practice reading as well as sending._ It is +harder to do and requires more practice. Instructors should always face +the class in giving a lesson; in this way the pupil learns to read at +the same time as she is learning to make the letters. This principle +applies to all visual signalling. + + +Whistle Signals + +1. One blast, "Attention"; "Assemble" (if scattered). + +2. Two short blasts, "All right." + +3. Four short blasts, calls "Patrol Leaders come here." + +4. Alternate long and short blasts, "Mess Call." + + +Hand Signals + +These signals are advisable when handling a troop in a street where the +voice cannot be readily heard, or in marching the troop into some +church, theatre, or other building where a spoken command is +undesirable. + +_Forward_, _March_: + +Carry the hand to the shoulder; straighten and hold the arm +horizontally, thrusting it in the direction of the march. (This signal +is also used to execute quick time from double time.) + +_Halt_: + +Carry the hand to the shoulder; thrust hand upward and hold the arm +vertically. + +_Double Time_, _March_: + +Carry the hand to the shoulder, rapidly thrust the hand upward the full +extent of the arm several times. + +_Squads Right_, _March_: + +Raise the arm laterally until horizontal; carry it to a vertical +position above the head and swing it several times between the vertical +and horizontal positions. + +_Squads Left_, _March_: + +Raise the arm laterally until horizontal; carry it downward to the side +and swing it several times between the downward and horizontal +positions. + +_Change Direction or Column Right (Left) March_: + +The hand on the side toward which the change of direction is to be made +is carried across the body to the opposite shoulder, forearm horizontal; +then swing in a horizontal plane, arm extended, pointing in the new +direction. + +_Assemble_: + +Raise the arm vertically to its full extent and describe horizontal +circles. + + +THE GIRL SCOUT SALUTE. + + =How To Salute.= To salute, a Girl Scout raises + the right hand to her hat in line with the right + temple, the first three fingers extended, and the + little finger held down by the thumb. This salute + is the sign of the Girl Scouts. The three extended + fingers, like the Trefoil, represent the three + parts of the Promise. + + =When To Salute.= When Scouts meet for the first + time during the day, whether comrades or + strangers, of whatever rank, they should salute + each other. + + If in uniform a Girl Scout stands at attention and + salutes the flag when it is hoisted or lowered, + and as it passes her in parade. If not in uniform, + she stands at attention, but does not salute. + + When in uniform and in ranks in public + demonstration, a Girl Scout stands at attention + and salutes when the Star Spangled Banner is + played. But she does not salute when she herself + is singing. + + In ordinary gatherings when the anthem is played, + a Girl Scout stands at attention but does not + salute. + + When Girl Scouts are on parade or marching in + troop or patrol formation, only the officers + salute, at the same time giving the command, "Eyes + right," or "Eyes left," as the case may be, at + which every Scout turns her eyes sharply in the + direction ordered till the officer commands, "Eyes + front." + + When repeating the Promise, a Girl Scout stands at + salute. + + When in uniform a Girl Scout should salute her + officers when speaking to them, or when being + spoken to by them. + + If in uniform, a Girl Scout should return the + salute of a Boy Scout. She does not salute the + police or military officers unless they salute her + first. + + Girl Scouts may salute each other whether they are + in uniform or not. + + =Pledge of Allegiance.= "I pledge allegiance to + the flag and to the republic for which it stands; + one nation indivisible, with liberty and justice + for all." + + Girl Scouts should stand at attention, bring the + hand to the full salute at the first word of the + pledge, and at the word "flag" extend the arm, + fingers still in the salute position, palm up, + pointing to the flag. + + =Parades.= Girl Scouts may take part in patriotic + parades with the permission of the Local Council + or Commissioner or of the Captain where there is + no Local Council. + + + + +SECTION XI + +THE SCOUT AIDE + + +Introduction. + +The six following subjects, Home Economics, Child Care, First Aid, Home +Nursing, Public Health, and Personal Health are grouped together, and +for proficiency in all of them a special badge called "Scout Aide" is +awarded. + +This badge will probably be regarded by the outside world as the most +important decoration the Girl Scouts can win, and all Scouts who will +try for it should realize that those who wear it will represent the +organization in a very special sense and will be eager to prove their +practical knowledge and ability in the important subjects it stands for. + +No young child could pretend to represent ALL this medal stands for. Any +grown girl or woman should be proud to own it. + +Practical knowledge of Personal Health, Public Health and Child Care +will add to the efficiency and happiness of this nation, and the women +of today have a better chance to control these things than ever before. + +Home Nursing and First Aid will save lives for the nation in the two +great emergencies of illness and accident. + +Household Economics, the great general business and profession of women, +if it is raised to the level of the other great businesses and +professions, and managed quickly, efficiently and economically, will +cease to be regarded as drudgery and take its real place among the arts +and sciences. + +When the girls of today have learned to do this, the women of tomorrow +will be spared the criticism of waste and extravagance that our nation +has had to bear. If Girl Scouts make good as far as this medal is +concerned and become real "Scout Aides" the Scout reputation is secure. + +[Illustration] + + +1. THE HOME MAKER + +BY SARAH LOUISE ARNOLD + +Formerly Dean of Simmons College + +_The Keeper of the House._ Every Girl Scout knows that good homes make a +country great and good; so every woman wants to understand home-making. +Of course that means "keeping" a house; and of course that means that +Girl Scouts should try for the Housekeeper Merit Badge, the "Home +Maker." + +Now "making a home" doesn't mean just having it, owning it and holding +its key. It means making it a good place to live in, or helping to make +it so. This sounds like the House that Jack built; but all this belongs +to the making of a home. + +_Planning Your House._ When you plan a house of your own you must think +what it needs most. You would choose, first of all, to have abundant +air, fresh and clean; a dry spot where dampness will not stay; sunshine +at some time of day in every room of the house, which you can have if +your house faces southeast; and you must be able to get a good supply of +pure water. You will want to make your house warm in the winter and +cool in the summer, so you will look out for windows, doors and porches. + +Think what must be done in a house: eating, sleeping, working, resting, +by the whole family. How many rooms must you have? Draw a plan of some +house in your neighborhood that seems good to live in. Make up your mind +what you like best in that house. + +_Furnishings._ Then houses must be furnished with the things that the +family needs. The furniture will be for use. You must ask every piece +what it is good for. What will you do with it? Could you get along +without it? Some things you would use constantly, others once in a +while. Which would you get first if you were planning carefully? How +much would it cost to furnish the house for which you have drawn the +plans: to furnish the kitchen, the living room, the bedrooms? Make a +list of the furniture _needed_ (not just _wanted_) for each room with +the cost of each piece. + +It is worth while for you to go to look at furniture in stores and to +think about buying it. Then you will discover that a piece of furniture +that looks well in the store might not look at all well in your house, +for furniture must "suit" the house and the room into which it goes. It +must "fit," we say. No other furniture will do. So the Girl Scout will +make up her mind what will fit her house; and of course this means also +what will fit the family purse. For the keeper of the house must not let +into her house one single thing that she cannot afford to buy. She will +take pride in that. + +So when you make a list of furniture--with its price--make sure that +everything you choose, suits, or fits, _your_ house. + +_The Cellar._ Most houses are built over cellars, for purposes of +sanitation, heating and water supply, as well as for storage. + +The Girl Scout who lives in the country probably knows all about cellars +for they are much needed there. The city girl may live in an apartment +and may never think of a cellar. + +Look at the cellars of two or three houses. How are they built? Did you +plan for one in your house? + +The cellar should be well ventilated, having light as well as air. Its +windows should be screened; the floor should be dry and if possible made +of cement; the walls should be whitewashed. Ashes should be kept in a +galvanized iron barrel, to prevent fire. + +A cellar should be a clean place, corners and all. + +_The Kitchen._ The kitchen is a work-shop; it should be sunny and airy. + +Look out for windows to let in the fresh air and sunshine. And while you +are thinking of windows, be sure that they can open at the top and +bottom to let sweetness in, and drive bad odors out. + +Your kitchen should hold things that are necessary, and nothing else. It +should be easy to keep clean, having painted walls, and the floor should +be of hard pine or else covered with linoleum. When a Girl Scout takes +care of the kitchen she is in honor bound to keep all the corners clean +and to leave no dust nor crumbs of food anywhere about. She will take +great pains to keep flies out of the kitchen and so will have her +windows screened. + +A good kitchen is provided with a sink and if possible with running +water; and it must have a good stove, with a place for keeping wood or +coal if either is used. + +_The Kitchen Floor._ The floor of the kitchen should be made of hard +wood. Maple or hard pine will make a good floor. A hard-wood floor can +be dressed with shellac or with oil. The wood absorbs this dressing so +that water will not soak in. A floor which has been shellacked should be +wiped with warm water. Not much water will be needed. The oiled floor +can be wiped and dried, then oiled lightly from time to time. + +Linoleum or oilcloth may be used to cover an old floor. If the floor is +rough it should be made even by planing before the linoleum is put down, +and the cracks should be filled. If you can't get linoleum you can paint +your floor with a hard floor paint. Be sure to get a paint that dries +hard. The linoleum should be frequently washed with warm water and soap +and then rinsed carefully before it is dried. + +_The Kitchen Stove._ The chief business of the kitchen stove is to +provide heat for cooking. It must hold a fire, and so must be made of +something which will not burn. Stoves are usually made of iron. Fire +will not burn without air, so a place must be arranged to let air into +the stove, and just enough to make the fire burn clearly and furnish the +right amount of heat. That is what the front dampers or slides are for. +The fuel, wood or coal, is held in the fire-box. The heated air makes +the top of the stove hot for frying, broiling or boiling, and the oven +hot for baking. + +The smoke and gases from the fire must not come out into the room to +blind our eyes or suffocate us; the chimney is built to take care of the +smoke and gases, and there must be a way for them to get into the +chimney; the stove pipe is for this. But the game you have to play with +your stove is to let the smoke and gases run up chimney, but to save all +the heat you can for the work to be done. So your stove is supplied with +dampers. When the fire is new, and there is much smoke or gas, you open +the damper into the stovepipe, and in the stovepipe. Try to get a +picture of the way the heated air goes from the fire-box up into the +chimney. We call this direct draft. Of course a great deal of heat runs +away through the chimney, and so your fuel is wasted. Now if you want +to save heat, and particularly if you want to bake, and must have a hot +oven, you will close the oven damper that has made the short easy way +into the stovepipe. Then the heated air must find another way to get to +the chimney, and it has to go around the oven to do this. While the hot +air is finding its way around the oven, it heats it, ready for your +baking. We call this the "indirect draft." Look over your kitchen stove +and see how this happens. Take off the covers, open every door, and +examine every part. + +Stoves must be carefully managed. The fires must burn readily and the +cooking must be done with the least possible amount of wood or coal. +This means a clean stove, free from ashes and with a clear draft. Wood +or coal will burn freely in the air. They will stop burning if there is +no draft. + +Learn to manage your draft. Remember that stoves are made with a damper, +in order to control the current of hot air. If the oven damper is closed +this heated air _must_ pass over and around the oven before it gets to +the chimney and so heat the oven. If it is open the hot air can +immediately escape up the chimney. + +When starting the fire leave the damper open. As soon as it is burning +well, close it so that the oven will be heated. Your stove should also +have a damper in the pipe, to save the heat which would otherwise run up +the chimney. If there is none, have one put in. There are also dampers +or slides in front of the stove to control the amount of air going in. + +The housekeeper must learn how to manage her stove; she must get +acquainted with it, for every stove has its own way. Draw a picture or +plan of the stove that you know best. See if you can tell plainly how to +build a fire in your stove. If you use natural gas or a kerosene stove +tell how that should be managed. + +_Gas and Oil Stoves._ Cooking may be done on an iron stove with either +coal or wood as fuel, or the stove may be planned for burning gas or +kerosene. The coal fire must be fed several times a day with coal and +the ashes must be removed to keep the fire burning clearly. Wood burns +out quickly and must be replaced often. Both wood and coal stoves mean +almost constant care for the housekeeper. + +Gas gives less trouble. It comes in pipes from outside the house. This +means that somebody else--the gas company--provides the supply. You turn +on the gas when you want to use it and turn it off, if you are wise and +thoughtful, the moment it is not needed. The gas company measures the +amount of gas that you use by its meter, and you pay for every bit that +you burn or waste. The important thing, then, is to use as little gas as +possible in order to pay for as little as possible. You would rather pay +twenty-five cents for a thrift stamp, than for gas that had burned +simply because you had forgotten to turn it off. Be sure that gas is +turned completely off at all places and never have a low light burning, +as the flame may be blown out and the unburned gas escape. This would be +dangerous and might even kill persons in the house. + +The kerosene stove may be used instead of a gas stove in houses which +are not piped for a gas supply. If wicks are used they must be carefully +trimmed, so that they will be clean and even. A kerosene stove needs +frequent cleaning. It should be kept free from dust and from drippings +of oil. + + +The Fireless Cooker + +When a Girl Scout gets to thinking about all the work to be done in a +kitchen she will ask some very important questions. How much work is to +be done? How long does it take to do it? Can time be saved by doing it +in a better way? How can I save labor? Save time? Save money? + +The Girl Scout will find the answers one at a time, if she does her own +work. And if you do your own work you will at once call for a fireless +cooker. The name sounds impossible, for you have always cooked with a +stove, and, of course, a fire. How can you cook without a fire? + +The women of Norway taught us how. When they went out to work in the +fields or on the farm they took the hot kettle of soup off the stove and +hid it away in a hay box. The hay kept the heat in the kettle instead of +letting it escape; so the soup kept on cooking, and when the women came +home from their work in the fields there it was, all steaming hot and +ready for dinner. + +Everyone has noticed how some things carry or conduct heat and other +things don't. That's why we use a "holder," when handling a hot dish or +stove lifter or tea-pot. The "holder" does not carry the heat to the +hand; it keeps it away. So the hay packed around the hot kettle kept the +heat in the kettle, refusing to "conduct" it away. Therefore the soup +went on cooking. + +Your English cousins use a "cosy" to cover the hot teapot or coffee pot. +This "cosy" is made of quilted cotton; and looks like the quilted hood +that your great-grandmother used to have. This keeps the heat in the tea +or coffee, so that you can have a second cup for the asking. + +America was slow to learn from her thrifty cousins, but at last she +adopted the fireless cooker; and this is what it does: + +The fireless cooker, a case packed with some material which refuses to +conduct heat, is used to continue the cooking of foods after they have +been made hot on the stove. When securely covered in the cooker they +will go on cooking for several hours because the heat is retained by the +protecting case. A Girl Scout may buy a fireless cooker, paying from $5 +to $25 for it, or she may make one, which will cost less than one +dollar. Of course this is a challenge to make one. You may be very sure +that if you make a fireless cooker you will understand all about it. To +make a fireless cooker you will need: + +(1) _A cooker or container_, which should be an agate pail with a close +fitting cover. The sides should be straight up and down, the bottom just +as big as the top. You can choose a small one holding two quarts, or a +gallon pail which would be large enough for anything an ordinary family +would be likely to cook. + +(2) _A case_, which must be at least eight inches wider than your +container, for the packing must extend at least four inches around the +pail on every side. You may use a round case like a big wooden candy +pail, which you can usually get at the ten cent store for ten cents; or +it may be a galvanized iron can with a cover like the one ordinarily +used for garbage; or it may be a box shaped like a cube. + +(3) For packing you may use crumpled newspapers tightly packed in; or +ground cork, which is used in packing Malaga grapes, is fine, and you +may be able to get it from a fruit store. Excelsior is good, and perhaps +you will find that in the shed in some packing case; while, if you live +in the country, you may be able to get Spanish moss. This should be +dried, of course. And then there is hay--which our Norwegian cousins +use. + +Let us try paper. Pack the box or can four inches deep, with crumpled +paper, making a very even layer. Put a piece of pasteboard much larger +than the bottom of your pail upon this layer and set your pail in the +middle of it. Now pack the paper tightly around the pail up to the very +top, using a stick of wood or mallet to press it down. + +Now you must make a cloth cover for your pail in the shape of a tall +hat. The rim of the hat must reach out to the edges of your case and be +tacked there. Take out your pail, fit this cloth cover into the hole and +tack the edge evenly to the box. + +You must now make a cushion to fill the rest of the box, packing it full +of the crumpled paper. Make hinges for the lid of your box and put some +sort of fastener on the front to keep the lid down tight. + +Now you have your fireless cooker. When your oatmeal or your stew, or +your chicken, or your vegetables have boiled ten or fifteen minutes on +the stove in your agate pail, clap on its cover, set it into the nest, +push the cushion into the top of the cooker, clamp down the lid, and +your work is done, for the cooking will go merrily on all alone by +itself in your fireless cooker. + +While you are making your fireless cooker, remember that the thermos +bottle is made on the same principle. And remember, too, that your +non-conducting packing material will keep heat out just as well as it +keeps heat in. In the summer time you may wish to keep your ice cream +cold for a while in your fireless cooker. Perhaps you will see how this +might help on a hot summer's day and what a comfort a fireless cooker +might prove in a sick room. + + +The Ice Chest. How It Is Made + +In taking care of food we must be provided with a cool place, for the +storage of milk, butter, cream, and all cooked food that may spoil. In +summer this is especially important; in an apartment, and in most city +houses the ice chest is needed all the year around; in the country, it +is needed only in the warm months. + +The ice chest is built much as the fireless cooker is made. Its case is +usually made of wood, its packing material must be non-conducting, and +its lining must be some smooth surface through which water cannot pass. +Some ice chests are lined with zinc and some with porcelain tiles. In +some ice chests, food and ice are kept in the same box, which usually +opens at the top; in other chests there is a separate chamber for the +ice. From the ice chamber a drain pipe carries away the water which +drips from the melting ice. + +Every ice chest must be kept clean and sweet. It should be looked over +every day and washed carefully at least once a week. No crumbs of food +should be left on the shelves. If you spill anything, wipe it up _clean_ +at once. + +The drain pipe must be kept clean. A long wire brush is used for this. +If you are buying an ice box, get one with removable pipes, which are +easily cleaned. If there is any odor from the chest, scald with water +and soda, a teaspoonful of soda to a quart of water. Rinse with fresh +cold water. + +If your ice chest drips into a pan which must be emptied daily, have a +regular time for emptying it. An overflowing pan in an apartment may +damage the ceiling below. If it drips into a pan which drains itself, be +sure that the drain is kept clean and the entrance to the pipe +unclogged. Clean the drip pan whenever you clean the ice chest. + +It is a good plan to keep food in closed containers like fruit jars. +Wide dishes take up too much space. Containers should be tall rather +than broad. + +Put no hot dishes in the ice box; it wastes the ice. + + +The Iceless Refrigerator + +An "iceless refrigerator" sounds like a "fireless cooker." This is an +arrangement made to keep food cool in the summer when there is no ice. A +wooden cage with shelves is covered with a cloth cover and placed near +a window or out of doors. If in the house it should stand in a large pan +to prevent the dripping of water on the shelf or floor. + +A piece of the cloth cover should rest in a pan of water. If this is not +convenient a strip of cloth can be sewed to the cover endwise and this +piece should be placed in a pan or bowl of water which should be set on +top of the cage. This water will be sucked throughout the cloth cover of +the refrigerator until it is wholly wet. As the water evaporates from +the cover the air inside the refrigerator is cooled. + +The iceless refrigerator works well on days when dry air is moving +about. It does not do well on damp, quiet days. + +Another simple refrigerator which does very well for a little milk or a +pat of butter is a clean, earthen flower pot, turned upside down in a +shallow pan of water. This will keep very cool the food which it covers. + + +The Kitchen Sink + +Next to the stove, the sink is the most important piece of kitchen +furniture. + +The best sinks are of enamel or are made of porcelain. They have a fine +wire drainer so that nothing solid will go into the trap and plug the +pipes. The Girl Scout uses boiling water, and plenty of it, to flush the +sink. She takes pains that no grease gets into the drain to harden +there. When grease is accidentally collected, soda and hot water will +wash it away, but it should never collect in the pipes. + +The Keeper of the House takes pride in a perfectly clean sink. + + +Taking Care of the House and the Things in It + +Taking care of a house and its furniture means keeping the house clean, +neat, and orderly, and keeping everything in good repair. This means a +great deal of thought on the part of the Keeper of the House. For there +are many sorts of work to be done, and there is a right way of doing +every bit of it. By paying attention a Girl Scout may learn very fast, +and become very helpful and competent. + +First, there's the Dish Washing. + + +Dish Washing + +In making ready for dish washing scrape every plate carefully to remove +crumbs that would get into the dish water. Try using crumpled tissue +paper to remove milk, grease, or crumbs before the dishes are put into +the pan. Save tissue paper, and paper napkins for this. + +Pile in separate piles, all dishes of each sort; wash first glass, then +silver, then cups, saucers, plates, then the rest; do not put bone, +ivory or wooden handles of knives into the water. Use hot water and soap +for dish washing, then rinse with clean hot water. + +Dish towels should be cleansed after every dish washing; wash clean in +hot soapy water, then rinse all the soap away in clean water. Cooking +utensils should soak in cold water until time for dish washing, unless +they can be washed as soon as used. + +Use a tray for carrying dishes to the closet or pantry instead of +travelling with a handful back and forth. Strain the dish water before +pouring it down the sink. Be sure that no greasy water is put into the +sink. Let the grease rise and cool; skim it off and dispose of it after +the dishes are washed. + + +Taking Care of Rooms + +Keeping a house in order means having everything in its place in every +room. It means sweet, fresh air in every room; it means removal of dust +and litter. A good housekeeper "tidies" her rooms as she goes along, +always picking up anything that is out of place and putting it where it +belongs. But she also has a method in doing things. Perhaps she sweeps +the entire house every day or every other day, or perhaps she puts one +room in order on one day and another on another and so on. The important +thing is to have a regular plan. + +[Illustration: HEIGHT OF SINK] + + +The Living Room + +Taking care of a living room means cleaning the floor and the rugs; +dusting the walls, the pictures; cleaning, dusting, and sometimes +polishing the furniture. Open the windows top and bottom, dust and brush +them inside and out; use a soft brush or a dust mop to take the dust +from the floor. Use a carpet sweeper for the rugs unless you have +electricity and can use a vacuum cleaner; collect the sweepings and burn +them. + +Dampen one quarter of your cheese-cloth duster and roll it inside the +rest of the duster, then wring. This makes a dampish cloth for dusting +the base-boards, window sills, and other woodwork as well as the +furniture. Where the furniture is highly polished, or would be injured +by water, use oil on the duster instead. Dust after the dust has +settled, not when it has been stirred into the air. Shake and replace +doilies or covers. + +Be sure that the pictures hang straight after dusting and that every +piece of furniture is put in its right place. See how long it takes to +clean the room; then study to find out how the time can be shortened. + +Do not keep useless furniture nor have too many things in your room. + +_The Bathroom_ and the bath tub require daily cleansing. In the ordinary +family every one who uses the tub should leave it perfectly clean for +the next one who needs it. All the furnishings of the bathroom should be +kept sweet and clean. Use a flush closet brush daily, scalding it after +using it. And remember that fresh air and sunshine are cleansing agents. +Get them to work for you. + +_The Bedroom._ Your bedroom needs all the fresh air it can get. The Girl +Scout sleeps with her windows open. As soon as you have dressed in the +morning throw the windows wide open again, if they have been closed. +Open the bed, so that both sheets may be reached by the fresh air. Shake +up your pillows and put them on a chair near the window. Leave your +night clothing spread or hung where it will be well aired. Let your room +have a fresh air bath! + +You know already how to make a bed. You will remember that all the +bedclothing must be smooth and even, when the bed is made. You are lucky +if you have a sister to help you make your bed, for this piece of work +is easier for two than for one. You will see that the mattress is lying +straight. Once a week you (the two of you) will turn the mattress, end +over end one week, and side over side the next week. Then your mattress +will wear evenly, and not have a hollow in the middle where you sleep +all the time. Then you two will lay the mattress cover straight, and +tuck it in firmly, so that you will have no hard wrinkles to sleep on. +The under sheet, smooth and straight, must be tucked in all around. You +will make the bed as smooth as the table. Now the upper sheet, which is +the hardest thing to manage in bed making, must be neatly tucked in at +the foot. But you must allow eight inches at the top to be turned over +the blankets and spread. Now the blankets, straight and smooth, and +evenly tucked in at the foot. Then you may choose between tucking in the +sides after folding the top sheet down over the blankets, and afterwards +covering the whole bed with the spread, letting the sides and ends hang +down; and laying the spread even with the blankets, tucking in the +sides, and turning down the sheet over all. Try both ways. + +Now, shake and pat the pillows, making them very smooth and quite +square-cornered; then lay them or stand them neatly at the head of the +bed, meeting exactly in the middle; and your bed is fit for a queen, or +a tired Girl Scout after a tramp! + +With the bed neatly made, everything must be put in its proper place. +The furniture and window sills must be dusted with a clean cheese-cloth +duster; and the bare floors must be nicely dusted with a dry floor-mop, +or a cloth pinned over a broom. If there are rugs, use a carpet sweeper, +if you have one, or a broom. If you do any broom sweeping, however, you +will do it before you dust. + +Now a last look to see that the room is tidy, every chair in place and +the shades even at the windows, and your room is ready for the day. Of +course any Girl Scout who wants a Homemaker's badge will _do_ all these +things;--not guess or suppose how others do them and how long it takes. +That is the honest way to learn. So find out how long it takes to put +your room in order. There is only one way to find out. + + +Fighting Germs + +Keeping clean in these days means keeping free from troublesome germs as +well as visible dirt. Germs thrive in dampness and darkness. They can be +overcome by sunshine. For thorough cleanness, the house needs fresh air +and sunshine as well as sweeping and dusting. The Girl Scout must +remember to let the fresh air blow through every room in the house every +day. She should sleep with her windows open. She is fortunate if she can +sleep out of doors. + +Of course she is in honor bound to have no dark, damp, hidden, +dirt-filled corners in any part of her house, not even in shed or +cellar. Let in the light and clean out the dirt. + + +Fighting the House Fly and Mosquito + +House flies carry disease. They breed in filth, human waste, animal +droppings, decayed animal or vegetable matter, and are so made that they +carry filth wherever they go. Since the fly alights wherever it pleases, +it carries dirt from outside and distributes it wherever it CHOOSES. + +Clean up all heaps of rubbish where flies may breed. Keep your garbage +pail _absolutely clean_. Disinfect outdoor water-closets and cover with +gravel or slacked lime. Get fly traps to set on your porches. Kill all +flies that come into the house, especially the early ones, in the +spring. Keep your windows and doors screened. + +Fight mosquitoes just as you fight flies. Leave no still water even in +an old tin can, for the eggs of mosquitoes are deposited in still water +and hatch there. The mosquito, like many other insects, has an +intermediate stage between the egg and the grown mosquito. During this +stage it swims about in quiet water. Mosquitoes in great numbers may be +growing in old cans or bottles, rain-filled and hidden away under the +bushes in your yard. Watch for such breeding places; clean up your yard +and banish the mosquito. + + +Taking Care of Waste + +All waste must be carefully disposed of. It should never accumulate in +the kitchen; but the important thing is to have _no real waste_. See +that everything is put to the utmost use. If you live in the country, +chickens and pigs will take the parings, the outer leaves of vegetables, +etc., and you can bury or burn waste. If you live in the city the +garbage man will collect all waste. + +The garbage can must be kept thoroughly clean. It should be rinsed and +scalded whenever it is empty, so that there will be no bad odors about +the kitchen. Find out how garbage is taken care of in your town. How can +you help to keep your neighborhood clean? What should be done if there +is carelessness about garbage? + + +Taking Care of Woolen Things + +Housekeepers must fight moths as well as flies. The clothes moth loves +to lay its eggs in wool. It is very keen in searching out bits of wool +and finding a place for its baby to thrive. Unless you have a care it +will lay its eggs in your best winter dress which you forgot and left +hanging in the hot summer days. + +When the baby worm pokes its head out of the egg, it begins to feed upon +the wool; and when some cold winter morning you get your dress you will +find holes neatly cut where the little worm has gnawed, and beside the +holes the little woven cradle which the tiny creature spun for itself, +and in which the crawling worm changed to the flying, silvery moth. + +The housekeeper must therefore, carefully brush and pack away all +woolen things before the moths arrive. After the garment is cleansed and +brushed it may be folded in newspapers carefully pinned at the ends, so +that no crack is left for the moth to get in it, or it may be laid in a +cedar box; or in any plain box with moth balls or camphor. Every box +should be labelled so that you know without opening it what is in it. + +Watch edges of carpets and rugs for the carpet beetle and the "Buffalo +bug." The last bothersome creature may eat your cotton dresses in your +closet. All clothing must have care. + +Make a list of the woolen things that must be taken care of if the house +is closed in summer and what personal clothing must be packed away for +the summer even if the house is not closed. + + +Storage of Food + +Taking care of food so that it will "keep" well is just as important as +the careful buying of food. Much waste, and therefore loss of money and +labor, comes from carelessness in the storage of food. The bright Girl +Scout will keep her eyes open to see how foods are taken care of in the +house; which foods must be kept in the cellar; which ones must be stored +on the shelves of dry closets; which ones come in sealed parcels; which +in paper bags; which in boxes; which in barrels. There must be a place +in the house for keeping all these things. So you need to think which +foods _must_ be kept in the house and which must be bought from day to +day. And in the house which you plan there must be ample space for +closets and shelves, for keeping properly all that must be stored. No +one can say which things must be kept in the house by every family. If +the Girl Scout happens to live in a crowded city where rents are high, +she will have little storage space, and will not keep so many things on +hand. If she lives in the country, miles from a store, she must have a +"store" of her own. So keep your eyes open, Girl Scout, and see what is +being done in your part of the world. That is what eyes are made for. + + +Heating the House + +A house may be heated by a furnace, by stoves, or even by open fires in +the fireplace, as in old days. Heating the house makes the chimney +necessary. This must be carefully arranged for in planning your house. +Heating by stoves is the most common arrangement. In the large city or +town, the furnace is used. This is merely a big stove in the cellar or +basement, so planned that its heat is distributed through the house. By +this means one big stove does the work of many little ones, and warms +the whole house. + +The furnace may use its heat to turn water into hot steam, which is sent +through all the house through the iron pipes and radiators. Or the water +in the boiler may be made quite hot, though not turned into steam, and +sent through the house in the same way, by means of pipes. Or hot air +from around this big stove or furnace may be sent through big pipes +directly to the various rooms. This means dust and dirt, and we are +learning to use steam and hot water instead of the hot air system. + +The fireplace is almost a luxury. It is found oftenest in country houses +where wood can easily be got and stored. The town or city home may have +its open fire, however. Everyone loves an open fire; and when you plan +your own house, you must manage to get one if you can. The hearth is the +heart of the house. + + +Labor Saving + +The housekeeper must learn how to do her work in the least possible +time; she must save steps. Look at the house that you have planned and +see whether everything you need to use is within easy reach. Look +carefully at the closets where you keep things. Are they big enough? +Are they in the right place? Suppose your water comes from a well which +is a long way from the house. What difference will it make? What would +you do about it? + + +The Water Supply + +The water supply of every home should be carefully guarded. If the water +is defiled or contaminated by germs of typhoid fever, diphtheria, or +other diseases, whose bacteria may be carried by water, the disease may +be spread wherever the water is used. + +No earth closets or human or animal waste should be in the neighborhood +of the well. Water should come from high ground and clean places with no +possibility of gathering infection on the way to the house. Great pains +should be taken to keep drinking water absolutely clean. All drinking +vessels should be washed and scalded and the rims should never be +handled. + +In the country every home has a private water supply and takes pains to +guard it. In the city there is a common water supply and everyone is +responsible for keeping it pure. Where does the water come from that +supplies your city or town? How is it kept clean? Who takes care of it? + +Whenever there is any question about the purity of common drinking +water, the table supply should be boiled, for safety. Boiling will +destroy any bacteria that could produce disease. This boiled water +should be used for rinsing dishes as well as for drinking. + +Girl Scouts will interest themselves in municipal or neighborhood +housekeeping, for that is a responsibility which all share together. + +Learning to take care of one's own home is a good beginning, if one is +to share in providing good conditions for the neighborhood. + + +Little Things Worth Remembering + +The stove should be cleaned with crumpled newspaper whenever the kitchen +is put in order. All ashes should be neatly brushed off. + +In lifting ashes from the ash pan with a shovel use a newspaper to cover +the pail into which the ashes are poured, so that the dust will not +scatter over the room. Don't dump them and raise dust; and never put hot +ashes into a wooden box or barrel. + +Watch the floor of closets and see that no dusty corners are hidden out +of sight. + +Air and dry soiled clothing before putting it in the laundry basket. If +damp clothes are hidden away they will mildew. + +Learn to make out a laundry list and to check it when the laundry comes +home. + +Save the soap chips and use a soap shaker. + +Get all the help you can from older housekeepers in your neighborhood. +Ask them how they do things and why. Your mother may know something +better than anybody else does. + +The Girl Scout asks questions and learns why things are done as they +are. She may think out a better way some day, but first she must pay +attention to the old way. + +Sing at your work; it goes better so. Besides, joy belongs with +housekeeping and your song helps to keep her there. Always sing if the +work drags, but let it be a lively song! + + +Making Things Clean and Keeping Clean + +Making things clean is a most important duty of the Keeper of the House. +But don't forget, Girl Scout, that keeping things clean is a constant +duty. You know many a body who "cleans up" with a lot of stir once in a +while, but who litters and spills and spreads dirt and lets dust collect +in corners all the rest of the time. + +"Keeping clean" is the housekeeper's regular business, and "cleaning up" +never need stir up the whole house. + +For keeping clean, soap and water must always be had. The soap loves to +wrestle with grease. The water softens and rinses away both dirt and +soap. You will use a scouring soap or powder to clean stained or dirty +metal or glass; and you should cover water-closets and other out-of-door +places for refuse with clean slaked lime now and then to keep them +clean. + + +Ten Ways of Removing Stains + +1. When you have _raspberry_ or _blueberry_ or _strawberry_ stains on +your white handkerchief or blouse or skirt, do not be too much +disturbed. Hold the stained part firmly over an empty bowl, with the +spot well in the centre, and ask some one to pour boiling hot water over +the spot and into the bowl. The stains will disappear like magic. Then +the wet spot may be dried and pressed with a hot iron, and the damage is +repaired. + +2. _Peach_ stains are much harder to remove, but they should be treated +just as the others were treated. Often several applications of hot water +are necessary for these stubborn stains. But you must not lose patience. +And you must not use soap. The stain will fade out at last under the hot +water. + +3. _Ink_ stains are a great bother, especially to the school girl who +carries a leaky fountain pen. Do not let them get dry. They will be much +harder to remove. Sometimes cold water, applied immediately, will remove +the ink, if the spot is rinsed carefully. Use the cold water just as the +hot water is used for the peach stain. If that does not remove it try +milk. If the milk fails, let the spot soak in sour milk. Sometimes it +must soak a day or two; but it will disappear in the end, with rinsing +and a little rubbing. + +4. _Ink_ stains on a carpet are a serious matter. Let us hope that no +Girl Scout will be so unlucky as to upset an ink bottle on a friend's +carpet or rug. If she does, she should know the best way to set about +removing it. This should be done as quickly as possible before the ink +dries, or "sets." Take cotton, or soft tissue paper or blotting paper, +and absorb all that has not soaked in. You will see that the "sooner" +_is_ the "better" in this case. Try not to increase the size of the +spot, for you must keep the ink from spreading. Then dip fresh cotton in +milk, and carefully sop the spot. Do not use the cotton when it is inky; +that will smear the carpet and spread the stain. Use fresh bits of +cotton, dipped in clean milk, until the stain has disappeared. Then +rinse with clean water in the same way, and dry with dry cotton. + +5. The _spots_ made on silk or woolen by _acids_ may be removed by +touching with ammonia or baking soda, dissolved in a little water. The +bright yellow spot on a black dress will sometimes run away like +lightning when touched by the wet cork of the ammonia bottle. + +6. _Egg stains_ on the napkin, or sometimes, unfortunately, on a dress +front, must be removed before washing. Use cold water alone. The egg +will dissolve and can be rinsed out. Hot water will cook the egg and it +will be hard to remove. + +7. _Liquid shoe blacking_ is almost worse than ink. It must be treated +in the same way, _and at once_. + +8. _Coffee_ and _tea stains_ will wash out with either warm water or +soap and water. A black coffee stain on a fresh tablecloth may be +removed like the berry stains, by the teakettle and bowl method. + +9. _Grease spots_ may be removed from washable fabrics by soap and +water. For silk and woolen, gasoline should be used. Use gasoline in +daytime only, to avoid lamps or gas in the neighborhood; and _never_ +near a fire. Use carbona instead of gasoline or benzine when possible, +as it cannot burn. Remember that all grease or sugar spots should be +removed before putting a woolen garment away. Moths always seek them +out, and they will find them if you don't. + +10. _Paint_ can be removed by soaking the spot in turpentine. This +dissolves it, and a bit of rubbing shakes it out. A brush helps, when +the paint spot is on a woolen garment, after the turpentine has done its +work. + +_Remember_: All spots and stains should be removed before washing the +garment. + + +GOOD MANNERS AND SOCIAL FORMS + +It is easier to meet people socially if we are acquainted with the +simple forms of introductions, meeting and parting, and so forth. A girl +who is entertaining her friends will be more successful in doing so if +she plans ahead how she can welcome them and has all the necessary +preparations for a substantial good time, at hand. This planning also +makes it possible for her to be less occupied when the time comes, and +to have a good time herself. + +Stand where guests can see you at once when they enter. + +Always introduce a younger person _to_ an older one, as "Mrs. Smith, may +I present Miss Jones, or Mr. Brown?" A man is always presented _to_ a +woman, or a girl, as "Miss Brewster, may I present Mr. Duncan?" + +If you have many guests, ask some of your friends to join you in +watching to be sure that no one is left out, so that the evening may be +a success for every one. It is sometimes difficult for a hostess to do +this alone. + +If you ask other girls to help you ask each to do a definite thing, as +to arrange for wraps, sing or play, pay special attention to some older +person, etc. This saves confusion, as the Pine Tree patrol does in camp. + +A few intimate friends need no plan to make them have a good time, but +with a large number it is usually better to plan games, music, charades, +or some other form of entertainment. + +When invited to a house at a certain time, be prompt. Promptness is +always a mark of courtesy, as it means consideration for the time and +convenience of others. One should also watch carefully the time of +leaving, and not stay about unless specially detained. + + +TABLE MANNERS + +Accept what is offered or placed before you, with a quiet "Thank you." +If you are asked what you prefer, it is proper to name it. + +Do not drink while food is in the mouth. + +Take soup quietly from the side of the spoon, dipping it into the plate +_from_ instead of towards you, to avoid dripping the soup. + +Break bread or roll, and spread with butter only the piece which you are +about to eat. + +Use knife only as a divider, the fork to take food to the mouth. Where +one can dispense with a knife, and use only the fork to divide food, do +so. When not using either, lay them together across the side of the +plate, not resting on the table cloth. + +A spoon should never be allowed to rest in a tall receptacle such as a +cup or glass, as it is likely to overturn the receptacle. Place the +spoon on plate or saucer. + +At close of meal, fold napkin, that table may be left in orderly +condition. When napkins are to be washed at once, or when they are paper +napkins, they need not be folded. + +Do not begin a course until all are served. + +Sometimes it is better to serve the hostess first, and sometimes it is +the custom to serve the guest first, that is the guest of honor who sits +on the hostess' right. When the host or hostess does the serving, the +guest is served first. + +Do not be troubled if you use the wrong spoon or fork, and never call +attention to anyone else's doing so. No matter how you feel, or what the +blunder or accident may be, such as spilling something or dropping a +plate, never show displeasure to either servant or guest. Good breeding +and pleasant atmosphere are essential to all entertainment. + +Good breeding means first of all thoughtfulness of others, and nothing +shows lack of breeding so quickly as a lack of such politeness to those +who happen to be serving us in hotels, at home, in shops, or when +travelling, or anywhere else. + +When acting as waitress, stand at the left of the person to be served, +so that the portion may be taken with the right hand. + + +Preparing the Meal + +Plan the cooking so that the food that is to be served may be kept hot; +for instance, soup may be kept hot on the back of the stove or where +there is less heat, while the meat or vegetables are being cooked. Food +that is to be served cold, should be kept in the ice-box or standing in +water until the last moment and served in chilled dishes. In placing the +food on the dishes and platters care should be taken to make it look +attractive. + + +Setting the Table + +When setting the table keep in mind how many courses there will be, and +therefore, how many knives, forks, and spoons are needed. Have +everything clean, and lay everything straight. Air room well. Wipe +table, and if a tablecloth is used, cover table with a felt silence +cloth. If a tablecloth is used, it should be laid with the fold in the +center of the table. If a centerpiece and doilies are used, they should +be laid at even distances. Clean white oil cloth and paper napkins make +an attractive looking table. At each cover the knife, edge in, is placed +at the right with the spoon, and the glass is placed at the right in +line with the end of the knife. The fork is at the left and bread and +butter plate and small knife are at the left opposite the glass. Put the +napkin between the knife and fork. + +[Illustration] + +Salt, pepper, water, bread and butter should be on the table, and if +necessary, vinegar, mustard, sugar, pickles, etc. + +When possible a few flowers add to the appearance of the table. + +Have as much ready as possible before sitting down at the table. See at +least that (1), glasses are filled; (2), butter portioned; (3), chairs +placed. + +Hard and fast rules as to table setting do not exist. Local customs, the +amount of service at hand, and common sense must govern this. The +captain, assisted by the council, must be the judges. + + +THE GIRL SCOUT COOK + +BY ULA M. DOW, A. M. + +_In charge of Division of Food, Simmons College_ + +The Girl Scout who has earned the Cooking Badge may be a great help at +home if she has learned to work quickly and neatly and may get much +amusement both at home and on camping parties. If the first trial of a +process is not a success, the Scout should have patience to try again +and again until her result is satisfactory. If she has learned to +prepare a few simple dishes well she should have courage to try +unfamiliar recipes which are found in any good cook book. If she is to +be ready to take responsibility when it is necessary, she should be able +to plan the meals in such a way that nothing is wasted and that the +family is satisfied and well-nourished. + +When working in the kitchen the Scout should wear a clean, washable +dress, or a washable apron which covers her dress. She should be sure +that her hair is tidy, and she should remember to wash her hands before +beginning work. She should try to use as few dishes as possible and not +to spill or spatter. She should remember that her cooking is not +finished until she has cleaned up after herself, has washed and put away +the dishes, washed the dish towels and left the kitchen in order. + +WHAT TO HAVE FOR BREAKFAST--Breakfast is in most families the simplest +meal of the day and the easiest to prepare. Some people are satisfied +with fruit, cereal, toast or muffins, coffee for the adults, and milk +for the children. Many families, however, like the addition of a +heartier dish, such as boiled or poached eggs, fish hash, or minced meat +on toast. If a hearty dish is served at breakfast this is a good time to +use up such left-overs as potato, fish, or meat. + + SIMPLE BREAKFAST + Apple sauce or sliced peaches. + Oatmeal or cornmeal mush. + Toast or muffins. + Coffee (for adults). + Milk (for children). + + HEARTY BREAKFAST + Apple sauce or sliced peaches. + Oatmeal or cornmeal mush. + Toast or muffins. + Coffee (for adults). + Milk (for children). + Poached eggs or minced lamb on toast. + +FRUIT--Raw fruit should be carefully washed and prepared in such a way +that it can be easily eaten. Berries may be cooked with no other +preparation than washing. Fruits, such as apples and pears, should be +washed, pared, quartered, and cored before cooking. Any fruit which +becomes dark on standing after it is cut may be kept light colored by +dropping the pieces into a pan of water until they are ready to be +cooked. If this is done most of the water should be drained off before +they are cooked. + +Dried fruits, such as prunes, which have a wrinkled skin should be +soaked for a short time in cold water before they are washed. Otherwise +it is impossible to get them clean. After washing they should be covered +with cold water and soaked over night, or until they are plump. They +should be put on to cook in the water in which they are soaked and +cooked until tender. Sugar should then be added if they are not sweet +enough. + +The most common method of cooking fresh fruit is to boil it gently with +just enough water to prevent it from burning. Sugar should be added just +before the cooking is finished, the amount depending on the acidity of +the fruit and the taste of the family. + +In sampling food, the cook should remember that the rest of the food is +to be eaten by other people. She should never taste from the cooking +spoon, but should transfer her sample to a tasting spoon which is not +returned to the kettle. + +CEREAL--Cereals, such as oatmeal, cornmeal, and cracked wheat, should be +cooked in a double boiler. A double boiler can be improvised by setting +a pail or pan into a kettle of boiling water. Cereals for breakfast may +be cooked the day before and reheated in the double boiler, but should +not be stirred while reheating. A tablespoonful or two of cold water on +top will prevent a hard skin from forming while standing. All prepared +cereals are better if cooked for a longer time than the package +directions indicate. It is hardly possible to cook any grain too long. +The fireless cooker is especially valuable for cooking cereals, but a +longer period of time must be allowed than for cooking in a double +boiler. A home-made fireless cooker, described in another place, is +interesting to make. Ready-to-serve cereals are very expensive compared +with those cooked at home. + +Cracked wheat, 1/4 cup to 1 cup water; 3-12 hours. + +Rolled oats, 1/2 cup to 1 cup water; 1/2-3 hours + +Cornmeal, 3 tablespoonfuls to 1 cup water; 1-4 hours. + +Use 1/2 teaspoonful of salt to each quart of water. Have the water +boiling rapidly. Add the cereal gradually. Let the mixture cook directly +over the fire 5 minutes. Place over boiling water or in the fireless +cooker to cook slowly for a long time. Keep covered and do not stir. +The time of cooking given in the table means that the cereal is eatable +after the shorter time mentioned, but is better if cooked the longer +time. + +TOAST--Good toast is worth knowing how to make. The cook should not be +satisfied with toast which is either white or burned. + +Toast is most easily made from stale bread, which should be cut in +one-third to one-half inch slices. A single slice of toast may be made +by holding it over the fire on a fork. In camp a forked stick answers +every purpose. The easiest way to make several slices is to put them in +a wire toaster and hold them over hot coals. Begin carefully and hold +the bread some distance away from the fire, turning it often until it +dries. Then hold it nearer the coals until it a golden brown on both +sides. With a new coal fire or wood fire toast must be made on a toaster +on the top of the stove to prevent the bread from being smoked. If the +top of the stove is being used for other things, the drying may be done +in the oven. + +MUFFINS--Any good cook book has numerous recipes for muffins, most of +which, can be made easily if the directions are followed exactly. + +Cornmeal Muffins (for four persons): + +Four tablespoonfuls butter or oleomargarine, 3 tablespoonfuls sugar, 1 +egg, 1 cup milk, 1-1/3 cups flour, 2/3 cup cornmeal, 3 teaspoonfuls +baking powder. + +Cream the butter, add the sugar and the egg well beaten. Sift the baking +powder with the flour and cornmeal and add to the first mixture, +alternating with milk. Bake in buttered muffin pan 25 to 30 minutes. +This mixture makes good corn bread if baked in a shallow buttered pan. + +COFFEE--If the family drink coffee, they will want coffee for breakfast +no matter what other items of the menu may be varied. It should be +served only to the grown-up members of the family. Coffee of average +strength is made as follows: + +One-half cup coffee finely ground, 4 cups cold water, 2 eggshells. + +Mix the coffee, the crushed eggshell, and 1/2 cupful of cold water in a +scalded coffee pot. Add the remainder of the water and allow the mixture +to come gradually to the boiling point. Boil 3 minutes. Draw to the back +of the range and keep hot for 5 minutes. Add 1/8 cupful of cold water +and let stand 1 minute to settle. Strain into a heated coffee pot in +which the coffee is to be served at the table. + +A method for making coffee used by the guides in the White Mountains is +as follows: + +Boil the water in an ordinary pail, remove the pail from the fire, pour +the dry coffee gently on the top of the water, cover tightly and move it +near the fire where it will keep warm but will not boil again. In about +thirty minutes the coffee will have become moistened and sunk to the +bottom of the pail. If the coffee is slow in becoming moist, time may be +saved by removing the cover for a moment and pressing gently with a +spoon on the top of the coffee, but the mixture must not be stirred. It +is essential that the water be boiling when the coffee is added, that +the cover be absolutely tight, and that the coffee be kept hot without +boiling. Half a cup of coffee to four cups of water makes coffee of +average strength. + +MILK--The little children of the family should have whole milk at every +meal. The older children should have milk at breakfast and supper time. +There is no food so good for children who want to be well and strong. A +part of the family supply of milk is sometimes skimmed to give cream +for use in coffee and on desserts. The cream contains most of the fat in +the milk, but the skimmed milk which is left is still a very valuable +food, containing the substances which make muscle and bone, and every +bit of it should be used in the cooking or for making cottage cheese. +The waste of milk is the worst possible extravagance. + +EGGS--Eggs may be prepared in countless ways, and the ambitious cook +will find much amusement in trying some of the suggestions in the cook +books. Eggs are an entirely satisfactory substitute for meat and fish, +and are therefore often served for the main dish at dinner or supper. +Many people like an egg every morning for breakfast, but this is a +rather extravagant habit. If eggs are served for breakfast they are +usually cooked in the shell, poached or scrambled. The men of the family +sometimes prefer their eggs fried, but this is not a good method for the +children. Only fresh eggs can be poached successfully, so that this is a +good test for freshness. + +_Poached Eggs_--Oil the skillet and fill it to within a half inch of the +top with water. Break each egg into a saucer and let the water boil +after the egg is placed in it. The egg is done when the white is +jelly-like and a slight film is formed over the yolk. Remove the egg +with a griddle cake turner to a piece of buttered toast. Sprinkle +lightly with salt. If the eggs are not absolutely fresh, the white will +scatter in the water. If the first egg to be cooked shows this tendency +oiled muffin rings may be put in the pan to keep the rest of them in +shape. + +_Soft Boiled Eggs_--A soft boiled egg has much the same consistency as a +poached egg. It is easier to manage because the shell is unbroken, but +it is harder to get it of just the right consistency because the +contents of the egg are invisible. Most people are very particular to +have the egg just hard or soft enough to suit them, and it is necessary +for the cook to practice to be sure of uniform results. Drop the eggs +carefully into a kettle of boiling water, draw the kettle back on the +stove so that the water does not boil again and (for a soft egg) allow +the eggs to remain for five minutes. If the eggs are very cold they +should remain longer. + +USE OF LEFT-OVERS FOR BREAKFAST--If the family likes a hearty breakfast +this is a good meal at which to use bits of left-over meat which might +otherwise be wasted. Meat may be chopped or ground, reheated in the +gravy which was served with it, and served on toast. Lamb is especially +good minced on toast. To make hash mix equal quantities of meat and +chopped potato and brown nicely in a greased frying pan. Such mixtures +should be tasted to make sure that they are salted enough. Some people +like a very small amount of onion with any of these made-over meat +dishes. + + +DINNER + +WHAT TO HAVE FOR DINNER--If all the members of the family are at home at +noontime it is usually more convenient to have dinner then, but if +members of the family are away or hurried at noontime it may be better +to have dinner at night. Dinner may consist of several courses, but if +the mother or the daughter of the family prepares the meal, the family +is usually perfectly satisfied with two courses. + +The main course of a simple family dinner consists of meat, fish, eggs +or a cheese dish served with potato, rice or macaroni, and a vegetable +such as string beans, green peas, carrots, cabbage, tomatoes or corn. If +the family likes salad, the vegetables are often served as a salad. This +is a very good way to use up small amounts of vegetables which are left +from the day before. Often little remainders of two or more vegetables +may be very attractively combined in this way. + +Some families like hot bread at dinner, and hot breads, such as baking +powder biscuit (described under supper), or corn bread (described under +breakfast), are particularly good with some combinations. Examples are +baking powder biscuit with meat stew or fricasseed chicken and corn +bread with bacon and eggs or ham. If fish is served in a chowder, +buttered and toasted crackers are usually served. An occasional chowder +for dinner is an excellent way to use up any surplus of skimmed milk +which may be on hand. + +The kind of dessert served at dinner, besides depending on the taste of +the family, depends on the amount of money which is spent for food and +whether there are young children in the family. Pie and ice cream, which +are favorite desserts in many families, are expensive. Little children +should not have desserts which contain a good deal of fat, such as pie +or doughnuts, or which are the least bit soggy, as some steamed puddings +are inclined to be. The most economical desserts and those best suited +to the children are baked puddings made with milk and cereal, such as +Indian pudding, rice pudding, and those made with cereal and fruit, such +as Apple Betty or peach tapioca. If there is skimmed milk on hand the +possibility of using it in a milk pudding should be considered. +Chocolate bread pudding and Apple Betty made a very attractive use of +left-over bread. Dessert should always be chosen with reference to the +heartiness of the first course. A main dish which is not very filling +can be balanced by a more substantial dessert. + +SIMPLE DINNERS: + + 1. Hamburg steak. + Baked potato. + Squash or baked tomatoes. + Apple Betty. + + 2. Roast chicken or roast lamb with dressing and currant jelly. + Mashed potato and gravy. + Peas or string beans. + Orange jelly and whipped cream. + +MEAT--The best way to learn about cuts of meat is to go often to market +and talk to the butcher whenever he has a minute to spare. Some cuts of +meat are tough with coarse fibers and much connective tissue. They +should be ground if, like Hamburg steak, they are to be cooked by a +short process, such as broiling. If not ground, the tougher meats are +usually cooked a long time with water and made into a stew, a pot roast, +a meat pie, or a meat loaf. These cuts are cheaper, but require more +care in preparation than the more expensive cuts. Examples are the +bottom of the round, the shin, and the flank of beef. The more expensive +cuts, such as the top of the round, tenderloin and sirloin, are more +tender, more delicately flavored, and are used for broiling and +roasting. Some cuts which seem inexpensive really cost more than they +appear to because they contain large amounts of bone or waste fat. The +difference between lamb and mutton is a question of the age at which the +animal was slaughtered. Lamb is much more tender than mutton, is more +delicately flavored and more expensive. There is a similar difference +between chicken and fowl. Fowl is much tougher than chicken and requires +careful and long cooking to make it tender. + +_Pan Broiled Hamburg Steak_--Hamburg steak may be bought already ground +at the butcher's, or one of the cheap cuts of beef, such as bottom of +the round or shin, may be bought and ground at home. Many people like a +little salt pork or onion ground with the meat. + +Make the meat into small, flat cakes and cook in a smoking hot frying +pan which has been thoroughly rubbed over with a piece of fat. When one +side is seared over nicely turn the cakes (a griddle cake turner or +spatula is helpful) and broil on the other side. Place on a hot platter, +sprinkle with salt and pepper, dot with bits of butter and garnish with +a little parsley or watercress. + +A rump or sirloin steak may be broiled in a hot frying pan in a similar +way. Wipe and trim the steak, place in a smoking hot frying pan and sear +both sides. Reduce the heat and turn the steak occasionally (about every +2 minutes) until it is cooked, allowing 8 minutes for a rare steak, 10 +minutes for medium cooked steak, and 12 minutes for well done steak, for +a steak 1 inch thick. Avoid puncturing the meat with a fork while +cooking. + +Many people prefer to broil a steak on a broiler. This is practical with +gas or electricity or over a wood or coal fire which is reduced to clear +coals without smoke or flame. It is very difficult indeed to cook +Hamburg steak on a broiler. + +Lamb chops may be broiled in either way. + +_Roast Leg of Lamb_--Wash the leg of lamb, place it on the rack in a +roasting pan and put in a hot oven with the roaster uncovered. When the +roast is well seared (15 to 30 minutes), draw from the oven, sprinkle +with salt, pour a little water into the pan, and put on the cover. +Finish cooking at a lowered temperature, allowing 20 or 25 minutes for +each pound. + +A dripping pan may be used in place of a roaster, using a pan of similar +size for a cover. A rack may be improvised from a broiler, a toaster or +a cake rack. + +Beef is roasted in the same way, but is usually cooked for a shorter +time (15 to 20 minutes for each pound). + +BEEF STEW (for four): + + 2-1/2 pounds beef shoulder or shin. + 2 cups diced potato. + 1/3 cup turnip cut in half inch cubes. + 1/3 cup carrot cut in half inch cubes. + 1/4 onion chopped. + 2 tablespoons flour. + Salt and pepper. + +Wash the meat, remove from the bone and fat and cut in 1-1/2 inch cubes. +Sprinkle with salt and pepper and dredge with flour. Sear the pieces of +meat in the frying pan in the fat cooked out from the trimmings of fat. +Put the meat in a kettle, and rinse the frying pan with boiling water, +so that none of the juices will be lost. Add the bone, cover with +boiling water and boil five minutes. Lower the temperature and cook +until the meat is tender (about three hours). Add the carrots, turnips, +onions, pepper and salt in an hour, and the potato in 15 minutes before +the steak is to be served. Remove the bone and any large pieces of fat. +Stir two tablespoons of flour to a smooth paste with a little water and +thicken the stew. + +Such a stew may also be made with lamb, mutton, or veal, using other +vegetables as desired. Celery and onion are better than turnip and +carrot with veal. + +CHICKEN--If a chicken is purchased at the market it is usually delivered +dressed. This means that the head has been cut off, the entrails +removed, and the coarser pinfeathers pulled out. Many times, however, it +is necessary to know how to do this oneself. + +_To Dress and Clean a Chicken_--Cut off the head and draw out the +pinfeathers. Remove hair and down by holding the fowl over a flame (a +gas flame, an alcohol flame, or a piece of paper flaming in the wood or +coal range), constantly changing the position until all parts of the +surface have been exposed to the flame. Cut off the feet. Wash the fowl +thoroughly, using a small brush, in water to which a little soda has +been added. Rinse and dry. Make a slit down the back of the neck. Remove +the crop and windpipe. Draw down the neck skin long enough to fasten +under the back. Make a straight cut from 1/2 inch below the tip of the +breastbone to the vent. Cut around the vent. Slip fingers in carefully +around and fully loosen the entrails. Carefully draw out the entrails. +The lungs, lying in the cavities under the breast, and the kidneys, in +the hollow near the end of the backbone, must be taken out separately. +Remove the oil sack and wash the chicken by allowing cold water to run +through it. + +To clean giblets (the gizzard, the heart, and the liver) proceed as +follows: Separate the gall bladder from the liver, cutting off any +portion of the liver that may have a greenish tinge. Remove the thin +membrane, the arteries, the veins and the clotted blood around the +heart. Cut the fat and the membranes from the gizzard. Make a gash +through the thickest part of the gizzard as far as the inner lining, +being careful not to pierce it. Remove the inner sack and discard. Wash +the gizzard carefully and boil in water to use for giblet sauce. + +If the chicken comes from the market dressed it should be washed +carefully and any pinfeathers removed which were overlooked by the +market man. + +_To Stuff, Truss and Roast a Chicken_--When the chicken is clean and +prepared as directed, fill it with stuffing (described later), a little +in the opening at the neck, the rest in the body cavity. Sew up the +opening with a few long stitches. Draw the skin of the neck smoothly +down and under the back, press the wings close against the body and +fold the pinions under, so that they will cross the back and hold down +the skin of the neck. Press the legs close to the body. Thread the +trussing needle with white twine, using it double. Press the needle +through the wing at the middle joint, pass it through the skin of the +neck and back, and out again at the middle joint of the other wing. +Return the needle through the bend of the leg at the second joint, +through the body, and out at the same point on the other side; draw the +cord tight and tie it with the end at the wing joint. Thread the needle +again and run it through the legs and body at the thigh bone and back at +the ends of the drumsticks. Draw the drumstick bones close together, +covering the opening made for drawing the chicken and tie the ends. Have +both knots on the same side of the chicken. When cooked, cut the cord on +the opposite side and draw out by the knots. + +Lay the stuffed and trussed chicken on its back on a rack in a roasting +pan. Lay a strip of salt pork on breast. Place in a hot oven until the +chicken begins to brown, then lower the temperature and cook the chicken +until very tender. Baste often with the drippings in the pan. From 3 to +4 hours will be required for a five-pound chicken. If a fowl is used it +should be steamed for 3 or 4 hours and then roasted for 1/2 hour. + +_Stuffing_--For a large chicken mix thoroughly 4 cups of finely broken +stale bread, 1-1/2 teaspoon of salt, 1/8 teaspoon of pepper, 1 teaspoon +of poultry dressing and 4 tablespoons of fat. Pour over the mixture hot +milk or water, stirring lightly until the mixture is moist. + +_Giblet Gravy_--If the chicken was properly roasted the drippings in the +pan should be nicely browned, but not burned. Make a gravy from these +drippings and the water in which the giblets were boiled. To do this +pour the water into the pan, set the pan over the fire and stir until +the contents of the pan are dissolved. Thicken with a smooth paste of +flour and water, using two tablespoons of flour for every cup of liquid. +Boil until the flour tastes cooked. Strain. Add the giblets cut in small +pieces. + +VEGETABLES--All vegetables should be clean, crisp and firm when ready +for cooking. Vegetables are prepared and cooked in a variety of ways, +but almost all vegetables should be carefully washed as the first +process. It is convenient to keep a small brush for washing the +vegetables, like potatoes, sweet potatoes, and beets, which must be +scrubbed to get them clean. Vegetables which are to be eaten raw, such +as lettuce and celery, should be washed with special care, wrapped in a +clean, wet cloth and put in the ice box to keep them crisp. + +_Baked Potato_--Select smooth potatoes of even size. Scrub them +carefully and bake them in a hot oven. The time required is from 45 to +60 minutes, depending on the size of the potatoes and the temperature of +the oven. When the potatoes are done, slash each one with a knife to let +the steam escape, and serve immediately. + +_Mashed Potato_--Wash the potatoes, pare, cover with boiling salted +water (1 level teaspoon of salt to a pint of water), and cook until +tender (30 to 45 minutes). Drain off the water and return to the fire a +moment to dry. Mash the potatoes, add butter, salt, pepper and hot milk, +and beat vigorously until light and creamy. For three cups of potato use +2 tablespoons of butter and 4 tablespoons of hot milk. Pile lightly in a +hot dish and serve immediately. + +_Steamed Squash_--Wash and cut in one-inch slices. Steam until tender, +scrape from the shell, mash thoroughly, season with salt, pepper and +butter, and serve. + +_String Beans_--Snap the ends from the beans, remove any strings, cut +into short pieces, wash, cover with boiling salted water (1 level +teaspoon to a pint) and cook until tender. The time required will vary +from one hour to three hours, depending on the age and kind of bean. +Drain the beans, season with salt and butter, and serve. + +Canned string beans should be rinsed, reheated in as little water as +possible, drained, and seasoned. + +_Baked Tomatoes_--Select smooth tomatoes of even size. Wash the +tomatoes, cut a thin slice from the stem end and remove a spoonful of +pulp. Sprinkle with salt, pepper and scraped onion, fill the cavity with +buttered crumbs, place in a pan (preferably one which can be used as a +serving dish at the table), and bake in a moderate oven until the +tomatoes are tender. Serve in the dish in which they were cooked or +remove them carefully to the platter on which the Hamburg steak is being +served, arranging them in a ring around the meat. + +The buttered crumbs are prepared by melting a tablespoon of butter or +oleomargarine and stirring in six tablespoonfuls of dry bread crumbs. + +DESSERTS--Most desserts are easy to make if the directions given in the +cook books are followed exactly. Many people take pride in making +delicious cake or pie, who are careless about making good toast or +baking a potato well. + +_Apple Betty_--Prepare well-sweetened apple sauce and thin slices of +lightly buttered bread cut in small triangles. Fill a shallow baking +dish with alternate layers of apple sauce and toast, beginning with +apple sauce and ending with toast. Sprinkle lightly with sugar and +cinnamon and heat in the oven. Serve with cream. + +_Orange Jelly_--Swell 1-1/2 tablespoons of powdered gelatin in half +cupful of cold water. Mix 1 cupful of orange juice, 1/4 cupful of lemon +juice, 1/2 cupful of sugar and 1-1/4 cupfuls of boiling water. Add the +gelatin and stir carefully until it is dissolved. Strain into a wet +mould and chill until the jelly is firm. Unmould the jelly and serve +with whipped cream or a custard sauce. To unmould the jelly, run the +point of a knife around the edge of the mould, dip the mould quickly in +warm water, place an inverted serving plate on top of the mould, turn +both over and lift the mould carefully. + + +SUPPER OR LUNCH + +WHAT TO HAVE FOR SUPPER.--Supper shows more variation between families +than other meals of the day. Some men insist upon meat, even though meat +is served for their dinner, but this is rather extravagant unless there +is left-over meat which should be used. Hash and minced lamb on toast, +which were suggested for the hearty breakfast, would be equally well +liked by most families for supper. Many families prefer for supper some +milk dish such as macaroni and cheese or a cream soup served with either +stewed or fresh fruit or followed by a fruit or vegetable salad. Hot +rolls or baking powder biscuits are a very attractive substitute for +plain bread if someone has time to make them at the last minute. If the +mother and daughter do all the work of the family, they usually like to +have on hand cookies or cake, which can be used for supper rather than +to have to prepare some special dessert. Cold meat has the advantage +that it is ready to serve with little preparation, but many other dishes +such as the macaroni and cheese and the creamed soup, suggested in the +menus, may be made when dinner is being prepared and simply reheated +for supper. + +A hot drink at night usually seems desirable except on hot days in the +summer. If tea is served for adults, the children should have cocoa or +milk. + +If dinner is served at night, luncheon is served in the middle of the +day. The suggestions made in regard to supper apply equally well to +luncheon. + +Little children should have their hearty meal in the middle of the day +and a light meal at night no matter what arrangement of meals the rest +of the family may have. + + +SIMPLE SUPPERS + + 1. Macaroni and cheese or cold meat + Stewed or fresh fruit + Cookies + Bread and butter + Tea (for adults) + Milk or cocoa (for children) + + 2. Cream of potato soup + Vegetable or fruit salad + Baking powder biscuit + Tea (for adults) + Milk or cocoa (for children). + +_Macaroni and Cheese._--For macaroni and cheese the macaroni must be +cooked and white sauce prepared. Break three-quarters of a cup of +macaroni in inch pieces and cook in two quarts of boiling water to which +a tablespoon of salt has been added. The water must be boiling rapidly +when the macaroni is added and must be kept boiling constantly. When the +macaroni is tender, drain it in a strainer and run enough cold water +through it to prevent the pieces from sticking together. To prepare the +sauce, melt two tablespoons of butter or oleomargarine in the top of a +double boiler, stir in two tablespoons of flour and a half teaspoon of +salt and pour over the mixture a cup and a half of cold milk. Cook this +mixture directly over the heat, stirring constantly until it begins to +thicken. Then place the dish over the lower part of the double boiler, +containing boiling water, and let it continue cooking for fifteen +minutes. Put a layer of the boiled macaroni in a buttered baking dish +and sprinkle with cheese, either grated or cut into small pieces. Pour +on a layer of the sauce. Follow this by layers of macaroni, cheese and +sauce until the dish is full. Cover with buttered crumbs and bake until +the crumbs are brown. To make the buttered crumbs, melt one tablespoon +of butter or oleomargarine and stir in six tablespoons of crumbs. + +The macaroni and cheese may be prepared in the morning if desired and +baked at supper time in a moderate oven. It should be left in the oven +long enough to become thoroughly hot. If there are little children in +the family a dish of creamed macaroni should be made for them without +the cheese. + +_Cream of Potato Soup_-- + + 3 potatoes + 1 quart milk + 2 slices of onion + 3 tablespoons flour + 1-1/2 teaspoons salt + 1/4 teaspoon celery salt + 1/8 teaspoon pepper + 2 tbsp. butter or oleomargarine + +Cook the potatoes in boiling salted water. When soft rub through a +sieve. Scald the milk with the onion in a double boiler, remove the +onion, unless the family likes it left in, add the salt, celery salt and +pepper. Melt the butter in a small sauce pan, stir the flour into it and +then add this mixture to the hot milk, stirring briskly. Cook for ten +minutes over boiling water in the double boiler. + +A good creamed soup may be made from almost any vegetable, substituting +vegetable pulp for the potato. Celery soup and corn soup are very good. +With these and most other vegetables, the celery salt should be +omitted. Onion salt is very useful. + +Creamed soups are very good made from skimmed milk if there is a supply +in the house which should be used. + +SALAD--The pleasure in a salad is in its crispness, attractiveness or +arrangement, and pleasant combination of flavors. A salad may be +arranged in a large dish and served at the table if it is the chief dish +of the meal, such as chicken salad or fish salad, but it is usually +arranged in individual portions and made to look as dainty and pretty as +possible. All fresh vegetables and fruits used should be crisp and cold +and thoroughly washed. Canned or leftover vegetables or fruit may often +be used. + +_To wash lettuce._--Handle delicately. Remove leaf by leaf from the +stalk, examining for insects. Pass the leaves backwards and forwards +through clean water until all sand is removed. Fold in a wet cloth and +keep in the ice-box until it is used. The lettuce leaves should be dried +when they are used. + +_French Dressing._--Mix 3/4 teaspoon of sugar, 1 teaspoon of salt and +1/2 teaspoon of paprika. Add oil and vinegar alternately, beating +constantly with a fork until 5 tablespoons of vinegar and 10 tablespoons +of oil have been used. A quick way to make French dressing is to mix all +the ingredients in a bottle with a tightly fitting stopper and shake +vigorously until the ingredients are blended. Some persons prefer less +vinegar, and reduce the amount to 2-1/2 tablespoons vinegar to 10 of +oil. + +_Cooked Salad Dressing._-- + + 3/4 tablespoon sugar + 1/4 tablespoon butter + 1 egg yolk + 1/4 cup vinegar + 1/4 tablespoon flour + 1/8 teaspoon mustard + 1/4 teaspoon salt + Dash of red pepper. + +Heat the vinegar in the upper part of double boiler over direct heat. +Sift the flour, mustard, salt and pepper thoroughly. Pour the boiling +vinegar gradually upon the mixture, stirring constantly. Return to the +upper part of the double boiler and cook over hot water until the +mixture thickens, stirring constantly. Add the butter and remove from +the fire. Chill before using. + +_Mayonnaise._-- + + 1 egg yolk + 2 tablespoons lemon juice or 2 tablespoons vinegar + 1/2 teaspoon mustard + 2/3 teaspoon salt + Dash of cayenne pepper + 2/3 cup of oil (olive oil, cotton seed oil or other edible oil). + +Have the ingredients chilled, Place the mixing bowl in crushed ice. Mix +the egg yolk, mustard, salt and cayenne pepper. Add a few drops of +vinegar or lemon juice, then a teaspoon of oil, drop by drop, until all +the ingredients are used. Constant beating is necessary throughout. + +_Fruit and Vegetable Salads._--Good combinations for salad are (1) +potato and beet, (2) carrot and green peas, (3) tomato and celery, (4) +asparagus and pimento. Combinations of fruit and vegetables are, (1) +apple and celery, (2) orange and green pepper. Combinations of different +kinds of fruit and nuts or cheese are especially good. Examples are, (1) +pineapple and orange, (2) white cherries stuffed with nuts, (3) banana +rolled in chopped nuts or (4) half pears (cooked or raw) with a ball of +cream cheese and chopped nuts in the cavity made by the removal of the +core. + +Magazines which devote a page to cooking usually have in their summer +numbers pictures of salads from which suggestions in regard to +arrangement may be taken. + +_Baking Powder Biscuit._-- + + 2 cups flour + 4 teaspoons baking powder + 1 teaspoon salt + 3 tablespoons shortening + 3/4 to 1 cup milk or milk and water. + +Sift the flour, baking powder and salt, twice. Put in the shortening, +then add the milk gradually, mixing with a knife. The dough should be as +soft as can be handled without sticking. Turn onto a lightly floured +board, roll lightly 3/4 inch thick and cut with a floured cutter. Bake +in a hot oven 12 or 15 minutes. + +_Tea._--People who like tea have very decided ideas about how strong is +should be and how long it should be steeped. The following gives tea of +moderate strength. + +Scald the teapot and put in 4 teaspoonfuls of tea leaves. Pour over them +four cups of boiling water, cover and steep 3 minutes. Strain into a +teapot and serve at once. + +_Cocoa._--The children of the family should never have tea. On a cold +night cocoa is a very pleasant variant from the usual glass of milk. + +Mix 4 tablespoons of cocoa with 3 tablespoons of sugar and a little +salt. Add 1 cup of boiling water and cook until the mixture is smooth +and glossy. Add a quart of milk and heat to boiling. This may be done +more safely in a double boiler. Just before serving beat with an egg +beater. + + +General Suggestions + +If the Girl Scout who is preparing for her examination will look back +over the menus which have been suggested, she will notice that milk is +emphasized. It is absolutely essential that the children in the family +shall have milk. If the family do not like milk to drink, it should be +remembered that every bit which is used in cooking serves the same +purpose as if it were taken from a glass, but little children do not +ordinarily get enough milk unless they drink some. Fruit should be +served at least once a day and better twice, and some vegetable other +than potato should be not only served but eaten by the family. Children +who are not taught to like vegetables when they are little sometimes +never learn to like them, and it is really important to eat vegetables, +not only because they contain important substances for growth, but +because it is only good manners to learn to like all the ordinary foods +which are served. Anyone who has cooked knows how discouraging it is to +feel that some member of the family does not like the food. There is a +temptation in the city where fruit, vegetables and milk are high, to use +too much meat and but little of these foods. It has been suggested +recently that in forming an idea as to whether the money is being spent +to the most advantage, the money spent for fruit and vegetables, for +milk and cheese, and for meat and fish should be compared. In a +well-balanced diet these amounts should be nearly equal. An increasing +number of people are becoming lacto-vegetarians, which means that they +eat no meat or fish, but balance their absence by using more milk, eggs +and cheese. + +Before starting to prepare a meal the Scout should not only have her +menu in mind, but should have an idea how long it will take to prepare +each dish so that everything will be ready to serve at the same time +with all the hot dishes very hot and all the cold dishes very cold. If +all the dishes of the meal require about the same length of time in +their preparation the ones should be started first which can be most +easily kept in good condition. + +Enjoyment of a meal depends quite as much on neat and comfortable +service as it does upon good food. The table cloth, napkins, dishes and +silver should be clean and the dishes should be arranged so that there +is as little danger as possible of accident. This is the reason, for +example, for the rule that a spoon should never be left in a coffee or +tea cup. This arrangement is usually more comfortable if nothing is +placed on the table which is not going to be actually used at the meal, +except that a few flowers or a little dish of ferns in the center of the +table is very much liked by most people, if there is room for it. It +often happens that the family see more of each other at meal times than +at any other time in the day and everyone should try to make meal time a +pleasant, restful, good-humored time. + + +HOUSEHOLD WEIGHTS AND MEASURES + +The careful housewife soon becomes skilled in weighing and measuring the +various goods she buys and uses. At the store she is on guard against +short measures, and if she does not market in person, she has machines +at home to test what is delivered. The following table is given for +frequent reference use by the Girl Scout while earning her badges in +Homecraft. She will also find it useful in learning to judge weights and +distances for her First Class test. + +TABLE OF HOUSEHOLD WEIGHTS AND MEASURES + +(_Reprinted by permission of publisher from "Housewifery," by L. Ray +Balderston, M. A._ J. B. Lippincott, 1919) + +_Linear Measure:_ + + 12 inches = l foot + 3 feet = 1 yard + 5-1/2 yards = 1 rod + 320 rods = 1 mile + 1760 yards = 1 mile + 5280 feet = 1 mile + + _Square Measure:_ + + 144 square inches = 1 square foot + 9 square feet = 1 square yard + 30-1/4 square yards = 1 square rod + 160 square rods = 1 acre + 1 square mile = 1 section + 36 square miles = 1 township + + _Avoirdupois Weight:_ + + 27.3 grains = 1 dram + 16 drams = 1 ounce (oz.) + 16 ounces = 1 pound (lb.) + 100 pounds = 1 cwt. (hundredweight) + 2,000 pounds = 1 ton + + _Liquid Measure:_ + + 4 gills = 1 pint + 2 pints = 1 quart + 4 quarts = 1 gallon + 31-1/2 gallons = 1 bbl. + + _Dry Measure:_ + + 2 pints = 1 quart + 8 quarts = 1 peck + 4 pecks = 1 bushel + 105 dry quarts = 1 bbl. (fruit, vegetables, etc.) + + _Miscellaneous Household Measures:_ + + 4 saltspoonfuls = 1 teaspoonful + 3 teaspoonfuls = 1 tablespoonful + 16 tablespoonfuls = 1 cupful + 2 gills = 1 cupful + 2 cupfuls = 1 pint + 1 cupful = 8 fluid ounces + 32 tablespoonfuls = 1 lb. butter + 2 cups of butter = 1 lb. + 1 lb. butter = 40 butter balls + 4 cups flour = 1 lb. + 2 cups sugar = 1 lb. + 5 cups coffee = 1 lb. + 1 lb. coffee = 40 cups of liquid coffee + 1-7/8 cups rice = 1 lb. + 2-2/3 cups oatmeal = 1 lb. + 2-2/3 cups cornmeal = 1 lb. + 1 cup of liquid to 3 cups of flour = a dough + 1 cup of liquid to 2 cups of flour = a thick batter + 1 cup of liquid to 1 cup of flour = a thin batter + 1 teaspoonful soda to 1 pint sour milk + 1 teaspoonful soda to one cup of molasses + 1 teaspoonful cream of tartar plus 1/2 teaspoonful + soda = 2 teaspoonfuls baking powder + + +2. THE CHILD NURSE + +There always are and always will be children to be taken care of. There +is no way in which a girl can help her country better than by fitting +herself to undertake the care of children. A Girl Scout thinks for +herself, and knowing the Health Laws, she knows the important things to +consider in caring for children: + + 1. The care necessary for the child's bones. + 2. When it should exercise its muscles. + 3. Its rest. + 4. The air, sun and food and water which it needs. + 5. How to keep it clean. + +_Bones_--Great care must be taken in handling a baby. Its bones are soft +and easily injured, and for this reason a baby should not be handled +more than necessary. When very young its entire spine should be +supported, and no undue pressure made upon the chest, as often happens +if the baby is grasped under the arms. In lifting a young baby from its +bed, the right hand should grasp the clothing below the feet, and the +left hand should be slipped beneath the infant's body to its head. It is +then raised upon the left arm. An older child should be lifted by +placing the hands under the child's arms, and never by the wrists. If +children are jerked or lifted by the arms, serious injury may be done to +the bones. The bones, when a child is growing, are partly composed of +soft tissue which is easily destroyed, and further growth is prevented. +Many children are brought to the hospitals with injuries done to their +arms from being jerked across the street. Do not let a child walk too +soon, especially a heavy child. Bow legs and knock knees come from +standing and walking when the bones are soft. + +_Exercise_--At least twice a day an infant should be allowed for fifteen +or twenty minutes the free use of its limbs by permitting it to lie upon +a bed in a warm room, with all clothing except the shirt and diaper +removed. In cold weather leave on the stockings. Later, when in short +clothes, the baby may be put upon a thick blanket or quilt, laid upon +the floor, and be allowed to tumble at will. + +_Rest_--Healthy children never sleep too much. A new born baby should +sleep nine-tenths of the day. A child should have a nap during the day +until four years old, and, if possible, until seven or eight years old. +It should go to bed before six. It should have a crib or bed to itself, +placed where it will have fresh air, but protected from draughts, and +its eyes protected from direct rays of light. + +_Air and Sun_--A little child is in its room so much it is very +important that fresh air and sunlight should be brought to it there. +Rooms may be well aired twice or three times a day, removing the baby to +another room while the windows are open. The child may be placed in its +crib or carriage before on open window, dressed as if for the street. +After children are three months old they may be taken out, but the sunny +part of the day should be chosen, between 10 a. m. and 3 p. m. in cold +weather. At night the windows should be partly opened, but care should +be taken that the infant does not become chilled. Be careful that sheet +and blankets do not get over a baby's head. The clothes may be pinned to +the side of the bed. + +_Food and Water_--Even little babies should be given water twice a day. +The water should be boiled, cooled and kept covered. It is hardly +possible for children or older persons to drink too much water. During +hot weather a child needs more water than during cold weather. + +Mother's milk is the only perfect food for an infant during the first +nine or ten months. If it is necessary to give artificial food from a +bottle, the greatest possible care must be taken. The milk used should +be the best obtainable. To obtain clean milk it is necessary that +everything that touches it be clean, sterilized when possible, and that +the cows, and men who handle the milk be healthy. In New York City all +milk is classified according to its cleanliness and butter fat content. +The cleanest and richest milk is called "certified milk" and is sold +raw. The other milks are classified according to cleanliness. Grade A, B +and C are all pasteurized. Only certified and Grade A should be used for +infant feeding. You know that sterile means free from germs or bacteria. +Milk or water may be made comparatively sterile by boiling. Pasteurized +milk is milk which has been heated to 155 deg. Fahrenheit, kept at that +temperature for thirty minutes and cooled quickly by placing the bottles +in cold running water. + +Punctual feeding makes good digestion, and even if the baby takes an +extra nap it is better to wake a healthy baby to give him his meals at +regular hours than to let his digestion get out of order. Between meals +a little water which has been boiled and cooled and kept covered will +wash out its mouth as well as refresh the child. The average infant is +fed every three hours until it is five months old. After that it is fed +every four hours until it is fifteen or sixteen months old, when it is +shifted to three meals a day with perhaps a cup of milk in long +intervals. Solid food, such as zwieback and milk or cereal, is begun at +seven months, and by thirteen or fourteen months the child will be +eating cereal, bread, broth, beef juice, potato, rice, vegetables, etc. +Candy is harmful for children, and even older children should eat candy +only after meals. Raw fruit, except orange juice, is apt to be upsetting +in summer. + +Keep the baby and everything around him clean. The baby's food is the +most important thing to keep clean. The cleanliness of the bottle, when +it is necessary to feed the baby from one, is very important. Choose a +bottle of fairly heavy glass with rounded bottom and wide mouth, so that +it may be easily cleaned. Short rubber nipples which clip over the neck +of the bottle and which can be easily turned inside out, should be +selected, and discarded when they become soft, or when the openings +become large enough for the milk to run in a stream instead of drop by +drop. Remove the bottle from the baby's mouth as soon as empty, rinse at +once in cold water and then fill with a solution of bicarbonate of soda +(baking soda), about one teaspoonful to a pint of water. Before rinsing +wash in hot soapsuds, using a bottle brush, rinse well in plain water, +and boil for twenty minutes, placing a clean cloth in the bottom of the +basin to protect the bottle from breaking. Before using new nipples +they should be scrubbed inside and out and boiled for at least five +minutes. After using they should be carefully rinsed in cold water and +kept in a covered glass containing a solution of boric acid (one +teaspoonful dissolved in a pint of boiling water), and at least once a +day be turned inside out and thoroughly washed with soap and water, then +rinsed. Nipples should be boiled twice a week. + +_Bath_--A baby should have a bath every day, not sooner than one hour +after feeding. The room should be warm; if possible there should be an +open fire in the room. The temperature of the water for a baby up to six +months old should be 98 deg. Then it should gradually decrease, next +temperature being 95 deg., until at the age of two it should range between +85 deg. to 90 deg. Before a baby is undressed the person who is bathing +the baby must be sure that everything needed for the bath and dressing is +at hand. The hand basin or small tub of warm water, a pitcher of hot water +in case it is needed, castile or ivory soap, soft wash cloths, towels, +brush, powder, fresh absorbent cotton, boric acid solution, and the +baby's clothes laid out in the order in which they will be needed in +dressing the child, the soft flannel bandage, the diapers, the shirt, +flannel petticoat, dress and shawl. + +For some people it is easier to handle a baby when laid on a bed or +table than on one's lap, having under the child a soft bath towel or +canton flannel large enough to be wrapped around it. Its nose may be +cleaned with a bit of absorbent cotton rolled to a point, using a fresh +piece for each nostril. To bathe the eyes use fresh pieces of absorbent +cotton dipped in boric acid solution. Wash the baby's face carefully so +that the water does not drip into its ears. Dry the face carefully. Wash +the head gently and thoroughly with soap, being careful to rinse +completely. Soap the baby's body before putting it into the bath. As a +soapy little baby is difficult to hold, support him firmly all the time +he is kicking and splashing, by placing the arm or hand at the baby's +back between its shoulders. Wash particularly, under the arms, the +creases in the back of the neck, between the legs, fingers and toes. The +bath should be given quickly and the baby lifted out in the bath towel +or flannel, covered and dried quickly, using a soft towel. Rub the baby +very slightly. All the folds of the skin should be dried and well +powdered: under the arms, behind the ears, about the neck, legs, etc. Do +not put too much powder on, as it forms a paste. Dress the infant and +lay it on its crib while putting away all the things used for its bath. +It is perfectly proper for a baby to exercise its lungs by crying, so do +not be alarmed, but be sure that its clothing is comfortable and that +the child is clean. Garments worn at night should always be different +from those worn during the day. The garments next to the skin should be +of wool or part wool, except the diaper, which should be soft cotton, +and when new, washed several times before using. Wet diapers should be +rinsed in cold water and dried before using a second time; about every +twenty-four hours diapers should be washed, scalded, rinsed in cold +water and hung in the air to dry. + +Daily Routine--Child Under Two Years of Age + +6.00 A.M. Feed warm milk. + +7.30 A.M. Seat on chair or hold over chamber not more than ten minutes. +If the child has no movement of the bowels at this time, try later. + +9.00 A.M. Give bath, and immediately after, feed, then put to bed in a +well ventilated room, darkened, or out of doors in carriage or crib. Be +sure no strong light is in the child's eyes. Child should sleep until +one o'clock. + +1.00 P.M. Take up, make comfortable, and feed. + +2.00 P.M. Take child out of doors again, but do not stay after 3 P.M. in +winter time. Later in summer. Stormy days keep in house in crib or +carriage, well wrapped up in room with window open. + +3 to 5 P.M. Hold child, or let it stay in crib and play or kick. + +6.00 P.M. Undress, rub with soft, dry towel, put on nightclothes, feed +and put to bed in well ventilated room. + +10.00 P.M. A young baby should be fed at this time, dried, and not fed +again until 6. A.M. + +A baby needs to be kept quiet. Do not make loud noises near it. Do not +play with infant too much. Leave it to itself to grow. Keep the baby +clean, everything about it tidy. Do not give a child pointed toys or +playthings small enough to go into the infant's mouth. Tie toys to the +crib or carriage so that they do not fall on the floor. + + +Things to Remember + +Emphasize "tidy as you go," sleep, water, bowel movements, exercise for +older children, especially in cold weather, nothing in mouth, do not use +pacifiers, tying toys to crib or carriage, a baby over two years of age +should not be fed oftener than every four hours. + + +Bowel Movements + +At least once a day. + +Should be medium soft, not loose, smooth, and when on milk diet, light +in color. + +If child is constipated, give one teaspoonful of milk of magnesia clear, +at night. + +See doctor if child is not well. + + +Feedings + +Children from birth to five months should be fed every three hours. + +Children over one and a half years old need three meals a day, dinner in +the middle of the day. + +Little children need to be kept very quiet. No confusion or loud noises +around them. They will then grow better and stronger. + + +Colds + +Never neglect a cold. Do not "pass it on" to a child by coughing, +sneezing, talking or breathing into its face. Do not kiss anyone when +you have a cold. Never allow the handkerchief used by a person with a +cold to touch a child. If you must handle a child when you have a cold, +wear a piece of gauze over your mouth and nose, and be sure to keep your +hands clean. Be very careful with the handkerchiefs used; see that no +one touches or uses them. It is preferable to use gauze or soft paper +for handkerchiefs and burn them. When a child has a cold put it to bed. +Keep quiet as long as there is any fever. Give a cathartic, such as +castor oil, as soon as cold appears. Reduce the child's diet and give +plenty of drinking water. Consult a doctor. Do not let the child go out +until thoroughly well. + + +3. THE FIRST AIDE IN ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES + +General Rules + +The sorrow and unhappiness of the world is increased enormously every +year by injury and loss from accidents, more than half of which might +be prevented if someone had not been careless, or if someone else had +taken a little trouble to correct the results of that carelessness +before they caused an accident. + +It therefore becomes the plain duty of Girl Scouts not only to be +careful but to repair, if possible, the carelessness of others which may +result in accident. + +Let us review briefly some of the many small things in our daily lives +which cause accidents, and therefore suffering and loss. + +1. _Carelessness in the Street._ As, for example, taking chances in +getting across in front of a car or automobile; running from behind a +car without looking to see of some vehicle is coming from another +direction; catching a ride by hanging on to the rear end of cars or +wagons; getting off cars before they stop; getting on or off cars in the +wrong way; being too interested to watch for open manholes, cellarways, +sewers, etc.; reckless roller skating in the street, throwing things +like banana peels on the street or sidewalk where people are likely to +slip on them; teasing dogs, or trying to catch strange ones; many dogs +resent a stranger petting them and use their only means of +defense--biting. Other examples will occur to you of carelessness in the +streets which space does not allow us to mention here. + +Wait until the car stops before trying to get off. In getting off cars +you should face in the direction in which the car is going. A simple +rule is to get off by holding a rod with the left hand and putting the +right foot down first. This brings you facing the front of the car and +prevents your being swept off your feet by the momentum of the car. + +If you see any refuse in the street which is likely to cause an +accident, either remove it yourself or report it to the proper +authorities to have it removed at once. + +2. _Carelessness at Home._ As for example, starting the fire with +kerosene; leaving gas jets burning where curtains of clothing may be +blown into the flame; leaving clothing or paper too near a fire; +throwing matches you thought had been put out into paper or other +material which will catch fire easily; leaving oily or greasy rags where +they will easily overheat or take fire spontaneously; leaving objects on +stairs and in hallways which will cause others to fall; leaving scalding +water where a child may fall into it or pull it down, spilling the +scalding water over himself; leaving rags or linoleum with upturned +edges for someone to fall over; and innumerable other careless things +which will occur to you. + +3. _Disobedience_, playing with matches; building fires in improper +places; playing with guns; trying the "medicines" in the closet; +throwing stones; playing with the electric wires or lights; playing +around railroad tracks and bridges: We could multiply the accidents from +disobedience indefinitely. Remember, a caution given you not to do +something means there is danger in doing it, which may bring much sorrow +and suffering to yourself and others. + +It is a very old saying that "An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of +cure," but it is as true today as it was hundreds of years ago. + + +After the Accident + +When the time for prevention is past, and the accident has happened, +then you want to know what is the best thing to do, and how best to do +it in order to give the most help and relief immediately, before expert +help can arrive, and to have the victim in the best condition possible +for the doctor when he comes, in order that he may not have to undo +whatever has been done before he can begin to give the patient relief +from his suffering. + +1. Keep cool. The only way to do this effectually is to learn beforehand +what to do and how to do it. Then you are not frightened and can do +readily and with coolness whatever is necessary to be done. + +2. Send at once for a doctor, if you have a messenger, in all except the +minor accidents. This book will help you learn to judge of whether a +doctor will be necessary. If in doubt send for a doctor anyway. + +3. Prevent panic and keep the crowd, if there is one, at a distance. The +patient needs fresh air to breathe, and space around him. + +4. Loosen the clothing, especially any band around the neck, tight +corsets or anything else that may interfere with breathing. + +5. _Keep the patient flat on his back_ if the accident is at all +serious, with the head slightly down if his face is pale and he is +faint, or slightly raised if his face is flushed and he is breathing +heavily, as though snoring. + +6. _If there is vomiting_, turn the head to one side in order that the +vomited material may easily run out of the mouth and not be drawn into +the windpipe and produce choking to add to the difficulties already +present. + +7. _Remove clothing_, if necessary, gently and in such manner as to give +the patient the least amount of suffering. Move any injured part as +little as possible. At the same time, as a secondary consideration, +injure the clothing as little as possible. If, as often, it becomes +necessary to cut off the clothing, it may be possible to rip up a seam +quickly instead of cutting the cloth, but saving the clothing is always +secondary to the welfare of the patient. Little or no consideration +should be shown for clothing where it is necessary to keep the patient +motionless, or where quick action is needed. + +8. _Transportation._ There are three methods for emergency +transportation of accident victims which can be used according to the +degree of the injury: + +(a) _Fireman's Lift._ If it is necessary for one person to carry a +patient, it is easily possible to lift and carry quite a weight in the +following manner: + +First, turn the patient on his face, then step astride his body, facing +toward his head, and, with hands under his armpits, lift him to his +knees, then clasp your hands over the patient's abdomen and lift him to +his feet; then draw his left arm around your neck and hold it against +the left side of your chest, the patient's left side resting against +your body, and supporting him with your right arm about the waist. Then +drop the patient's left hand and grasp his right wrist with your left +hand and draw the right arm over your head and down upon your left +chest; then stooping, clasp his right thigh with your right arm passed +between the legs (or around both legs) and with a quick heave lift the +patient to your shoulders and seize his right wrist with your right +hand, and lastly, grasp the patient's left hand with your left hand to +steady him against your body. (Work this out with a companion as you +read it.) + +(b) A seat made of four arms and hands (which you have no doubt used in +your play), may be used for the lesser injuries. If the patient can, he +supports himself by putting his arms around the necks of his carriers, +each of whom in the meantime grasps one of his own wrists and one of his +partner's. This makes a comfortable seat for carrying. If the patient +needs supporting, a back may be improvised by each carrier grasping the +other's arm below the shoulder to form the back and their other hands +clasped to form the seat. A better seat may be made with three hands +clasping the wrists, while the fourth arm is used as a back, by one +clasping the other's arm below the shoulder. This does not provide a +very secure back, however, as it is not easy to hold the arm against +much of a weight from the patient's body. + +(c) _Improvised Stretcher._ When the patient shows any sign of shock, is +unconscious, has a serious fracture of some bone or bones, has a serious +injury to any part of the body, or is bleeding excessively, he must be +carried lying down. It may be that there will be no regular stretcher at +hand. In that case one must be improvised. A serviceable one can be made +from ordinary grain or flour bags by cutting the two corners at the +bottom and running two poles inside the mouth of the bags and through +the holes. + +A workable stretcher can be made from coats by turning the sleeves +inside out, passing the poles through the sleeves and buttoning the coat +over the poles. This brings the turned sleeves on the inside. A five-bar +gate or a door, if it can be gotten without delay, also make +satisfactory emergency stretchers. + +A stretcher may also be made out of dress skirts, with or without poles. +Put the skirts together, bottoms slipped past each other, and slip the +poles through, as with the bags. If no poles are available, roll the +edges of the skirts over several times to form a firm edge, and carry +with two or four bearers, as the size and weight of the patient make +necessary. + + +Minor Injuries and Emergencies + +Minor injuries may or may not need the aid of a doctor, and you must +learn to use judgment as to the necessity of sending for one. We will +consider these minor injuries in groups to remember them more easily. + +1. (a) BRUISES; (b) STRAINS; (c) SPRAINS + +(a) A _Bruise_ is produced by a blow which does not break the skin, but +does break the delicate walls of the capillaries and smaller veins, thus +permitting the blood to flow into the surrounding tissues, producing +the discoloration known as "black and blue." + +(b) _A Strain_ is produced by the overstretching of muscles or +ligaments, or both, but not tearing them. It may or may not be +accompanied by breaking of capillary walls with discoloration. Any +muscle or ligament may be strained. + +(c) _A Sprain_ is produced by the overstretching of the muscles or +ligaments or both about a _joint_. There may also be some tearing of the +fibres or tearing loose from their attachments. This always breaks +capillaries or small veins, making the surface black and blue. This +discoloration usually appears some time after the accident, because the +broken blood vessels are far below the surface. + +_Treatment_--For bruises and strains it is seldom necessary to call a +doctor. Apply cold, either by wringing cloths out of cold water and +applying, or by holding the injured part under the cold water tap. Do +this at intervals of several hours, until the pain is lessened. The cold +may be alternated with hot water which must, however, be quite hot, just +enough not to burn, as lukewarm water is almost useless. Some patients +will prefer to use only hot water. The water followed by applications of +tincture of arnica, witch hazel, or alcohol and water, half and half, +and bandaging will be sufficient. + +If, however, there has been no black and blue at first, as in a bruise, +but it begins to show later, and the pain continues severe, and there is +a good deal of swelling, then you should send for a doctor, as more than +first aid is needed. + +In case of _sprain_, send for a doctor, and in the meantime elevate the +joint and apply hot or cold water, or alternate hot and cold, as patient +prefers. This will give relief by contracting the blood vessels. + + +2. (a) BURNS; (b) SCALDS; (c) SUNBURN; (d) FROSTBITE + +(a) _Burns_ are produced by dry heat, as a fire, acids, alkalis, etc., +and may be of all degrees, from a superficial reddening of the skin to a +burning of the tissues to the bone. + +(b) _Scalds_ are produced by moist heat, and may be of the same degrees +as those produced by dry heat. + +(c) _Sunburn_ is produced by the sun, and is usually superficial, but +may be quite severe. + +(d) _Frostbite_ is produced by freezing the tissues and is usually not +dangerous. The more severe types will be treated later under Freezing. + + +_Treatment_--(a) _Burns_; (b) _Scalds_ + +1. Except in the minor burns and scalds, send for the doctor at once. + +2. The first thing to do is allay pain by protecting the injured part +from the air. + +3. For a burn produced by fire, cover with a paste made of baking soda +and water, or smear with grease--as lard, carron oil (mixture of linseed +oil and lime water--half and half) or vaseline or calendula cerate. +Cover with a piece of clean cloth or absorbent gauze and bandage loosely +or tie in place. Gauze prepared with picric acid, if at hand, is a most +satisfactory dressing. It can be purchased and kept on hand for +emergencies. + +4. In burns from alkalis or acids, wash off as quickly as possible and +neutralize (make inactive the acids with baking soda, weak ammonia or +soapsuds; the alkalis with vinegar or lemon juice). Afterward treat like +other burns. + +(c) _Sunburn_ is an inflammation of the skin produced by the action of +the sun's rays and may be prevented by gradually accustoming the skin +to exposure to the sun. It is treated as are other minor burns. + +(d) _Frostbite_--_Prevention_--1. Wear sufficient clothing in cold +weather and keep exposed parts, such as ears and fingers, covered. + +2. Rub vigorously any part that has become cold. This brings the warm +blood to the surface and prevents chilling. + +3. Keep in action when exposed to the cold for any length of time. The +signs of danger are sudden lack of feeling in an exposed part, and a +noticeably white area. Chilblain is an example of frostbite. + +_Treatment_--The circulation of the blood through the frozen part must +be restored gradually. This must be done by rubbing the part first with +cold water, which will be slightly warmer than the frozen part, and +_gradually_ warming the water until the circulation and warmth is fully +restored. Then treat as a minor burn. If heat is applied suddenly it +causes death of frozen parts. + + +3. SPLINTERS, SMALL CUTS, SCRATCHES AND PIN PRICKS + +None of these injuries will usually require a doctor if properly treated +in the beginning. The bleeding from any of them is not sufficient to be +dangerous. But whenever there is a break in the skin or mucous membrane +there is danger of infection by germs, and this is what makes the first +aid treatment in these cases so important. A tiny scratch is sometimes +converted into a bad case of blood poisoning by not being properly +treated at first. + +Splinters should be removed by using a needle (not a pin) which has been +sterilized by passing it through a flame (the flame of a match will do +if nothing better is at hand). After the splinter is out, the wound is +treated like a cut or scratch. + +The germs which produce poisoning do not float in the air, but may be +conveyed by any thing which is not sterile, as, for instance, the +splinter or the instrument that did the cutting, scratching or pricking. +They may be carried to the scratch by our hands, by water, or cloth used +for dressings. + +_Treatment_--Wash your own hands thoroughly with soap and water, using a +nail brush. Clean the injured part well with disinfectant, as, for +instance, alcohol and water, half and half, or peroxide of +hydrogen--paint the spot with iodine, and cover with sterile gauze (if +this is not to be had, use a piece of clean cloth that has been recently +ironed), and bandage in place. If the bleeding is severe, a little +pressure with the bandage over the dressing will stop it. Use the same +precautions if the wound has to be re-dressed. + + +4. STINGS AND BITES OF INSECTS + +The poison injected by the sting or bite of an insect is usually acid, +and the part should be washed at once with a solution of ammonia or soda +(washing soda) to neutralize the poison. Then apply a paste of soda +bicarbonate (baking soda) or wet salt and bandage in place. If the sting +is left in the wound it must be pulled out before beginning treatment. + + +5. FOREIGN BODIES IN THE (a) EYE (Cinder) (b) EAR (Insect), (c) NOSE +(Button) + +(a) _Eye_--If a cinder, eyelash, or any tiny speck gets into the eye it +causes acute pain, and in a few minutes considerable redness. + +_Treatment_--Do not rub the eye, as this may press the object into the +tender cornea so that it can be removed only with difficulty and by a +physician. First close the eye gently, pull the eyelid free of the +ball, and the tears may wash out the speck. If this is not successful, +close the eye, hold the lid free, and blow the nose hard. You may then +be able to see the speck and remove it with a bit of clean cotton or the +corner of a clean handkerchief. If the object is lodged under the lid, +and the foregoing efforts do not dislodge it, proceed to turn the lid up +as follows: + +Ask the patient to look at the floor, keeping the eyeball as stationary +as possible. Take a clean wooden toothpick or slender pencil, wrapped +with cotton, place on the upper lid about one-fourth of an inch from the +edge, grasp the eyelashes with the other hand, give a slight push +downward toward the cheek with the toothpick, a slight pull upward on +the lashes and turn the lid over the toothpick. Remove the speck and +slip the lid back in position. Wash the eye with boric acid solution. + +If you are still unable to dislodge the body, discontinue any further +efforts, apply a cloth wet in cold boric acid solution and send for the +doctor. Anything done to the eyes must be done with the greatest +gentleness. + +If an acid has entered the eye, neutralize it with a weak solution of +soda bicarbonate in water. If an alkali (lime) is the offending +substance, neutralize by a weak vinegar solution. Follow in each case +with a wash of boric acid solution. + +(b) _Ear_ (Insect); (c) _Button in Nose_--Foreign bodies in the ear and +nose are not very common. + +But sometimes a child slips a button or other small object into these +cavities, or an insect may crawl in. Drop in a few drops of sweet oil +and if the object comes out easily, well and good. If not, do not keep +on trying to extract it, for fear of greater injury. Send for the +doctor. + + +6. IVY AND OAK POISONING + +There is a poison ivy (or poison oak) which is very poisonous to some +people, and more or less so to all people. The poison ivy has a leaf +similar to the harmless woodbine, but the leaves are grouped in threes +instead of fives. The poison given off by these plants produces a severe +inflammation of the skin. In the early stages it may be spread from one +part of the body to another by scratching. + +_Treatment_--Wash the irritated surface gently with soap and water, and +then apply a paste of soda bicarbonate or cover quickly with carbolated +vaseline. Another remedy is fluid extract _grindelia robusta_, one dram +to four ounces of water. Sugar of lead and alcohol have also been found +useful. For severe cases consult a doctor, especially if the face or +neck or hands are affected. + +7. (a) FAINTING; (b) HEAT EXHAUSTION + +(a) _Fainting_ is caused by lack of blood in the brain, and usually +occurs in overheated, crowded places, from fright or from overfatigue. + +_Symptoms_--1. The patient is very pale and partially or completely +unconscious. + +2. The pulse is weak and rapid. + +3. The pupils of the eyes are normal. + +_Treatment_--1. If possible put the patient flat on his back, with the +head slightly lower than the rest of the body. + +2. If there is not room to do this, bend the patient over with his head +between the knees until sufficient blood has returned to the brain to +restore consciousness. + +3. Then get the patient into the fresh air as soon as possible. + +4. Keep the crowd back. + +5. Loosen the clothing about the neck. + +6. Apply smelling salts to the nose. + +7. When the patient has recovered sufficiently to swallow, give him a +glass of cold water, with one-half teaspoonful of aromatic spirits of +ammonia if necessary. + +(b) _Heat Exhaustion_ is exhaustion or collapse due to overheating where +there is not sufficient evaporation from the surface of the body to keep +the temperature normal. + +_Symptoms_--1. The patient is usually very weak. + +2. The face is pale and covered with a clammy sweat. + +3. The pulse is weak and rapid. + +4. The patient is usually not unconscious. + +_Treatment_--1. Remove the patient to a cool place and have him lie +down. + +2. Loosen the clothing. + +3. Give him a cold drink to sip. + +4. Put cold cloths on his head. + +5. Send for the doctor. + +6. If necessary, give stimulant as in fainting. + + +8. (a) CHOKING: (b) HICCOUGH + +(a) _Choking_--Choking is produced by something lodged in the throat, +does not require artificial respiration, but a smart slap on the back to +aid in dislodging whatever is blocking the air passage. It may be +necessary to have the patient upside down, head lower than feet, to aid +in getting out the foreign body. This is a comparatively simple matter +with a child, but is not so easy with an adult. When the object is not +too far down the throat it may be necessary for someone to use his +fingers to pull out the offending substance to keep the patient alive +until the doctor can arrive. In this case wedge the teeth apart with +something to prevent biting before trying to grasp the object. + +(b) _Hiccough_--This is usually due to indigestion or overloading of +the stomach. Holding the breath for one-half minute will usually cure +it, as it holds quiet the diaphragm (the large muscular and fibrous +partition between the chest and abdomen), and overcomes its involuntary +contractions which are causing the hiccoughs. A scare has the same +effect sometimes. If the hiccoughs still continue troublesome after +these simple remedies try to cause vomiting by drinking lukewarm water, +which will get rid of the offending material causing the hiccough, and +relieve the distress. + + +9. NOSE BLEED + +The ordinary nose bleed will soon stop from the normal clotting of the +blood and does not require treatment. + +(a) Keep head elevated, with patient sitting up if possible. Do not blow +the nose, as this will dislodge any clot which may have formed, and the +bleeding will begin again. Any tight collar around the neck should be +loosened. + +(b) If the bleeding seems excessive, apply cloths wrung out of ice water +to the back of the neck and over the nose. + +(c) If the bleeding still continues and is abundant, pack the nostril +with a cotton or gauze plug. Pack tightly (with a blunt end of a pencil +if nothing else is at hand) _and send for the doctor at once_. + + +=Major Injuries and Emergencies= + + +1. (a) DISLOCATIONS; (b) FRACTURES + +(a) _Dislocations_--In a dislocation the head of a bone is pushed or +pulled out of its socket. A person may be falling and in trying to save +himself catch hold of something in such a way that he feels a sharp, +sudden, severe pain, and may even feel the head of the bone slip out at +the shoulder or elbow. + +_Symptoms_--1. When you looked at the injured part it does not look like +the other side. + +2. If you attempt to move it you find it will no longer move as a joint +does, but is stiff. + +3. There is great pain and rapid swelling usually. + +4. There may or may not be black and blue spots around the joint. + +_Treatment_--Send for a doctor at once. While waiting for the doctor, +place the patient in the easiest position possible, and apply hot or +cold cloths, frequently changed, to the injured part. + +In dislocation of the jaw it may be necessary for someone to try to +replace it before the doctor arrives. The mouth is open and the jaw +fixed. The patient may even tell you he has felt the jaw slip out of its +socket. Wrap your thumbs in cloth to prevent biting when the jaw snaps +back in place. Place the thumbs on the tops of the lower teeth on each +side, with the fingers outside, and push firmly down until the head of +the bone can slip over the edge of the socket into place. As you feel +the bone slipping into place, slide your thumbs out to the inner side of +the cheek to prevent biting when the jaws snap together with the +reducing of the dislocation. + +(b) _Fractures_--_Broken bones_--There are two classes of fractures: + +1. _Simple_--In a simple fracture the bone is broken, but the skin is +not broken; that is, there is no outward wound. + +2. _Compound_--In a _compound_ fracture not only is the bone broken, but +the jagged ends pierce through the skin and form an open wound. This +makes it more dangerous as the possibility of infection by germs at the +time of the accident, or afterward, is added to the difficulty of the +fracture. + +_Symptoms_--As in dislocation, you should be familiar with the main +symptoms of a broken bone. + +1. When you look at the injured part it may or may not look like its +mate on the other side. In the more severe fractures it usually does +not. + +2. When you try to move it you find more motion than there should be, if +the bone has broken clear through; that is, there will seem to be a +joint where no joint should be. + +3. The least movement causes great pain. + +4. The swelling is usually rapid. + +5. The discoloration (black and blue) appears later; not at once, unless +there is also a superficial bruise. + +6. The patient is unable to move the injured part. + +7. You may hear the grate of the ends of the bone when the part is +moved, but you should not move the injured bone enough to hear this, +especially if the limb is nearly straight; the detection of this sound +should be left for the doctor. + +_Treatment_--Send for a doctor at once, and if it will be possible for +him to arrive soon, make the patient as comfortable as possible and wait +for him. However, if it will be some time before the doctor can arrive +you should try to give such aid as will do no harm and will help the +sufferer. + +You must handle the part injured and the patient with the utmost +gentleness to avoid making a simple fracture into a compound one, or +doing other injury, and also to give him as little additional suffering +as possible. You will need to get the clothing off the part to be sure +of what you are doing. Rip the clothing in a seam if possible when the +fracture is in an arm or leg, but if this cannot be done, you will have +to cut the material. Do not try to move the broken bone trying to get +off a sleeve or other part of the clothing. + +With the greatest gentleness put the injured part, for instance, the arm +or leg, as nearly as possible in the same position as the sound part, +and hold it in that position by splints. Do not use force to do this. +There is no great hurry needed to set a broken bone. The important point +is to get it set right, and this may better be done after complete rest +of several days, allowing for the passing of the inflammation. + + +_The Most Important "What Not to Do Points" for Fractures Are_: + +1. If there is reason to think a bone _may_ be broken try in all ways to +prevent motion at _point_ of fracture lest it be made compound. + +2. Do not go hunting for symptoms of fracture (such as the false point +of motion or the sound "crepitus") just to be sure. + +3. The best treatment is to try to immobilize the part till the doctor +comes. + +_Splints_--Anything that is stiff and rigid may be used for splints. +Shingles, boards, limbs of trees, umbrellas, heavy wire netting, etc. +Flat splints are best, however. All splints should be padded, especially +where they lie against a bony prominence, as for instance, the ankle or +elbow joint. + +If the patient is wearing heavy winter clothing this may form sufficient +padding. If not, then other cloth, straw or leaves may be used. Cotton +batting makes excellent padding but if this is not to be had quickly, +other things can be made to do to pad the first rough splints which are +applied until the patient can reach a doctor or the doctor arrives on +the scene of the accident. + +In applying splints remember they must extend beyond the next joint +below and the next joint above, otherwise movement of the joint will +cause movement of the broken part. + +The splints are tied firmly in place with handkerchiefs, strips of +cloth, or bandages, tied over splints, padding and limb. Do not tie +tight enough to increase the pain, but just enough to hold the splints +firmly. Do not tie directly over the break. There must be an inner and +outer splint for both the arms and the legs. + + +2. (a) SERIOUS WOUNDS; (b) SERIOUS BLEEDING + +Send for the doctor at once, and then stop the bleeding and keep as +clean as possible till he arrives. + +_Dangers_--1. In any wound with a break in the skin, there is the danger +of infection or blood poisoning, as you have already learned. + +2. In serious wounds through the skin, flesh and blood vessels there is +also the danger of severe bleeding, with the possibility of the +patient's bleeding to death. + +_Infection_--You already know how the germs which can cause the blood +poisoning get into the wound. + +(a) by the object that makes the wound + +(b) from the clothing of the patient through which the wound is made + +(c) from the rescuer's hands + +(d) from the water which has not been sterilized used in washing the +wound + +(e) from dirty dressings, that is, dirty in the sense that they have on +them germs which can get into the wound and cause infection or blood +poisoning. + +The first two of these chances the Girl Scout will not be able to +control. The last three she can to some extent prevent. _Do not wash, +touch or put anything into a serious wound_ unless a doctor cannot be +found. Only this sort of thing justifies running risk of infection. +Otherwise just put on a sterile dressing and bandage. In reality washing +wounds only satisfies the aesthetic sense of the operator without real +benefit to the patient in many cases. If a wound has to be cleansed +before the doctor comes use boiled water; if this cannot be had at once, +use water and alcohol half and half. + +1. Always wash your hands thoroughly with water, soap and a nail brush, +unless there is necessity for immediate help to stop bleeding which +admits of no time to clean one's hands. Be sure your nails are clean. + +2. Try not to touch the wound with your hands unless it is absolutely +necessary. + +3. Many wounds do not have to be washed, but dressing may be applied +directly. + +4. Having cleansed the wound as best you can, or all that is necessary, +apply sterile cloth for dressing. This may be gotten at a drug store in +a sterile package ready for use immediately, and is very satisfactory. +If, however, these cannot be had, remember any cloth like a folded +handkerchief that has been recently washed and _ironed_ is practically +sterile, especially if you unfold it carefully and apply the inside +which you have not touched, to the wound. Bind the dressing on with a +bandage to keep in place until the doctor arrives. + +(b) _Serious Bleeding_: + +It is important that you should learn what is serious bleeding and this +will often help you to be cool under trying circumstances. + +As you learned in your work in minor emergencies, the bleeding from the +small veins and capillaries is not usually sufficient to be dangerous, +and the pressure of the dressing when put on and bandaged in place will +soon stop it. It may sometimes be necessary to put more dressing outside +of that already on (called re-inforcing it) and bandage again snugly. +But if you have made sure first that there is no large vein or artery +cut, you need not be troubled for fear there will be serious bleeding +before the doctor arrives. + +[Illustration: Tourniquet + +Showing where stone for pressing against artery is placed + +Loop through which stick for tightening is inserted] + +_Bleeding from an Artery_: If an artery is cut the blood spurts out, the +size of the stream depending on the size of the artery cut. This is the +most serious bleeding because the heart is directly behind, pumping the +blood through the artery with all its power. If it is a small artery the +pressure with the finger between the cut and the heart for a few minutes +will give the blood time to clot behind the finger and form a plug. This +will stop the bleeding aided by pressure of the bandage. If it is a +larger vessel the force in the heart muscle pumping the blood will force +out any plug formed by the finger there, as the finger tires too easily. + +_Tourniquet_: In this case it will be necessary to put on a tourniquet +to take the place of the finger until a clot can form in the vessel big +enough and strong enough to prevent the force of the blood current from +pushing it out. This of course can be used only on the legs or arms. + +A tourniquet is something put on to make pressure on a blood vessel to +stop serious bleeding. There are five points to remember about a +tourniquet: + +1. It must be long enough to tie around the limb--a big handkerchief, +towel or wide bandage. + +2. There must be a pad to make the pressure over the artery greater than +on the rest of the limb--a smooth stone, a darning ball, a large cork, +cloth folded into a large pad or a rolled bandage. + +3. The pad must be so placed that the artery lies between pad and the +bone on the limb, in order that the pressure may stop the flow of blood +by forcing the walls of the artery together between the pad and the +bone. + +4. Unless the tourniquet is put on tight enough, its application +increases bleeding. It is extremely rare to find a tourniquet put on +tight enough. In almost every such case removing the tourniquet will +stop or partly lessen bleeding. A short stick or handle is needed, about +a foot long, with which to twist the tourniquet sufficiently to stop +the flow of blood. Usually it cannot be twisted tightly enough by hand +alone. Tie the twisted part firmly so it will not slip, after it has +been made tight enough to stop bleeding. + +5. Remember, a tourniquet stops most of the circulation below it as well +as in the cut artery, and must not be left in place too long for fear of +injury to the rest of the limb by cutting off the circulation. _Usually +it should not be left on for more than an hour._ + +_Bleeding from Veins_--Bleeding from the veins is not so dangerous as +from an artery. The blood from the heart has to go through the little +capillaries before it gets into the veins, and therefore the force of +the heart muscle on the blood in the veins is not so great as in the +arteries. The blood does not spurt out, but flows out as it would from a +bottle tipped on its side. + +You have already learned what to do to stop the bleeding from the +smaller veins, and that it is not serious. From the larger veins, +however, it can be very serious, and it may be necessary for you to put +on a tourniquet before the doctor arrives in order to save the patient's +life. + +Almost always bleeding from a vein can be controlled by clean gauze or +handkerchief pad and pressure by hand directly over the bleeding wound. +Tourniquets are almost never needed in bleeding from a vein. If +necessary, it is wisest to apply them in the same way as for arterial +hemorrhage and stop the circulation in the whole limb. + +It is important to know in a general way where the blood vessels are in +order to put the pad over them to stop the bleeding. Roughly speaking, +the artery of the arm runs down about in a line with the inner seam of +the coat. The large vein lies close beside it, carrying the blood back +to the heart. The artery and vein of the leg run about in a line with +the inside seam of a man's trousers. + +_Stimulants_--In serious bleeding of any kind do not give stimulants +until the bleeding has been stopped, as the stimulants increase the +force of the heart and so increase the flow of blood. After the +tourniquet is on and bleeding is stopped, if the patient is very weak, +he may have a teaspoonful of aromatic spirits of ammonia in half a glass +of water. + + +(a) SHOCKS; (b) APOPLEXY; (c) CONVULSIONS + +(a) _Shocks_--In any injury, except the slight ones, the ends of the +nerves in the skin are bruised or jarred. They send this jar along the +nerves to the very delicate brain. The blood is drawn from the brain +into the larger blood vessels, and the result produced is called shock. +If you have jammed your finger in a door sometime, perhaps you have felt +a queer sick feeling and had to sit down. A cold sweat broke out all +over you, and you were hardly conscious for a moment or two. This was a +mild case of shock. In more severe injuries a shock to the brain may be +very serious. + +_Symptoms of Shock_--1. The patient may or may not be unconscious, but +he may take no notice of what is going on around him. + +2. The face is pale and clammy. + +3. The skin is cold. + +4. The pulse is weak. + +5. The breathing is shallow. + +In any serious injury the shock is liable to be severe and will need to +be treated before the doctor arrives. + +_Treatment_--Send for the doctor if serious. + +1. Lay the patient flat on his back with head low, so that the heart can +more easily pump the blood back into the brain. + +2. Cover warmly; if they can be gotten, put around him several hot water +bottles or bricks, being extremely careful to have them covered so that +they will not burn him. Persons suffering from shock are more easily +burnt than usual. Do not put anything hot next him unless it can be held +against your own face for a minute without feeling too hot. + +3. Rub the arms and legs, toward the body, but under the covers. + +4. Give stimulants only after the patient has recovered enough to +swallow, and when there is no serious bleeding. + +_Stimulants_--Strong, hot coffee, or a half teaspoonful of aromatic +spirits of ammonia in a half glass of warm water. The latter may be +given if the coffee is not ready. + +(b) _Apoplexy_--When a person has a "stroke" of apoplexy send for the +doctor at once. + +This condition resembles shock only in that the patient is unconscious. +The blow to the delicate brain does not come from the outside along the +nerves, but from the inside by the breaking of a blood vessel in the +brain, letting the blood out into the brain tissue and forming a clot +inside of the brain, and thus making pressure which produces the +unconsciousness. + +_Symptoms of Apoplexy_--1. The patient is unconscious. + +2. The face is usually flushed--red. + +3. The skin is not cold and clammy. + +4. The pulse is slow and full. + +5. The breathing is snoring instead of shallow. + +6. The pupils of the eye are usually unequally dilated. + +_Treatment_--1. Lay the patient flat on his back with head slightly +raised. + +2. Do not give any stimulants. + +3. Wait for the doctor. + +(c) _Convulsions_--This condition resembles the foregoing shock and +apoplexy in that the patient is unconscious. + +_Symptoms of Convulsions_--1. The patient is unconscious. + +2. The face is usually pale at first, but not so white as in shock, and +later is flushed, often even purplish. + +3. The skin is not usually cold. + +4. The breathing may be shallow or snoring. + +5. There are twitchings of the muscles of the face and body or a +twisting motion of the body. + +6. The pulse may be rapid, but is usually regular. + +7. The mouth may be flecked with foam. + +8. The pupils of the eye may be contracted or equally dilated. + +_Treatment_--Convulsions come from various causes, and are always +serious, therefore send for the doctor at once. + +1. Put a wedge of some kind between the teeth if possible, the handle of +a spoon protected by a cloth cover, or a rolled napkin does well. This +is to prevent biting the tongue, which the patient is apt to do in +unconsciousness with convulsive movements. + +2. Lay the patient flat on his back, and prevent him from hurting +himself in his twisting, but do not try to stop convulsive movement. It +will do no good. + +3. No stimulant is needed. + + +(a) SUNSTROKE; (b) FREEZING + +(a) _Sunstroke_--Sunstroke is caused by too long exposure to excessive +heat, or to the direct rays of the sun, and is much more serious than +heat exhaustion, which you have already studied. + +_Prevention_--Do not stay out in the direct sunlight too long on a hot +summer day. Wear a large hat which shades the head and face well, if +obliged to be in the hot sun for any length of time. Do not wear too +heavy clothing in the hot weather. Leaves or a wet sponge in the top of +the hat will help to prevent sunstroke. Drink plenty of cool water +between meals. + +_Symptoms of Sunstroke_--1. The patient is unconscious. + +2. The face is red. + +3. The pupils large. + +4. The skin very hot and dry, with _no_ perspiration. + +5. The pulse is full and slow. + +6. The breathing is sighing. + +_Treatment_--1. Get the patient into the shade where it is as cool as +possible. + +2. Send for the doctor. + +3. Remove the greater part of the clothing. + +4. Apply cold water or ice to the head, face, chest and armpits. + +Often the patient recovers consciousness before the doctor arrives; give +cold water to drink; never stimulants. + +(b) _Freezing_--This is a much more serious condition than frostbite, +which you have studied, but only because more of the body is frozen and +the tissues are frozen deeper. Much more care must therefore be taken to +prevent bad effects after the thawing-out process. + +_Symptoms of Freezing_--1. The patient may or may not be unconscious. + +2. The frozen parts are an intense white and are without any feeling or +motion. + +_Treatment_--Send for the doctor at once. + +1. Take the patient into a cold room. + +2. Remove the clothing. + +3. Rub the body with rough cloths wet in cold water. + +4. Very gradually increase the warmth of the water used for rubbing. + +5. Increase the temperature of the room gradually. + +6. When the patient can swallow, give him stimulants. + +7. When the skin becomes more normal in color and the tissues are soft, +showing that the blood is once more circulating properly through the +frozen flesh, cover the patient warmly with hot bottles or bricks +outside of the bed clothing, or wraps, and give hot drinks. In using hot +water be sure it is not too hot. + + +Dog Bite[3] + +In the case of the dog bite we have a more or less extensive break in +the skin and sometimes a deep wound in the flesh, through which the +poison of hydrophobia, which is a living virus or animal poison, may be +introduced, to be taken up slowly by the nerves themselves, reaching the +central nervous system in about forty days. The slowness and method of +this absorption renders the use of a ligature useless and unsafe. The +treatment for dog bite is therefore as follows: + +_Immediate._ Send for a physician, telling him the reason. While +waiting, treat as any similar wound from any cause. If the skin is not +penetrated, but scratched only, apply iodine and a sterile or wet +dressing. If the skin is penetrated, the treatment should be the same as +for a wound made by a dirty nail: that is, a small stick, such as a +match, whittled to a point, with a little cotton twisted on the point, +should be dipped into tincture of iodine, and twisted down into the full +depth of the wound, and then done a second time. + +_Subsequent._ A physician should be consulted immediately, and if there +is any suspicion of the dog being sick it should be kept under +observation. The body of a dog that has been killed under suspicion of +rabies or hydrophobia, should be sent as soon as possible to the proper +authorities. + +One of the greatest discoveries in medical science is the Pasteur +treatment for the prevention of hydrophobia after mad dog bite, and +fortunately, provision for this treatment is so widespread that +practically every one in civilized regions needing it, can have it, as +is well known to all physicians. The fact that the period of +development of the disease is so long makes the possibility of +prevention greater. + +It is never proper to suck a dog bite, because the merest scratch or +break in the surface, even if too small to notice, will serve as a +portal of entry for the living virus of rabies. + +_Snake Bite._ For treatment of snake bite see page 297. + + +WATER ACCIDENTS + +When it is possible, Girl Scouts should learn to swim well. It is fear +when suddenly thrown into the water that causes so many of the deaths by +drowning, and learning to swim well takes away this fear. A Girl Scout +should also learn how to prevent accidents, and how best to help the +victims of accidents in the water. + + +PREVENTION + +Below are five rules for preventing drowning accidents. + +1. Do not change seats in a canoe or rowboat. + +2. Do not rock the boat. + +3. Do not go out alone in a canoe, rowboat or sailboat unless you are +thoroughly competent to manage such a boat, in a sudden squall or storm. + +4. Very cold water exhausts a swimmer much quicker than warm water, +therefore do not take any chances on a long swim in cold water unless a +boat accompanies you to pick you up in case of necessity. + +5. Be careful not to go too far out when there is a strong undertow; +that is, a strong current below the surface of the water flowing +relentlessly out to sea. + +6. Always wade upstream. + + +RESCUE [Illustration] + +When a person gives up the struggle in the water, the body goes down, +and then because of its buoyancy it comes to the surface and some air is +expelled from the lungs, making the body less buoyant. It immediately +sinks again, this time a little lower, and again comes to the surface, +and more air is expelled. This process may be repeated several times, +until sufficient water is taken into the stomach and lungs to overcome +the buoyancy of the body and it no longer appears at the surface; but +the buoyancy is barely overcome, and therefore the body will float +easily. This can easily be utilized in saving the drowning person by +making the water carry most of the weight of the body. + +To do this, place the hands on either side of the drowning person's +head, and tow him floating on his back with the face above the surface +of the water, while you swim on your back and keep the body away from +you. Remember, if possible, to go with the current and thus save +necessary strength. In some cases it may be easier and safer to grasp +the drowning person by the hair instead of trying to clasp the head. + + +EMERGENCIES + +_Grips_--A drowning person is always a frightened person, and is +governed by a mad instinct to grab anything which subconsciously he +thinks may save his life. Usually he is past any reasoning. He grabs his +would-be rescuer with a death grip that is hard to break, but remember +he instinctively grabs what is above the surface and will not try to +grab below the shoulders. + +_Wrist Grip_--If the drowning person grasps the rescuer's wrists, the +rescuer throws both hands above his head, which forces both low in the +water, and then turns the leverage of his arms against the other's +thumbs and breaks the grip. + +_Neck Grip_--To release a grip around the neck and shoulders from the +front, immediately cover the mouth of the other with the palm of the +hand, holding the nose between the first two fingers, and at the same +time pull the other body toward you with the other hand, meanwhile +treading water. Then take a full breath and apply your knee to the +other's stomach quickly, thus forcing him to expel any air in his lungs +and preventing him from getting more air by the hand on mouth and +nostrils. + +If the grip of the drowning person does not allow use of the arms, then +try to raise your arms to the level of the shoulder, thus slipping his +arms to the neck and leaving your own arms free to use, as described. + +_Back Grip_--This strangle hold is perhaps the most difficult to break, +and it is necessary to break it instantly if the rescuer is not also to +be in the rescued class. + +Grasp the wrists of the other and push sharply back with the buttocks +against the abdomen of the other, and thus make room to slip suddenly +out of the encircling arms. + +If this is not successful, do not despair, but throw the head suddenly +against the nose of the drowning person and then slip out of the grip +before he recovers from his daze. + +It is often necessary to dive from the surface in rescuing a drowning +person, and this requires practice, and should be learned thoroughly +before the necessity for saving a life is presented. Remember that to +dive from the surface to a depth of more than ten feet will usually +require a weight in addition to the weight of the body. Carry a stone or +other heavy object in diving. Then when wishing to rise to the surface, +drop it and push against the bottom with the feet. This will send the +swimmer to the surface in short order. + +In carrying a weight in the water, carry it low on the body, close to +the waist line, leaving one hand and both feet free for swimming. Or if +for any reason it is necessary to swim on the back, it leaves both feet +free to use as propellers. + + +ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION + +If the apparently drowned person is to be saved, no time must be lost +in the rescue from the water or in getting the water out of him, and +breathing re-established after he is brought to land. + +[Illustration] + +If there is a messenger handy send for a doctor at once, but in the +meantime lose no time in attempting restoration. + +The best method for getting the water out of the lungs and breathing +re-established is the _Schaefer Method_, because it is the simplest, +requiring only one operator and no equipment. It can be kept up alone +for a long time. + +1. Every moment is precious. Immediately lay the patient face downwards, +with the arms extended above the head and the face to one side. In this +position the water will run out and the tongue will fall forward by its +own weight, and not give trouble by falling back and closing the +entrance to the windpipe. Be sure there is nothing in the mouth, such as +false teeth, gum, tobacco, etc. Do not put anything under the chest. Be +sure there is no tight collar around the neck. + +2. Kneel astride of the patient facing toward his head. + +3. Place your hands on the small of the patient's back, with thumbs +nearly touching and the hands on the spaces between the short ribs. + +4. Bend slightly forward with arms rigid so that the weight of your body +falls on the wrists, and makes a firm steady pressure downward on the +patient while you count one, two, three, thus forcing any water and air +out of the lungs. + +5. Then relax the pressure very quickly, snatching the hand away, and +counting one-two--the chest cavity enlarges and fresh air is drawn into +the lungs. + +6. Continue the alternate pressing and relaxing about twelve to fifteen +times a minute, which empties and fills the lungs with fresh air +approximately as often as he would do it naturally. + +It may be necessary to work for an hour or two before a gasp shows the +return of natural breathing. Even then the rescuer's work is not over, +as it will be necessary to fill in any gaps with artificial breathing. +When natural breathing is established, aid circulation by rubbing and by +wrapping him in hot blankets and putting hot bottles around him, being +careful that they are protected to prevent burning the patient. + +If at any time it is necessary to pull the tongue forward and to hold it +to prevent choking, remember to put a wedge between the teeth to prevent +biting. Do not give anything liquid by mouth until the patient is +conscious and can swallow readily. Aromatic Spirits of Ammonia or +Spirits of Camphor may be used on a handkerchief for the patient to +smell. The patient should be watched carefully for an hour or two even +after he is considered out of danger. + + +ICE RESCUE + +Prevention: Below are two rules for preventing ice accidents: + +1. Do not skate or walk on thin ice. + +2. Watch for air holes. + +Rescue: In trying to rescue a person who has broken through the ice, +always tie a rope around your own body and have this tied to some firm +object on shore. Do not try to walk out to the rescue as the ice will +probably break again under the weight of your body on so small an area +as the size of your feet. Always get a long board, ladder, rail or limb +of a tree, and either crawl out on this, which will distribute the +weight of your body over a larger surface of ice, or lie flat on your +stomach and crawl out, pushing the board ahead of you so that the person +in the water may reach it. If you yourself break through the ice in +attempting a rescue, remember that trying to pull yourself up over the +edge of the ice only breaks it more. If rescuers are near it is much +wiser to support yourself on the edge of the ice and wait for rescue. + +After getting the person out of the water use artificial respiration if +necessary and bend every effort to get the patient warm and breathing +properly. + + +ASPHYXIATION + +Prevention: Below are seven rules for preventing asphyxiation: + +1. When coal stoves and furnaces are freshly filled with coal, coal gas +may escape if the dampers are not properly regulated. See that all +dampers in coal stoves and furnaces are correctly arranged before +leaving them for any long time, as for the night. + +2. Do not go to sleep in a house or room with a gas jet or gas stove +turned low. The pressure in the pipes may change and the flame go out, +or a breeze may blow out the flame leaving the gas leaking into the +room. + +3. Do not blow out a gas jet. + +4. Be careful to turn off gas jet completely. + +[Illustration] + +5. Report gas leaks promptly. + +6. Charcoal stoves and braziers are especially dangerous from escaping +gas and should not be used in sleeping rooms. + +7. Do not go into unused wells or underground sewers without first +lowering a lighted candle which will go out at once if the air is very +impure, because of lack of oxygen to keep it burning. + +Rescue: 1. Remove the patient _at once_ to the fresh air. Gas is lighter +than air, and therefore will not be found close to the floor and it will +often be possible to crawl out when one would be overcome by the gas if +he tried to walk out. For this reason it is sometimes best in trying to +rescue anyone already unconscious from gas to tie the wrists together +with a handkerchief, put his arms around your neck, and crawl out on all +fours, dragging the insensible body with you, under your own body. If +you attempt to walk out and carry the patient, cover your mouth and nose +with a wet handkerchief, go very quickly, do not breathe until you reach +the fresh air. + +2. If there is a messenger handy, send for the doctor at once, but in +the meantime if necessary, perform artificial respiration as outlined +under the Schaefer System in the preceding paragraphs, until the patient +is restored to normal breathing. + + +ELECTRIC SHOCK + +This is caused by some part of the body coming in contact with a live +electric wire. The seriousness of the shock depends on how heavy a +charge of electricity the wire is carrying at the time. + +The patient is usually unable to release himself from the wire. The +first thing to be done, if possible, is to turn off the current by means +of the switch, but if this cannot be done _at once_, the patient must be +rescued by pulling him away from the wire. + +Remember his body will easily carry the charge to yours while he is +against the wire. Therefore you must "insulate" yourself--that is, put +on your hands something that will not let the electricity into your +body--or stand on something that will "insulate" you; for instance, +rubber gloves or rubber tobacco pouches, dry silk handkerchiefs, other +silk garments or newspapers used in place of gloves if necessary. Stand +on a rubber mat or on _dry boards_, or glass, or in dire necessity _dry_ +clothes can be used to stand on. They must not be wet as then they will +carry the electric current through your body and you must also be +rescued instead of rescuing. + +Prevention: 1. Do not touch the "third rail" of electric railways. + +2. Do not catch hold of swinging wires, they may be "live wires." + +3. Report broken wires to the right authorities. + +Treatment: + +1. Get patient loose from the current. + +2. Send for the doctor. + +3. Lay the patient flat on his back. + +4. Loosen the clothing, and perform artificial respiration according to +the Schaefer method if necessary. + +5. Give first aid treatment to the burns. + + +FIRE ACCIDENTS + +The first thought about a fire is to get it put out before it spreads +any further. There are methods which will do this work effectually and +Girl Scouts should learn these methods beforehand thoroughly, in order +that when the emergency arises they may act quickly, coolly and +effectively. + + +FIRE IN CLOTHING + +If this happens in your own clothing, do not run for help, as the draft +made by the motion of your body will only fan the flames to burn +fiercely. + +Grab the nearest thing that will cover you; overcoat, blanket, rug, wrap +it tightly around you at the neck first to prevent flames from burning +the face and lie down and roll over and over. This will smother the +flames quickly. If you can get nothing to wrap around you, lie down and +roll slowly over and beat the fire with your hands covered by some part +of your clothing not on fire. + +If the fire is in the clothing of another, wrap him in the nearest thing +available, lay him on the floor and roll him over, smothering the flames +as described before. + +Woolen material will not catch fire as easily as cotton, therefore, if +you have a chance to choose, take woolen material for smothering the +flames. + + +RESULTS + +Results of fire in the clothing are sure to be more or less serious +burns. + +When you have discovered the extent of the burn, if it is at all +serious, send for the doctor at once, and in the meantime treat the burn +as you have already learned to do in minor burns. + + +FIRE IN BUILDINGS + +Keep cool, in order to remember what to do, and do it quickly. + +Turn in a fire alarm at once. Send some one else if possible who may not +know what to do to the fire. The quickest way is by telephone call, +"Fire Department," and tell them the exact address of the building +where the fire is. Or you may go to the nearest alarm box, smash the +glass, open the door, and pull down the hook that sounds the alarm. +(Generally the directions are printed on the box.) If you cannot sound +the alarm alone, call upon the nearest person to help you. _Wait there +until the firemen arrive and direct them to the fire._ When the firemen +come do just as they tell you, for they know exactly what to do. + +People trying to escape from a burning building often get frightened and +then there is a panic. Panic kills more people than fire. Keep cool, and +others will follow your example. + +Never jump from a window unless the flames are so close that it is your +only means of escape. If outside a burning building put mattresses and +bedding piled high to break the jumper's fall and get a strong hold on a +rug to catch the jumper, and let many people hold the rug. + +If the fire is just beginning, it can easily be put out by smothering it +with a rug or blanket; sand, ashes, salt, or a few pails of water will +answer the same purpose. + +Keep the doors and windows closed if possible to prevent draughts from +fanning the flames to fiercer effort. + +Remember this point when you go into a burning building, and leave some +responsible person guarding the door, in order that it may not be left +open by some one in excitement and the flames fanned beyond control. + +If you need fresh air in your search for people in a burning building, +open a window, put out your head and draw your lungs full of fresh air +and then close the window again. In any case it is best to tie a wet +handkerchief or towel over the nose and mouth while in a burning +building, as this will prevent you from breathing a good deal of smoke. + +In searching for persons remember always to begin at the top of the +building if possible, and search every room. When on stairs keep to wall +side, where air is relatively free from flames and smoke. If a room is +locked, try to rouse the people by pounding and calling and then break +in the door if unsuccessful in rousing them, and you suspect there is +some one there. + +Remember, the air within six inches from the floor is usually free from +smoke, and if the smoke makes breathing too difficult, you can still +accomplish your end by crawling along the floor and dragging the rescued +one with you as you learned to do in gas rescue. + +Form a bucket brigade from the fire to the nearest water supply; passing +the filled pails from one to another rapidly, the last throwing the +water on the fire and passing the empty pails back along _another_ line +to be filled again and passed on as before. + + +FIRES FROM KEROSENE, GASOLINE, BENZINE + +_Prevention._--1. Do not light a fire with kerosene. + +2. Do not clean gloves or clothing with gasoline or benzine in a room +with a lamp or gas jet lighted. + +3. Do not try to dry clothing that has been cleaned with gasoline or +benzine near a hot stove or lighted gas jet. + +_Extinction._--Do not use water to put out a fire of kerosene, benzine, +or gasoline, as that only scatters the flames. Smother with blankets, +rugs, sand, ashes, salt, or anything which is at hand and can be used; +remember that woolen will not catch fire as easily as cotton. + + +COMMON POISON AND ANTIDOTES + +_Poisoning_--Cases of poisoning happen most often because people do not +examine the bottles before taking medicines from them. + +_Prevention_--Disinfectants, liniments and medicines in bottles and +boxes should be correctly and plainly labelled. + +Bottles containing a poisonous substance should be rough outside, or +with notched corks or marked with something beside the label stating +that their contents are poison. + +_Treatment_--1. _Send for the doctor at once_, telling him what kind of +poison you think the patient has taken in order that he may bring the +right antidote and the right implements to give the quickest and most +effective relief. + +2. Give demulcent or mucilaginous drinks, as for example, milk, raw egg, +one or two tablespoonfuls of salad oil, sweet oil, or barley +water--which can be obtained most readily. + +3. Give something to produce vomiting, provided the lips are not burned +or stained as they are with an acid or alkali. A simple but effectual +emetic can be made by mixing two teaspoonfuls of salt or a tablespoon of +mustard in a glass of lukewarm water. This may be repeated if necessary. + +4. If the patient seems drowsy, suspect opium and keep patient awake at +all costs till the doctor arrives. + +5. If delirium threatens, dash cold water on the patient's head and face +to try to prevent the fit from coming on. + +6. When the poison taken has been acid, the antidote should be an +alkali, but different poisons require different antidotes, and it would +be unwise to trust to one's memory as to the proper one to take in each +case. It would be well to have a list of the more common poisons and +their antidotes attached to the First Aid Kit, but do not trust to the +memory. If a Girl Scout does not know, and if the patient's lips are +_not_ stained or burned, give an emetic. + + +Bandages + +Bandages form the most convenient way of keeping dressings on wounds and +for making pressure when necessary. They are also used to correct some +deformities, but you will not need to concern yourselves with the +latter, as this is in the province of doctors. + +There are three varieties of bandages which you will need to use and +with which you should be familiar: the roller, triangular and +four-tailed. The materials used for bandages are absorbent gauze, +muslins or flannels. The kind you will use most will be gauze and +muslin. The gauze is best to use in dressing wounds because it is +pliable and absorbent, and muslin, if you may choose, in applying +pressure, because it is firm. In an emergency there will usually be +little chance to choose. Anything at hand, as underclothing, sheets, +blankets, etc., may be torn into strips or triangles and used. Have the +material which is used clean if possible. + +The width of the roller bandage depends on the part of the body to be +bandaged, from one inch for the little finger to four inches for the +body. They can be rolled very well by hand with a little practice, and +every Girl Scout should learn to do this or to improvise a bandage +roller by running a very stiff wire through a small wooden box and then +bending one end on the outside of the box like a handle. + +A bandage must be rolled sufficiently tight so that the center will not +fall out. By folding one end back and forth a few times to make a core, +and then laying the bandaging over one's knees lengthwise of the thigh +with the core uppermost, it can be rolled quite tightly and answer every +purpose for emergencies. + +Learn to put on all bandages smoothly and securely, but not too +tightly. + +_Triangular Bandages_--These bandages have advantages for first aid +work. They can be quickly made, easily applied and are not apt to be put +on too tightly even by a beginner. + +The size of the piece of cloth varies with the part to be bandaged. Take +a square piece of cloth (it should not be less than 34 to 38 inches), +fold it diagonally from corner to corner and cut across the fold, making +two bandages. + +The bandage may be applied unfolded or folded into a narrow strip, +called cravat bandage. + +To fold the cravat bandage, the point of the triangle is brought to the +middle of the diagonal side and the bandage folded lengthwise to the +desired width. + +The cravat bandage is convenient to use in bandaging the hand, foot, +head, eyes, throat and jaw; for tying on splints; for tying around the +limb in case of snake bite, and in making a tourniquet. + +[Illustration] + +Always tie the bandage with a square knot to prevent slipping. Care must +be used in applying the triangular bandage to have it smooth and firm, +folding the loose ends into pleats evenly. + +_Bandage for Hand_--For wound of the palm, lay cravat in straight line, +place palm across it at the middle. Fold ends over the back of hand, +carry around wrist and tie. Reverse the order for injury to the back of +the hand. + +To cover entire hand, unfold cravat, lay flat with point of triangle +beyond the fingers. Fold the point of the bandage over the fingers, +cross the ends, and pass around wrist and tie at the back. + +_Bandage for Foot_--Place foot on the smooth triangle with the point +extending beyond the toes several inches. Fold the point back over the +instep, cross the ends, carry around the ankle and tie. + +_Bandage for the Head_--The bandage may be used flat or as a cravat, +according to the nature of the injury and the part to be bandaged. + +[Illustration] + +_For a cap bandage_, fold over the edge of the diagonal edge, place on +the head with the folded edge just above the eyes; pleat the edges +hanging down over the ears into small folds so that the bandage lies +smoothly; carry the ends around the head; cross at the back, and tie in +a square knot in front. The cravat bandage may be used to hold on small +dressings where the whole head does not need to be covered. + +_For the eyes, jaw and throat_ the triangular bandage is used by folding +smoothly into a cravat and tying securely over the part to be covered. + +_Arm Sling._--The triangular bandage makes the best arm sling to support +the forearm or for supporting injuries to the elbow or shoulder. + +An arm sling is firmer and more satisfactory if the triangle is double; +that is, simply fold over the square diagonally, but do not cut it along +the fold. An arm sling will need to be about a yard square before +folding. + +To adjust the arm sling, put one end over the shoulder on the uninjured +side; slip the point of the triangle under the injured arm, so that it +will extend beyond the elbow a few inches; then take the end of the +bandage over the arm, carry around the back of the neck on the injured +side, meeting the other end; and tie securely. To prevent slipping, pin +the point of the bandage around the arm just above the elbow. + +A temporary sling can be made by pinning the sleeve of the injured arm +to the dress or coat in such a way as to support the arm. + +_The Four-tailed Bandage_--This bandage is useful for bandaging the +head, and especially in fracture of the jaw. Use a piece of cloth about +six or eight inches wide and a yard long. Cut each end into two equal +parts, leaving about three or four inches in the middle uncut. + +[Illustration] + +When the bandage is applied, the split ends are crossed so that they may +be tied over different parts of the head and thus hold the bandage more +securely in place. For instance, in the jaw bandage the uncut middle +part is placed over and under the chin, the ends crossed, and two ends +tied at the back of the neck and two over the top of the head. + +_Roller Bandages_--Roller bandages are a little more difficult to put on +so that they will stay on, and at the same time be smooth and have a +uniform pressure on the part of the body bandaged. This last point is +most important. + +Rules for applying roller bandages: + +1. Lay external surface of bandage against the part to be bandaged, +holding the roll in the right hand, unless you are left-handed, +unrolling it as a roll of carpet unrolls to show you a pattern in the +shops. + +2. Hold the loose end with the left hand and catch it with two or three +turns of the bandage before beginning to put on the bandage. Never have +more than four or five inches of the bandage unrolled at once. + +3. Be careful to have the same pressure from every turn of the bandage. +This is most important if the bandage is to stay on and be comfortable +and not interfere with the circulation of the blood. Judgment of the +pressure is only acquired by practice, and therefore you should practice +enough to acquire this before the real emergency happens. + +4. Do not bandage too tightly. Blueness of the skin above or below the +bandage always means the bandage must be loosened. Remember in applying +a bandage immediately after an injury that considerable swelling may +occur later, and apply your bandage more loosely than if bandaging after +the swelling has gone down. Always loosen a bandage that is tight enough +to cause pain or blueness. + +5. Bandage from below upward. That is, from the tip of a finger or toe +toward the hand or foot. From the hand or foot toward the shoulder or +groin. This is in the general direction of the return of the +circulation. + +6. Bandage over a splint and not under it. + +7. Bandage arms, legs, fingers, etc., in the position the patient is to +keep the part in when the bandaging is completed. For instance, bend the +elbow to a right angle before putting on the arm bandage. This will be +more comfortable for the patient, allowing him to carry the arm easily +in a sling and also permit him to use the hand to some extent if the +nature of the injury will permit. In bandaging a leg both above and +below the knee, the bandage must be put on with a view to the necessary +bending of the knee in walking and sitting, if the patient is expected +to use the leg. + +8. Never apply a wet bandage, as you cannot judge of just how much +pressure will be exerted when the bandage dries, because of the +shrinkage of cloth with drying; much greater in some cloth than in +others. + +Kinds of roller bandages: + +1. Circular for parts uniform in size, as the body. + +2. Spiral for conical surfaces, as fingers or toes. + +3. Reverse for more conical surfaces, as arms and legs. + +_Circular Bandages_--Any part of the body which is of uniform size may +be covered with a circular bandage. Each turn covers about two-thirds of +the previous turn. This holds each turn firmly and prevents slipping and +exposing the dressing or wound underneath. Bandage in general direction +of the return of the blood to the heart. Fasten the bandage with a strip +of adhesive plaster or safety pin. If there is possibility of +restlessness or much activity on the part of the patient, it is best to +run several narrow strips of adhesive plaster along the whole width of +the bandage when finished to prevent possible slipping of the turns of +the bandage when the muscles move under it with the activity of the +patient. This is especially true of a body bandage. + +_Spiral Bandage_--A conical part, if not too conical, may be covered +with a spiral bandage. Each turn ascends at a slight angle, with one +edge of the bandage a little tighter than the other. In putting on this +kind of bandage it is necessary to learn to have the tight edges all of +a uniform pressure and each turn overlap the turn below in such a way +that these tight edges make the uniform pressure without regard to the +upper edge underneath, which is covered in each turn by the tighter edge +of the turn above it. + +_Reverse Bandages_--The reverse bandage is a modification of the spiral +one, in order to cover the gapping between spirals which occurs when the +surface is very conical, as, for instance, on the leg. + +In putting on this bandage the loose end is caught by two or three turns +first as in other bandages. Then start to make a spiral turn, but at the +mid point of the front of the part being bandaged place the thumb of the +left hand, and fold the bandage down so that it lies smoothly and +continue the turn around to that same point. Repeat the process with +each turn. (See illustration.) Each turn covers two-thirds of the one +below in order to hold firmly. The pressure must be uniform when the +bandage is finished. Fasten the ends as described under circular +bandages, or divide the end of the bandage into two parts for several +inches--long enough to wind around the part bandaged. Tie a single knot +at the base to prevent further dividing, and wrap the ends around the +part in different directions; tie in a hard knot to hold firmly. + +_Bandaging Fingers and Toes_--In bandaging fingers and toes it is +usually best to bandage the whole of the injured member. Cover the end +of the finger, for instance, by passing the end of the half inch or one +inch bandage several times the whole length of the finger, over the end +and to the base of the other side. Hold this in place with one hand, +start the spiral at the end of the finger, and bandage smoothly toward +the hand. The spiral or the reverse spiral may be used. + +_Bandaging Two or More Fingers or Toes_--It is sometimes necessary to +bandage two or more fingers, for instance, at once, as in case of a +burn, where it is necessary always to have the burned fingers separated +while healing to prevent the raw places from growing together. + +[Illustration] + +Pass a finger bandage twice around the wrist and pass obliquely to the +base of the thumb. Carry to the end of the thumb and bandage as +described above. When the thumb is bandaged, carry the bandage back to +the wrist; pass around the wrist in one or two circular turns, and carry +the bandage to the first finger and bandage as before. Repeat this +until all the fingers are bandaged. Carry the bandage back to the wrist, +after the last finger you wish to bandage is done; make one or two turns +around the wrist and fasten. + +[Illustration] + +In bandaging the foot, carry the bandage to the ankle to make secure and +hold in place. + +_Bandaging Arms and Legs_--The reverse spiral is usually best for +bandaging these, because of the conical shape. Practice alone can teach +you to put this on smoothly, firmly, not too tightly, and at the same +time quickly. A reverse bandage will not stay in place on the leg of the +person walking around unless pinned in many places or stuck by sizing +in the cloth (which has been wet), plaster, etc. Only a figure eight +caught over the top of the calf, in each alternate loop, will do so. + +_The Figure Eight Bandage_--The figure eight is a modification of the +spiral used in bandaging over joints in such a way as to permit some +motion and at the same time keep the bandage firm and in place. + +The bandage is carried first below and then above the joint; then below +and then above, the turns overlapping the usual two-thirds of the width +of the bandage, leaving the joint free until the last. Then it may be +covered with two or three circular turns of the bandage. This admits of +considerable motion without disturbing the bandage to any extent. + + +The National Red Cross and Girl Scout Instruction in First Aid + +[Illustration] + +By special arrangement with the National Red Cross, it is possible for a +Girl Scout completing satisfactorily the requirements for the First Aid +Proficiency Badge to secure with slight additional work the Red Cross +certificate in First Aid. Or the course may be taken entirely under Red +Cross auspices, though arranged by Scout officials, in which case the +Scout may receive both the Proficiency Badge and the Red Cross +certificate. The conditions of this co-operation between the Girl Scouts +and the National Red Cross are as follows: + +Classes are to be organized with not less than four or more than +twenty-five in a class. The best size is ten to fifteen. _Scouts must be +at least sixteen years of age to be admitted to these classes._ + +The instructor must be a physician appointed by the Chairman of the +First Aid Committee of the local Chapter of the Red Cross. He or she may +be supplied upon request by the Chapter, or chosen by the class and the +name submitted to the Chapter for appointment. + +The Red Cross class roll must be sent in to the local Chapter early in +the course. + +A Secretary to handle the records should be chosen, and where the class +is made up of Scouts, the officials should be preferably a Scout Captain +or Scout Official. + +The examiner must be a physician appointed by the local Red Cross +Chapter and is preferably some one other than the instructor, but this +is not necessary. Like the instructor, the examiner may be supplied by +the Chapter or chosen by the class. + +The Red Cross examination roll, which may be obtained from the Chapter, +should be used in giving examinations and then returned to the Chapter, +who will issue the certificates. Follow the directions on the roll +carefully. + +If a Scout holds a First Aid Proficiency Badge she may complete the +course in seven and one-half hours. If she does not hold a Proficiency +Badge in First Aid then fifteen hours will be required. A Girl Scout +holding a Proficiency Badge in First Aid and taking a school course held +under Red Cross auspices which she passes with a mark of at least +seventy-five per cent, can, when the school principal certifies to this, +get the Red Cross certificate without further examination by applying to +the local Red Cross Chapter. + + +_Advanced Courses_ + +Advanced courses are open to those who have the Red Cross certificate. +There must be an interval of at least six months after the elementary +course before an advanced course can be taken, and the same interval +between repetitions of it. The course of instruction is seven and +one-half hours, mainly practical demonstrations. A Red Cross medal is +given on completion of this course. Each time it is repeated, up to +three times, a bar (engraved with year) is given to be added to the +medal. + + +_Fees_ + +A fee of fifty cents is required for the elementary course. The local +Red Cross Chapter has the right to reduce this fee. + +The fee for the advanced course is one dollar, which covers the cost of +certificate, examination and medal. The fee for bar and engraving is +fifty cents. These fees cannot be reduced. + +These fees cover the cost to the Red Cross of postage, certificates, +medals, bars, and so forth, but do not cover that of instructor, +examiner, or classroom supplies, which the Red Cross requires the class +to take care of. + + +_Information_ + +Where there is no local Girl Scout organization refer to the local Red +Cross Chapter; or if there is none, either to the Girl Scout National +Headquarters, 189 Lexington Avenue, New York, N. Y., or to the +Department of First Aid, American Red Cross National Headquarters, +Washington, D. C. + + +4. THE HOME NURSE + +The Girl Scout who has earned the Home Nurse Badge may be of great help +where there is illness. But, she should remember that only such people +as doctors and trained nurses who have knowledge and skill gained by +special training and thorough practice are fitted to care properly for +those who are very ill. + +If the Scout with the badge keeps her head and shows herself steady, +reliable and willing, when called upon for help in illness or +emergencies, she proves herself a true Scout who is living up to the +Scout motto of "BE PREPARED." + +To earn the badge she should know: + +How to keep the sick room clean and comfortable. + +How to make a bed properly. + +How to prepare for and help a sick person in taking a bath. + +How to make a sick person comfortable in bed, changing position, etc. + +How to take temperature, pulse and respiration. + +How to prepare and serve simple, nourishing food for the sick. + +How to feed a helpless person. + +How to prepare and use simple remedies for slight ailments. + +How to occupy and amuse the sick. + +When helping about the sick, the Scout should wear a wash dress or an +apron which covers her dress. She should be very neat and clean. She +should wash her hands frequently, _always_ before her own meals, and +after coming into contact with the sick person and after handling +utensils, dishes, linen, etc., used in the sick room. Great cleanliness +is necessary not only for her own protection but to prevent illness +spreading. + +She should move quickly and quietly, but without bustle or hurry, taking +care not to let things fall, not to bump against the furniture, not to +jar the bed, not to slam doors, in fact not to make any unnecessary +noises, as sick people are not only disturbed but may be made worse by +noises and confusion. If a door is squeaky the hinges should be oiled. +Too much talking, loud talking and whispering are to be avoided. Only +cheerful and pleasant subjects should be talked of, _never_ illnesses +either that of the patient nor of others. + +The best nursing aims not only to bring relief and comfort to those +already sick, but to guard against _spreading_ sickness. + +We know, now, that many diseases are spread by means of _germs_ which +are carried from person to person by various means, such as air, water, +milk, and other food; discharges from the mouth, nose, bowels, bladder, +wounds; clothing; the hands; the breath, and so forth. + +It has been found that great heat, intense cold, sunshine and some +powerful drugs called disinfectants kill germs. Germs thrive and +multiply in dirt, dampness and darkness. That is why it is important to +have fresh air, sunshine and cleanliness in order to keep well, and to +help in curing those who get sick. + + +The Room, Its Order and Arrangement + +The hangings and furniture of a sick room should be of a kind that can +be washed and easily kept clean. Plain wooden furniture is better than +upholstered furniture which collects and holds the dust. If there is a +rocking chair it should be for the use of the sick person only. Seeing +and hearing other people rock may be very disturbing. + +If carpets are movable, so much the better, as they can be taken out to +be cleaned. + +The room should be bright and attractive. Sick people like flowers and +pretty things, but the flowers should not have a strong perfume, and +there should not be too many ornaments around to collect dust and to +take up too much room. Flowers should be taken out of the room every +night and the water changed before being returned to the room in the +morning. Never have faded flowers around. + +The room should be kept neat--a place for everything and everything in +its place. + +Neatness and attractiveness are not only pleasing to the sick person and +those who come into the room but may really make the sick person feel +better. + +Medicines should not be kept in sight. All dishes and utensils not in +use should be taken away and should be washed immediately after use. + + +_Ventilating and Lighting the Room_ + +The room of a sick person should be so situated that it will get plenty +of sunlight and be easily aired. A room that has two or more windows can +be better ventilated than a room with only one. When there is only one +window, it should be opened both top and bottom. If there is not a +screen, one can be made by hanging a shawl or a blanket over a clothes +horse or a high-backed chair, or over a line stretched across the lower +part of the window. A fire place or a stove keeps the air +circulating--the air being constantly drawn up the chimney--and so helps +in ventilating a room. + +When "airing" the room great care must be taken to keep the sick person +free from draughts. + +Unless special orders have been given to the contrary there should be +plenty of sunshine let in. The eyes of the sick person should be +protected from the glare by a screen. + +If possible there should be a thermometer in the room. The proper heat +is between 65 and 70 degrees. If the temperature of the room is as high +as 70 degrees and the sick person is cold, it is better to give her a +hot water bag and to put on more covers than to shut the windows, thus +keeping out the fresh air. Cool air acts as a tonic for the sick. + + +Cleaning the Room + +The carpet should be gone over every day to remove the surface dust. Use +the carpet sweeper, being careful not to knock the furniture nor to jar +the bed. Raise as little dust and make as little noise as possible. +Torn-up wet paper scattered on a small part of the carpet at a time and +lightly brushed up into a dustpan with a whisk broom, or a broom, cleans +the carpet very well without raising dust. + +If the carpet cannot be taken out to be swept or beaten but requires +thorough sweeping, an umbrella with a sheet over it may be hoisted over +the head of the sick person to keep the dust from her nose and nostrils. +The bare parts of the floor should be gone over with a damp duster or a +damp mop. + +The dusting should be done with a damp or oiled duster also, so that the +dust may not be scattered. A basin of soapy water should be at hand and +the duster washed in it frequently while dusting, so that the dust +collected on it from one surface will not be carried to another. While +dusting special attention should be paid to the doorknobs and that part +of the door around them. + +When the dusting is finished the dusters should be thoroughly washed +and scalded and hung out of doors to dry. + + +The Bed + +A metal bedstead is better than a wooden one, as wood holds odors and +moisture, and is apt to have more cracks and crevices for germs or bugs +to lodge in. It should be white, for then it shows when it needs +cleaning and bed bugs keep away from white surfaces which show them up +easily. + +If possible, have the bed in a part of the room, where the drafts will +not strike the patient every time a door or window is opened, and where +the light does not shine in the eyes. If it can be placed so that the +patient can see from the window so much the better. + + +To Make an Unoccupied Bed + +Remove pillows and bedclothes, one at a time, being careful not to let +corners drag on the floor, and put to air. Turn the mattress over from +end to end one day, and from side to side next day. If the patient does +not have to return to bed at once leave to air for at least half an +hour. + +An old blanket, old spread or a quilted pad, spread over the mattress +not only protects the mattress but prevents the sheets from wearing out, +and may make the bed more comfortable. These should be kept clean. + +The bed for a sick person is frequently made with a rubber sheet and a +draw sheet. The draw sheet is so called because its proper use is to be +drawn through under the patient without greatly disturbing her and give +her a cool fresh place to lie on. Therefore it should be long enough to +tuck in sufficiently under one side to allow of this being done. An +ordinary sheet folded in two from top to bottom and placed with folded +edge toward the head of the bed may be used. It should entirely cover +the rubber sheet, which is usually put on between the bottom and the +draw sheet. + +[Illustration] + +When the mattress is sufficiently aired, put on the protective covering. +Over this spread the lower sheet so that the middle fold of the sheet +lies up and down the centre of the mattress from head to foot. Keep +perfectly straight. The sheet should be long enough to have at least +fourteen inches over at ends and sides to tuck in. Tuck ends under +mattress at head and foot drawing tightly so that it will be smooth and +firm. Now tuck under at one side, folding neatly at corners, so that +they will be mitred when finished. If there is no rubber nor draw sheet +to put on, go to the other side of the bed and tuck in firmly at +corners. Then, pulling the middle of the sheet very tightly with one +hand, push the mattress with the other and tuck the sheet under. This +under sheet should be very smooth without a wrinkle in it. If it is not +long enough to tuck in well at both head and foot, leave plenty at the +head to tuck in securely and tuck in at the sides tightly rather than +risk having it come loose at the head. Be sure, however, that the +mattress is entirely covered. + + +When Rubber and Draw Sheets Are Used + +Before going around to the other side, lay the rubber sheet over the +bed, so that the top edge will be well above where the lower edge of the +pillow will come. Put the draw sheet over it. Tuck both well under the +mattress on that side. Then, go to the other side and tuck in the +corners of the lower sheet as directed, then stretching draw, rubber, +and under sheet very tightly, tuck in separately. + +Next spread the upper sheet, wrong side up, leaving as much at the head +to turn back over the blankets as you left in the under sheet to tuck +in. Have the middle fold over that of the lower sheet. Spread the +blankets so that their upper edges will be even with the upper edge of +the mattress. If the blankets are not long enough to reach as far up as +they should, and yet tuck under firmly at the foot, place the lower one +as directed, and the upper one so that there will be enough to tuck +under at the foot, and hold the others in place. Tuck in all at once the +foot and lower corners, mitring the corners as you did those of the +lower sheet. Pull and straighten the sheet at the top and turn back +smoothly over the blankets. If the bed is not to be occupied right away, +tuck in both sides, stretching well so that it will have a smooth +surface. Put on the spread, having the top edge even with the top of +the covers. Tuck in neatly at foot and lower corners, letting the sides +hang. Shake and beat the pillows thoroughly, make smooth and even, and +put in place. + + +To Change the Under Sheet When the Patient Is in Bed + +Loosen the bedclothes, without jarring the bed. Take off covers one at a +time, until only one blanket and sheet remain. (If the patient feels +cold, leave as many blankets as necessary to keep her warm.) Holding +blankets with one hand or having patient hold it by the top, draw off +the upper sheet, being careful not to uncover the patient. Remove the +pillows. Have the patient as near the side of the bed as is safe, on her +side, and facing the side on which she is lying. Roll the under sheets +on the side of the bed close to the patient's back, making them as flat +as possible. Pleat about half of the fresh under sheet lengthwise, and +place close to the soiled sheets. Tuck in the other half, at the head, +foot and side, draw the rubber sheet back over this fresh sheet, arrange +the fresh draw sheet in place, tuck both in at that side and roll the +free part close up to the patient's back. Now lift the patient's feet +over the roll of fresh and soiled linen to the freshly made part, then +have her roll her body over that side. Going to the other side of the +bed, remove all the soiled linen and tuck the fresh sheets in, pulling +tightly, being sure that there are no wrinkles under the patient. All +the time keep the patient well covered. Now, spread the upper sheet and +blankets over the covering the patient has had on while the lower sheets +were being changed and, having the patient hold the coverings you have +just put on, draw off the others, just as you took off the top sheet at +first. Finish making the bed as you would an unoccupied one. + + +If the Bed Is to Be Occupied at Once + +If the bed is to be occupied at once the coverings should be tucked in +only at foot, corners and one side, then turned back diagonally from the +head to foot. + +The bed clothes should never be drawn too tightly over a person in bed, +or they may irritate the skin, especially at the knees and toes. Bed +sores may be started in this way. Perhaps the commonest cause of +bedsores is from wrinkles in the under sheets. If the spread is heavy it +should not be used over a patient. Use a sheet instead to protect the +blankets. + + +Bathing + +Bathing is more important for the sick than for the well. It not only +keeps the skin clean and in condition to do its work, but it is soothing +to the nerves, makes the sick person rest better and is refreshing. + +If the room is the right temperature and the bath is carefully taken +there is no danger of a sick person taking cold. On the other hand +bathing helps to keep people in condition to _avoid_ taking colds. (See +Red Cross Text Book on Home Hygiene and Care of the Sick, page 156.) + +When a patient is very sick or helpless, the bath should be given by +someone who is able to do it deftly and quickly, with the least exertion +to the patient. + +Very often, however, a person in bed is quite able to bathe herself, +with a little help, if the necessary things are brought to her. + + +To Prepare For a Bath in Bed + +Have the room warm and free from draughts. A good temperature is 70 +degrees. An old person or a baby may have it warmer. + +Bring into the room everything needed. This will include: + +An extra blanket to wrap around the sick person. + +Two or more bath towels. + +Two wash cloths--one for the face and another for the rest of the body. + +Soap--Ivory or castile are good. + +Pitcher of good hot water, and slop jar. + +Alcohol and toilet powder if you have it. + +Nail file and scissors. + +Comb and brush. + +Clean bed linen and nightgown. In cold weather these may be hung near +the fire or radiator to warm. + +A basin of water of a temperature that the sick person finds +comfortable. + +When everything is ready the Scout can help by loosening the bedclothes, +arranging the extra blanket, removing the nightgown, and in holding the +basin and towels, in changing the water or in any way that will make the +bath easier for the sick person, perhaps washing the feet and back, +being careful to keep all the rest of the body covered and warm, and in +protecting the bed by bath towels spread under the part being washed. +When doing this the wash cloth should not be so wet that it will drip +and wet the bed. It should be held so that the corners do not touch +against the bedclothes. There should not be too much soap used as it +makes the skin feel sticky. Every part should be rinsed and dried +thoroughly. Warm towels are a great help in this. + +When the bath is finished alcohol or witch hazel may be used to rub the +parts where there is most pressure as the back, shoulder blades, hips, +buttocks, elbows, knees and ankles. This not only gives comfort but it +prevents bedsores. + +If a sick person gets a bath, so that it does not disturb nor tire her +nor make her chilly she will usually enjoy it. By getting everything +ready, by helping where needed, and by clearing up nicely the Girl Scout +may make the bath a pleasure instead of something to be dreaded. + +Sometimes sick people are able to go to the bathroom to take their own +baths, if everything is gotten ready for them beforehand, so that they +will not get tired doing so. People who are not well should never be +allowed to lock themselves in the bathroom alone. + + +Getting Ready a Tub Bath + +The bathroom should be well aired but warm. The water in the bath tub +helps to warm it up. A bath towel or bath mat should be spread beside +the tub on the floor and a chair with a blanket and a bath towel on it +for the person to sit on while she is drying herself. The water should +be about 105 degrees or a temperature that the person finds comfortable. +Always let a patient try it herself with her hand and arm before getting +in. Five to ten minutes is long enough to stay in the water. The towels +should be within easy reach and the bathrobe, night gown and slippers +placed ready to put on. + +The bed should be put to air and left as long as possible, but if the +patient has to get back in it immediately after her bath, it should be +made--care being taken that it is warm enough. If necessary put in hot +water bags and spread a blanket over the under sheet to wrap around her +if she needs it. People chill easily after a bath if they are exposed to +sudden cold. + + +Foot Baths + +Foot baths are often used in the home as remedies for colds, headaches, +sleeplessness and to give relief at the monthly period. + +If there is not a regular foot tub a pail that is large enough to put +the foot in is better than a basin as it lets the water come up around +the ankles. A person may sit in a chair or on the side of the bed. Have +tub about half full of water and at first of a heat that feels +comfortable, putting more hot water in from time to time, until it is +as hot as it can be stood. When adding hot water the feet should be away +from the part of the tub where the water is poured in, and it should be +added slowly to prevent possibility of burning. A person getting a foot +bath should be kept very warm. Wrap a blanket around the knees so that +the legs will be protected front and back. After fifteen or twenty +minutes the feet should be removed from the water and dried without +rubbing. They should be kept well covered for an hour or more. No one +should go out immediately after a foot bath. + +If mustard is to be added, mix it first in a cup and mix it gradually so +that it does not lump. Two tablespoonfuls of mustard to a foot bath is +about enough. + +_Changing of position_, and supporting different parts of the body, give +both rest and comfort to anyone in bed. This may be done by turning a +patient and by the proper arrangement of pillows and other supports. + +_To turn a patient toward you_ place one hand over her shoulder and the +other hand over her hip and draw toward you. Bend her knees, go to the +other side of the bed, put both hands under her hips and draw toward +you. Place a pillow lengthwise at her back, from her shoulder to waist +for support. + +A pillow, placed under or between the knees, often gives much relief and +comfort. Small air pillows that can be placed under or against the small +of the back relieve strain and rest the muscles. Anyone lying on her +back will be rested by arranging pillows lengthwise at the sides to +support arms. Rubber rings and air cushions are also used to relieve +pressure and give support. They should always be covered, using towel or +pillow case, if they have not their own fitted covers. + +Rings of any size may be made of cotton wound with bandage. These are +frequently needed under the heels, particularly for a patient lying on +her back. + +[Illustration] + + +Sitting Up in Bed + +When a patient is allowed to sit up in bed and a bed-rest is not +available a straight chair placed bottom-up behind the patient makes a +good support for the pillows. If there is no other support, at least six +pillows are needed to make a patient comfortable. The pillows should be +so arranged that the head is not thrown forward and that there is proper +support for the back, and the arms. + + +Raising a Patient Who Has Slipped Down in Bed + +Have the patient draw up the knees until the soles of the feet are +firmly on the bed. Place your right arm under the far shoulder in such a +way that the patient's head rests in your bent elbow. Place the left arm +under the thighs. Hold your back stiff. Have the patient clasp her +hands around your waist. Lift without jerking. When _two_ persons are +doing the lifting, one should stand on either side of the bed. The +person on the left side of the bed should place the right arm as though +she were doing the lifting alone. Place the other arm under the small of +the patient's back. + +The person on the right side will place her left arm beside her +companion's, and her right arm under the thighs. If able, the patient +may place a hand on the shoulder of each lifter. + +Lift in unison without jerking. + +A pillow rolled in a sheet, placed under the body and tied to the head +or sides of the bed will prevent slipping down in bed. + +It is usually better to shake up and rearrange the pillows after raising +the patient as the moving disarranges them somewhat. + + +To Change the Pillows + +Slip the right arm under the shoulders in such a way that the neck and +head are supported in your bent elbow; with the left hand gently draw +out one pillow at a time, from above. In replacing, stand the pillows on +the side at the head of the bed, lift the shoulders, and grasping the +pillow by the middle draw down under the patient's head. + +Another way is to have the patient near one side of the bed and lifting +in the same way draw the pillows one at a time away from you. In +replacing put the fresh pillows on the far side and again lifting the +head pull them toward you. + +The pillow should support the neck and shoulders. A small down or hair +pillow placed under the back of the neck from time to time, rests and +supports. + + +To Change the Nightgown + +The nightgown should be loose enough to change easily. If there is an +opening in the front, this may be made larger or the gown may be split +up the back. + +These openings may be sewn up again without in any way damaging the +gown. + +Have the gown well drawn up around the shoulders and neck. + +Slip one hand through the arm hole of the gown, and bend the patient's +arm. With the other hand draw off the sleeve. + +Draw the hand through the corresponding sleeve of the fresh gown and +lifting the head just as for changing the pillow, slip the soiled and +fresh gown over the head at the same time. Pull away the soiled gown. +Put your hand through the sleeve and draw the patient's hand through, +then raising again draw the gown down under the back and hips. + + +Combing the Hair + +The hair should be combed at least once a day. If this is done from the +very beginning of an illness it will not get badly tangled. + +Spread a towel over the pillow. Have the patient turn head on one side +so that the back of the head is exposed. Part the hair in the middle +from the forehead to the nape of the neck. Comb only a small strand at a +time. If there are tangles, comb from ends toward the scalp. Avoid +pulling by twisting the strand around the finger and holding loosely +between the comb and the scalp. When the hair on one side has been +combed, braid it, having the top of the braid near the ear. Do the other +side the same way. If very much tangled a little oil or alcohol rubbed +in makes it easier to comb. + +Wash the comb and brush in soap and water once a week. + +Wash the hands after combing the hair. + +Be careful in removing the towel not to scatter the loose hairs and +dandruff it may hold. + + +Getting Patient Up in Chair + +If possible have a chair with arms. + +Place beside the bed. + +Put cushions on seat and fresh pillow at back. + +Throw a blanket over all corner-wise, to wrap around the patient when +she sits down. + +While in bed put on stockings, slippers, bath robe (and underdrawers or +flannel petticoat in winter). + +Have the patient sit up in bed, and help her to swing her feet over the +edge. + +Stand in front of her, and have her place her hands on your shoulders. +Place your hands under her armpits, and let her slip off the bed with +her feet firmly on the floor. Turn and let her sit down slowly. + +Place a stool for her feet. + +Place the chair so that she will be out of drafts and so that the light +does not shine directly into her face. + +When patients become restless and nervous they may often be made more +comfortable by rearranging the bed clothes, by fanning, by changing +position, by rubbing the back and legs, by putting hot water bags at the +feet, back and neck, or small of back. In summer try very cold water +instead of hot water in the bags. Cold compresses may be applied to the +back of the neck, the spine, the forehead, or wherever they may give +comfort. A foot bath, a hot or cool sponging will not only quiet +restlessness but will often make a patient sleepy. In using any wet +application be sure not to get the pillows or bed clothes wet. Continued +rubbing at the back of the neck or stroking of the forehead gently is +soothing and quieting. + + +Temperature, Pulse, Respiration + +The temperature of the average person in health is 98.6 deg. Fahrenheit. +This is called the _normal_ temperature. + +A temperature below 98.0 degrees is said to be sub-normal. A healthy +person may have a sub-normal temperature in the early morning. People +with a continuous low temperature, say around 97 (this is often the case +with old people and those who are recovering from illness) need careful +attention. If in bed, they should be kept warmly covered and supplied +with hot water bags. If up, they should be warmly clothed, and protected +from drafts, and sudden changes of temperature. Usually, in the early +morning before daylight, the temperature is at the lowest. That is why +it is important to watch sick people and babies and to put an extra +cover over them at that time. + +Any temperature above 100 degrees, if it continues, is serious. A +temperature above 101 degrees is a fairly high one, and 103 degrees or +above is very high. + +The temperature is taken with a clinical thermometer placed in the mouth +or in the armpit. For babies, and people who might break the thermometer +if it were placed in the mouth, place the thermometer in the armpit. +Temperatures of babies and very ill people are taken in rectum, but the +Girl Scout should not attempt this. Always wash the thermometer in cold +water before using. Wash in cold water and disinfect by wiping off with +alcohol or ether after using. Hot water will break it. When the +thermometer is being used every day it may be kept in disinfectant. +Never lay down a thermometer that has been used until after it has been +washed and disinfected. + + +To Take the Temperature in the Mouth + +Cleanse the thermometer. + +Shake down so that the mercury is below 96 degrees. + +Have patient moisten lips. + +Place the thermometer with bulb under tongue. Lips must be closed while +holding it. + +Hold two or three minutes, in this position. + +Be sure that nothing hot or cold has been in the mouth for at least five +minutes before taking temperature. + + +To Take Temperature in the Armpits + +Wipe out armpit. + +Insert the thermometer. + +Place arm across the chest so that the thermometer is held securely. It +should remain so for four or five minutes. + + +Pulse + +The pulse may be counted on the thumb side of the inside of the wrist, +at the temples, the ankles, and other parts of the body where the +arteries are near the surface. + +The pulse shows the number of times per minute which the heart beats or +pumps. + +A normal pulse rate for a man is around 72, for a woman 80, for a child +90, and for a baby 100 beats. + +A very rapid or a very slow pulse shows that there is something wrong +that should be reported. It takes a good deal of practice to learn to +count the pulse. + +Place two or three fingers on the beating artery, just touching firmly +enough to feel the beats, and count for a half minute, then multiply by +two to find the number of beats per minute. Be sure that the patient's +hand is in a comfortable position while counting. + + +Respiration + +Respiration is another word for breathing. An average normal person when +sitting or lying still, breathes from twelve to twenty times per minute, +and when moving about 24 times. We all know that quick moving makes +quick breathing. + +Respiration above 40 or below 8 is a danger sign. If the respiration is +very fast, or difficult, or wheezy, or in any way very unusual, we can +tell it at a glance. People who are breathing hard are frequently +relieved by being propped up in bed. + +_To count the respiration._ It is better to do this without the person's +knowledge. It may be counted by watching the rise and fall of the chest +or of the shoulders. Another way is to hold the person's hand as though +taking the pulse, having her rest her hand and forearm lightly on the +chest and count the rise and fall. + + +Dishes + +Dishes used by patients with any of the contagious diseases, and this +includes colds and sore throats, should be kept separate, and washed +separately from the family dishes. They should be scalded after washing +and have special dish cloths. Using separate utensils, and a separate +room for the sick person are two of the surest ways to prevent the +spread of the disease. + +In such diseases as measles, scarlet fever, colds, mumps, influenza, +dishes should be boiled every day. Put them in a large kettle in cold +water and let them come to a boil. Even the thinnest glass will not +break if treated in this way. Let the dishes stay in the water until +cool enough to handle. + +Dish cloths and dish mops should be thoroughly washed in good hot water +and soap, and put in the sun to dry. They should be boiled regularly. + +If it is necessary to disinfect linen put it all in a bag and leave in +cold water to soak for some hours before putting it on to boil. Put a +little washing soda in the water. After boiling hard for fifteen or +twenty minutes it may be washed with the other garments. + +Stains should be washed out before putting linen in the wash. + + +Utensils and Their Care + +_All utensils should be kept clean and ready for instant use._ The +bedpan should always be warmed before being used. Running warm water in +and on it is usually the easiest way to do this. It should be thoroughly +dried on the outside so that it will not wet the bed. It is a good plan +to have a piece of rubber sheet or several thicknesses of old newspapers +covered with a bath towel to put under the bedpan in bed. When carrying +away, keep covered. Use cold water first, and after washing with soapy +water, rinse and dry before putting away. + +Basins in constant use, especially if they are used to hold +disinfectant, need to be well scoured with sapolio from time to time. +Nothing is more shiftless looking than a dark rim of dirt or stain +around a basin. + +Hot water bags should be emptied when not in use and hung upside down. +The stoppers should be kept fastened to them. + +Ice caps should be dried inside and out and stuffed with cotton or +tissue paper to keep the sides from sticking together. + + +Hot and Cold Applications + +Hot applications are used to relieve pain, to supply heat, and to bring +down temperature. Both moist and dry heat are used. Hot water bags, +metal heaters, electric pads, hot flannels are the commonest forms of +dry heat. Fomentations, poultices, and baths are the simplest forms of +moist heat. + +In applying heat, one should be ever on the watch to avoid burning a +patient. The skin of babies, children, old people, and of those who have +been ill a long time, is very easily burned. Again, the same heat that +is easily tolerated by one person, may burn another. + +_Hot water bags_ or their substitute, electric pads or metal heaters +should always be wrapped in towels or have their own coverings. Never +fill a hot water bag more than two-thirds full. The water should not be +hot enough to scald a patient if the bag should spring a leak. Before +putting in the cork, expel the air by twisting the upper part between +the neck and the level of the water before putting in the cork. Be sure +to cork tightly. If the bag is to be where the patient will bear the +weight, put in a very little water and renew from time to time. Where +there is no hot water bag, stone bottles may be used, or bags of salt or +sand may be heated in the oven. The practice of using ordinary glass +bottles is an unsafe one, as the corks are not always to be depended on +to stay tight and the glass breaks easily. When bags of salt or sand are +used the coverings should be thick enough to prevent the particles from +sifting through. Pieces of flannel the right size may in some cases +supply all the heat that is necessary. They should be covered with +another flannel to keep in the warmth. + +_To make a mustard plaster._ Have ready a piece of old muslin (a piece +of an old nightgown will do) two inches wide and two inches longer than +twice the length of the poultice required. On one end of it, with a +margin of an inch on three sides, place a piece of oiled paper or shelf +paper or a piece of clean paper bag, the size you wish the poultice to +be. Mix one tablespoonful of mustard with 8 tablespoonfuls of flour, +before wetting. Have water about as hot as the hand can stand. Do not +use boiling water. Stir the water into the mustard and flour gradually +so that it will not lump. Make the paste stiff enough to spread thinly +on the paper, about a quarter of an inch thick. Turn the margins of the +cloth over the paste. Fold the long end over so that all the paste is +covered and tuck the end under the turned-in edges of the sides. Fold it +and take it to the patient in a hot towel or between hot plates. The +skin where it is to be placed should be oiled. Test the heat by holding +it against the back of your own hand. Put on slowly and leave for two +minutes. Watch and remove sooner if the skin becomes reddened or if it +is uncomfortable. After removing wipe away the moisture from the skin +and cover with a soft piece of muslin, and place a piece of flannel over +that. A blister after a mustard paste shows very careless nursing. Never +let a patient go to sleep with a mustard plaster on. + +[Illustration: ADMINISTERING AN INHALATION] + +_Fomentations or stupes_ are pieces of flannel wrung out of very hot +water and placed on the skin. They should be two or three times as large +as the part to be treated, and should be applied as hot as the patient +can bear them, without burning the skin. Have two sets, so that one set +will be ready to put on when the other is taken off. The stupes should +be wrung as dry as possible and as they must be very hot to do any good, +a fomentation wringer is a great protection for the hands. One may be +made by putting halves of a broom handle through the ends of a short +roller towel in the middle of which the fomentation has been placed. By +twisting the sticks in the opposite direction the fomentation can be +wrung very dry. Take it to the bed in the wringer and do not open until +ready to place on the skin, as it will lose its heat very quickly. Put a +little oil or vaseline on the skin and apply the fomentation gradually. +Cover with a dry flannel and put wadding over that. A piece of oiled +skin or oiled paper between the wadding and the dry flannel helps to +keep in the heat and moisture. Hold in place with a towel or binder +pinned tightly. + +_Cold_ is applied by means of ice bags and by cold compresses. In +filling an ice bag the ice should be in small pieces, and the bag not +too full. Expel the air as from a hot water bag. Cover with a towel or a +cover for the purpose. Never put the rubber near the skin, it may freeze +if so left. Besides, the cover absorbs the moisture that collects on the +outside as the ice melts. + +_Cold compresses_ are a common remedy for headache. Old handkerchiefs +are excellent for this purpose. Fold in frayed edges, two or three +thicknesses will be heavy enough, and have two, large enough to cover +the forehead. Wring one out of ice water so that it will not drip, and +put on the forehead. Keep the other on a piece of ice and change the two +applications frequently. When applied to the neck a dry cloth should be +placed outside to protect the pillow or the patient's clothing. Cold +compresses for inflamed eyes should be of one thickness only, and a +little larger than the eye. Have a number and change very often. Use a +separate compress for each eye. If there is a discharge a compress +should not be used a second time. The discarded compresses should be +collected in a paper bag or wrapped in newspapers and burned. + +When cold compresses are applied to the head there should be a hot water +bag at the feet. + +_Gargles, sprays, and inhalations_ are often ordered for sore throats +and colds. + +Salt or soda added to water in the proportion of a teaspoonful to a pint +makes an excellent gargle. + +A very cold gargle or one as hot as can be held without burning is +better than a tepid one. + +Do not go out in the cold air directly after using a hot gargle. + +Use at least six separate mouthfuls each time you gargle, and hold long +enough at the back of the throat for the gargle to reach every part. + +A spray should not be used for the nose without a special order from the +doctor. The liquid sometimes gets into the passage leading to the ear +and causes earache. + +Always wipe the nozzle of the atomizer before using. It should be +cleaned after each use and boiled, if another patient is to use it. +Always boil the nozzle and clean out the bottle when the atomizer is to +be put away. Keep it in a box where dust will not reach it. + +_Inhalations_ are useful to relieve difficult breathing and for loss of +voice or hoarseness. Fill a pitcher, bowl, or basin, two-thirds full of +boiling water. Wrap with a towel to prevent burning if it should touch a +patient. Usually drugs such as peppermint spirits, oil of eucalyptus, or +tincture of benzoin, in dose of a teaspoonful to the hot water contained +in the receptacle, is enough. If no drug is at hand, the steam itself +may be depended upon to do some good. Pin one end of a bath towel around +the face below the eyes and spread the other over the pitcher inhaling +the steam as it rises. It may not be possible to induce a child to do +this, in which case make a tent of an open umbrella with a sheet thrown +over it at the head of the bed, leaving the front a little open. Place +the pitcher so that the child will get the steam and hold the pitcher +carefully all the time. Do not let the pitcher touch the patient. + +Another means of inhalation is to hold a funnel, made of a piece of +folded paper in the nose of a kettle of very hot water, near the patient +so that the steam can be inhaled. Be very careful not to scald the +patient. After a steam inhalation one should not go out in the cold air +nor have the windows opened for an hour or more. + + +Common Medicines and Other Remedies + +It is a very safe rule _never_ to take medicines oneself without a +doctor's orders. Above all, never advise others, even when you know from +experience that certain medicines have helped yourself and others. +Medicines should be taken upon prescription from the physician, should +be measured accurately, and given at the exact hour ordered. + +Read carefully the label or box from which you take the medicine before +and after opening or uncorking, and read the name again when putting +back in its place. Many people have been poisoned by not reading the +label. Have all glasses and spoons, etc., thoroughly cleansed before and +after using. + +Accuracy, attention, cleanliness, regularity should be watchwords. + +In giving either food or medicine, the following measures are helpful: + + 1 teaspoonful measures 50 grains. + 2 teaspoonfuls make 1 dessertspoonful. + 2 dessertspoonfuls make 1 tablespoonful. + 2 tablespoonfuls make 1 ounce. + 8 ounces make 1 cupful or glassful. + 16 ounces make one pint, or pound. + (This applies to either liquid or dry measure.) + +In giving pills, capsules, tablets give a drink of water first to +moisten the tongue and throat. This helps them to slip down more easily. + +If there is danger of a pill or tablet choking the patient, crush the +pill or tablet between two spoons. + +When medicines are taken by spoon, the spoon should be licked by the +patient in order to get the full amount. + +Nearly all medicines should be mixed with water, and should be followed +with a drink of water unless orders are given to the contrary. + +Keep all medicines tightly corked. + +Buy medicines only in small quantities, as most of them lose their +strength in time. + +In buying vaseline or cold cream it is better to have it in a tube than +in jars. Being opened and dipped into constantly soon makes the contents +of a jar unclean. + + +Common Remedies + +Such remedies as the following are to be found in many homes. + +Castor oil, clove oil, vaseline, baking soda (this is the same thing as +bicarbonate of soda or saleratus), salt, lime water, alcohol, +camphorated oil, spirits of camphor, flaxseed, aromatic spirits of +ammonia. Do not confuse this latter remedy with ammonia water used for +cleansing things. + +Castor oil should be taken in these doses: + + Baby: 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls. + Older children: 1 tablespoonful. + Adult: 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls. + +There are many ways of taking castor oil. Heat the glass or spoon, put +in some orange or lemon juice, then the oil, then more juice. Open the +mouth wide and put the oil far back. Have more juice at hand to swallow +immediately after. Chilling the mouth by holding a piece of ice in it +for a few minutes also helps to disguise the taste. A couple of +tablespoonfuls of lemon or orange juice with a quarter of a teaspoonful +of soda mixed thoroughly with the oil will make it effervesce so that it +is not unpleasant to take. + +If the dose is vomited, wait a little while, then give another. Do not +give directly before nor directly after a meal. + +_Olive oil_ is often taken in doses of one or two teaspoonfuls after +meals to regulate the bowels or to help people gain weight or when the +appetite is small. It is also used to rub into the skin of +under-nourished babies and to rub sick people, especially if the skin is +very dry. After rubbing with oil always wipe the skin with a towel. + +_Vaseline_ is used to grease sore and chafed parts. A little may be +inserted into the nostrils for a cold. Camphorated vaseline is +especially good for this. In case of an irritating cough that keeps a +child from sleeping, a little plain pure vaseline may be put in the +mouth, and it will be found very soothing. + +Vaseline is also used to grease such utensils as nozzles and to put on +the parts to which poultices or fomentations are to be applied. + +_Soda_ may be used for burns (moisten and apply as a paste), as a gargle +(one teaspoonful to a pint of water), as an enema (the same proportion), +for colds (a teaspoonful in a quart of water to be taken internally in +the course of each day), and in bilious attacks, water with this amount +of soda may be given. Also to get a person to vomit, in which case the +water should be slightly warm. + +_Salt_ may be used as a gargle in the same way as soda, and even mixed +with soda, also for enemas. Coarse salt, when heated and put into bags, +may be used when there is no hot water bag. + +_Lime water_ is used in mixing the baby's milk and is put in the milk +for sick people when they cannot take full strength milk. The usual +proportion is two tablespoons of lime water to a half glass of milk, +which makes about 1 part of lime water to 3 parts of milk. + +_Alcohol_ may be used to disinfect the more delicate utensils as the +thermometer. _Most alcohol now obtainable is wood alcohol or +denaturated; that is, mixed with powerful poisons, so that it should +never touch the mouth._ Never place a bottle of alcohol near a flame. If +it is ever necessary to use an alcohol lamp, use the solid alcohol. It +is much safer. + +_Camphorated oil_ is often used to rub the chest and neck with in case +of colds. It should be warmed and rubbed in thoroughly. Protect the +bedclothes and the patient's clothes with towels. After rubbing, wipe +and cover the part with a flannel, to prevent chill. + +_Spirits of camphor or aromatic spirits of ammonia_, a few drops on a +handkerchief or piece of cotton, held five or six inches from the nose, +relieves faintness. Inhaling the camphor in this way will often make it +easier to breathe through the nose in case of a head cold. Fifteen drops +of aromatic spirits of ammonia in a tablespoonful of water may be given +to anyone recovering from a faint or to relieve nausea. + +_Flaxseed tea_ is an old-fashioned remedy for coughs. Pour a quart of +boiling water over two tablespoonfuls of flaxseed and let it simmer for +two or three hours, or until reduced to about a pint of tea. Strain +through a fine strainer several times so that it will not be stringy, +flavor with lemon, and add honey or sugar. Put in a covered jar, and +take a teaspoonful at a time to relieve irritation in the throat. + +_The Daily Clean-Out._--People, sick or well, should have a bowel +movement once or twice a day. Taking medicine for this purpose is a very +bad habit. If healthy people have the proper exercise and food, and +drink plenty of good water, medicine is not necessary. Eating coarse +grained food, as bran muffins, corn meal porridge, fruits, and +vegetables, drinking plenty of water, exercising in the open air, and +having a regular time for going to the lavatory (immediately after +breakfast and the last thing at night before retiring are suggested +times) are habits that are usually sufficient to keep the bowels in good +order. + +If the waste matter is not carried off by the bowel movements, the body +will in time become poisoned by the decayed substance in the intestines, +and illness follows. Many headaches, "tired feelings," "blues," and even +appendicitis may be caused by constipation. + +People who are sick and therefore deprived of taking exercise to help in +keeping their bowels regular, need to have very special attention paid +to their diet and to have plenty of drinking water always at hand. Also +they should have bedpan or whatever other attention they need +_regularly_, and when asked for, _immediately_. + +_Chill_, if due to exposure, may be treated by giving a warm bath or a +foot bath, and putting to bed between warm blankets and with hot water +bags. Rub briskly under the covers and give a warm drink such as tea, +coffee, milk, etc. + + +Some Common Ills and Their Treatment + +When a chill is not merely due to being cold, give the same treatment +except the rubbing, take the temperature, and if there is fever, send +for the doctor, as it may be the beginning of an illness. + +_Colds or cramps_, or pain in the bowels may be caused by constipation, +by gas, by undigested food, by the monthly period or more serious +causes. Apply heat (hot water bag or fomentation), sip hot water in +which is a little baking soda (one-half teaspoonful to a cup), or a few +drops of peppermint. Try a hot foot bath. Lie down and keep very quiet +with a hot water bag at feet. If pain continues, except in the case of +the monthly illness, empty the stomach either by putting the finger down +the throat or by drinking warm water and soda until vomiting starts. +Take an enema or a dose of castor oil. If the pain still continues, send +for a doctor. + +_Convulsions._ Send for a doctor at once. Loosen all clothing, undress +if possible. Watch and prevent patient from hurting herself. Do not try +to restrain. Try to force a spoonhandle wound with a bandage between the +teeth, to prevent biting of tongue. Keep lying down with head slightly +raised. As soon as possible, administer enema or dose of castor oil. Put +ice bag on head and hot water bottle to feet. Keep warm. A child may be +put into a warm bath and held until convulsions subside. Keep very quiet +and handle as little as possible when the convulsion is over, as +handling may cause a repetition of the twitching. + +_Croup._ Give steam inhalation. Keep a kettle of very warm water in the +room. If this is not possible, fill the bathroom with steam by turning +on the hot water, and take the patient there. Put hot fomentations to +neck, chest, and abdomen. Send for doctor, who will usually order +medicine to make the child vomit, which brings some relief. + +_Earache._ Use hot applications against the ear. A heated glass or a cup +in which there is a cloth wrung in very hot water, held against the ear +may be found very comforting. Never put drops nor anything else into the +ear canal. Either send for the doctor or take the patient to him, as +there may be a developing abscess which needs to be opened. + +_Fever._ Patient should go to bed in a well ventilated room and keep +quiet. The bowels should move freely and plenty of water be taken. +Bathing the hands, face and neck or rubbing with alcohol gives relief, +especially if there is restlessness. Only liquid food should be given, +and even that should not be urged. + +_Headaches._ The commonest causes of frequent headaches are eye-strain +and indigestion. The cure is being fitted with glasses and taking a +proper diet. Rest and quiet, careful eating, cold compresses to the +head, a hot water bag to the feet, or a foot bath will usually relieve +an ordinary headache. Sometimes, as when there is constipation, a dose +of castor oil is necessary. An enema will often give instant relief. +Never take headache medicines unless a doctor has specially ordered it. +These medicines may contain powerful poisons. The danger of taking them +is that while for the time being they may relieve the headache, the +_cause_ of the headache _remains_, and the headache returns unless the +cause, such as eye-strain or indigestion, is removed. + +_Hiccoughs_ can be usually stopped by drinking a glass of water in sips +while holding the breath. They are usually caused by eating too fast or +by some form of indigestion. + + +Colds, Their Prevention and Care + +Everybody knows that colds are "catching." People who are over-tired or +under-fed, who stay too much in either under-heated or over-heated +rooms, or who do not bathe regularly, or who do not get exercise enough +in the open air, are those most likely to catch cold. + +If you have a cold yourself, stay away from others if possible, and do +all in your power to prevent others coming close to you. Cover the mouth +when coughing or sneezing, use paper or old rags instead of +handkerchiefs and then burn them; wash your hands before touching things +others are to use, and use separate dishes, which should be kept +entirely apart from the family dishes and washed separately. If such +precautions are taken by the first member of the family to take cold, +it would seldom spread through the family. + +When people around you have colds, avoid getting close to them, gargle +often, take deep breaths of fresh air whenever possible, wash your hands +often and keep them away from your nose and mouth. + +You do not need to be told that the handkerchief used by anyone with a +cold is full of germs. It should be kept from touching other things and +should never be left lying around. + +If, at the first signs of a cold, a good dose of castor oil is taken, a +glass of hot lemonade and a hot bath before going to bed, a cold may be +"broken up," as we say. In mild weather, the windows may be left open, +but if the weather is very cold it is better to air the room from +another room, in order to keep an even temperature, but there should be +good ventilation. + +If the throat is sore, gargling and a cold compress to the neck will +bring relief. If there is fever and headache, you have already been told +what to do. Anyone with a cold should eat very lightly and drink plenty +of water. They should be as quiet as possible and get all the rest and +sleep possible. + +Camphorated or plain vaseline may be put in the nostrils, and if there +is a cough, plain vaseline may be taken internally--placed on the tongue +at the back of the mouth. A spoonful of flaxseed tea taken as often as +necessary to relieve irritation may bring relief. Inhalations are +helpful in hoarseness. Never give any cough medicines except what are +ordered by a doctor. + +If the symptoms continue after the first night it is advisable to call a +doctor, as what seems a slight cold may be the beginning of a serious +illness, as measles, scarlet fever, pneumonia, etc. If there is earache, +rapid breathing, great weakness or sleepiness the doctor should be +called at once. + +Any symptom that lasts after a cold, as pain in one part, weakness, or +high temperature, needs a doctor's attention. + + +Food for the Sick + +Food for the sick should be light and easily digested. Generally the +doctor says what may be eaten. Such foods as the following are included +in so-called invalid foods: Milk, milk soups, eggs, raw and soft-cooked, +rennet, custards, ice creams, albumin water, well cooked cereals, +gruels, broths, toasts, milk toast, jellies made with gelatine, such as +lemon and wine jelly; macaroni, spaghetti, well-cooked bread (never +fresh bread), tea, coffee, cocoa. + +Sick people should have their meals as regularly as possible, at regular +hours and promptly and attractively served. The tray, the dishes, the +tray-cloth, should be spotlessly clean, and the tray should not be +over-loaded with dishes or food. If it is necessary to bring all the +food for a meal to the room on the tray at once in order to save steps, +remove some of it, perhaps the dessert, until the patient is ready for +it. + +Before leaving the room to prepare the tray, arrange everything so that +the patient may eat the food as soon as it is brought. As a rule it is +better for the sick member of the family to have her meals served before +the family sits down to the table, so that she may have her food fresh +and hot, and not get tired waiting. + +Try to have food that the patient likes, if possible. If she does not +like what may be served her, it may be served so attractively that her +appetite may be tempted. + +All food should be tasted before serving. Serve hot food hot, and cold +food cold. + +Milk is the most nourishing of liquid foods. If it is to be heated, do +not let it boil. Always take the chill off milk served to children. + +Generally speaking, cooked food is better than uncooked, even fruits. +Baked apples or apple sauce, for example, are safer to give the sick +than raw apples. + +Toast is better than bread. Toast upon which the butter has melted +should not be given to a sick person. Have the toast hot, and butter +each mouthful as eaten. Bread should be at least one day old before +being given to a sick person. Hot breads, such as fresh rolls and +biscuits, are not good foods for ill people. Fried foods should be kept +from invalids and children. + +The best way to prepare a potato for an invalid is to bake it. It should +be served when it is light and mealy, and never after it has become +soggy. + +The best way of cooking meat is to broil it, having the outside well +browned, and the inside soft and juicy, never dry and hard. + + +A Tray for Liquid and Soft Food + +The tray should be large enough to hold two glasses or a cup and saucer +and a glass, as well as salt or sugar. Put two spoons on the tray, and +if the patient is using a tube or a feeder, put that on the tray. One of +the glasses should contain fresh water. Offer a glass of water before +and after the nourishment. + +The tray for soft solids. Suppose the meal is to be boiled rice, or +other cereal, and toast. The tray should have a fresh doilie, salt, +sugar (covered), a glass of water, two teaspoons, a knife, if butter is +allowed on the toast, and a small pitcher of milk or cream for the rice. +Put the cereal in a deep saucer or small bowl, cover with a plate or +saucer and rest on another plate. Spread a small napkin on another +plate. Put the toast on it, then wrap the napkin around it to keep hot. + +Sick people should have plenty of water to drink. Besides having a +pitcher of fresh water and a glass where it may be easily reached, +always put a glass of fresh cool water on the tray when food or medicine +are brought. While ice water is bad for both sick and well people, the +water should be cool enough to be agreeable and refreshing. Water that +is chilled to the right temperature by being kept in the ice chest, +bottled, is preferable. It should be drunk slowly and not gulped down. +Water standing in the room should be kept covered at all times. + + +Feeding Helpless Patients + +A patient is often so weak that she cannot lift her head in order to +eat. In this case she would be given liquids through straws or by spoon +or "feeder." Sometimes by putting a small quantity of liquid in a glass, +two tablespoonfuls, a patient is enabled to drink without spilling a +drop. + +If necessary, slip one hand under the pillow, raise the head a little, +holding the glass to the lips with the other. Anyone lying down should +take food very slowly. If solid, it should be cooked, especially well, +as there is danger of choking. + +Tubes should be washed immediately after using. If used continuously +they should be cleaned with a tube brush made for that purpose. Straws +should be burned or destroyed. If feeding with a spoon, be careful that +neither the food nor the spoon burns the lips or mouth. Feed slowly and +a little at a time, allowing plenty of time between mouthfuls. + + +Occupying and Amusing the Sick + +When people are recovering from an illness, or when they are what we +call chronic invalids, they often enjoy and are helped by being amused +or occupied. At this time a Girl Scout may be very helpful. First of +all, she should be cheerful herself. Then she should be able to play +two or three quiet games, such as cards, dominoes, checkers, and be able +to read aloud and to tell cheerful and amusing stories. Children may +often be kept quiet and happy by hearing little rhymes recited. It might +be a good idea for every Girl Scout to be able to tell three short +stories and three funny stories, know three conundrums and three short +poems, play three quiet games of cards, play checkers, play dominoes and +know three puzzles. + +Excitement is always bad for sick people and they become tired easily, +so they should not be read to, talked to, nor played with for too long +an interval, even if they seem to wish it themselves. The Scout must +always remember that these things are being done for the pleasure of the +sick person, and she must be very patient, to let the games or stories +be of their own choosing if they wish it, and to avoid being noisy +herself. + + +Daily Routine + +There should be a regular daily routine. Have regular hours for feeding, +bathing, giving treatment and medicines, giving the bedpan, etc. Be +punctual. + +Usually the first thing to do in the morning is to close or open the +window as necessary, and to give the patient a bedpan. Have it warm. +Take temperature, pulse and respiration and record them. Bring a basin +of warm water, soap, towel, etc., to wash hands and face, and a glass of +water to brush teeth. Tidy the hair. Straighten up the room a little. +Prepare and serve patient's breakfast. After an hour the bed bath may be +taken, but a tub bath should not be taken until two hours after +breakfast. + +Make the bed. Clean up the room. If the patient is well enough, let her +read or see visitors after this. Serve the dinner. After dinner, open +the windows, lower the shades, and let the patient rest and sleep if +possible for at least an hour. Sick people need more rest than well +people and should have a regular hour for rest in the daytime. If they +sleep, so much the better, as it has been proved that patients who take +a nap during the day sleep better at night. After four o'clock give a +drink of some kind of hot or cold substance, as needed or +desired--broth, milk, lemonade. In the late afternoon sick people are +often tired and restless. Change of position, rearrangement of the +pillows or a good rub give comfort and relieve the restlessness. +Diversion of some kind, nothing noisy or exciting, may serve the same +purpose. It may be found wise to delay the bath until this time of day +as bathing has a soothing effect. + +Between supper and bedtime the sick person should be kept from +excitement. This is a good time for reading aloud or allowing them to +read for themselves, but a very poor time to see visitors. + +_Preparations for the Night._ Bring in all the necessities for washing +the hands and face and brushing the teeth and combing the hair, and help +where needed. Change the nightgown (it is better to have a gown for the +day and one for the night), brush the crumbs from the bed, make the +sheet smooth, shake up the pillows and straighten out the bedclothes, +having extra covers handy in case of need. Fill the hot water bag, +attend to the fire, if there is one, and arrange everything in the room +just as it will be needed for the night. Give a warm drink, and allow +the patient to rinse the mouth (or, if wished, the brushing of the teeth +may be delayed until this time). The last thing to do for the sick +person is to give a good rub, paying special attention to the bony parts +(lower end of spine, shoulder-blades, hips, knees, ankles). Then arrange +the ventilation. + +Before settling a sick person for the night, be sure that everything +about the room is done, as any moving about after she is prepared to +sleep may tend to disturb her and prevent her from going to sleep. + + +5. THE HEALTH GUARDIAN FOR GIRL SCOUTS + +Has the town you live in a free swimming pool with instructors and well +arranged hours for little children, older girls and boys and grown-ups? +Can you step out after school and have a couple of hours on a well kept +tennis court? Is there a good golf course reasonably near, with +convenient trolley service? Are there plenty of playgrounds, so that the +children are off the streets? And, since grounds are not enough, are +there friendly young play-leaders connected with them, to get the +children together and teach them all sorts of games and sports? + +If none of these things are to be found, or not enough of them, wouldn't +you like to have them? + +"Of course I should," you reply, "but what can I do about it? I am only +a girl, and I can't get all these things by just wishing for them!" + +But that's just what you can do. + +All these things in a town mean that the town is looking out for the +health of its young people. Exercise is one of the most important means +of preserving health, and most of the large cities nowadays are working +hard to see that no child shall be out of reach of a good park, a good +swimming pool and a good playground. + +This all comes under the city government and as this is a democratic +form of government, these things are all arranged by vote. That is, the +citizens vote to use the public money for such things and vote for the +officials who shall spend the money for them. Do you see that if you +make up your mind now about the village improvements you want, you can +vote for them later and get them? + +Women are naturally interested in all that happens to children, and if +all the women of a community should get together and vote for everything +that concerned the health and happiness and good education of children, +can't you see what happy days their school-days would be? + +If you saw "Public Health" at the head of a chapter, you might not think +it looked very interesting; but when you once get the idea that if your +mother had had her say on the Public Health Board you would have had a +fine skating pond with a good skate-house, last winter, and sunny, +well-aired school rooms to study in, with a big gymnasium for basket +ball in bad weather, you may be more interested in the merit badge for +Public Health called "Health Guardian!" + +Remember that Public Health is simply good housekeeping, applied to the +community. + +It is a subject which women are sure to take up more and more, and a +Girl Scout who has given the matter a little thought and study is going +to make a good citizen later on, and will be certain to have her advice +asked--and taken--in the matter of making her town healthy and happy. + +For instance, if the desks in the public schools are not of the right +height and shape, the children are bound to suffer in their health and +hygiene. + +It is the business of the State to see that all public buildings, +schools, theatres, factories, etc., have a certain amount of light and +air to the cubic foot, because so much is necessary for health. + +It is the business of the State to see that only a certain number of +hours a day should constitute a day's work. This is because a certain +amount of rest is a necessity for all citizens. + +It is the business of the State to see that food and water can be +brought into the community. Also that they be kept pure, both in +transportation and after they reach the community. This includes the +policing of all reservoirs and the filtering of the water; the +refrigerating of meat and milk; the condemning of rotten fruit and +vegetables; the collecting and disposal of all garbage and waste. + +It is the business of the state to prevent spitting in public places, +(one of the greatest sources of public infection); to prevent the use of +common drinking utensils, towels, etc.; to insist on the isolation of +contagious diseases and the placarding of the houses where they occur. + +In order to carry on these great wise policies the state should offer +free clinics where citizens can find out what is the matter with them +and how to prevent it, and trained community nurses for the sick. + +Do you see what a wonderful power an intelligent woman can be in the +community she lives in? Women ought to be much better, really, in this +public housekeeping than men, because most of them have had to learn to +do it on a small scale, and know how necessary light, air, rest, +exercise and cleanliness are. + +But, you may say, as yet, I am too young to vote, anyway; what can I do? + +The answer is very simple: every citizen, whether she is young or old, +whether she has a vote or not, can find out the laws of the town she +lives in and help to enforce them! + +And the most important of these laws are those which affect the public +safety and the public health. Whether there is a Public Health +Commissioner or a Town Board or a Village Superintendent or only a +District Nurse to appeal to, there is sure to be somebody whose business +it is to listen to violation of the law. + +If every troop of Girl Scouts knew the health laws of their town, _and +helped to get them obeyed_, there would be a wonderful lessening of +epidemics and a wonderful advance in the health and beauty of our towns. + +If the Girl Scouts stood, all over the country, for the intelligent +guardianship of the public health and recreation, they would rapidly +become one of the greatest and most respected organizations in America, +for this reason alone. + + +6. THE HEALTH WINNER + + "_... For since a little self-control, since a + clean and elementary diet, pure water, openness of + the body to sun and air, a share of honest work, + and some degree of mental peace and largesse, are + the simple conditions of health, and are or ought + to be, accessible to everybody--_ + + "_To neglect these is sheer treason._" + + _--Toward Democracy, by Edward Carpenter._ + + +Five Points of Health for Girl Scouts + +A cheerful Scout, a clean Scout, a helpful Scout, is a well Scout. She +is the only Scout that really _is prepared_. She not only knows the laws +of health, she lives them: she stands tall, she plays daily in the open +air, she rests and sleeps at night, and conserves her energy at all +times, she is careful to get the right amount of air, water, sun and +food each day, and perhaps most important of all, she keeps clean. + +1. _Stand Tall_--Every Scout should be recognized a long way off, not +only by her uniform, but by her erect carriage. In sitting, the lower +back should be against the back of the chair. In bending forward to read +or write, bend straight from the hips. At Scout meetings practice +sitting without support for the back. When "at ease" during drill, stand +with feet apart and parallel and with hands hanging free. When resting, +lie flat on the back without pillows. Correct posture is obtained by +balancing the different parts of the body--hips, head, chest in a +straight line, so that the bony framework bears the weight. The muscles +and ligaments will not then be strained, and the bones will not be +forced into an abnormal position. Two rules to remember are: "Stand +tall" and "Keep your spine long." + +2. _Take Exercise_--If you have watched soldiers obey commands in drill +you know how quickly their joints and muscles work. The setting-up +exercises given in the Handbook have been planned to preserve the power +of joints and muscles, and to prevent them from becoming like rusty +machines. These exercises should be taken with windows open, if not out +of doors. Clothing should be light and loose, and corsets removed. These +exercises are not to be considered a substitute for vigorous outdoor +work or play, but only as supplementary to or when these are impossible. +The day should be planned to include at least an hour and a half of +vigorous activity in the open air. This will take different forms, +according to the place and season, so that in the summer one may swim, +row or paddle, or play tennis or any other game outdoors, and in the +winter skate, coast or snowshoe. However, the best all year round +exercise, and the simplest and easiest to get is walking. Five miles a +day is an adequate average. Even walking alone is good exercise, but +walking in a group or two and two is better, because keeping step, +singing, whistling and talking and laughing together add enormously to +the exhilaration of motion and of sun, wind or rain in the face. + +A Girl Scout should avoid unusual exercise before, during and +immediately following menstruation. However, she should remember that a +reasonable amount of exercise at this time is quite normal and +beneficial, except where there is an actual disorder of some sort. In +this case a physician should be consulted. + +3. _Rest and Conserve Energy_--Go to bed early and sleep from eight to +eleven hours, according to age. Sleep with windows open all the year +round. Rest sometime during the day, flat on the back if possible, but +even five minutes sitting quietly with hands in the lap and eyes closed +is better than nothing. The following table shows the number of hours of +sleep that are needed at different ages: + + _Age_ _Hours of Sleep_ + + 10 and 11 years 9-1/2 to 11 + + 12 and 13 years 9 to 10-1/2 + + 14 and 15 years 8-1/2 to 10 + + 16 and 17 years 8 to 9-1/2 + + 18 and 19 years 8 to 9 + + 20 and over at least 8 + + +Save Your Eyes + +The reason it is important to rest and to sleep enough is because it is +while at rest that the body regains energy lost during activity, and +stores it up for future work and play. There are other ways of saving +energy, and one of them is by keeping the body in such good repair that +like a good machine it does its work with a minimum expenditure of force +and heat. This is the main reason for the setting-up exercises, or +indeed for any sort of exercises. Perhaps the single best way to save +energy is by saving your eyes. There is almost no work or play that does +not involve the use of our eyes. If people are blind they can learn to +do many things without vision, but it is infinitely harder than with it. +Modern life, especially in cities, makes a constant demand on our eyes, +and more than this, the demand is on one part of the eyes--the muscles +concerned in near work. The best way to rest the eyes, and one which not +only rests the tired parts but exercises the parts that are not used, is +by doing things that will involve _distant vision_. Walking and looking +far ahead and far away on every side rests the eyes best of all, and +this is one reason why a good walk will often clear up a headache. +Another way to insure distant vision is by riding backward in a car. +Then as the landscape flows past you, your eye muscles relax to the +position needed for distant vision. If you cannot walk or ride and are +doing close work, like sewing or reading, look up and "at nothing" every +once in a while. + +The following are some important rules to remember in saving your eyes: + +Rest your "near" eye muscles by looking at distant objects and places. + +Do not work facing a light or where the rays from a light cross your +field of vision directly. + +Work so far as possible by indirect or reflected light. + +If you must work near uncovered artificial lights, wear an eye-shade. + +When sewing or writing have the light at your left, unless you are +left-handed. This is to keep the shadow of your hands from the work. + +Avoid a glare or light that is in streaks or bars of alternate dark and +bright. Diffused, even light is best. + +Have your eyes examined by a competent oculist immediately: + + If you have headaches, + + If the eyes sting or burn after using, + + If print or other objects dance or blur, + + If you must get close to your work to see it, + + If near work tires your eyes or you, + + If there is the slightest irritation or soreness + about the lids or other parts. + + +How to Avoid Muscle Strain + +Girls and women in attempting to live an outdoor life or indeed when +trying to do many of the things numbered among the Scout activities, +such as First Aid, Home Nursing and Hiking, often give themselves quite +unnecessary pain and fatigue from lifting, pulling and carrying weights +in the wrong way. Ability to carry and lift or move is not so much +dependent upon absolute strength as it is on knowing how. The whole +body, so far as it is a physical mechanism, may be thought of as a +series of levers, of which the muscles, bones, and joints make up the +parts and are fulcrum, power arm or weight arm as the case may be. +Without going into the details of bodily structure or even knowing the +names of the different bones and muscles, it is possible to learn a few +simple things about the right use of these levers that will be useful at +all times. + +Certain parts of the body are more able to do heavy work than others, +and the first thing to remember is that the upper part of the back, the +shoulders and the upper arms are stronger than the lower back, the +abdomen and the lower arms. Therefore, whenever you are trying to lift +or move an object, see if you cannot use these stronger parts. If the +arms are held away from the body when lifting, pulling, throwing or +pushing, the muscles of the upper arm, the shoulders and the upper back +will be brought into play. If the arms are held close to the body, the +lower-arm muscles are unduly taxed and in trying to help them out, +pressure is made on the abdominal and pelvic muscles, which are not +fitted to bear this sort of strain. Therefore, in carrying a bag or +suitcase, where this is absolutely unavoidable, try to swing the arm +free from the body, so as to use the upper arm and back muscles for the +weight. + +Another important way to save strain is by pushing instead of pulling. +It is almost impossible to push anything so hard as to injure your back +or abdominal muscles. It is almost impossible, on the other hand, to +pull even a relatively light weight without some strain. If you will +think of how a horse in harness actually exerts his strength in drawing +a wagon, you will see that what he does is to _push_ against the straps, +and it is the straps that _pull_ the wagon. Even the strongest horse +could not pull a wagon with his teeth very far, or pull something tied +only to the back leg muscles. _Get behind and push_ is the rule to +remember, and never resort to _pulling_ until you have tried every +device for pushing instead. + +If you _must_ pull, try to use heavy muscles, such as _leg_ muscles, to +do it with. Often a weight may be lifted or pulled by getting the foot +under or in back and using the arms only to steer with. This applies +particularly to objects like trunks or bureaus. + +Always take advantage of any natural leverage that you can and if you +must move something heavy, do not lift it at once and attempt to carry +it, but lift one end and swing or shove it and then lift the other end +and shove it. If you will watch expressmen at work you will notice that +they roll boxes and trunks, holding them almost on end and tipping them +just enough to turn them along their shortest axis. In this way the +boxes carry themselves, so far as their main weight is concerned. + +Carrying a weight on the head or shoulders is another way of converting +a pull into a push, and this is taken advantage of by peasant women in +Europe, who often are seen carrying heavy weights to market in baskets +perched on their heads, while they stride along arm-free. A knapsack +strapped on to the shoulders is not only more convenient because it +leaves the arms and hands free to swing naturally or use for other +purposes, but because the weight is distributed and is carried by means +of heavy muscles pushing up under the strap. A weight should be +distributed over a set of muscles as evenly as possible, and this is the +reason for suspending a knapsack from two shoulders instead of one, when +possible. + +Finally, in doing any sort of lifting or pulling, if the muscles that +are to be used are contracted before grasping the weight they will be +able to do their work with far less effort. Try lifting a small weight +like a book in two ways--first, have your hand and fingers relaxed and +limp when you grasp it, and see how heavy it seems and how hard it is to +contract your muscles properly while lifting it. Then drop the book and +go at it again, this time anticipating its weight and contracting your +hand and finger muscles before grasping it. See how easily it comes up. +Try this same thing with heavier weights, and learn _always to contract +the muscle before taking the load_. In carrying a weight for any +distance it is well to shift it from one arm to another, always +preparing the muscles by contracting them before the weight is assumed. + +Using the muscles so as to take advantage of their lever-like qualities +in the best way, contracting them before loading, and pushing instead of +pulling, go to make up what is sometimes called "getting a purchase." + +4. _Supply Daily Need for Air, Sun, Water and Food_--Besides exercise +and rest there are other controllable factors upon which health depends. +These are air, heat and light of the sun, water and food. To grow and +work properly the body needs plenty of each of these. + +_Air_--If you cannot work or play outdoors you can still bring out of +doors in by opening your windows at frequent intervals. You will find +that work goes better, and that you do not tire so easily if you make it +a rule to open the windows and doors and move about the room for five +minutes every hour or two. Sleep with windows open or out-of-doors. Camp +and hike as often as possible. Work in the garden. Play out-of-door +games. + +_Heat_--The proper temperature of the body is between 98 and 99 degrees +Fahrenheit. Human life depends upon the maintenance of this temperature +at all times, and very slight changes either up or down interfere +seriously with all the other life processes. The main source of heat is +from food consumed, or really burned, in the body. Artificial heating in +houses helps conserve the body heat, as does clothing. But clothes and +shelter may make you overheated, which is nearly as bad as being cold; +they may also shut out fresh air. Clothes should not be too heavy nor +too tight. Shoes should have soles straight on the inner side, and be +broad enough to allow the toes full play, and have low heels. Shoes that +are comfortable to hike in are apt to be the best for all the time wear. + +At night the clothes worn during the day should be aired and dried +thoroughly. This will help much in maintaining the right body +temperature, because clothes become damp from wearing, and dampness uses +up body heat. + +_Sunlight_--Sunlight is one of the best health bringers known. Little +children--and grown people, too--suffering from the most serious forms +of tuberculosis, that of the bones, get well if they are kept in the +sunlight. In one of the finest hospitals for children in the world, in +Switzerland, the main treatment is to have the children play outdoors +without clothes in the sunlight, and they do this even when there is +heavy winter snow on the ground. Human beings droop and die without the +sun, just as plants do, though it takes longer to kill them. It is a +gloomy person who does not feel happier in the sun, and a happy and +cheerful person is generally healthy. So get into the sun whenever you +can. Walk on the sunny side of the street, and open your windows to the +sun whenever you can. However, in hot climates and in the warmest summer +days, remember that the sun can injure as well as help, and do not +expose the head or body unnecessarily. + +_Water_--As about three-quarters of our body weight is water, the solid +portions of bone, muscle, and so forth, constituting only one-quarter, +and as considerable water is given off each day by evaporation from skin +and lungs and with excreta, the loss must be made up. In addition to the +water taken with meals and contained in the food a Girl Scout should +drink at least six tumblers of water daily. This is a quart and a half. +One glass should be taken on arising and before breakfast, two between +breakfast and lunch, two between lunch and dinner, and one before going +to bed. Be sure the water is pure, and boil any water the purity of +which is doubted in the slightest. Water kept cool in the ice chest, or +in a jar with a moist cover, is better than ice water, both because cool +water actually quenches thirst more easily, being more readily absorbed +than ice cold water, and because it is difficult to control the purity +of ice. + +_Food_--Food should be clean and kept clean. Growing girls can tell +whether they are eating enough of the right sort of food, and if they +are getting the best out of it, by seeing whether they are up to the +right weight for their height and age. A chart is given at the end of +this section showing the standard weight for each height at each age. +The following are good rules to follow in making your daily food habits: + + Do not eat between meals. + + Eat slowly and chew food thoroughly. + + Eat freely of coarse cereals and breads. + + Eat meat only once a day. + + Have green vegetables, salad or fruit every day. + + Drink as much milk as possible, but no coffee or + tea. + +If you do not have at least one bowel movement a day it is a sign of +constipation, which means the accumulation of waste material from food +in the intestine. Exercise, especially walking, eating coarse +vegetables, coarse breads and coarse cereals, and fruit, and drinking +enough water will help the bowels to move properly. Constipation is not +only an unclean habit of the body, but it is dangerous, because the +waste matter decays and poison is carried all over the body. Headaches, +indigestion, bad breath and chronic fatigue are some of the results. + +5. _Keep Clean_--A Girl Scout should be sure that the air, water and +food that she allows to enter her body are clean. Be sure that they are +pure when they reach her, and keep them so by keeping her body, clothes +and room clean with the help of sun, soap and water. You have probably +heard of germs, microbes and bacteria. These are names for the same +organisms, which are tiny forms of plant life unseen by the eye, and of +which our unaided senses give us no knowledge. They exist everywhere and +in many forms. Most of them are harmless to human life, and many of them +are useful, as, for example, one that grows on the roots of peas and +beans and helps the plants to extract nitrogen from the air. Some +bacteria, however, are harmful, and these are known as disease germs, as +they are active in producing diseases, especially those diseases which +we know as contagious. The dangerous germs nearly all live in dust and +dirt and in dark places. When we clean house and dispose of waste +material and bring air and sunlight into dark and dirty places we are +doing more than removing unpleasant sights and smells, we are +destroying the breeding places of disease. + +Every girl wants a clear skin. Proper food, water and exercise give +this; but it is also necessary to keep the surface clean by taking a hot +bath with soap at least twice a week, and a cold or tepid sponge and +rubdown the other days. Besides the loose dirt which comes on the body +from the outside, perspiration and oil come from the inside through the +skin pores, and when accumulated give a disagreeable odor. Special +attention is needed to guard against this odor, particularly under the +armpits, and soap and water should be used daily. A hot bath is relaxing +and opens the pores. A cold bath is stimulating and closes the pores. A +hot bath is best taken at night, or if taken in the morning, follow by a +cool sponge or shower. Do not take a cold plunge bath unless advised to +do so by a physician. + +Always wash the hands immediately before handling or preparing food and +before eating. Always wash hands after going to the bathroom. Keep nails +short, and clean with nail brush each time the hands are washed and with +orange stick when necessary. + +During menstruation it is particularly important to keep the body and +clothes scrupulously clean, by bathing or washing with plenty of water. + +_Hair_--Air and a good brushing every day will keep the hair in good +condition. It should be washed once in two weeks. Wash with hot soapsuds +and rinse thoroughly, using first hot, then cooler, and finally cold +water. Keep the hair brush clean by washing in cold water and soap and a +little ammonia at least once a week. The brush should be dried in the +sun, not by artificial heat. + +_Ears_--Keep the outer surfaces of the ears clean, but leave the inner +part alone. Do not poke for wax or put oil in the ear. + +_Feet_--Bathe the feet in hot water at night, when tired. In the morning +bathe with cold water after hot, to harden them for walking. Keep the +toenails clean, and cut evenly. + +_Teeth_--Next to a fresh, sweet skin the most beautiful feature of a +truly beautiful woman is her teeth. The basis of beautiful teeth is a +clean mouth. Teeth should be brushed at least twice a day. The best +times are after breakfast and the last thing before going to bed. A +brush with medium soft bristles should be used. Clean a new brush +thoroughly with soap and water and soak in cold water to set the +bristles. A toothbrush should be cleansed and aired and if possible +sunned every day. Never use a brush that has begun to lose its bristles, +or which has become caked or yellow. Paste or powder that is not gritty +should be used. Always brush away from the gums; that is, brush the +upper teeth down, and the lower teeth up. Clean the roof of the mouth +and the tongue. + +It is a good plan to have the teeth examined at least every six months. +Then any repairs or cleaning that may be needed can be easily attended +to and much future pain, trouble and expense saved. + +_Eyes_--Wash eyes carefully for "sleepers" in the morning. Bathing with +alternate hot and cold will rest and strengthen the muscles. + +_General Safeguards_--Do not use public towels or drinking cups. + +Do not use towels, handkerchiefs or other toilet articles or glasses or +cups or table utensils used by others. + +Avoid sneezing or coughing into another person's face. + + +Measurements + +Every Girl Scout should know her measurements, including her height, her +weight, her waist measure, her chest girth and her chest expansion. Not +only are these things convenient to know when ordering uniforms and +buying clothes, but any physical director, gymnasium teacher or doctor +can tell her if these are in good proportion for her age and general +development and advise her as to how she may go about to improve them if +they need it. + +The accompanying table (given in the last section of the Health Record) +shows the right height and weight for girls at different ages. The way +to consult it is as follows: + +First, find your height by measuring yourself without shoes against a +wall. The best way to do is to have someone lay a ruler on top of your +head so that it extends to the wall and touches it at right angles. Then +the place should be marked and the distance measured with a yard stick +or tape. Count a half inch as the next highest inch; thus if you measure +59-1/2 inches call this 60. If you measure 59-1/4 count it as an even +59. Stand with heels against the wall, and head high: "Stand Tall." + +Second, find your weight with only indoor clothes on. Take the weight to +the nearest pound, counting as before a half pound or three-quarters as +the next highest and disregard the amounts less than one-half. + +Then take your card and look along the top row for the age to which you +are nearest, counting six months past one year mark as the next year. +Thus, if you are within six months of being 13, count yourself 13. + +Then look at the left-hand upright row of figures and find your height +in inches. + +Then with a rule or paper find the corresponding number of pounds for +your height and age. + +You will see that a girl may be any number of inches tall within wide +limits, but her weight must correspond to her height rather than simply +to her age. + +A girl should be within ten per cent of the proper weight for her age +and height. If you find that you are underweight, do not be frightened +or discouraged, as it is quite easy to get up to normal by following the +health rules, particularly those relating to food, water and sleep. +Drink as much milk as possible, and eat fresh vegetables and don't spoil +your appetite by eating too many sweets or nibbling between meals. If +you find that after a month you are still more than ten per cent +underweight, then ask your parents if you can see the doctor or consult +the school physician. + + +A Health Record Chart for Girl Scouts + +Girl Scouts who are working for "The Health Winner" badge should keep an +account of their progress for three months, and a good way to do it is +to have a Health Chart to fill out daily and bring the record for each +week to their Captain, at troop meeting. The chart given below is +suggested as a model, and copies will be obtainable from National +Headquarters, but troops can make up their own. + +Every Scout is naturally a Health Crusader, and she can use the blanks +provided by the National Modern Health Crusade if she so desires. + +In this case the first two points can be combined, which relate to +washing hands and face, and an additional point inserted in place of the +second, to the effect that "I ate no sweets, candy, cake or ice cream +between meals today." + + DAILY RECORD OF POINTS _Scout_.......................... + + 1. I did my setting-up + exercises _Checks for Week Commencing Monday_ No...... + + 2. I walked, worked or played | Pt.|Mon.|Tues.|Wed.|Thurs.|Fri.|Sat.|Sun. + Outdoors at least | | | | | | | | + a half-hour | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | + 2a. Time spent walking | 1| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 2b. Distance walked | 2| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 3. I went to bed early | | | | | | | | + last night, and slept | | | | | | | | + at least 8 hours | 2a| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 4. I slept with my window open| 2b| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 5. I drank six glasses of | | | | | | | | + water between meals | 3| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 6. I ate no sweets, candy, | | | | | | | | + cake, sweet drinks or ice | | | | | | | | + cream, except as dessert | 4| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 7. I ate green vegetables | | | | | | | | + or fruit or salad | 5| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 8. I drank no tea or coffee | 6| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 9. I drank milk or had milk | | | | | | | | + in some other form | 7| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 10. I had a bowel movement | 8| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 11. I washed my hands before | | | | | | | | + eating, and after going to | | | | | | | | + the bathroom | 9| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 12. I had a bath (at least | | | | | | | | + two a week must be recorded) | 10| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 13. I brushed my teeth twice | | | | | | | | + during the day | 11| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 14. I brushed my hair night | | | | | | | | + and morning | 12| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + 15. I shampooed my hair | | | | | | | | + (at least once every four | | | | | | | | + weeks) | 13| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 14| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 15| | | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + _Date handed to Captain_.................. + + _Captain's Comment_................................. + + THE GIRL SCOUT'S HEALTH RECORD + +RECORD FOR WHOLE PERIOD + +1. Posture at beginning: + (Comment by Captain)..................... + +2. Posture at end: + (Comment by Captain)..................... + +3. Total distance walked..................... + (Must be at least 75 miles) + +4. At least three shampoos............................... + +5. Any colds during period?.............................. + +6. Constipation during period?........................... + +7. Answered correctly the following questions: + How do you care for your teeth properly?............... + Why is it important to care for your eyes?............. + How can you rest them?................................. + What are points to remember about light for work?...... + What is the difference in effect between a hot + and a cold bath?..................................... + How do you care for feet on a hike?.................... + +8. Height in inches at beginning of period............... + Weight in pounds at beginning of period............... + Standard weight for height and age?................... + Difference plus or minus in your weight............... + Height in inches at end of period..................... + Standard weight for height and age.................... + Difference plus or minus in your weight............. + If growth is shown what rate is this per month?....... + Standard?........................................... + + + RIGHT HEIGHT AND WEIGHT FOR GIRLS + + Hght.| 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 + ins.|yrs. | yrs. |yrs. | yrs.| yrs.| yrs.| yrs.| yrs.| yrs. + 47 | 53 | | | | | | | | + 48 | 55 | 56 | | | | | | | + 49 | 57 | 58 | | | | | | | + 50 | 59 | 60 | 61 | | | | | | + 51 | 62 | 63 | 64 | | | | | | + 52 | 65 | 66 | 67 | | | | | | + 53 | 68 | 68 | 69 | 70 | | | | | + 54 | 70 | 71 | 72 | 73 | | | | | + 55 | 73 | 74 | 75 | 76 | 77 | | | | + 56 | 77 | 78 | 79 | 80 | 81 | | | | + 57 | 81 | 82 | 83 | 84 | 85 | 86 | | | + 58 | 85 | 86 | 87 | 88 | 89 | 90 | 91 | | + 59 | 89 | 90 | 91 | 93 | 94 | 95 | 96 | 98 | + 60 | | 94 | 95 | 97 | 99 |100 |102 |104 |106 + 61 | | 99 |101 |102 |104 |106 |108 |109 |111 + 62 | | 104 |106 |107 |109 |111 |113 |114 |115 + 63 | | 109 |111 |112 |113 |115 |117 |118 |119 + 64 | | |115 |117 |118 |119 |120 |121 |122 + 65 | | |117 |119 |120 |122 |123 |124 |125 + 66 | | |119 |121 |122 |124 |126 |127 |128 + 67 | | | |124 |126 |127 |128 |129 |130 + 68 | | | |126 |128 |130 |132 |133 |134 + 69 | | | |129 |131 |133 |135 |136 |137 + 70 | | | | |134 |136 |138 |139 |140 + 71 | | | | |138 |140 |142 |143 |144 + 72 | | | | | |145 |147 |148 |149 + +PREPARED BY DR. THOMAS D. WOOD + +About what a Girl should gain each month + AGE AGE + 8 to 11 8 oz. 14 to 16 8 oz. + 11 to 14 12 oz. 16 to 18 4 oz. + +Weights and measures should be taken without shoes and in only the usual +indoor clothes. + +Used by courtesy of the Child Health Organization, 156 Fifth Avenue, New +York City. + + +FOOTNOTE: + +[3] Courtesy of William C. Deming, M.D. + + +SECTION XII + +SETTING-UP EXERCISES FOR GIRL SCOUTS + +Our bodies are like machines that need frequent oiling and testing to +see that all parts are working right. + +Or they are like instruments that must be tuned before they are played. + +If this is not done, the machinery gets rusty and clogged, or the +instrument gets out of tune and makes horrid noises. + +That is the way it is with our bodies; our muscles and joints should be +bent and stretched every day to take the kinks out, and keep them strong +and flexible. + +The best way is to tune up every morning for just a few minutes before +you put on your clothes, and then again at night to rest the tired parts +and exercise the parts that have not been used, so you can even things +up. + + +=The Right Position= + +First of all try to stand in the right position. + +[Illustration] + +Stand with the feet side by side, a few inches apart and pointed +straight ahead. Many people think you should turn out your toes because +they think it looks better. This is not natural. If you stand on a step +with one foot even with the edge, and let the other foot hang over the +step below, it will hang parallel with the foot you are standing on. +That is the way it is meant to go, and people who turn out their toes do +so much walking sideways that they have to travel much farther than if +they kept their feet pointed in the direction they want to go. + +[Illustration] + +Then your legs should come up straight from your ankles; don't stand +either on your heels or your toes, but right over the highest part of +the arch, which is the strongest part, and best fitted to bear your +weight when you are standing still, and brings your hips up to just the +right place to hold your body. + + * * * * * + +In the lower part of your body are some big heavy bones shaped somewhat +like a bowl. This bowl is balanced on the top of your legs, and holds +most of your organs. If this bowl is balanced just right, the organs +remain in place, the way they are meant to be, but if it is not balanced +right, the contents are tipped so that they would come tumbling out if +the muscles intended for other work did not hold them in. This is hard +on these muscles which have their own work to do, and if they are used +to hold up things that should keep their own balance, sooner or later +they give way, and there is a sad accident, or a general slump. Then +instead of saying, "That foolish person always stood in the wrong +position and of course her insides got out of place," we say, "Poor dear +so-and-so has given out from overwork and has acute indigestion, or a +'floating kidney,' or 'a bad liver.' How could it have happened?" + +If your underpinning is all right it is not difficult to be straight +above. + +Let your shoulders hang easily in a straight line under your ears, in +the position they will naturally take if from side stretch (fig. 3) the +arms drop easily to the side. _Don't arch your chest and throw your +shoulders back!_ This is not a slump and does not mean to let your back +bow out. If your shoulders are easy you can straighten your back and +your head will balance itself, and there you are: a straight upstanding +Scout, ready for what comes next. + + Remember: a) Feet pointing straight ahead. + + b) Body balanced on legs coming up straight from + ankles. + + c) Shoulders easy under ears. + +This gives a straight line from top of head through shoulders and hips +to between ankles. + + +=General Rules= + +Stretch to the very tips of your middle fingers--stretching makes your +muscles flexible. + +Breathe in as arms rise and out as they fall. + +Stand tall. + +Sit tall. + +Remember the straight line that comes from the top of your head down to +between your ankles. + +Keep limber, don't let your knees grow stiff. + +Sit crosslegged on the floor. Sit on your heels. + +Rise without help from your hands. + + +=The Exercises= + +Now tune up: begin by repeating each exercise four times; then increase +to 8, 12, or 16; never more than 16. + + 1. Stretch arms down (fig. 1). Swing them forward + and stretch up and slightly forward (fig. 2), + breathing deep. Let them fall breathing out. Do + this slowly counting, up 1 down 2. + + 2. From (fig. 1) swing arms forward and up (fig. + 2) and out to side stretch (fig. 3) coming to full + deep breath and stretch as far as you can--count + 3. Up 1--side 2--down 3--breathing out. Don't + hurry, take time to breathe deep. + + 3. Stretch arms down, without bending anywhere. + Two counts; down 1--relax 2. + + 4. From arms down (fig. 1) to side stretch (fig. + 3). Two counts; to side 1--down 2. This may be + done quickly with vigor. + + 5. From side stretch palms up to upward stretch + (fig. 2)--two counts--up 1--side 2. + + 6. From arms down roll shoulders and arms out and + back, stretching arms back and down (fig. 4). Two + counts out and down 1--back to position 2. + + 7. Hands palms down, tips of middle fingers + touching, thumb touching chest, elbows level with + shoulders (fig. 5); jerk elbows back keeping them + up even with shoulders (fig. 6). Two counts,--jerk + 1--back to place 2. + + 8. From side stretch (fig. 3) twist body from + waist up, without moving hips (fig. 7). Twist from + side to side. Two counts--twist 1--front 2--twist + 1--front 2. + + 9. From side stretch (fig. 3) bend body from side + to side keeping straight line from tip of one + middle finger to tip of other (fig. 8). Two + counts--bend 1--back to position 2--alternate + sides. + + 10. Bend right knee and kick yourself (fig. 9); + left knee same. Two counts--kick right 1--kick + left 2. Repeat slowly then double quick (running + in place). + + 11. Bend right knee and hip, bringing knee nearly + up to chest without bending body (fig. 10); left + same--slowly. Then double quick bringing knee only + as high as hip. + + 12. Place hands at back of neck (fig. 11) and rise + on toes, bend knees (fig. 12) and rise keeping + body upright (do not spread knees or touch heels. + If this exercise is too difficult balance with + arms side stretch, bring arms down to touch floor + as you bend, and to upward stretch as you rise). + Count 4:--on toes 1--bend 2--up on toes + 3--standing position 4. + + 13. From upward stretch (fig. 2) bend and touch + floor in front of toes (fig. 13). Count two + slowly: down 1--up 2. Breathe out as you come + down--in as you come up. + +14. _Neck Exercises._ Sit crosslegged on floor--hands on knees: head +up--chin parallel with the floor. + + a) turn head to right and then to left--4 + counts--right 1--front 2--left 3--front 4. + + b) droop head from side to side (fig. 14); four + counts--right 1--up 2--left 3--up 4. + + c) drop chin forward (fig. 15); straighten and + drop head back (fig. 16). Count 4--down 1--up + 2--back 3--up 4. + + d) turn head and face right (fig. 17) drop chin + 1--up 2--back 3 (fig. 18) up 4; keep looking in + same direction only up and down; same to left. + + e) goose-neck; facing front stretch chin out as + far as possible (fig. 19); then down and in and + up. Count 4--out 1--down 2--in 3--to straight + position 4. + +15. Lie down on your back and raise first one foot and then the other +without bending the knee, two counts--up 1--down 2. + +16. Raise both feet without bending knees and touch the floor over your +head (fig. 20). Lower slowly. + +17. Raise body without bending back, and (if you can) without helping +yourself with your hand, and touch your toes with your hands, and your +knees with your forehead, without bending your knees (fig. 21). + +[Illustration: SETTING-UP EXERCISES (Figs. 1-7)] + +[Illustration: SETTING-UP EXERCISES (Figs. 8-21)] + + +SECTION XIII + +WOODCRAFT + +The following section is made up of excerpts from the Woodcraft Manual +for Girls, 1918, by Ernest Thompson Seton, copyright by Ernest Thompson +Seton, and the Woodcraft League of America, Inc.; used by the kind +permission of the author, the Woodcraft League of America, and the +publishers, Doubleday, Page & Company. + + +TWELVE SECRETS OF THE WOODS + +Do you know the twelve secrets of the woods? + +Do you know the umbrella that stands up spread to show that there is a +restaurant in the cellar? + +Do you know the "manna-food" that grows on the rocks, summer and winter, +and holds up its hands in the Indian sign of "innocence," so all who +need may know how good it is? + +Do you know the vine that climbs above the sedge to whisper on the wind +"There are cocoanuts in my basement"? + +Can you tell why the rabbit puts his hind feet down ahead of his front +ones as he runs? + +Can you tell why the squirrel buries every other nut and who it was that +planted those shag-barks along the fence? + +Can you tell what the woodchuck does in midwinter and on what day? + +Have you learned to know the pale villain of the open woods--the deadly +amanita, for whose fearful poison no remedy is known? + +Have you learned to overcome the poison ivy that was once so feared--now +so lightly held by those who know? + +Have you proved the balsam fir in all its fourfold gifts--as Christmas +tree, as healing balm, as consecrated bed, as wood of friction fire? + +Do you know the wonderful medicine that is in the sky? + +[Illustration: 1 Indian Cucumber + +2 Rock tripe + +3 Bog potato + +4 Rabbit + +5 For Future use + +6 Feb 2 + +7 Amanita + +8 Poison Ivy + +9 Balsam + +10 (Sun) + +11 Jack-o-Pulpit + +12 Healing Healing] + +Have you tasted the bread of wisdom, the treasure that cures much +ignorance, that is buried in the aisle of Jack-o-Pulpit's Church? + +Can you tell what walked around your tent on the thirtieth night of your +camp-out? + +Then are you wise. You have learned the twelve secrets of the woods. But +if you have not, come and let us teach you. + + +WEATHER WISDOM + + When the dew is on the grass, + Rain will never come to pass. + When the grass is dry at night, + Look for rain before the light. + When grass is dry at morning light, + Look for rain before the night. + Three days' rain will empty any sky. + A deep, clear sky of fleckless blue + Breeds storms within a day or two. + When the wind is in the east, + It's good for neither man nor beast. + When the wind is in the north, + The old folk should not venture forth. + When the wind is in the south, + It blows the bait in the fishes' mouth. + When the wind is in the west, + It is of all the winds the best. + An opening and a shetting + Is a sure sign of a wetting. + (Another version) + Open and shet, + Sure sign of wet. + (Still another) + It's lighting up to see to rain. + Evening red and morning gray + Sends the traveler on his way. + Evening gray and morning red + Sends the traveler home to bed. + + Red sky at morning, the shepherd takes warning; + Red sky at night is the shepherd's delight. + +If the sun goes down cloudy Friday, sure of a clear Sunday. + +If a rooster crows standing on a fence or high place, it will clear. If +on the ground, it doesn't count. + + Between eleven and two + You can tell what the weather is going to do. + Rain before seven, clear before eleven. + +Fog in the morning, bright sunny day. + +If it rains, and the sun is shining at the same time, the devil is +whipping his wife and it will surely rain tomorrow. + +If it clears off during the night, it will rain again shortly. + +Sun drawing water, sure sign of rain. + +A circle round the moon means "storm." As many stars as are in circle, +so many days before it will rain. + +Sudden heat brings thunder. + +A storm that comes against the wind is always a thunderstorm. + +East wind brings rain. + +West wind brings clear, bright, cool weather. + +North wind brings cold. + +South wind brings heat. (On Atlantic coast.) + +The rain-crow or cuckoo (both species) is supposed by all hunters to +foretell rain, when its "Kow, kow, kow" is long and hard. + +So, also, the tree-frog cries before rain. + +Swallows flying low is a sign of rain; high, of clearing weather. + +The rain follows the wind, and the heavy blast is just before the +shower. + + +OUTDOOR PROVERBS + +What weighs an ounce in the morning, weighs a pound at night. + +A pint is a pound the whole world round. + +Allah reckons not against a man's allotted time the days he spends in +the chase. + +If there's only one, it isn't a track, it's an accident. + +Better safe than sorry. + +No smoke without fire. + +The bluejay doesn't scream without reason. + +The worm don't see nuffin pretty 'bout de robin's song.--(Darkey.) + +Ducks flying over head in the woods are generally pointed for water. + +If the turtles on a log are dry, they have been there half an hour or +more, which means no one has been near to alarm them. + +Cobwebs across a hole mean "nothing inside." + +Whenever you are trying to be smart, you are going wrong. Smart Aleck +always comes to grief. + +You are safe and winning, when you are trying to be kind. + + +WHEN LOST IN THE WOODS + +If you should miss your way, the first thing to remember is like the +Indian, "You are not lost; it is the teepee that is lost." It isn't +serious. It cannot be so, unless you do something foolish. + +The first and most natural thing to do is to get on a hill, up a tree, +or other high lookout, and seek for some landmark near the camp. You +may be sure of these things: + +You are not nearly as far from camp as you think you are. + +Your friends will soon find you. + +You can help them best by signalling. + +The worst thing you can do is to get frightened. The truly dangerous +enemy is not the cold or the hunger, so much as the fear. It is fear +that robs the wanderer of his judgment and of his limb power; it is fear +that turns the passing experience into a final tragedy. Only keep cool +and all will be well. + +If there is snow on the ground, you can follow your back track. + +If you see no landmark, look for the smoke of the fire. Shout from time +to time, and wait; for though you have been away for hours it is quite +possible you are within earshot of your friends. If you happen to have a +gun, fire it off twice in quick succession on your high lookout, then +wait and listen. Do this several times and wait plenty long enough, +perhaps an hour. If this brings no help, send up a distress signal--that +is, make two smoke fires by smothering two bright fires with green +leaves and rotten wood, and keep them at least fifty feet apart, or the +wind will confuse them. Two shots or two smokes are usually understood +to mean "I am in trouble." Those in camp on seeing this should send up +one smoke, which means "Camp is here." + +In a word, "keep cool, make yourself comfortable, leave a record of your +travels, and help your friends to find you." + + +EDIBLE WILD PLANTS + +No one truly knows the woods until he can find with certainty a number +of wild plants that furnish good food for man in the season when food +is scarce; that is, in the winter or early spring. + +During summer and autumn there is always an abundance of familiar nuts +and berries, so that we may rule them out, and seek only for edible +plants and roots that are available when nuts and berries are not. + +_Rock Tripe._ The most wonderful of all is probably the greenish-black +rock tripe, found on the bleakest, highest rocks in the northern parts +of this continent. There is a wonderful display of it on the cliffs +about Mohonk Lake, in the Catskills. Richardson and Franklin, the great +northern explorers, lived on it for months. It must be very carefully +cooked or it produces cramps. First gather and wash it as clear as +possible of sand and grit, washing it again and again, snipping off the +gritty parts of the roots where it held onto the mother rock. Then roast +it slowly in a pan till dry and crisp. Next boil it for one hour and +serve it either hot or cold. It looks like thick gumbo soup with short, +thick pieces of black and green leaves in it. It tastes a little like +tapioca with a slight flavoring of licorice. On some it acts as a purge. + +_Basswood Browse or Buds._ As a child I ate these raw in quantities, as +did also most of my young friends, but they will be found the better for +cooking. They are particularly good and large in the early spring. The +inmost bark also has food value, but one must disfigure the tree to get +that, so we leave it out. + +_Slippery Elm._ The same remarks apply to the buds and inner bark of the +slippery elm. They are nutritious, acceptable food, especially when +cooked with scraps of meat or fruit for flavoring. Furthermore, its +flowers come out in the spring before the leaves, and produce very early +in the season great quantities of seed which are like little nuts in the +middle of a nearly circular wing. These ripen by the time the leaves are +half grown and have always been an important article of food among the +wild things. + +[Illustration: Wild Food--Plants + +Rock tripe + +Crinkle-root + +Basswood + +Slippery Elm + +Wapato + +Hog Peanut + +Calopogon or Grass pink + +Prairie Turnip + +Indian Cucumber + +Bog Potato + +Jack-in-a-Pulpit + +Solomons Seal + +False Solomons Seal] + +Many Indian tribes used to feed during famine times on the inner bark of +cedar and white birch, as well as on the inner bark of the slippery elm +and basswood, but these cannot be got without injury to the tree, so +omit them. + +When the snow is off the ground the plants respond quickly, and it is +safe to assume that all the earliest flowers come up from big, fat +roots. + +A plant can spring up quickly in summer, gathering the material of +growth from the air and soil, but a plant coming up in the early spring +is doing business at a time when it cannot get support from its +surroundings, and cannot keep on unless it has stored up capital from +the summer before. This is the logic of the storehouse in the ground for +these early comers. + +_Wapato._ One of the earliest is wapato, or duck potato, also called +common Arrowleaf, or Sagittaria. It is found in low, swampy flats, +especially those that are under water for part of the year. Its root is +about as big as a walnut and is good food, cooked, or raw. These roots +are not at the point where the leaves come out but at the ends of the +long roots. + +_Bog Potato._ On the drier banks, usually where the sedge begins near a +swamp, we find the bog potato, or Indian potato. The plant is a slender +vine with three, five, or seven leaflets in a group. On its roots in +spring are from one to a dozen potatoes, varying from an inch to three +inches in diameter. They taste like a cross between a peanut and a raw +potato, and are very good cooked or raw. + +_Indian Cucumber._ In the dry woods one is sure to see the pretty +umbrella of the Indian cucumber. Its root is white and crisp and tastes +somewhat like a cucumber, is one to four inches long, and good food raw +or boiled. + +_Calopogon._ This plant looks like a kind of grass with an onion for a +root, but it does not taste of onions and is much sought after by wild +animals and wild people. It is found in low or marshy places. + +_Hog Peanuts._ In the early spring this plant will be found to have a +large nut or fruit, buried under the leaves or quite underground in the +dry woods. As summer goes by the plant uses up this capital, but on its +roots it grows a lot of little nuts. These are rich food, but very +small. The big nut is about an inch long and the little ones on the +roots are any size up to that of a pea. + +_Indian Turnip or Jack-in-the-Pulpit._ This is well known to all our +children in the East. The root is the most burning, acrid, horrible +thing in the woods when raw, but after cooking becomes quite pleasant +and is very nutritious. + +_Prairie or Indian Turnip, Bread-root or Pomme-blanche of the Prairie._ +This is found on all the prairies of the Missouri region. Its root was +and is a staple article of food with the Indians. The roots are one to +three inches thick and four to twelve inches long. + +_Solomon's Seal._ The two Solomon's Seals (true and false) both produce +roots that are long, bumpy storehouses of food. + +_Crinkle-root._ Every school child in the country digs out and eats the +pleasant peppery crinkle-root. It abounds in the rich dry woods. + + +MUSHROOMS, FUNGI OR TOADSTOOLS + +We have in America about two thousand different kinds of Mushrooms or +Toadstools; they are the same thing. Of these, probably half are +wholesome and delicious; but about a dozen of them are deadly poison. + +There is no way to tell them, except by knowing each kind and the +recorded results of experience with each kind. The story about cooking +with silver being a test has no foundation; in fact, the best way for +the Woodcraft Boy or Girl is to know definitely a dozen dangerous kinds +and a score or more of the wholesome kinds and let the rest alone. + +_Sporeprint._ The first thing in deciding the nature of a toadstool is +the sporeprint, made thus: Cut off the stem of the toadstool and lay the +gills down on a piece of gray paper under a vessel of any kind. After a +couple of hours, lift the cap, and radiating lines of spores will appear +on the paper. If it is desired to preserve these, the paper should be +first covered with thin mucilage. The _color_ of these spores is the +first step in identification. + +All the deadly toadstools have _white_ spores. + +No black-spored toadstool is known to be poisonous. + + +POISONOUS TOADSTOOLS + +The only deadly poisonous kinds are the Amanitas. Others may purge and +nauseate or cause vomiting, but it is believed that every recorded death +from toadstool poisoning was caused by an Amanita, and unfortunately +they are not only widespread and abundant, but they are much like the +ordinary table mushrooms. They have, however, one or two strong marks: +their stalk always grows out of a "_poison cup_" which shows either as a +cup or as a _bulb_; they have _white_ or _yellow_ gills, a ring around +the stalk, and _white spores_. + + +Deadly Toadstools + +All the deadly toadstools known in North America are pictured on the +plate, or of the types shown on the plate. + +The Deadly Amanita may be brownish, yellowish, or white. + +The Yellow Amanita of a delicate lemon color. + +The White Amanita of a pure silvery, shiny white. + +The Fly Amanita with cap pink, brown, yellow, or red in the centre, +shaded into yellow at the edge, and patched with fragments of pure white +veil. + +[Illustration: Deadly Amanita + +Amanita phalloides + +Fly amanita + +Frosty Amanita + +Yellow Amanita + +White Amanita] + +The Frosty Amanita with yellow cap, pale cadmium in centre, elsewhere +yellowish white, with white patches on warts. + +All are very variable in color, etc. + +But all agree in these things. They have _gills_, which are _white_ or +_yellow_, _a ring on the stalk_, _a cup at the base_, _white spores_, +and are _deadly poison_. + + +In Case of Poisoning + +If by ill chance any one has eaten a poisonous Amanita, the effects do +not begin to show till sixteen or eighteen hours afterward--that is, +long after the poison has passed through the stomach and began its +deadly work on the nerve centres. + +_Symptoms_. Vomiting and purging, "the discharge from the bowels being +watery with small flakes suspended, and sometimes containing blood," +cramps in the extremities. The pulse is very slow and strong at first, +but later weak and rapid, sometimes sweat and saliva pour out. +Dizziness, faintness, and blindness, the skin clammy, cold, and bluish +or livid; temperature low with dreadful tetanic convulsions, and finally +stupor. (McIlvaine and Macadam, p. 627.) + +_Remedy_: "Take an emetic at once, and send for a physician with +instructions to bring hypodermic syringe and atropine sulphate. The dose +is 1/180 of a grain, and doses should be continued heroically until 1/20 +of a grain is administered, or until, in the physician's opinion, a +proper quantity has been injected. Where the victim is critically ill +the 1/20 of a grain may be administered." (McIlvaine and Macadam XVII.) + + +Wholesome Toadstools + +It is a remarkable fact that all the queer freaks, like clubs and +corals, the cranks and tomfools, in droll shapes and satanic colors, the +funny poisonous looking Morels, Inkcaps, and Boleti are good wholesome +food, but the deadly Amanitas are like ordinary Mushrooms, except that +they have grown a little thin, delicate, and anaemic. + +[Illustration: Puffballs + +Brain Puffball + +Cup Puffball 2 stages + +Giant Puffball + +Oyster Mushrooms + +Moose horn clavaria + +Red tipped clavaria + +Golden coral mushroom + +Gyromitra esculenta + +Delicious Morel + +Beefsteak mushrooms + +Inky coprinus] + +All the Puffballs are good before they begin to puff, that is as long as +their flesh is white and firm. + +All the _colored_ coral toadstools are good, but the _White Clavaria_ is +said to be rather sickening. + +All of the Morels are safe and delicious. + +So also is Inky Coprinus, usually found on manure piles. The Beefsteak +Mushroom grows on stumps--chiefly chestnut. It looks like raw meat and +bleeds when cut. It is quite good eating. + +So far as known no black-spored toadstool is unwholesome. + +The common Mushroom is distinguished by its general shape, its pink or +brown gills, its white flesh, brown spores, and solid stem. + + +SNAKES GOOD AND BAD + +Snakes are to the animal world what toadstools are to the vegetable +world--wonderful things, beautiful things, but fearsome things, because +some of them are deadly poison. + +Taking Mr. Raymond L. Ditmars[4] as our authority, we learn that out of +one hundred and eleven species of snakes found in the United States, +seventeen are poisonous. They are found in every State, but are most +abundant in the Southwest. + +These may be divided into Coral Snakes, Moccasins, and Rattlers. + +The coral snakes are found in the Southern States. They are very much +like harmless snakes in shape, but are easily distinguished by their +remarkable colors, "broad alternating rings of red and black, the latter +bordered with very narrow rings of yellow." + +The Rattlesnakes are readily told at once by the rattle. + +But the Moccasins are not so easy. There are two kinds: the Water +Moccasin, or Cotton-mouth, found in South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, +Alabama, and Louisiana, and the Copperhead, which is the Highland, or +Northern Moccasin or Pilot Snake, found from Massachusetts to Florida +and west to Illinois and Texas. + +[Illustration: Types of Poisonous Snakes + + Coral Snake + Copperhead + Moccasin + Pigmy Rattler + Timber Rattler + Diamond-back Rattler] + +Here are distinguishing marks: The Moccasins, as well as the Rattlers, +have on each side of the head, between the eye and nostril, a deep pit. + +The pupil of the eye is an upright line, as in a cat; the harmless +snakes have a round pupil. + +The Moccasins have a single row of plates under the tail, while the +harmless snakes have a double row. + +The Water Moccasin is dull olive with wide black transverse bands. + +The Copperhead is dull hazel brown, marked across the back with +dumb-bells of reddish brown; the top of the head more or less coppery. + +Both Moccasins and Rattlers have a flat triangular head, which is much +wider than the thin neck; while most harmless snakes have a narrow head +that shades off into the neck. + +Rattlesnakes are found generally distributed over the United States, +southern Ontario, southern Alberta, and Saskatchewan. + + +How Does a Snake Bite + +Remember, the tongue is a feeler, not a sting. The "stinging" is done by +two long hollow teeth, or fangs, through which the poison is squirted +into the wound. + +The striking distance of a snake is about one-third the creature's +length, and the stroke is so swift that no creature can dodge it. + +The snake can strike farthest and surest when it is ready coiled, but +can strike a little way when traveling. + +You cannot disarm a poisonous snake without killing it. If the fangs are +removed others come quickly to take their place. In fact, a number of +small, half-grown fangs are always waiting ready to be developed. + + +In Case of Snake Bite + +First, keep cool, and remember that the bite of American snakes is +seldom fatal if the proper measures are followed. + +You must act at once. Try to keep the poison from getting into the +system by a tight bandage on the arm or leg (it is sure to be one or the +other) just above the wound. Next, get it out of the wound by slashing +the wound two or more ways with a sharp knife or razor at least as deep +as the puncture. Squeeze it--wash it out with permanganate of potash +dissolved in water to the color of wine. Suck it out with the lips (if +you have no wounds in the mouth it will do you no harm there). Work, +massage, suck, and wash to get all the poison out. After thorough +treatment to remove the venom the ligature may be removed. + +"Pack small bits of gauze into the wounds to keep them open and +draining, then dress over them with gauze saturated with any good +antiseptic solution. Keep the dressing saturated and the wounds open for +at least a week, no matter how favorable may be the symptoms." + +Some people consider whiskey or brandy a cure for snake bite. There is +plenty of evidence that many have been killed by such remedies, and +little that they have ever saved any one, except perhaps when the victim +was losing courage or becoming sleepy. + +In any case, send as fast as you can for a doctor. He should come +equipped with hypodermic syringe, tubes of anti-venomous serum and +strychnine tablets. + + +Harmless Snakes + +Far the greatest number of our snakes are harmless, beautiful, and +beneficient. They are friendly to the farmer, because, although some +destroy a few birds, chickens, ducklings, and game, the largest part of +their food is mice and insects. The Blacksnake, the Milk Snake, and one +or two others, will bite in self-defence, but they have no poison fangs, +and the bite is much like the prick of a bramble. + + +THE STARS AS THE CAMPER SEES THEM + +(See Plate of Stars and Principal Constellations) + +So far as there is a central point in our heavens, that point is the +pole-star, Polaris. Around this star all the stars in the sky seem to +turn once in twenty-four hours. + +It is easily discovered by the help of the Big Dipper, _a part of the_ +Great Bear, known to every country boy and girl in the northern half of +the world. This is, perhaps, the most important star group in our sky, +because of its size, peculiar form, the fact that it never sets in our +latitude, and that of its stars, two, sometimes called the Pointers +always point out the Pole Star. It is called the Dipper because it is +shaped like a dipper with a long, bent handle. + +Why (_the whole group_) is called the Great Bear is not so easy to +explain. The classical legend has it that the nymph, Calisto, having +violated her vow, was changed by Diana into a bear, which, after death, +was immortalized in the sky by Zeus. Another suggestion is that the +earliest astronomers, the Chaldeans, called these stars "the shining +ones," and their word happened to be very like the Greek _arktos_ (a +bear). Another explanation is that vessels in olden days were named for +animals, etc. They bore at the prow the carved effigy of the namesake, +and if the Great Bear, for example, made several very happy voyages by +setting out when a certain constellation was in the ascendant, that +constellation might become known as the Great Bear's constellation. +Certainly, there is nothing in its shape to justify the name. Very few +of the constellations indeed are like the thing they are called after. +Their names were usually given for some fanciful association with the +namesake, rather than for resemblance to it. + +[Illustration] + +The pole-star is really the most important of the stars in our sky; it +marks the north at all times; all the other stars seem to swing around +it once in twenty-four hours. It is the end of the Little Bear's tail; +this constellation is sometimes called the Little Dipper. But the +Pole-star or Polaris, is not a very bright one, and it would be hard to +identify but for the help of the Pointers of the Big Dipper. + +The outside stars (Alpha and Beta) of the Dipper point nearly to +Polaris, at a distance equal to five times the space that separates +these two stars of the Dipper's outer side. + +Indian names for the Pole-star are the "Home Star," and "The Star That +Never Moves," and the Big Dipper they call the "Broken Back." + +The great Bear is also to be remembered as the hour-hand of the +woodman's clock. It goes once around the North Star in about twenty-four +hours, the same way as the sun, and for the same reason--that it is the +earth that is going and leaving them behind. + +The time in going around is not exactly twenty-four hours, so that the +position of the Pointers varies with the seasons, but, as a rule, this +for woodcraft purposes is near enough. The bowl of the Dipper swings +four-fifths of the width of its own opening in one hour. If it went a +quarter of the circle, that would mean you had slept a quarter of a day, +or six hours. + +Every fifteen days the stars seem to be an hour earlier: in three months +they gain one-fourth of the circle, and in a year gain the whole circle. + +According to Flammarion, there are about seven thousand stars visible to +the naked eye, and of these twenty are stars of the first magnitude. +Fourteen of them are visible in the latitude of New York, the others +(those starred) belong to the South Polar region of the sky. The +following table of the brightest stars is taken from the Revised Harvard +Photometry of 1908, the best authority on the subject. + + +THE FIRST TWENTY STARS IN ORDER OF BRIGHTNESS + + 1. Sirius, the Dog Star. + 2. *Canopus, of the Ship. + 3. *Alpha, of the Centaur. + 4. Vega, of the Lyre. + 5. Capella, of the Charioteer. + 6. Arcturus, of the Herdsman. + 7. Rigel, of Orion. + 8. Procyon, the Little Dog-Star. + 9. *Achernar, of Eridanus. + 10. *Beta, of the Centaur. + 11. Altair, of the Eagle. + 12. Betelgeuze, of Orion's right shoulder. + 13. *Alpha of the Southern Cross. + 14. Aldebaran, of the Bull's right eye. + 15. Pollux, of the Twins. + 16. Spica, of the Virgin. + 17. Antares, of the Scorpion. + 18. Fomalhaut, of the Southern Fish. + 19. Deneb, of the Swan. + 20. Regulus, of the Lion. + + +OTHER CONSTELLATIONS + +Orion (O-ri-on), with its striking array of brilliant stars, Betelgeuze, +Rigel, the Three Kings, etc., is generally admitted to be the first +constellation in the heavens. + +Orion was the hunter giant who went to Heaven when he died, and now +marches around the great dome, but is seen only in the winter, because +during the summer, he passes over during daytime. Thus he is still the +hunter's constellation. The three stars of his belt are called the +"Three Kings." + +Sirius, the Great Dog-Star, is in the head of Orion's Hound, the +constellation _Canis Major_, and following farther back is the Little +Dog-Star, Procyon, the chief star of the constellation _Canis Minor_. + +In old charts of the stars, Orion is shown with his hounds, hunting the +bull, Taurus. This constellation is recognizable by this diagram; the +red star, Aldebaran, being the angry right eye of the Bull. His face is +covered with a cluster of little stars called the _Hyades_, and on his +shoulder are the seven stars, called _Pleiades_. + + +Pleiades + +_Pleiades_ (Ply-a-des) can be seen in winter as a cluster of small stars +between Aldebaran and Angol, or, a line drawn from the back bottom, +through the front rim of the Big Dipper, about two Dipper lengths, +touches this little group. They are not far from Aldebaran, being in the +right shoulder of the Bull. They may be considered the seven arrow +wounds made by Orion. + +Serviss tells us that the _Pleiades_ have a supposed connection with the +Great Pyramid, because "about 2170 B.C., when the beginning of spring +coincided with the culmination of the Pleiades at midnight, that +wonderful group of stars was visible just at midnight, through the +mysterious southward-pointing passage of the Pyramid." + + +Cassiopeia + +On the opposite side of the Polar-star from the Big Dipper and nearly as +far from it, is a W of five bright stars. This is called the +_Cassiopeia's Chair_. It is easily found and visible the year round on +clear nights. + +Thus we have described ten constellations from which the woodcrafter +may select the number needed to qualify, namely, the Little Bear, or +Little Dipper, the Big Dipper or Big Bear, Cassiopeia's Chair, the Bull, +Orion's Hound, Orion's Little Dog, the Pleiades and the Hyades; the Lyre +(later). + + +The Moon + +The moon is one-fourth the diameter of the earth, about one-fiftieth of +the bulk, and is about a quarter of a million miles away. Its course, +while very irregular, is nearly the same as the apparent course of the +sun. It is a cold solid body, without any known atmosphere, and shines +by reflected sunlight. + +The moon goes around the earth in twenty-seven and a quarter days. It +loses about fifty-one minutes in twenty-fours hours; therefore it rises +that much later each successive night on the average, but there are wide +deviations from this average, as for example, the time of the Harvest +and Hunter's moons in the fall, when the full moon rises at nearly the +same time for several nights in succession. + +According to most authorities, the moon is a piece of the earth that +broke away some time ago; and it has followed its mother around ever +since. + + +The Stars as Tests of Eyesight + +In the sky are several tests of eyesight which have been there for some +time and are likely to be. The first is the old test of Mizar and Alcor. +Mizar, the Horse, is the star at the bend of the handle of the Dipper. +Just above it is a very small star that astronomers call Alcor, or the +rider. + +The Indians call these two the "Old Squaw and the Papoose on Her Back." +In the old world, from very ancient times, these have been used as tests +of eyesight. To be able to see Alcor with the naked eye means that one +has excellent eyesight. So also on the plains, the old folks would ask +the children at night, "Can you see the papoose on the old Squaw's +back?" And when the youngster saw it and proved that he did by a right +description, they rejoiced that he had the eyesight which is the first +requisite of a good hunter. + +One of the oldest of all eye tests is the Pleiades. Poor eyes see a mere +haze, fairly good see five, good see six, excellent see seven. The +rarest eyesight, under the best conditions, see up to ten; and, +according to Flammarion, the record with unaided eyes is thirteen. + + +Vega of the Lyre + +If one draw a line from through the back wall of the Dipper, that is, +from the back bottom star, through the one next the handle, and continue +it upward for twice the total length of the Dipper, it will reach Vega, +the brightest star in the northern part of the sky, and believed to have +been at one time the Pole-star--and likely to be again. Vega, with the +two stars near it, form a small triangle. The one on the side next the +North Star is called Epsillon. If you have remarkably good eyes, you +will see that it is a double star. + + +The Nebula in Orion's Sword + +Just about the middle of Orion's Sword is a fuzzy light spot. This might +do for blood, only it is the wrong color. It is the nebula of Orion. If +you can see it with the naked eye, you are to be congratulated. + + +On the Moon + +When the moon is full, there is a large, dark, oval spot on it to the +left, as you face it, and close to the east rim, almost halfway up; this +is the Plain of Grimaldi; it is about twice the size of the whole State +of New Jersey; but it is proof of a pair of excellent eyes if you can +see it at all. + +[Illustration: SIGNS AND BLAZES] + + +Blazes + +First among the trail signs that are used by Woodcrafters, Indians, and +white hunters, and most likely to be of use to the traveler, are axe +blazes on tree trunks. Among these some may vary greatly with locality, +but there is one that I have found everywhere in use with scarcely any +variation. That is the simple white spot meaning, "_Here is the trail._" + +The Indian in making it may nick off an infinitesimal speck of bark with +his knife, the trapper with his hatchet may make it as big as a dollar, +or the settler with his heavy axe may stab off half the tree-side; but +the sign is the same in principle and in meaning, on trunk, log, or +branch from Atlantic to Pacific and from Hudson Strait to Rio Grande. +"This is your trail," it clearly says in the universal language of the +woods. + +There are two ways of employing it: one when it appears on back and +front of the trunk, so that the trail can be run both ways; the other +when it appears on but one side of each tree, making a _blind trail_, +which can be run one way only, the blind trail is often used by trappers +and prospectors, who do not wish anyone to follow their back track. + +But there are treeless regions where the trail must be marked; regions +of sage brush and sand, regions of rock, stretches of stone, and level +wastes of grass or sedge. Here other methods must be employed. + +A well-known Indian device, in the brush, is to break a twig and leave +it hanging. (_Second line._) + +Among stones and rocks the recognized sign is one stone set on top of +another (_top line_) and in places where there is nothing but grass the +custom is to twist a tussock into a knot (_third line_). + +These signs are also used in the whole country from Maine to +California. + +In running a trail one naturally looks straight ahead for the next sign; +if the trail turned sharply without notice one might easily be set +wrong, but custom has provided against this. The tree blaze for turn "to +the right" is shown in No. 2, fourth row; "to the left" in No. 3. The +greater length of the turning blaze seems to be due to a desire for +emphasis as the same mark set square on, is understood to mean "Look +out, there is something of special importance here." Combined with a +long side chip means "very important; here turn aside." This is often +used to mean "camp is close by," and a third sign that is variously +combined always with the general meaning of "warning" or "something of +great importance" is a threefold blaze. (No. 4 on fourth line.) The +combination (No. 1 on bottom row) would read "Look out now for something +of great importance to the right." This blaze I have often seen used by +trappers to mark the whereabouts of their trap or cache. + +Surveyors often use a similar mark--that is, three simple spots and a +stripe to mean, "There is a stake close at hand," while a similar blaze +on another tree nearby means that the stake is on a line between. + + +Stone Signs + +These signs done into stone-talk would be as in the top line of the cut. + +These are much used in the Rockies where the trail goes over stony +places or along stretches of slide rock. + + +Grass and Twig Signs + +In grass or sedge the top of the tuft is made to show the direction to +be followed; if it is a point of great importance three tufts are tied, +their tops straight if the trail goes straight on; otherwise the tops +are turned in the direction toward which the course turns. + +The Ojibways and other woodland tribes use twigs for a great many of +these signs. (_See second row._) The hanging broken twig like the simple +blaze means "This is the trail." The twig clean broken off and laid on +the ground across the line of march means, "Here break from your +straight course and go in the line of the butt end," and when an +especial _warning_ is meant, the butt is pointed toward the one +following the trail and raised somewhat, in a forked twig. If the butt +of the twig were raised and pointing to the left, it would mean "Look +out, camp, or ourselves, or the enemy, or the game we have killed is out +that way." With some, the elevation of the butt is made to show the +distance of the object; if low the object is near, if raised very high +the object is a long way off. + +These are the principal signs of the trail used by Woodcrafters, +Indians, and hunters in most parts of America. These are the +standards--the ones sure to be seen by those who camp in the +wilderness. + + +Signal by Shots + +The old buffalo hunters had an established signal that is yet used by +the mountain guides. It is as follows: + +Two shots in rapid succession, an interval of five seconds by the watch, +then one shot; this means, "where are you?" The answer given at once and +exactly the same means "Here I am; what do you want?" The reply to this +may be one shot, which means, "All right; I only wanted to know where +you were." But if the reply repeats the first it means, "I am in serious +trouble; come as fast as you can." + + +Totems in Town + +A totem is an emblem of a man, a group of men, or an idea. It has no +reference to words or letters. + +Before men knew how to write they needed marks to indicate ownership. +This mark must be simple and legible and was chosen because of something +connected with the owner or his family. Later some of the trades adopted +a symbol; for instance the barbers in the early days were "blood +letters" and were closely associated with the medical profession. Their +totem indicate their business and we have the red and white barber pole +of today. It was among the Indians along the West coast of America that +the science and art of totems reached its highest development, though +they have a world-wide usage and go back in history to the earliest +times. + +Out of this use of totems as owner marks and signs grew the whole +science of heraldry and national flags. + +[Illustration: Northern Pacific R. R.] + +[Illustration: Salt Lake R. R.] + +[Illustration: Santa Fe R. R.] + +[Illustration: Traffic Squad] + +[Illustration: Bell Telephone] + +[Illustration: Pawnshop] + +[Illustration: Liberty] + +[Illustration: Army] + +[Illustration: Druggist] + +[Illustration: Ireland] + +[Illustration: Woodcraft] + +[Illustration: Navy] + +[Illustration] + +[Illustration: Sea Power] + +[Illustration: Optician] + +[Illustration: Union Pacific R. R.] + +[Illustration: Islamism] + +[Illustration: Skating] + +[Illustration: Star Union Lines] + +[Illustration: New York City] + +[Illustration: Penna. R. R.] + +[Illustration: The Power of the People] + +[Illustration: Canadian Pacific R. R.] + +[Illustration: Barber] + +[Illustration: Scotland] + +[Illustration: Totems Often Seen] + +Thanks to the fusion of many small armies into one or two big armies, +that is, of many tribes into a nation, and also to modern weapons which +made it possible to kill a man farther off than you could see the totem +on his shield, national flags have replaced the armorial devices, and +are the principal totems used today. + +But a new possibility has been discovered in modern times. Totems will +serve the ends of commerce, and a great revival of their use is now +seen. + +The totem is visible such a long way off and is understood by all, +whether or not they can read or know our language, is copyrightable and +advertisable, so that most of the great railway companies, etc., now +have totems. + +There are not less than one hundred common totems used in our streets +today. Among the familiar ones seen are the American eagle, with white +head and tail, the Austrian eagle with two heads, the British lion, the +Irish harp, the French fleur de lis, etc. Among trades the three balls +of the pawnbroker, the golden fleece of the dry-goods man, the mortar +and pestle of the druggist, and others are well known. Examples of these +and others are given in the illustration but any wideawake Woodcraft +Girl will be able to find many others by careful observation. + +[Illustration: Christianity] + +[Illustration: Mourning] + +[Illustration: Electric Power] + +[Illustration: Commercial Success] + +[Illustration: "AFOOT AND LIGHT-HEARTED."] + +FOOTNOTE: + +[4] This article is chiefly a condensation of his pamphlet on "Poisonous +Snakes of the United States," and is made with his permission and +approval. + + + + +SECTION XIV + +CAMPING FOR GIRL SCOUTS[5] + + +SONG OF THE OPEN ROAD + + _Afoot and light-hearted I take to the open road, + Healthy, free, the world before me, + The long brown path before me leading wherever I choose. + Henceforth I ask not good-fortune--I myself am good-fortune; + Henceforth I whimper no more, postpone no more, need nothing, + Strong and content, I travel the open road...._ + + * * * * * + + _Now I see the secret of the making of the best persons, + It is to grow in the open air, and to eat and sleep with the earth._ + + --_Walt Whitman._ + +A Girl Scout likes to hike and camp. She learns to know the stars, and +becomes acquainted with the plants and animals about her. She gains +independence from her ability to help herself, and health and strength +from exercise in the sunshine and fresh air. + +These are the good things of camping. The bad things are catching cold +from damp ground, or insufficient bedding, uncomfortable nights, and +weary feet. But a wise Scout does not rough it. She knows how to make +herself comfortable by a hundred little dodges. The aim of camping is to +make things simpler for the Camper. She must make up her mind whether +she is ready for an overnight hike, a week-end trip or a good vacation +in the open air, and plan accordingly. + +For a walking trip a Girl Scout must travel light and learn to do with a +minimum amount of clothing, utensils and food. On the other hand, if she +is going to spend the week out, why not be as comfortable as possible? +This requires more of an outfit, but it is worth it. To know how to do +this one must, of course, have first learned the simple rules of camping +in Girl Scout training. + + +Hiking + +Hikes are a good way to get this training. Extreme heat, or a downpour +of rain is the only kind of weather which should interfere with a hike. +Soft rains or snowstorms are very pleasant to hike in. + +Skirts are dangerous for cross-country travel on account of brambles, +rock work and climbing over brooks. Knickerbockers or bloomers should be +worn. + +_In the city_ when starting off for a hike use squad or double file +formation through the streets, railroad stations, ferries, etc. Silence +is maintained in this formation. + +_Hiking Order_--In the country, even along unused roads, hike in single +file on the left side of the road. The advantage of this formation is +that all danger from passing traffic in any direction is averted. It is +_not_ necessary to keep step, and talking, laughing, singing, etc., may +be indulged in. Permission to break this order is only given when in +woods, or fields, where there is no danger. + +When returning home use Scout's Pace if weary. This helps to make the +distance seem shorter. + +_Scout's pace_ is a walking and running device which serves to increase +endurance when covering a long distance. It consists in taking a certain +number of walking steps followed immediately by the same number of +running steps, returning to the walking steps, and so forth. The number +of steps may vary, according to the place, nature of the road and object +of the walk. Fifty steps walking, fifty steps running and alternating +steadily for twelve minutes will take one a mile, and this is one of the +measures of distance that is useful to know. For ordinary use on hikes +the use of twenty steps running and walking is preferable. + + +Feet + +With a little knowledge as to the care of her feet the city girl can +make a good showing at her first camp. Prepare feet by brushing +vigorously with a dry flesh brush. Strengthen muscles by standing on +toes in bare feet, raising body gradually fifty or seventy-five times. +Frequent changes of stockings, bathing of tired feet in hot water at +night and cold water in the morning, will overcome most of the hiker's +troubles. The cold water hardens the skin. Boric acid powder is good for +naturally damp feet. Blisters should be cleansed with iodine, then +carefully pricked with a sterile needle to let out the water (hold the +needle in the flame of a match), then washed with iodine and covered +with a few layers of sterile gauze fastened with adhesive plaster. + +It is desirable to change the stockings every day. Wash them at night +and hang them out to dry and keep them well darned. Two pairs at least +are necessary. Never risk your health by putting on stockings even +slightly damp with dew. A hole will cause a blister. Woolen stockings +are preferable. For very long hikes it helps to wear two or three pairs, +and to lather the outside of the stocking with a cake of soap slightly +moistened. + + +Shoes + +Shoes should be the shape of the feet and have low, wide heels. It rests +the feet to take the shoes off once or twice during a long tramp. +Grease the shoes every few days with mutton fat or other grease. There +is no such thing as waterproof leather, but it can be made so by being +greased. After being wet, shoes should be well dried and greased, but +should not be dried in a hot place, for this would ruin the leather. +These may seem trifling details, but remember, "no army is stronger than +its feet." + + +Things to Remember + +Keep the feet straight when walking. If a Girl Scout notices the tracks +of an Indian, the first hikers in this country, she will find them +invariably straight forward. Scientists have agreed that the dancing +school habit of turning out toes is one of the causes of flat feet, +which disqualified so many men for army service. + +Start the walk slowly. Keep the pace of the slowest of the party. "Slow +and easy goes far in a day." Practice deep breathing. Inhale for five +steps, hold your breath for five counts, and let it out, again counting +five. + +Take short steps when climbing. Do not run down hill. It causes +stiffness, for which a hot bath and another walk the next day are the +best cure. + +When lunch is carried it should be divided among the troop. Each Scout +should carry her knapsack on her back, to leave the hands free. It is a +great mistake to start on a hike with one's arms laden. + +Do not plan to go too great a distance in the time at your disposal. +Remember that aside from the time you need for going and coming you +expect to enjoy yourselves cooking and eating, and you need time for +both. For an over-night hike, when you carry your equipment select a +spot not more than two miles distant. + +Good things to carry in one's pocket are a drinking cup, a geological +survey map (ten cents), a small pocket compass, a camper's knife, a +small soapstone to sharpen it, a match box, and a note-book and pencil. + +Plan a definite object for the hike. Note how many kinds of trees, wild +flowers or birds one can find. + +Practice building fires for cooking, or getting material for a bed such +as balsam, etc. Inquire for points of historical interest and make them +the goal of the hike. There is hardly a town that has not some place +connected with the early history of the nation. + + +Personal Equipment + +Spending the nights under the stars is one of the great fascinations of +camping. Each person requires two waterproof ground cloths or ponchos, +two pairs of light wool blankets, safety pins, heavy cord, sleeping +garments, rain coat, and toilet articles, including such things as soap, +toilet paper, sewing kit, electric flashlight, mirror, first aid kit, +provision for mosquitoes or flies, five yards of bar netting, and oil of +citronella. + +In order to ensure protection from the rain spread one waterproof +covering or poncho on the ground using half underneath so that the upper +half may be folded over the head in case of rain. Put blankets _under_ +as well as _over_ you, and a second waterproof covering over the +blankets. + + +Clothing + +When living out of doors, one may make shift for shelter, or even go +hungry for a space, but there is no substitute for comfortable clothing +that is safe to use if one would keep well. Horace Kephart, the master +camper, devotes much space to this subject, and we can do no better than +to follow his advice from Camping and Woodcraft. + +"* * * One soon learns that the difference between comfort and misery, +if not health and illness, may depend on whether he is properly clad. +Proper, in this case does not mean modish, but suitable, serviceable, +proven by the touchstone of experience to be best for the work or play +that is in hand. When you seek a guide in the mountains, he looks first +in your eyes and then at your shoes. If both are right, you are right. + +"The chief uses of clothing are to help the body maintain its normal +temperature and to protect it from sun, frost, wind, rain and injuries. +_To help_, mind you--the body must be allowed to do its share. + +"Perspiration is the heat-regulating mechanism of the body. Clothing +should hinder its passage from the skin as little as possible. For this +reason one's garments should be _permeable_ to air. The body is cooled +by rapid evaporation, on the familiar principle of a tropical water bag +that is porous enough to let some of the water exude. So the best summer +clothing is that which permits free evaporation--and this means all +over, from head to heel. In winter it is just the same, there should be +free passage for bodily moisture through the underclothes, but extra +layers or thickness of outer clothing are needed to hold in the bodily +heat and to protect one against wind; even so all the garments should be +permeable to air. * * *" + +"Underclothing, for any season, should be loosely woven, so as to hold +air and take up moisture from the body. The air confined in the +interspaces is a non-conductor, and so helps to prevent sudden chilling +on the one hand, and over-heating on the other. A loose texture absorbs +perspiration but does not hold it--the moisture is free to pass on to +and through the outer garments. In town we may indure close woven +underwear in summer, if thin enough, because we exercise little and can +bathe and change frequently. In the woods we would have to change four +times a day to keep * * * as dry. + +"_Wool versus Cotton_--Permeability also depends upon material. Ordinary +cotton and linen goods do not permit rapid evaporation. They absorb +moisture from the skin, but hold it up to the limit of saturation. Then, +when they can hold no more, they are clammy, and the sweat can only +escape by running down one's skin. + +"After hard exertion in such garments, if you sit down to rest, or meet +a sudden keen wind, as in topping a ridge, you are likely to get a +chill--and the next thing is a 'bad cold' or lumbago, rheumatism, or +something worse. + +"Wool, on the contrary is permeable. That is why (if of suitable weight +and loose weave) it is both cooler in summer and warmer in winter than +cloth made of vegetable fibre. 'One wraps himself in a woolen blanket to +keep warm--to keep the heat _in_. He wraps ice in a blanket to keep it +from melting--to keep the heat _out_.' In other words, wool is the best +material to maintain an equable normal temperature." + +Camp Site + +"The essentials of a good camp site are these: + +1. Pure water. + +2. Wood that burns well. In cold weather there should be either an +abundance of sound down wood, or some standing hard wood trees that are +not too big for easy felling. + +3. An open spot level enough for the tent and camp fire, but elevated +above its surroundings so as to have good natural drainage. It must be +well above any chance overflow from the sudden rise of a neighboring +stream. Observe the previous flood marks.... + +7. Exposure to direct sunlight during a part of the day, especially +during the early morning hours. + +8. In summer, exposure to whatever breezes may blow; in cold weather, +protection against the prevailing wind. + +9. Privacy. + +"Water, wood, and good drainage may be all you need for a 'one-night +stand,' but the other points, too, should be considered when selecting a +site for a fixed camp. + +"_Water_--Be particularly careful about the purity of your water supply. +You come, let us say, to a mountain brook, that issues from thick +forest. It ripples over clean rocks, it bubbles with air, it is clear as +crystal and cool to your thirsty throat. 'Surely that is good water.' +But do you know where it comes from? Every mountain cabin is built close +to a spring-branch. Somewhere up that branch there may be a clearing; in +that clearing, a house; in that house, a case of dysentery or typhoid +fever. I have known several cases of infection from just such a source. +It is not true that running water purifies itself. + +"When one must use well-water let him note the surrounding drainage. If +the well is near a stable or out house, or if dish water is thrown near +it, let it alone. A well in sandy soil is more or less filtered by +nature, but rocky or clayey earth may conduct disease germs a +considerable distance under ground. Never drink from the well of an +abandoned farm: there is no telling what may have fallen into it. + +"A spring issuing from the living rock is worthy of confidence. Even if +it be but a trickle you can scoop out a basin to receive it that soon +will clear itself. + +"Sometimes a subaqueous spring may be found near the margin of a lake or +river by paddling close in shore and trailing your hand in the water. +When a cold spot is noted, go ashore and dig a few feet back from the +water's edge. I have found such spring exit in the Mississippi some +distance from the bank, and by weighting a canteen, tying a string to +it and another to the stopper, have brought up cool water from the river +bed. + +"Disease germs are of animal, not vegetable origin. Still waters are not +necessarily unwholesome, even though there is rotten vegetation in them. +The water of cedar and cypress swamps is good to drink wherever there is +a deep pool of it, unless polluted from some outside source. Lake water +is safe if no settlements are on its border; but even so large a body as +Lake Champlain has been condemned by state boards of health because of +the sewage that runs into it. + +"When a stream is in flood it is likely to be contaminated by decayed +animal matter. + +"_Alkaline Water_--When traveling in an alkali country carry some +vinegar or limes or lemons, or (better) a glass stoppered bottle of +hydrochloric acid. One teaspoonful of hydrochloric (muriatic) +neutralizes about a gallon of water, and if there should be a little +excess it will do no harm but rather assist digestion. In default of +acid you may add a little Jamaica ginger and sugar to the water, making +a weak ginger tea. + +"_Muddy Water_--I used to clarify Mississippi water by stirring corn +meal in it and letting it settle, or by stirring a lump of alum in it +until the mud began to precipitate, and then decanting the clear water. +Lacking these, one can take a good handful of grass, tie it roughly in +the form of a cone six or eight inches high, invert it, pour water +slowly into the grass and a runnel of comparatively clear water will +trickle down through the small end. + +"_Stagnant Water_--A traveler may be reduced to the extremity of using +stagnant or even putrid water; but this should never be done without +first boiling it. Some charred wood from the camp fire should be boiled +with the water; then skim off the scum, strain, and set in water aside +to cool. Boiling sterilizes, and charcoal deodorizes. * * *" + +[Illustration: COOKING THE FIRST MEAL] + + +Arriving at Camp + +As soon as the camp site is decided upon locate the tent. (This should +be done in advance when the party is of any size). Each tent should be +about twenty-five feet from the next, on a dry place and easy to drain +in case of rain, and so placed as to have the sun in the morning and the +shade in the afternoon. Each tent should be trenched and placed some +distance from the water supply and from the latrine. + + +Tents + +"For fixed camps, situated where there are wagon roads or other adequate +means of transportation, the best cloth shelter is a wall tent, +rectangular or square, of strong and rather heavy material. * * * The +best all-round size of wall tent for two people, if weight and bulk and +cost are of any consequence, is the so-called 9 x 9 or a 9 x 12, built +with 3-1/2-foot walls, instead of 3-foot, and 8-foot center, instead of +7-1/2-foot. For four persons a 12 x 14 is commonly used; but a 14 x 14 +with 4-foot walls and a 9-foot center has double the head-room of the +standard 12 x 14, and 2-1/2 feet more space between cots, if these are +set lengthwise of the tent, two on a side. + +"Before selecting a tent, consider the number of people to occupy it and +their dunnage, and the furniture. Then draw diagrams of floor and +elevation of various sizes, putting in the cots, etc., according to +scale; so you can get just what you want, no more, no less. + + +Camp Sanitation + +"Nothing is cleaner, sweeter, wholesomer, than a wildwood unspoiled by +man, and few spots are more disgusting than a "piggy" camp, with slops +thrown everywhere, empty cans and broken bottles littering the ground, +and organic refuse left festering in the sun, breeding disease germs, to +be spread abroad by the swarms of flies. I have seen one of nature's +gardens, an ideal health resort, changed in a few months by a logging +crew into an abomination and a pest hole where typhoid and dysentery +wrought deadly vengeance. + +"_Destroy at once all refuse that would attract flies._ Or bury it where +they cannot get at it. + +"Fire is the absolute disinfectant. Burn all solid kitchen refuse as +fast as it accumulates. When a can of food is emptied toss it on the +fire and burn it out, then drop it in a sink hole that you have dug for +slops and unburnable trash, and cover it with earth or ashes so no +mosquitoes can breed in it after a rainfall. + +"The sink should be on the down hill side of camp, and where it cannot +pollute the water supply. Sprinkle kerosene on it or burn it out +frequently with a brush fire. * * *" + + +The Latrine + +One of the first tasks of the camper is to dig a trench for a latrine +and build a screen around it. The latrine should be on a lower level +than the camp, away from the water supply and in the opposite direction +from which the prevailing winds come toward the camp, two hundred feet +from sleeping and mess tents. Bushes or a tent fly may be used as a +screen and shelter. A small lean-to serves admirably. Dig trenches four +feet long, one foot wide and two feet deep. Allow six inches (length) +per day for a Scout. Cover after using with fresh dirt. It is imperative +to fill and re-sod all trenches dug. Whether you camp only for lunch or +for the summer leave no trace that you have been there. Remember the +animals how they scratch the soil and cover up any waste that they +leave, and be at least as clean as they. + +Lime does not keep the flies away. Plenty of fresh dirt is better. + + +Team Work + +Only as each and every member does her part will the camp be a complete +success. The daily tasks should be assigned to individuals or groups, as +in: + + +The Pine Tree Patrol System + +The chief advantage of this system is that whenever the need for work of +any description arises, there is always someone whose duty is to perform +that particular task, thus avoiding the inevitable question of "Who will +do it?" The Pine Tree Patrol system does not in the least interfere with +regular schedule of Scout activities; on the contrary, it saves time +since more than one hand on each spoke of the wheel keeps it in +continual motion. When the system seems too complicated for a small +camp, the captain can simplify it to suit the circumstances. + +Each girl in the Patrol is assigned a number which requires of her: + +1. Certain well defined duties to perform for her Patrol. + +2. Certain specific knowledge expected of her in the exercise of her +"specialty." + +3. Proper care of her special "station gear." + +4. Willingness to teach her understudy all she knows. + +5. Willingness to learn the duties of the next higher numbers. + +[Illustration: --THE PINE TREE PATROL-- + + REAR RANK: "THE BLUES" + + Water Wood + Junior Baker Scout Scout + + 2 4 6 8 + + 1 3 5 7 + + Senior Scribe Lighter Handy + Scout + + FRONT RANK "THE REDS"] + +The front rank (Reds) is in touch with and under the Senior (Patrol +Leader); the rear rank (Blues) is in touch with and under the Junior. +The Senior receives her orders from the Captain and transmits them not +only to 3, 5 and 7, but to Junior as well. The Senior and ranking Patrol +officer keeps an eye on the Junior and her rear rank. The Captain, of +course, is the general overseer, but the Senior has charge of all +routine troop duties, superintends camp details and is virtually a first +Lieutenant to the Captain. The Junior is a second Lieutenant and assists +the Senior in the supervision of the camp. + +_The Senior_ (No. 1) looks after the flags, tentage, blankets, equipment +and personal baggage, while the Junior (No. 2) has charge of food, +fires, water, cooking, and kitchen work. They appease the demands of the +outer and inner man. + +_The Scribe_ (No. 3)--She is secretary, bookkeeper, log writer, +recorder, correspondent, tent pitcher and First-Aid Scout. + +_The Baker_ (No. 4) is the Junior's first aid. She is charged with the +care and use of cereal foodstuffs all the way from corn on the cob to +flap-jacks and "sinkers," and the cooking outfit and kitchen fire. + +_The Lighter_ (No. 5) has care of the lamps, lanterns, candles, matches, +oils and all "leaky" stuff. She understands telegraphy and electricity +and is chief signal Scout and assistant tent pitcher. She must keep the +camp well illuminated. + +_The Water Scout_ (No. 6) locates water for all purposes and carries it +to camp. She acts as Fire Chief and Fire Watchman. She provides and +cooks meat, vegetables and "greens." + +_The Handy Scout_ (No. 7) is field engineer, carpenter, bridge builder, +the general maker, mender, patcher, splicer and tinker; cares for tools +and trek-cart, mends the tents and clothing, and makes the furniture. + +_The Wood Scout_ (Patrol Mascot) (No. 8) is usually the youngest girl. +She keeps fires well fed, the rations dry and the garbage burned. She +carries a spade, pick axe and cutting axe. + +This system may be used in either a small or large camp; if the latter, +corresponding numbers of each Patrol work together. + + +TEAM WORK AND DAILY ROUTINE + +6:30 A. M. Junior, Baker, Water Scout and Wood Scout report half an hour +before Mess. + +8:00 A. M. Tent Inspection. + +8:30 A. M. Senior, Scribe, Lighter and Handy Scout report. + +8:30-9:30 A. M. Main work for day accomplished by both Senior and Junior +groups. + + +Caution in Use of Knife and Axe + +_The Knife_ + +1. Always whittle away from you. + +2. Keep your fingers behind the blade. + +3. Keep saying to yourself: "If this knife slips, can it cut my +fingers?" + +4. Learn how to sharpen your knife and keep it sharp. + +_The Chopping Block_ + +"A chopping block is the first thing needed about a camp. The axe, when +not in use, should always be stuck in that particular block, where one +can find it when wanted, and where it will not injure men or dogs." + +_The Axe_ + +"Do not let the axe lie outdoors on a very cold night; the frost would +make it brittle, so that the steel might shiver on the first knot you +struck the next morning...." + +The axe is a most dangerous tool, and a glancing blow may cripple one +for life. + +1. Do not put your foot on a stick you are chopping. + +2. Always have in mind where a glancing blow may throw the axe, and keep +your foot away from that danger. + +3. In splitting short sticks for kindling hold them by one end flat on +the chopping block and strike the blade into the other end. + +4. Do not hold the stick on end in one hand while splitting it. + +5. Cut or split small wood on a chopping block or log. Never let the axe +strike into the ground, as a hidden stone may ruin the edge. + + +The Camp Fire + +"The forest floor is always littered with old leaves, dead sticks and +fallen trees. During a drought this rubbish is so tinder-dry that a +spark falling in it may start a conflagration; but through a great part +of the year the leaves and sticks that lie flat on the ground are too +moist at least on their under side, to ignite readily. If we rake +together a pile of leaves, cover it higgledy-piggledy with dead twigs +and branches picked up at random, and set a match to it, the odds are +that it will result in nothing but a quick blaze that soon dies down to +a smudge. Yet that is the way most of us tried to make our first outdoor +fires. + +"One glance at a camper's fire tells what kind of a woodsman he is. It +is quite impossible to prepare a good meal over a heap of smoking +chunks, a fierce blaze, or a great bed of coals that will warp iron and +melt everything else. + +[Illustration: LUNCHEON FIRE] + +"If one would have good meals cooked out of doors, and would save much +time and vexation; in other words, if he wants to be comfortable in the +woods, he must learn how to produce at will either (1) a quick, hot +little fire that will boil water in a jiffy, and will soon burn down to +embers that are not too ardent for frying; or (2) a solid bed of +long-lived coals that will keep up a steady, glowing, smokeless heat for +baking, roasting or slow boiling; or (3) a big log fire that will throw +its heat forward on the ground, and into a tent or lean-to, and will +last several hours without replenishing. + +"_Luncheon Fire_--For a noonday lunch, or any other quick meal, when you +have only to boil coffee and fry something, a large fire is not wanted. +Drive a forked stake into the ground, lay a green stick across it, +slanting upward from the ground, and weight the lower end with a rock, +so that you could easily regulate the height of a pot. The slanting +stick should be notched, or have the stub of a twig left at its upper +end, to hold the pot in place, and to be set at such an angle that the +pot swings about a foot clear of the ground. + +"Then gather a small armful of sound, dry twigs from the size of a lead +pencil to that of your finger. Take no twig that lies flat on the +ground, for such are generally damp or rotten. Choose hard wood, if +there is any, for it lasts well. + +"Select three of your best sticks for kindling. Shave each of them +almost through, for half its length, leaving lower end of shavings +attached to the stick, one under the other. Stand these in a tripod, +under the hanging pot, with their curls down. Around them build a +_small_ conical wigwam of the other sticks, standing each on end and +slanting to a common center. The whole affair is no bigger than your +hat. Leave free air spaces between the sticks. Fire requires air, and +plenty of it, and it burns best when it has something to climb up on; +hence the wigwam construction. Now touch off the shaved sticks, and in a +moment you will have a small blast furnace under the pot. This will get +up steam in a hurry. Feed it with small sticks as needed. + +"Meantime get two bed-sticks, four or five inches thick, or a pair of +flat rocks, to support the frying pan. The firewood will all drop to +embers soon after the pot boils. Toss out the smoking butts, leaving +only clear, glowing coals. Put your bed-sticks on either side, parallel +and level. Set the pan on them, and fry away. So, in twenty minutes from +the time you drove your stake, the meal will be cooked. + +"_Dinner Fire_--First get in plenty of wood and kindling. If you can +find two large flat rocks, or several small ones of even height use them +as andirons; otherwise lay down two short cuts off a five or six inch +log, facing you and about three feet apart. On these rocks or billets +lay two four foot logs parallel, and several inches apart, as rests for +your utensils. Arrange the kindling between and under them, with small +sticks laid across the top of the logs, a couple of long ones +lengthwise, then more short ones across, another pair lengthwise, and +thicker short ones across. Then light it. Many prefer to light the +kindling at once and feed the fire gradually; but I do as above, so as +to have an even glow under several pots at once, and then the sticks +will all burn down to coals together. + +[Illustration: CAMP CRANE] + +"This is the usual way to build a cooking fire when there is no time to +do better. The objection is that the supporting logs must be close +enough together to hold up the pots and pans, and, being round, this +leaves too little space between them for the fire to heat the balance +evenly; besides, a pot is liable to slip and topple over. A better way, +if one has time, is to hew both the inside surfaces and the tops of the +logs flat. Space these supports close enough together at one end for the +narrowest pot and wide enough apart at the other for the frying pan. + +"If you carry fire-irons much bother is saved. Simply lay down two flat +rocks or a pair of billets far enough apart for the purpose, place the +flat irons on them, and space them to suit the utensils. + +"If a camp grate is used, build a crisscross fire of short sticks under +it. + +"Split wood is better than round sticks for cooking; it catches easier +and burns more easily. + +"Camp Crane--Pots for hot water, stews, coffee, and so on, are more +manageable when hung above the fire. The heat can easily be regulated, +the pots hanging low at first to boil quickly, and then being elevated +or shifted aside to simmer. + +[Illustration: PINE TREE HORSE] + +"Set up two forked stakes about five feet apart and four feet to the +crotches. Across them lay a green stick (lug-pole) somewhat thicker than +a broomstick. Now cut three or four green crotches from branches, drive +a nail in the small end of each, or cut a notch in it, invert the +crotches, and hang them on the lug-pole to suspend kettles from. These +pothooks are to be of different length so that the kettle can be +adjusted to different heights above the fire, first for hard boiling, +and then for simmering. If kettles were hung from the lug-pole itself, +this adjustment could not be made, and you would have to dismount the +whole business in order to get one kettle off. + +"If forked stakes are not easily found in the neighborhood, drive +straight ones, then split the tops, flatten the ends of the cross poles +and insert them in the clefts of the stakes. + +"You do not want a big fire to cook over. Many and many a time I have +watched old and experienced woodsmen spoil their grub, and their +tempers, too, by trying to cook in front of a roaring winter campfire, +and have marveled at their lack of common sense. Off to one side of such +a fire, lay your bed log as above; then shovel from the campfire enough +hard coal to fill the space between the logs within three inches of the +top. You now have a steady, even heat from end to end; it can easily be +regulated; there is level support for every vessel; and you can wield a +short-handled frying pan over such an outdoor range without scorching +either the meat or yourself. + +"_Fire for Baking_--For baking in a reflector, or roasting a joint, a +high fire is best, with a backing to throw the heat forward. Sticks +three feet long can be leaned against a big log or a sheer-faced rock, +and the kindlings started under them. + +"Often a good bed of coals is wanted. The campfire generally supplies +these, but sometimes they are needed in a hurry, soon after camp is +pitched. To get them, _take sound hardwood_, either green or dead, and +split it into sticks of uniform thickness (say, 1-1/4-inch face). Lay +down two bed-sticks, cross these near the end with two others, and so on +up until you have a pen a foot high. Start a fire in this pen. Then +cover it with a layer of parallel sticks laid an inch apart. Cross this +with a similar layer at right angles, and so upward for another foot. +The free draught will make a roaring fire, and all will burn down to +coals together. + +"The thick bark of hemlock, and the hard woods generally, will soon +yield coals for ordinary cooking. + +"To keep coals a long time, cover them with ashes, or with bark which +will soon burn to ashes. In wet weather a bed of coals can be shielded +by slanting broad strips of green bark over it and overlapping them at +the edges. + +"_Fire in a Trench_--In time of drought when everything is tinder-dry, +or in windy weather, especially if the ground be strewn with dead leaves +or pine needles, build your fire in a trench. This is the best way, too, +if fuel is scarce and you must depend on brushwood, as a trench +conserves heat. + +"Dig the trench in line with the prevailing wind. The point is to get a +good draught. Make the windward end somewhat wider than the rest, and +deeper, sloping the trench upward to the far end. Line the sides with +flat rocks if they are to be found, as they hold heat a long time and +keep the sides from crumbling in. Lay other rocks, or a pair of green +poles along the edges to support vessels. A little chimney of flat +stones or sod, at the leeward end, will make the fire draw well. If +there is some sheet-iron to cover the trench a quite practical stove is +made, but an open trench will do very well if properly managed. + +"_The Indian's Fire_--Best where fuel is scarce, or when one has only a +small hatchet with which to cut night wood. Fell and trim a lot of +hardwood saplings. Lay three or four of them on the ground, butts on top +of each other, tips radiating from this center like the spokes of a +wheel. On and around this build a small hot fire. Place butts of other +saplings on this, radiating like the others. As the wood burns away, +shove the sticks in toward the center, butts on top of each other as +before. This saves much chopping, and economizes fuel. Build a little +wind break behind you and lie close to the fire. Doubtless you have +heard the Indian's dictum (southern Indians express it just as the +northern ones do): 'White man heap fool; make um big fire--can't git +near; Injun make um little fire--git close. Uh, good.' + + +Kindling + +"The best kindling is fat pine or the bark of the paper birch. Fat pine +is found in the stumps and butt cuts of pine trees, particularly those +that died on the stump. The resin has collected there and dried. This +wood is usually easy to split. Pine knots are the tough, heavy resinous +stubs of limbs that are found on dead pine trees. They, as well as fat +pine, are almost imperishable, and those sticking out of old rotten logs +are as good as any. In collecting pine knots go to fallen trees that are +almost rotted away. Hit the knot a lick with the pole of the axe and +generally it will yield; if you must chop, cut deep to get it all and to +save the axe edge. The knots of old dead balsams are similarly used. +Usually a dead stump of pine, spruce, or balsam, all punky on the +outside, has a core very rich in resin that makes excellent kindling. + +"Hemlock knots are worthless and hard as glass--keep your axe out of +them. + +"The thick bark of hemlock is good to make glowing coals in a hurry; so +is that of hard woods generally. Good kindling sure to be dry underneath +the bark in all weather, is procured by snapping off the small dead +branches, or stubs of branches, that are left on the trunks of small or +medium-sized trees, near the ground. Do not pick up twigs from the +ground, but choose those among the downwood that are held up free from +the ground. Where a tree is found that has been shivered by lightning, +or one that has broken off without uprooting, good splinters of dry wood +will be found. In every laurel thicket there is plenty of dead laurel, +and, since it is of sprangling growth, most of the branches will be +free from the ground and snap-dry. They ignite readily and give out +intense heat. + +"The bark of all species of birch, but of paper birch especially, is +excellent for kindling and for torches. It is full of resinous oil, +blazes up at once, will burn in any wind, and wet sticks can be ignited +with it. + +"_Making Fire in the Wet_--It is a good test of one's resourcefulness to +make a fire out of doors in rainy weather. The best way to go about it +depends upon local conditions. If fat pine can be found, the trick is +easy; just split it up, and start your fire under a big fallen log. Dry +fuel and a place to build a fire can often be found under big up-tilted +logs, shelving rocks, and similar natural shelters, or in the core of an +old stump. In default of these, look for a dead softwood tree that leans +to the south. The wood and bark on the under side will be dry; chop some +off, split it fine, and build your fire under the shelter of the trunk. + +"_Lighting a Match_--When there is nothing dry to strike it on, jerk the +tip of the match forward against your teeth. + +"To light a match in the wind, _face_ the wind. Cup your hands, with +their backs toward the wind, and hold the match with its head pointing +toward the rear of the cup; _i. e._, toward the wind. Remove the right +hand just long enough to strike the match on something very close by; +then instantly resume the former position. The flame will run up the +match stick, instead of being blown away from it, and so will have +something to feed on. + +"_Fire Regulations_--On state lands and on national forest reserves it +is forbidden to use any but fallen timber for firewood. Different states +have various other restrictions, some, I believe, not permitting +trampers to light a fire in the woods at all unless accompanied by a +registered guide. + +"In New York the regulations prescribe that fires will be permitted for +the purposes of cooking, warmth and insect smudges; but before such +fires are kindled sufficient space around the spot where the fire is to +be lighted must be cleared from all combustible material; and before the +place is abandoned fires so lighted must be thoroughly quenched. + +"In Pennsylvania forest reserves no fire may be made except in a hole or +pit one foot deep, the pit being encircled by the excavated earth. In +those of California, no fire at all may be lighted without first +procuring a permit from the authorities. + +"Fire regulations are posted on all public lands, and if campers +disregard them they are subject to arrest. + +"These are wise and good laws. Every camper who loves the forest, and +who has any regard for public interest, will do his part in obeying them +to the letter. However, if he occupies private property where he may use +his own judgment, or if he travels in the wilderness far from +civilization, where there are no regulations, it will be useful for him +to know something about the fuel value of all kinds of wood, green as +well as dead, and for such people the following information is given: + +"The arts of fire building are not so simple as they look. To practice +them successfully in all sorts of wild regions we must know the +different species of trees one from another, and their relative fuel +values, which as we shall see, vary a great deal. We must know how well, +or ill, each of them burns in a green state, as well as when seasoned. +It is important to discriminate between wood that makes lasting coals +and such as soon dies down to ashes. Some kinds of wood pop violently +when burning and cast out embers that may burn holes in tents and +bedding or set the neighborhood afire; others burn quietly, with clear, +steady flame. Some are stubborn to split, others almost fall apart under +the axe. In wet weather it takes a practiced woodsman to find tinder and +dry wood, and to select a natural shelter where fire can be kept going +during a storm or rain or snow, when a fire is most needed. + +"There are several handy little manuals by which one who has no +botanical knowledge can soon learn how to identify the different species +of trees by merely examining their leaves, or, late in the season, by +their bark, buds and habit of growth. + +"But no book gives the other information that I have referred to; so I +shall offer, in the present chapter, a little rudimentary instruction in +this important branch of woodcraft. + +"It is convenient for our purpose to divide the trees into two great +groups, hard woods and soft woods, using these terms not so loosely as +lumbermen do, but drawing the line between sycamore, yellow birch, +yellow pine, and slippery elm, on the one side, and red cedar, +sassafras, pitch pine and white birch, on the other. + +"_As a general rule_, hard woods make good, slow-burning fuel that +yields lasting coals, and soft woods make a quick, hot fire that is soon +spent. But each species has peculiarities that deserve close attention. + +"_Best Fuel_--Best of all northern fire woods is hickory, green or dry. +It makes a hot fire, but lasts a long time, burning down to a bed of +hard coals that keep up an even, generous heat for hours. Hickory, by +the way, is distinctly an American tree; no other region on earth +produces it. The live oak of the south is most excellent fuel; so is +holly. Following the hickory, in fuel value, are chestnut, oak, overcup, +white, blackjack, post and basket oaks, pecan, the hornbeams +(ironwoods), and dogwood. The latter burns finely to a beautiful white +ash that is characteristic; apple wood does the same. Black birch also +ranks here; it has the advantage of 'doing its own blowing,' as a +Carolina mountaineer said to me, meaning that the oil in the birch +assists its combustion so that the wood needs no coaxing. All of the +birches are good fuel, ranking in about this order: Black, yellow, red, +paper, and white. Sugar maple was the favorite fuel of our old-time +hunters and surveyors because it ignites easily, burns with a clear, +steady flame, and leaves good coals. + +"Locust is a good, lasting fuel; it is easy to cut, and, when green, +splits fairly well; the thick bark takes fire readily and the wood then +burns slowly, with little flame, leaving pretty good coals; hence it is +good for night wood. Mulberry has similar qualities. The scarlet and +willow oaks are among the poorest of the hard woods for fuel. Cherry +makes only fair fuel. White elm is poor stuff, but slippery elm is +better. Yellow pine burns well, as its sap is resinous instead of watery +like that of the soft pines. + +"In some respects white ash is the best of green woods for campers fuel. +It is easily cut and split, is lighter to tote than most other woods, +and is of so dry a nature that even the green wood catches fire readily. +It burns with clear flame, and lasts longer than any other free-burning +wood of its weight. On a wager, I have built a bully fire from a green +tree of white ash, one match, and no dry kindling. I split some of the +wood very fine and 'frilled' a few of the little sticks with my knife. + +"_Soft Woods_--Most of the soft woods are good only for kindling, or for +quick cooking fires, and then only when seasoned. For these purposes, +however, some of them are superior, as they split and shave readily and +catch fire easily. + +"Liquidambar, magnolia, tulip, catalpa, and willow are poor fuel. +Seasoned chestnut and yellow poplar make a hot fire, but crackle and +leave no coals. Balsam fir, basswood, and the white and loblolly pines +make quick fires, but are soon spent. The grey (Labrador) or jack pine +is considered good fuel in the far north, where hard woods are scarce. +Seasoned tamarack is good. Spruce is poor fuel, although, being +resinous, it kindles easily and makes a good blaze for 'branding up' a +fire. Pitch pine, which is the most inflammable of all woods when dry +and 'fat,' will scarcely burn at all in a green state. Sycamore and +buckeye, when thoroughly seasoned, are good fuel, but will not split. +Alder burns readily and gives out considerable heat, but is not lasting. + +"The dry wood of the northern poplar (large-toothed aspen) is a favorite +for cooking fires, because it gives an intense heat, with little or no +smoke, lasts well, and does not blacken the utensils. Red cedar has +similar qualities, but is rather hard to ignite and must be fed fine at +the start. + +"The best green soft woods for fuel are white birch, paper birch, soft +maple, cottonwood, and quaking aspen. + +"As a rule, the timber growing along the margins of large streams is +softwood. Hence, driftwood is generally a poor mainstay unless there is +plenty of it on the spot; but driftwood on the sea coast is good fuel. + +"_Precautions_--I have already mentioned the necessity of clearing the +camp ground of inflammable stuff before starting a fire on it, raking it +toward a common center and burning all the dead leaves, pine needles and +trash; otherwise it may catch and spread beyond your control as soon as +your back is turned. Don't build your fire against a big old punky log; +it may smoulder a day or two after you have left and then burst out into +flame when the breeze fans it. + +"_Never_ leave a spark of fire when breaking camp, or when leaving it +for the day. Make absolutely sure of this by drenching the campfire +thoroughly, or by smothering it completely with earth or sand. Never +drop a lighted match on the ground without stamping it out. Have you +ever seen a forest fire? It is terrible. Thousands of acres are +destroyed and many a time men and women and children have been cut off +by a tornado of flame and burned alive. The person whose carelessness +starts such a holocaust is worse than a fool--he is a criminal, and a +disgrace to the good earth he treads." + +[Illustration: HAVERSACK FOR CARRYING KITCHEN UTENSILS] + + +Cooking Devices + +When it is convenient carry a hatchet. Scouts should carry a small +folding grate. The best form of grate is one with folding legs. + +After laying the fire the legs of the grate are driven into the ground. +As the fire burns down, the grate may be lowered by driving the legs in +deeper. This is a very useful utensil for supporting hot water pails or +frying pan. + +When no forks can be found use the "Pine Tree Horse," as shown in cut. + +In order to boil water hard it will only be necessary to slip the kettle +down the pole, holding it in place by graduated notches. + +Equipment and supplies for one meal may be carried in one or two +haversacks like the one shown. Indeed, a meal may be cooked without any +equipment whatever other than a knife which every Scout should be +provided with. + +_Improvised Grate_--A few sticks 1/2 inch in diameter laid about 2 +inches apart and about 2 inches above the coals form a good enough +broiler. Steak and chops cook perfectly well if laid right on the coals. + +Cooking kits allow for more variety, as they provide a frying pan, in +which bacon and potatoes can be cooked, and a small pail for boiling +water. It is convenient for each Scout to carry her own cup, knife, fork +and spoon. The cooking kit and supplies can then be divided among the +party. + +At a permanent camp a frying board is a great convenience. It is simply +a flat, smooth board with a pointed end which can be driven into the +ground. Fish, meat, game and "Injun" bread can be cooked on this board +better than in any other way, as the food receives the heat without +becoming charred, and is much more wholesome than when fried in a pan. +As long as the board is to windward of the flame, a constant heat is +maintained without smoke. A small fire will cook a very large fish in a +short time. An old canoe paddle may be used for this purpose. The food +is hung on nails driven in the board, a strip of bacon, hung above the +fish and dripping on it would improve the flavor. + +[Illustration: THE FOLDING BAKER] + +It is a good plan to use a separate frying board when cooking fish, as +the juice from the fish seeps into the board and it is practically +impossible to remove it by cleaning. The flavor of fish is not pleasant +on other food. If it is not practicable to carry two frying boards one +can be careful to reserve the same side of one board for cooking fish. + +A long cooking spoon for dishing vegetables out of the pots is very +useful. A roll of paper towels for drying dishes and for use as napkins, +or cloth dish towels and paper napkins are also useful. Other useful +articles are a dish mop with a wooden handle, and a pancake turner. + +_The Folding Baker_--The baker may be placed before the blazing fire. It +is a perfect arrangement for baking biscuits and roasting meats. + +_Friction Top Cans_--It is well to have these varying in capacity from +one to three quarts. Use one quart size for washing soda, powdered soap, +and sugar. The larger sizes should carry flour, cornmeal, etc. Eggs may +be placed in the one used for the cornmeal. + +[Illustration: FRICTION TOP CAN] + +Where convenient to provide a large equipment the following utensils are +suggested: + +Camp grate, 3 wire toasters (one for meat, one for fish, one for bread), +2 frying boards (one for meat, one for fish), 6-quart pail for reserve +water, 9-quart pail for boiling vegetables, agate or paper plates, agate +or paper cups, knives, forks, spoons, kit knife, paper towels, dish +mops, powdered soap, cotton gloves for handling hot or smoky pots, +candles, matches (in waterproof packages), non-rusting wire 1/8 inch +thick for hanging pots, etc. + +A large permanent camp may add greatly to the pleasure of its members, +and make a delightful break in the day, by sending off troops of, say, +eight girls to cook a camp lunch at a place about a mile distant. For +this purpose, when a group plans to do a great deal of camping the above +equipment is suggested. It could all be packed in the pack basket, and +the girls could take turns carrying it. + +[Illustration: FOLDING FRYING PAN] + +Such a basket without a canvas cover costs about $8 and is extremely +useful in permanent camp equipment. + + +Utensils Required for a Party of Eight and their Uses + +If the group of girls plans for a camping trip of several days and +transport is available, all the following utensils will be found useful. +These may be purchased in any sporting goods store. + +_Three Wire Toasters_--One for meat, one for fish, one for toast. + +In cooking meat or fish, and in making toast before a blazing fire, +stand the wire toaster upright before the fire and prop it up with a +stick. + +A board may be used in the same manner. It is often desirable to do this +in order to avoid the delay of waiting for the fire to burn down. + +_Cooking Pots_--Size 5 quarts, for boiling vegetables; size 6-1/2 +quarts, for boiling vegetables; size 9 quarts, for hot water; size 15 +quarts, for reserve cold water. + +Each of these pots nests in the next larger size, making one package. A +cocoa pot of this type nests into the 5-quart pail. + +_Two Frying Pans_--The handles fold in and the pans pack in a case with +the nest of cooking pots. In addition to their usual uses, the frying +pans are also used as dish-washing pans, one for the washing and one +for the rinsing. + +[Illustration: COMPLETE COOKING OUTFIT FOR EIGHT SCOUTS] + +A heaped teaspoon of washing soda dissolved in hot water will so +perfectly clean the frying pans as to permit their use as dish-pans. + +Eight agate plates, or aluminum if possible; eight agate cups, or +aluminum if possible; eight knives, forks and spoons; one large, +long-handled cooking spoon. + +The complete cooking outfit may be nested together and packed in a +canvas bag and takes up about as much space as a water pail. + + +Provisions + +"When a party camps where fresh meat and farm products can be procured +as they are wanted, its provisioning is chiefly a matter of taste, and +calls for no special comment here. But to have good meals in the +wilderness is a different matter. A man will eat five or six pounds a +day of fresh food. That is a heavy load on the trail. And fresh meat, +dairy products, fruit and vegetables are generally too bulky, too +perishable. So it is up to the woodsman to learn how to get the most +nourishment out of the least weight and bulk in materials that 'keep' +well. + +"Light outfitting, as regards food, is mainly a question of _how much +water_ we are willing to carry in our rations. For instance, canned +peaches are 88 per cent. water. Can one afford to carry so much water +from home when there is plenty of it at camp? + +"The following table is suggestive: + + More than 3/4 water + + Fresh milk, fruit, vegetables (except potatoes). + Canned soups, tomatoes, peaches, pears, etc. + + More than 1/2 water + + Fresh beef, veal, mutton, poultry, eggs, potatoes. + Canned corn, baked beans, pineapple. + Evaporated milk (unsweetened). + + More than 1/3 water + + Fresh bread, rolls, pork chops. + Potted chicken, etc. + Cheese. + Canned blackberries. + + Less than 1/3 water + + Dried apples, apricots, peaches, prunes. + Fruit jelly. + + Less than 1/5 water + + Salt pork, bacon, dried fish, butter. + Dessicated eggs, concentrated soups. + Powdered milk. + Wheat flour, cornmeal, etc., macaroni. + Rice, oatmeal, hominy, etc. + Dried beans, split peas. + Dehydrated vegetables. + Dried dates, figs, raisins. + Orange marmalade, sugar, chocolate. + Nuts, nut butter. + +"Although this table is good in its way, it is not a fair measure of +the relative value of foods. Even the solid part of some foodstuffs +contains a good deal of refuse (potatoes 20 per cent), while others have +none. + +[Illustration: FIVE QUART PAIL TO NEST CANS] + +"_Nutritive Values_--The nutritive elements of foodstuffs are protein, a +little mineral matter, fats, and carbohydrates. Protein is the basis of +muscles, bone, tendon, cartilage, skin and corpuscles of the blood. Fats +and carbohydrates supply heat and muscular energy. In other words, the +human body is an engine; protein keeps it in repair; fats and +carbohydrates are the fuel to run it. + +"Familiar examples of proteids are lean meat and white of egg. The chief +food fats are fat meat, butter, lard, oil and cream. Carbohydrates are +starchy foods (flour, cereals, etc.) and sugar (sweets of almost any +kind). + +"The problem of a well-balanced ration consists in supplying daily the +right proportion of nutritive elements in agreeable and digestible form. +The problem of a campaign ration is the same, but cutting out most of +the water and waste in which fresh foods abound. However, in getting rid +of the water in fresh meats, fruits and vegetables we lose, +unfortunately, much of the volatile essences that give these foods their +good flavor. This loss--and it is a serious one--must be made up by the +camp cook, changing the menu as often as he can by varying the +ingredients and the processes of cooking. + +"_Variety_ is quite as welcome at the camp board as anywhere else, in +fact, more so; for it is harder to get. Variety need not mean adding to +the load. It means _substituting_, say, three 5-pound parcels for one +15-pound parcel, so as to have something 'different' from day to day. + +"_Digestibility_--We must bear in mind the adage that 'we live not upon +what we eat but upon what we digest.' Some foods rich in protein, +especially beans, peas, and oatmeal, are not easily assimilated, unless +cooked for a longer time than campers generally can spare. A +considerable part of their protein is liable to putrefy in the +alimentary canal, and so be worse than wasted. An excess of meat or fish +will do the same thing. Other foods of very high theoretical value are +constipating if used in large amounts, as cheese, nuts, chocolate. + +"_Food Components_--Let us now consider the material of field rations, +item by item. + +"_Bacon_--Good old breakfast bacon worthily heads the list, for it is +the campaigner's standby. It keeps well in any climate, and demands no +special care in packing. It is easy to cook, combines well with almost +anything, is handier than lard to fry things with, does just as well to +shorten bread or biscuits, is very nutritious, and nearly everybody +likes it. Take it with you from home, for you can seldom buy it away +from railroad towns. Get the boneless, in 5 to 8 pound flitches. Let +canned bacon alone; it lacks flavor and costs more than it is worth. A +little mould on the outside of a flitch does no harm, but reject bacon +that is soft and watery, or with yellow fat, or with brownish or black +spots in the lean. + +"_Smoked Ham_--Small ones generally are tough and too salty. Hard to +keep in warm or damp weather; moulds easily. Is attractive to +blow-flies, which quickly fill it with 'skippers' if they can get at it. +If kept in a cheesecloth bag and hung in a cool, airy place a ham will +last until eaten up and will be relished. Ham will keep, even in warm +weather, if packed in a stout paper bag so as to exclude flies. It will +keep indefinitely if sliced, boiled or fried and put up in tins with +melted lard poured over it to keep out air. * * * + +"_Canned Soups_--These are wholesome enough, but their fluid kinds are +very bulky for their meager nutritive value. However, a few cans of +consomme are fine for 'stock' in camp soups or stews, and invaluable in +case of sickness. Here, as in canned meat, avoid the country grocery +kind. + +"_Condensed Soups_--Soup powders are a great help in time of +trouble--but don't rely on them for a full meal. There are some that are +complete in themselves and require nothing but 15 to 20 minutes' +cooking; others take longer, and demand (in small type on the label) the +addition of ingredients that generally you haven't got. Try various +brands at home till you find what you like. + +"_Cured Fish_--Shredded codfish and smoked halibut, sprats, boneless +herring are portable and keep well. They will be relished for variety's +sake. + +"_Eggs_--To vary the camp bill of fare, eggs are simply invaluable, not +only by themselves, but as ingredients in cooking. * * * + +"When means of transportation permit, fresh eggs may be carried to +advantage. A hand crate holding 12 dozen weighs about 24 pounds, filled. + +"Eggs can be packed along in winter without danger of breakage by +carrying them frozen. Do not try to boil a frozen egg; peel it as you +would a hard-boiled one and then fry or poach. + +"To test an egg for freshness, drop it into cold water; if it sinks +quickly it is fresh; if it stands on end it is doubtful; if it floats it +is surely bad. + +"To preserve eggs, rub them all over with vaseline, being careful that +no particle of shell is uncoated. They will keep good much longer than +if treated with lime water, salt, paraffine, water-glass or any of the +other common expedients. + +"On hard trips it is impracticable to carry eggs in the shell. Some +campers break fresh eggs and pack them in friction-top cans. The yolks +soon break and they keep but a short time. _A good brand_ of desiccated +eggs is the solution of this problem. It does away with all risk of +breaking and spoiling and reduces bulk very much. Desiccated eggs vary a +great deal in quality, according to material and process employed. +Desiccated eggs made of the yolks are merely useful as ingredients in +cooking. + +"_Milk_--Sweetened condensed milk (the 'salve of the lumberjacks') is +distasteful to most people. Plain evaporated milk is the thing to +carry--and don't leave it out if you can practicably tote it. The notion +that this is a 'baby food' to be scorned by real woodsmen is nothing +but a foolish conceit. Few things pay better for their transportation. +It will be allowed that Admiral Peary knows something about food values. +Here is what he says in _The North Pole_: 'The essentials, and the only +essentials, needed in a serious Arctic sledge journey, no matter what +the season, the temperature, or the duration of the journey--whether one +month or six--are four: pemmican, tea, ship's biscuit, condensed milk. +The standard daily ration for work on the final sledge journey toward +the Pole on all expeditions has been as follows: 1 lb. pemmican, 1 lb. +ship's biscuit, 4 oz. condensed milk, 1/2 oz. compressed tea.' + +"Milk, either evaporated or powdered, is a very important ingredient in +camp cookery. + +"_Butter_--This is another 'soft' thing that pays its freight. + +"For ordinary trips it suffices to pack butter firmly into pry-up tin +cans which have been sterilized by thorough scalding and then cooled in +a perfectly clean place. Keep it in a spring or in cold running water +(hung in a net, or weighted in a rock) whenever you can. When traveling, +wrap the cold can in a towel or other insulating material. + +"If I had to cut out either lard or butter I would keep the butter. It +serves all the purposes of lard in cooking, is wholesomer, and beyond +that, it is the most concentrated source of energy that one can use with +impunity. + +"_Cheese_--Cheese has nearly twice the fuel value of a porterhouse steak +of equal weight, and it contains a fourth more protein. It is popularly +supposed to be hard to digest, but in reality it is not so if used in +moderation. The best kind for campers is potted cheese, or cream or +'snappy' cheese put up in tinfoil. If not so protected from air it soon +dries out and grows stale. A tin of imported Camembert will be a +pleasant surprise on some occasion. + +"_Bread Biscuits_--It is well to carry enough yeast bread for two or +three days, until the game country is reached and camp routine is +established. To keep it fresh, each loaf must be sealed in wax paper or +parchment paper (the latter is best, because it is tough, waterproof, +greaseproof). Bread freezes easily; for cold weather luncheons carry +toasted bread. + +"_Hardtack_ (pilot bread, ship biscuit) can be recommended only for such +trips or cruises as do not permit baking. It is a cracker prepared of +plain flour and water, not even salted, and kiln-dried to a chip, so as +to keep indefinitely, its only enemies being weevils. Get the coarsest +grade. To make hardtack palatable toast it until crisp, or soak in hot +coffee and butter it, or at least salt it. + +"Swedish hardtack, made of whole rye flour, is good for a change. + +"Plasmon biscuit, imported from England, is the most nutritious +breadstuff I have ever used. It is a round cracker, firm but not hard, +of good flavor, containing a large percentage of the protein of milk, +six of the small biscuits holding as much proteid as a quarter of a +pound of beef. + +"_Flour_--Graham and entire wheat flours contain more protein than +patent flour, but this is offset by the fact that it is not so +digestible as the protein of standard flour. Practically there is little +or no difference between them in the amount of protein assimilated. The +same seems to be true of their mineral ingredients. + +"Many campers depend a good deal on self-raising flour because it saves +a little trouble in mixing. But such flour is easily spoiled by +dampness, it does not make as good biscuits or flapjacks as one can turn +out in camp by doing his own mixing, and it will not do for thickening, +dredging, etc. + +"Flour and meal should be sifted before starting on an expedition. There +will be no sieve in camp." + +"_Baking Powder_--Get the best available powder, put up in air and +damp-eight tins, so that your material will be in good condition when +you come to use it in camp. Baking soda will not be needed on short +trips, but is required for longer ones, in making sour-dough, as a +steady diet of baking-powder bread or biscuit will ruin the stomach if +persisted in for a considerable time. Soda also is useful medicinally. + +"_Cornmeal_--Some like yellow, some prefer white. The flavor of freshly +ground meal is best, but the ordinary granulated meal of commerce keeps +better, because it has been kiln-dried. Cornmeal should not be used as +the leading breadstuff, for reasons already given, but johnnycake, corn +pancakes, and mush are a welcome change from hot wheat bread or biscuit, +and the average novice at cooking may succeed better with them. The meal +is useful to roll fish in before frying. + +"_Breakfast Cereals_--These according to taste, and for variety's sake. +Plain cereals, particularly oatmeal, require a long cooking, either in a +double boiler or with constant stirring, to make them digestible; and +then there is a messy pot to clean up. They do more harm than good to +campers who hurry their cooking. So it is best to buy the partially +cooked cereals that take only a few minutes to prepare. Otherwise the +'patent breakfast foods' have no more nutritive quality than plain +grain; some of them not so much. The notion that bran has remarkable +food value is a delusion; it actually makes the protein of the grain +less digestible. As for mineral matter, 'to build up bone and teeth and +brawn,' there is enough of it in almost any mixed diet, without +swallowing a lot of crude fiber. + +"Rice, although not very appetizing by itself, combines so well in stew +or the like, and goes so well in pudding, that it deserves a place in +the commissariat. + +"_Macaroni_--The various pastes (pas-tay, as the Italians call them) +take the place of bread, may be cooked in many ways to lend variety, and +are especially good in soups which otherwise would have little +nourishing power. Spaghetti, vermicelli, and noodles all are good in +their way. Break macaroni into inch pieces and pack so that insects +cannot get into it. It is more wholesome than flapjacks and it 'sticks +to the ribs.' + +"_Sweets_--Sugar is stored-up energy, and is assimilated more quickly +than any other food. Men in the open soon get to craving sweets. + +"Maple sugar is always welcome. Get the soft kind that can be spread on +bread for luncheons. Syrup is easily made from it in camp by simply +bringing it to a boil with the necessary amount of water. Ready-made +syrup is mean to pack around. + +"Sweet chocolate (not too sweet) has remarkable sustaining power. + +"When practicable, take along some jam and marmalade. The commissaries +of the British Army were wise when they gave jam an honorable place in +Tommy Atkins' field ration. Yes: jam for soldiers in time of war. So +many ounces of it, substituted, mind you, for so many ounces of the +porky, porky, porky, that has ne'er a streak of lean. So, a little +current jelly with your duck or venison is worth breaking all rules for. +Such conserves can be repacked by the buyer in pry-up cans that have +been sterilized as recommended under the heading _Butter_. + +"_Fresh Vegetables_--The only ones worth taking along are potatoes and +onions. Choose potatoes with small eyes and of uniform medium size, even +if you have to buy half a bushel to sort out a peck. They are very heavy +and bulky in proportion to their food value; so you cannot afford to be +burdened with any but the best. Cereals and beans take the place of +potatoes when you go light. + +"Fresh onions are almost indispensable for seasoning soups, stews, etc. +A few of them can be taken along almost anywhere. I generally carry at +least one, even on a walking trip. Onions are good for the suddenly +overtaxed system, relieve the inordinate thirst that one experiences the +first day or two, and assist excretion. Freezing does not spoil onions +if they are kept frozen until used. + +"_Beans_--A prime factor in cold weather camping. Take a long time to +cook ('soak all day and cook all night' is the rule). Cannot be cooked +done at altitudes of 5,000 feet and upward. Large varieties cook +quickest, but the small white navy beans are best for baking. Pick them +over before packing, as there is much waste. + +"_Split Peas_--Used chiefly in making a thick, nourishing soup. + +"_Dehydrated Vegetables_--Much of the flavor of fresh vegetables is lost +when the juice is expressed or evaporated, but all of their nutriment is +retained and enough of the flavor for them to serve as fair substitutes +when fresh vegetables cannot be carried. They help out a camp stew and +may even be served as side dishes if one has butter and milk to season +them. Generally they require soaking (which can be done over night); +then they are to be boiled slowly until tender, taking about as much +time as fresh vegetables. If cooking is hurried they will be woody and +tasteless. + +"Dehydrated vegetables are very portable, keep in any climate, and it +is well to carry some on trips far from civilization. + +"_Canned Vegetables_--In our table of food values it will be noticed +that the least nourishing article for its weight and bulk is a can of +tomatoes. Yet these 'air-tights' are great favorites with outdoors men, +especially in the West and South, where frequently they are eaten raw +out of the can. It is not so much their flavor as their acid that is +grateful to a stomach overtaxed with fat or canned meat and hot bread +three times a day. If wanted only as an adjuvant to soups, stews, rice, +macaroni, etc., the more concentrated puree will serve very well. + +"Canned corn (better still, 'kornlet,' which is concentrated milk of +sweet corn) is quite nourishing, and everybody likes it. + +"A few cans of baked beans (_without_ tomato sauce) will be handy in wet +weather. The B. & M. 3/4 lb. cans are convenient for a lone camper or +for two going light. + +"_Nuts_--A handful each of shelled nuts and raisins, with a cake of +sweet chocolate, will carry a man far on the trail or when he has lost +it. The kernels of butternuts and hickory nuts have the highest fuel +value of our native species; peanuts and almonds are very rich in +protein; Brazil nuts, filberts and pecans, in fat. Peanut butter is a +concentrated food that goes well in sandwiches. One can easily make nut +butter of any kind (except almonds or Brazil nuts) for himself by using +the nut grinder that comes with a kitchen food chopper, and can add +ground dates, ground popcorn, or whatever he likes; but such +preparations will soon grow rancid if not sealed airtight. Nut butter is +more digestible than kernels unless the latter are thoroughly chewed. + +"_Fruits_--All fruits are very deficient in protein and (except olives) +in fat, but dried fruit is rich in carbohydrates. Fruit acid (that of +prunes, dried apricots, and dehydrated cranberries, when fresh fruit +cannot be carried) is a good corrective of a too fatty and starchy or +sugary diet, and a preventive of scurvy. Most fruits are laxative, and +for that reason, if none other, a good proportion of dried fruit should +be included in the ration, no matter how light one travels; otherwise +one is likely to suffer from constipation when he changes from 'town +grub' to 'trail grub.' + +"Among canned fruits those that go farthest are pineapples and +blackberries. Excellent jelly can be made in camp from dried apples. + +"There is much nourishment in dates, figs (those dried round are better +than layer figs) and raisins. Pitted dates and seedless raisins are best +for light outfits. And do not despise the humble prune; buy the best +grade in the market (unknown to landladies) and soak over night before +stewing; it will be a revelation. Take a variety of dried fruits, and +mix them in different combinations, sweet and tart, so as not to have +the same sauce twice in succession; then you will learn that dried +fruits are by no means a poor substitute for fresh or canned ones. + +"In hot weather I carry a few lemons whenever practicable. Limes are +more compact and better medicinally, but they do not keep well. Lime +juice in bottles is excellent, if you carry it. + +"Citric acid crystals may be used in lieu of lemons when going light, +but the flavor is not so good as that of lemonade powder that one can +put up for himself. The process is described by A. W. Barnard: 'Squeeze +out the lemons and sift into the clear juice four to six spoonfuls of +sugar to a lemon; let stand a few days if the weather is dry, or a week +if wet, till it is dried up, then pulverize and put up into capsules.' +Gelatin capsules of any size, from one oz. down, can be procured at a +drug store. They are convenient to carry small quantities of spices, +flavoring, medicines, etc., on a hike. + +"Vinegar and pickles are suitable only for fixed camps or easy cruises. + +"_Fritures_--Lard is less wholesome than olive oil, or 'Crisco,' or the +other preparations of vegetable fats. Crisco can be heated to a higher +temperature than lard without burning, thus ensuring the 'surprise' +which prevents getting a fried article sodden with grease; it does as +well as lard for shortening; and it can be used repeatedly without +transmitting the flavor of one dish to the next one. Olive oil is +superior as a friture, especially for fish, but expensive. + +"_Beverages_--Tea is better than coffee. Even if you don't use it at +home, take along on your camping trip enough for midday meals. Tea +tabloids are not bad, but I advise using the real thing. On a hike, with +no tea-ball, I tie up enough for each pint in a bit of washed +cheesecloth, loosely, leaving enough string attached whereby to whisk it +out after exactly four minutes' steeping. + +"Cocoa is not only a drink but a food. It is best for the evening meal +because it makes one sleepy, whereas tea and coffee have the opposite +effect. + +"Get the soluble kind if you want it quickly prepared. + +"_Condiments_--Do not leave out a small assortment of condiments +wherewith to vary the taste of common articles and serve a new sauce or +gravy or pudding now and then. + +"Salt is best carried in a wooden box. The amount used in cooking and at +table is small. + +"White pepper is better than black. Some Cayenne or Chili should also be +taken. Red pepper is not only a good stomachic, but also is fine for a +chili (made into a tea with hot water and sugar). + +"Among condiments I class beef extract, bouillon cubes or capsules, and +the like. They are of no use as food except to stimulate a feeble +stomach or furnish a spurt of energy, but invaluable for flavoring +camp-made soups and stews when you are far away from beef. The powder +called Oystero yields an oyster flavor. + +"Mustard is useful not only at table but for medicinal purposes; cloves, +not only for its more obvious purposes, but to stick in an onion for a +stew, and perchance for a toothache. + +"Celery and parsley can now be had in dehydrated form. Some sage may be +needed for stuffing." Onion and celery salt are real additions to the +camp cooking outfit. + +"If you aim at cake-making and puddings, ginger and cinnamon may be +required. Curry powder is relished by many; its harshness may be +tempered with sweet fruits or sugar. + +"On short trips, salt and pepper will meet all requirements. + +"_Packing Food_--Meat of any kind will quickly mould or spoil if packed +in tins from which air is not exhausted. + +"Flour should not be carried in the original sacks; they wet through or +absorb moisture from the air, snag easily, and burst under the strain of +a lashrope. Pack your flour, cereals, vegetables, dried fruits, etc., in +the round-bottomed paraffined bags sold by outfitters (various sizes, +from 10 lbs. down), which are damp-proof and have the further merit of +standing up on their bottoms instead of always falling over. Put a tag +on each bag and label it in _ink_. These small bags may then be stowed +in 9-inch waterproof canvas provision bags (see outfitter's catalogues), +but in that case the thing you want is generally at the bottom. * * * + +"Butter, lard, ground coffee, tea, sugar, jam, matches, go in pry-up +tin cans, sold by outfitters (small quantities in mailing tubes), or in +common capped tins with tops secured by surgeon's plaster. Get pepper +and spices in shaker-top cans, or, if you carry common shakers, cover +tops with cloth and snap stout rubber bands around them. + +"Often it is well to carry separately enough food to last the party +between the jumping-off place and the main camp site, as it saves the +bother of breaking bulk en route. + +"When transportation is easy it pays to pack the bread, bags of flour, +etc., in a tin wash-boiler or two, which are wrapped in burlaps and +crated. These make capital grub boxes in camp, securing their contents +from wet, insects and rodents. Ants in summer and mice at all times are +downright pests of the woods, to say nothing of the wily coon, the +predatory mink, the inquisitive skunk, and the fretful porcupine. The +boilers are useful, too, on many occasions to catch rain-water, boil +clothes, waterproof and dye tents, and so forth. + +"_A Last Look Around_--Check off every article in the outfit as it is +stowed, and keep the inventory for future reference. Then note what is +left over at the end of the trip. This will help in outfitting for the +next season." + + +Camp Cooking + +Meat and fish are easy to cook and require few utensils. Steaks or chops +require from four to twelve minutes to broil rare over a good bed of +live coals, depending on the thickness of the meat. Place either +directly on the coals in wire broiler and raise only an inch or two +above the fire. Turn after about 1-1/2 minutes, and afterward turn a +little oftener to prevent burning. + +Chicken or duck of broiling size takes about 20 minutes to broil and +requires very particular care in frequent turning to prevent burning. +Turn about every 1/2 minute. As portions of the skin show signs of +getting too brown baste them with a few drops of hot water from a large +spoon. This also tends to keep them moist. The poultry may be cooked by +propping the wire broiler upright six to nine inches from a blazing +fire. Often the poultry is started this way and finished over the coals, +as this saves considerable time in waiting for the fire to burn down. +The chicken or duck may be hung close to the fire by a wire from a +slanting pole, revolving frequently. An hour is required to roast +poultry. + +_Stew_--Cut meat in small pieces, brown in frying pan (use drippings), +remove and place in stew pan in which there is sufficient water to cover +stew. Cut vegetables in small pieces, place in frying pan a few +minutes--long enough to soften--place in stew pan, season with salt and +pepper, cook one-half hour--add flour thickening (water and flour), +cover with enough water to prevent stew becoming dry and bury in hot +oven for two or three hours. + +_Broiled Fish_--Place in wire broiler, rubbing broiler first with salt +pork or lard to prevent sticking, and broil over coals for about 20 +minutes. All fish that is broiled should be served with a little butter +sauce. + + +Frying Pan Dishes + +_Fried Fish_--Cut the fish in pieces; that is, serving portions. Roll +fish in cornmeal (this is not absolutely necessary). Fry for about 20 +minutes (depending upon thickness of fish) over hot fire, in about 2 +tablespoons of heated frying oil. Tried-out bacon, salt pork, lard, +Crisco, or prepared cooking oil may be used. + +_Fish Balls_--Fish balls prepared at home and carried along make good +camp food. For group of eight: Ingredients--1 bowl dried codfish soaked +several hours in cold water, 1 egg, 2 raw potatoes cut in pieces, 2 +ozs. butter, frying oil, 2 tablespoons milk. Boil codfish and potatoes +together for about 10 minutes, mash, add 1 beaten egg, butter size of +1/2 small egg (about 2 ozs.), 2 tablespoons milk and stir thoroughly. +This mixture should be about the consistency of stiff oatmeal. Heat +small amount of frying oil in pan. Drop batter from large spoon into hot +oil. When brown, turn and cook on other side. Each patty should cook +about three minutes to the side, about six minutes for the whole. + +_Fried Ham_--Boil in frying pan for about 5 minutes, then pour off water +and fry about two minutes on each side. + +_Fried Bacon_--Fry gently until fat is tried out (Save drippings.) Bacon +may also be fried on a hot rock, or cooked on sharp pointed stick with +forked ends. + +_Fried Country Sausage_--Fry sausages over moderate fire for about 15 +minutes till they are brown. + +_Corn Beef Hash_--Carry with the ingredients already prepared 1 part +corned beef, chopped, 2 parts chopped cold boiled potatoes. Melt butter +or suet into the frying pan. Fry. + + +Vegetables + +_Boiled Potatoes_--Clean and scrape potatoes. Do not peel. Have water +boiling and salted before putting potatoes in pot and keep water boiling +until potatoes are soft. Large ones take about 25 minutes to cook. Plan +to serve the meal about 25 minutes after the potatoes are put on the +fire, for they are best served hot. When potatoes are cooked, drain +water and keep hot until served. + +_Fried Potatoes_--Slice cold boiled potatoes uniformly and fry in hot +butter until brown. + +_Fried Raw Potatoes_--Slice raw potatoes uniformly, boil in frying pan +5 minutes and then fry in butter until brown. + +_Onions_--Boil in salted water 30 minutes until tender. Onions and +potatoes go well together and campers should boil them together. + +_Green Peas_--Buy them fresh from a farmer near camp if possible. Reject +over-ripe pods. Shell and boil about 20 minutes in salted water, keeping +peas barely covered. Drain almost all water when cooked and add one +ounce of butter. + +_Green Corn_--Boil corn about five minutes in boiling salted water. + + +Cocoa + +One teaspoonful (level) to each person, 1/2 cup of water to each person, +1/2 cup of milk to each person. Cook cocoa in water 5 minutes; add to +warm milk and allow it to reach boiling point. _Do not boil._ + + +Bread + +When possible carry along a supply of bread. + +_Toast_--Toast may either be made over coals or by propping wire broiler +upright before blazing fire. + +"_Biscuit Loaf_--This is a standard camp bread, because it bakes +quickly. It is good so long as it is hot, but it dries out soon and will +not keep. For four: 3 pints flour, 3 heaping teaspoonfuls baking powder, +1 heaping teaspoonful salt, 2 heaping tablespoonfuls cold grease, 1 +scant pint cold water. Amount of water varies according to quality of +flour. Baking powders vary in strength; follow directions on can. Mix +thoroughly, with big spoon or wooden paddle, first the baking powder +with the flour and then the salt. Rub into this the cold grease (which +may be lard, cold pork fat, drippings) until there are no lumps left and +no grease adhering to bottom of pan. This is a little tedious, but don't +shirk it. Then stir in the water and work it with spoon until you have +a rather stiff dough. Have the pan greased. Turn the loaf into it and +bake. Test center of loaf with a sliver when you think it properly done. +When no dough adheres remove bread. All hot breads should be broken with +the hand, never cut. + +"To freshen any that is left over and dried out, sprinkle a little water +over it and heat through. This can be done but once." + + +Washing Dishes + +Every part of the camp work should be a pleasure, and there is no reason +whatever that dish washing should be an exception. If the following +directions for dish washing are followed the work may be so quickly and +perfectly done as to be part of the fun. + +1. Each girl should throw scraps from her plate into a trench or +receptacle. Do not throw food scraps on the camp fire, as they make a +disagreeable smoke. + +2. Wipe each plate and other utensils as clean as possible with paper +napkin, and throw napkin in the fire. + +3. Scrape out all cooking pots. If any material has burned on them, boil +them out with one ounce of washing soda to one quart of water. + +4. Pile all dishes thus prepared beside the two dish-pans. Partly fill +the dish-pans with boiling water, putting a heaping teaspoonful of +powdered soap in one. + +5. Wash dishes with dish mop, and rinse in other pan of hot water. + +If the water is kept hot one girl can keep two busy drying, and the +whole operation for a party of four should not take over ten minutes. If +unskillfully done, without sufficient hot water or preparation, it is a +disagreeable task. Try to make it a pleasant one. + +The coffee pot should be frequently boiled out with washing soda. + +The wire broilers may be cleaned by rubbing them with ashes from the +camp fire. + +In nesting a blackened cooking pail, wrap it in paper to prevent soiling +the inside of the pail into which it fits. + +Use the fewest dishes possible in cooking and you will lighten your +labor. + +Use the same plates for different courses, rinsing them with hot water. + +Be sure to carry in your dish washing outfit, washing soda, powdered +soap and dish mops. + +"Dutch Cleanser" is very useful in cleaning dishes, pots and pans. + +After washing up for the night, put utensils and provision box together +and cover with rubber cloth to protect them from the weather. + + +Cleaning Up + +_This is important!_ If you leave your camping place littered with tin +cans, paper, etc., you will be spoiling that place for future campers. + +Burn all waste paper and string. + +Bury tin cans and empty bottles. + +Bury food scraps and refuse. + +_Be absolutely certain that you have extinguished your fire._ + +You should take pride in leaving your camp site so clean that not one +evidence of your camping remains except the ashes of the fire. + +[Illustration: PHOTOGRAPH BY G. CLYDE FISHER.] + +_Climb the mountains and get their good tidings._ + +_Nature's peace will flow into you as sunshine flows into trees. The +winds will blow their own freshness into you and the storms their +energy, while cares will drop off like autumn leaves._ + + --_John Muir._ + + +MOUNTAIN CLIMBING + +BY ELOISE ROORBACH, GARDEN EDITOR OF "TOUCHSTONE." + +Mountain climbing is the final test of a Girl Scout's perseverance in +following a trail, in endurance, courage and woodcraftmanship. Nature +reserves her choicest beauties and secrets for those who know how to +conquer all difficulties. No Girl Scout's education is complete until +she has seen mountain peaks like waves of the sea flashing with white +snow foam, piercing the blue sky as far as the eye can reach; clouds +forming below her feet; breathed rare air found only in high places; +drunk from the pure source of rivers, and heard the mighty roar of +waterfalls. A climb to a high mountain top is an experience that will +enrich and influence the entire after life of whoever has had the +hardihood and wisdom to accomplish it. + +Before attempting this last test of scouting the girl must be in perfect +physical trim, be able to sleep on the ground, have learned to live +simply. Girls should train for this experience by taking graduated +hikes. On these hikes the girls can practice using the condensed foods +that must be depended upon in mountain climbing. The rations for those +who wish to climb to high places must necessarily be condensed, for each +Scout must carry her own rations for two weeks. + +The foundation of a mountain climber's bill of fare is rice, bacon, +cheese, chocolate, raisins, dates, dried fruits, powdered soups, whole +wheat crackers, and tea. _Tea should be used instead of coffee._ The +eating chocolate is sometimes made into a refreshing drink. Only a small +amount of sugar and salt can be carried. This fare is augmented by +mushrooms, wild fruit and berries and fish. Watercress is a refreshing +addition and a good Scout knows where to find it. Some hardened climbers +add a little "jerky" (dried meats) to this bill of fare. + +No definite rule of distance to be covered in a day can be laid down. In +the high mountains ten or twelve miles a day should be considered a +maximum, for part of the benefit to be gained from such trips is the +enjoyment of the trip itself. It is better to go a few miles slowly, +observing keenly all the time, stopping for frequent rests to examine a +flower, to drink at a clear spring, to feast upon the view, than to +cover more ground in a hurried way. + +The following is a suggestion for the management of a day in high +mountain altitudes. Arise with the sun or a little before breakfast. +Breakfast consists of rice, dried fruit (put to soak the night before), +bacon, and shredded wheat biscuit. Before packing, make a small package +of cheese, chocolate, raisins and biscuit for the noon lunch that can be +reached without having to unpack equipment. There should be a rest of at +least an hour at noon, eating slowly, throwing off the pack, and if +possible relaxing flat on the back for a while. Then another hike of +three or four miles, making camp early in the evening, about 5 o'clock. +This divides the day into three periods of hikes with a rest in between. +The dinner is like breakfast, with the addition of soup. Soup can be +prepared and eaten while the rice is cooking. Mountain trout can be +fried with bacon. + +The equipment must be of the lightest. Clothing should consist of one +pair of stout, high, waterproof, hob-nailed boots; one pair of light +moccasins, to rest the feet in camp; short skirt; middy; riding breeches +or bloomers (for in crossing difficult passes skirts must be discarded); +hat; gauntlet gloves; one change of underclothes; three pairs of wool +stockings; one sweater; one comb (no brush); one small pocket mirror; +ivory soap or soap leaves; one tube of cold cream; compass; fishing rod, +lines and hooks; rope; leather thongs; stout string; note-book and map; +small hatchet; matches (in waterproof case). + +[Illustration: GIANT ALASKAN MOOSE + +The largest member of the deer tribe. The antlers which are worn only by +the male are shed once a year. Range: This and related forms found in +northern United States, Canada, and Alaska. Courtesy of American Museum +of Natural History.] + +No guns, books or cameras can be carried on a high hike, for their +weight is prohibitive. A sleeping bag made of eiderdown, lined with +canton flannel and covered with oiled silk or duck's back can be rolled +and carried across the shoulders. A knife, fork and spoon in addition to +the big sheath knife worn at the belt, one frying pan, tin plate and cup +(aluminum should be used in preference as tin rusts easily), a rice and +a soup kettle are all the cooking utensils needed. If a company of Girl +Scouts attempts a high mountain climb, additional covers of clothing and +food can be carried on a pack mule, but this chapter is for those who +wish to climb unencumbered with pack animals. It is by far the finest +way to see the high mountains, though it must be admitted few have the +hardihood or courage to try it. The new Roosevelt National Park, one of +the most magnificent playgrounds in the world, can be visited in the way +just described. + +The writer of this chapter has walked all through this park carrying the +clothing, food and equipment just described. Every day of the journey +found her in better physical trim, vigor, strength, and with keenness of +vision and joy of life increased daily. + +[Illustration: BUSY BEAVERS AT WORK + +The largest gnawing animal in this country, noted for damming streams +with trees (which they cut down by gnawing), mud, and stones. Range: +This or related races formerly found practically all over this country, +and northward into Canada. Detail from Habitat Group in American Museum +of Natural History.] + + +THE RED GOD + + Now the Four-way Lodge is opened: Now the hunting winds are loose, + Now the Smokes of Spring go up to clear the brain; + Now the young men's hearts are troubled for the whisper of the trues, + Now the Red Gods make their medicine again! + Who hath seen the beaver busied? Who hath watched the black-tail + mating? + Who hath lain alone to hear the wild goose cry? + Who hath worked the chosen waters where the ouananiche is waiting? + Or the sea-trout's jumping crazy for the fly? + Who hath smelled wood-smoke at twilight? Who hath smelled the birch + log burning? + Who is quick to read the noises of the night? + Let him follow with the others, for the young men's feet are turning + To the camps of proved desire and known delight! + Do you know the blackened timber? Do you know that racing stream + With the raw, right-angled log-jam at the end? + And the bar of sun-warmed shingle where a man may bask and dream + To the click of shod canoe-poles round the bend? + It is there that we are going with our rods and reels and traces + To a silent, smoky Indian that we know, + To a couch of new-pulled hemlock with the starlight on our faces, + For the Red Gods call us out and we must go! + _He must go--go--go away from here! + On the other side the world he's overdue. + 'Send your road is clear before you when the old spring-fret comes + o'er you + And the Red Gods call for you!_ + --Rudyard Kipling. + +[Illustration: LOON WITH NEST + +From Group in American Museum of Natural History] + +FOOTNOTE: + +[5] The passages in this section, from "Camping and Woodcraft," by +Horace Kephart, are used by permission of the author and the publisher, +the Macmillan Company, and are copyrighted, 1916, by the Macmillan +Company. + + + + +SECTION XV + +NATURE STUDY FOR GIRL SCOUTS + + +FOREWORD + +The following section was specially prepared for the Girl Scouts by Mr. +George H. Sherwood, Curator, and Dr. G. Clyde Fisher, Associate Curator, +of the Department of Public Education of the American Museum of Natural +History. All the illustrations used were supplied by the Museum, and the +tests in the various subjects were devised by the same authors. + +The American Museum of Natural History in New York conducts special +courses of lectures in all of the branches of Natural History, and +extends a cordial invitation to all Girl Scouts to visit the Department +of Education if wishing help in preparation for their Nature Study +tests. + + +_Contents_ + + 1. Introduction to Nature Study. + + 2. Plants: Flowers and Ferns and Trees. + + 3. Animals: Mammals + Birds + Reptiles + Amphibians + Fishes + Invertebrates + + 4. Geology. + +[Illustration: AN EGRET "ROOKERY" IN SOUTH CAROLINA. + +The demand for the nuptial plumes of this bird in the millinery trade +brought it to the verge of extermination. Range: Temperate and tropical +America. Habitat Group in The American Museum of Natural History.] + + +1. Introduction to Nature Study + + _To the solid ground + Of Nature trusts the mind which builds for aye._ + --_Wordsworth._ + + _To understand nature is to gain one of the + greatest resources of life._ + --_John Burroughs._ + +Nature Study means getting acquainted with the multitude of creatures, +great and small, which inhabit the land, the water, and the air, and +with the objects which surround them. Mother Nature has many, many +secrets which she will reveal to sharp eyes and alert minds. It is, of +course, impossible for any one to learn all these secrets, but the +mastering of a few makes it easier to learn others, until finally it +becomes clear that all life is related and that the humblest creature +may be of the greatest importance to the welfare of the highest. + +It is for these reasons that the _Girl Scout_ should learn as much as +possible of the Wonders of Nature. This study may begin wherever you +are, but rapid progress will be made by rambles afield and by visits to +the great Natural History Museums. For example, a visit to the +exhibition halls of the American Museum of Natural History in New York +will answer many of your questions about animals you have seen and will +enable you to answer many others for yourself, when you go out into the +country. + +Nature Study in its broadest application includes all of the natural +sciences, such as zoology, botany, geology, meteorology, and astronomy. +So, there are many fascinating fields for study and enjoyment, and it +does not matter much where we begin, whether it be Wild Flowers, Trees, +Birds, Butterflies, or Stars. + +[Illustration: THE BULLFROG IN ITS NATURAL SURROUNDINGS + +See Snake, Turtle and Dragonfly and notice the tongue of the frog. +Habitat Group in Museum of Natural History] + +Of the more practical subjects especially suited to the activities of +the Girl Scout are those civic problems which can only be solved by +team-play; that is, by working together. Among these may be mentioned: +The preservation of birds, wild flowers, and forests; control of +mosquitoes, house-flies, rats, weeds; diseases of plants and animals, +including man. + +The civic nature of these problems is appreciated when we realize that +it would do little good, for example, for one person to destroy the +breeding-places of mosquitoes on his premises, if his neighbors did not +do likewise about their homes; or for one orchardist to cut out the +blight from his pear-trees or the black-knot from his plum-trees, if his +neighbors did not co-operate with him by ridding their orchards of these +diseases. + +These practical questions are so well presented, together with plans for +their solution, in _Civic Biology_, by Clifton F. Hodge and Jean Dawson +(Ginn & Co.), that instead of going into details here, both the _Girl +Scouts_ and their Leaders are referred to this most useful work. + +All objects of Nature are either living (organic) or non-living +(inorganic). The non-living bodies include the minerals and rocks. The +living bodies are either plants or animals. Plants may be divided into +two great groups, the flowerless plants and flowering plants. In general +the flowerless plants reproduce by means of spores, like the mushroom +and the ferns, while the flowering plants reproduce by means of seeds. + +[Illustration: ROCKY MOUNTAIN GOAT + +This animal is really not a goat, but is more nearly related to the +antelopes. Range: The higher mountains from Alaska south to California. +Group in American Museum of Natural History.] + +Animals may be separated into two great groups, those without backbones +(invertebrates) like an oyster, a cricket, or an earthworm, and those +with backbones, e.g., a dog, a fish. In this brief study we shall not go +into much detail about invertebrates, but with the backboned animals or +vertebrates we shall go a little further. These may be divided into five +general groups: (1) Fishes; (2) Amphibians, which include frogs, toads, +and salamanders; (3) Reptiles, which include alligators, crocodiles, +turtles, lizards, and snakes; (4) Birds; (5) Mammals. + +This simple analysis may be clearly shown by the following diagram: + + {_Mammals_ + {_Birds_ + {_Vertebrates_{_Reptiles_ + { {_Amphibians_ + { {_Fishes_ + {_Animals_{ + { {_Invertebrates_ + {_Living Bodies_{ + { (_Organic_) { {_Flowering Plants_ + _Objects_{ { {_Flowerless Plants_ + _of_ { + _Nature_ {_Non-living Bodies_ + { (_Inorganic_) + + +This classification could be carried further at every point, but this +will be far enough for present purposes. It should be remembered in any +classification that there are no hard and fast lines in Nature. For +example, some creatures are on the border-land between plants and +animals, and again some animals are between the backboned animals and +those without backbones. + +[Illustration: GREAT-LEAVED MAGNOLIA + +A forest tree with large solitary white flowers. Range: Southern and +Southeastern United States.] + + +2. Plants + +Wild Flowers and Ferns + + _Flower in the crannied wall, + I pluck you out of the crannies; + Hold you here, root and all, in my hand. + Little flower--but if I could understand + What you are, root and all, and all in all, + I should know what God and man is._ + --_Tennyson._ + +Do you know the earliest spring flower in your neighborhood? In the +northern United States it is usually found in bloom before all the snow +of winter is gone. In some swamp or along some stream where the snow has +melted away in patches it is possible to find the Skunk Cabbage in +bloom very early in the spring. See how early you can find it. In the +southern United States, one of the earliest spring flowers is the yellow +Jessamine, which twines over bushes and trees thus displaying its +fragrant, golden bells. + +[Illustration: TRAILING ARBUTUS + +One of our earliest spring flowers, usually growing in patches in sandy +or rocky woods. Range: Eastern United States westward to Michigan. +Photograph by G. Clyde Fisher.] + +As the season advances, other flowers appear, and we find the Spring +Beauty, the Trailing Arbutus, the Bloodroot, and the Hepatica. What +delightful associations each of these names brings to our minds! By the +time summer is here we have an entirely different flower-population in +the fields and woods--the Cardinal Flower with its intense red color and +the Pink Lady's-Slipper with its drooping moccasin-shaped lip are to be +found then. In the autumn we have a different group of flowers +still--the Goldenrods, the Asters, and the Fringed Gentian, the season +closing with our latest fall flower, the Witch-hazel. + +[Illustration: PINK MOCCASIN-FLOWER + +A striking native wild orchid growing in sandy or rocky woods. Range: +Newfoundland to North Carolina westward to Minnesota. Photograph by G. +Clyde Fisher.] + +Some flowers and ferns grow best in the shady woods, others in the sunny +fields, some on the rocks and others in the marshes. We soon learn +where to look for our favorites. In taking tramps along the roads, +across the fields, through the woods, and into the swamps, we could +notice along the roadside Bouncing-Bet, Common Yarrow, Dandelion, +Thistles, and Goldenrod; in the fields and meadows, we would see the +Ox-eye Daisy, Black-eyed Susan, Wild Carrot, and the most beautiful fall +flower of the northeastern United States, the Fringed Gentian; in the +woods, Mountain Laurel, Pink Azalea, a number of wild Orchids, +Maidenhair Fern, and Jack-in-the Pulpit; in the marshes, Pink +Rose-mallow, which reminds us of the Hollyhocks of our Grandmother's +garden, Pickerel-weed, Water-lily, and Marsh Marigold. + +It is natural to want to know the name of any plant that interests us, +and this is important. As in the subjects of Birds, there are many +helpful books on Flowers and Ferns. Beginners will find "The Flower +Guide," by Chester A. Reed (Doubleday, Page & Co.) to be useful. After a +good start has been made, such books as Gray's _Manual_, or Britton and +Brown's _Illustrated Flora_ should be used. + +Our pursuit, however, should not stop with the name of a plant. That is +a mere beginning. Even slight attention will uncover many fascinating +things in the lives of plants. Why cannot a farmer raise a good crop of +clover-seed without the bumble-bees? What devices are there among the +Orchids to bring about cross-pollination? (See "Our Native Orchids," by +William Hamilton Gibson). Examine the flower of the wild Blue Flag, and +see whether you can determine how the bumble-bee cross-pollinates this +plant. Do the Hummingbirds cross-pollinate some flowers? In what plants +is the pollen scattered by the wind? Do these plants produce nectar? + +[Illustration: GAILLARDIA OR BLANKET-FLOWER + +Daisy family. Range: Hills and plains of western United States and +Canada. Photograph by Albert E. Butler.] + + +How do the various plants scatter their seeds? How are the Hickory-nuts +and Walnuts scattered? The Dandelion's and Thistle's seeds have +flying-hairs or parachutes and are blown about by the wind. What other +plants can you find whose seeds are scattered in the same way? Can you +discover a plant whose seeds are carried by water? The Witch-hazel +shoots its seeds. What other plants can you find that have explosive +fruits? Cherry-seeds are carried by birds. Mention some other seeds that +are carried in this way. It would take very little observation to learn +how Burdock-burs, Cockle-burs, Stick-tights, Beggar-lice, +Spanish-needles, and such hooked fruits are scattered. + +[Illustration: BLACK-EYED SUSAN + +A beautiful and abundant flower of the fields. Range: Eastern North +America westward to the Rocky Mountains. Photograph by G. Clyde Fisher.] + +Learn the names of the principal noxious weeds of the farm and garden, +and also learn the best methods of combating them. + +Learn to know the plants in your vicinity which are used in the making +of drugs. + +[Illustration: LOCO-WEED + +A poisonous plant which produces loco-disease in cattle, sheep, and +horses that eat it. Range: Plains from Montana to Colorado. Photograph +by Albert E. Butler.] + +Learn to know the poisonous plants around your home and summer camp. Are +the following to be found there: Poison Ivy, Poison Sumach, Loco-weed, +Bittersweet (_Salanum Dulcamara_), Black Nightshade, Jimsonweed, +Poke-weed, Poison Hemlock? + +[Illustration: SHOWY PRIMROSE + +Not a true Primrose, but a member of the Evening Primrose Family. Range: +Prairies of western United States and northern Mexico; also naturalized +farther east. Photograph by Mr. and Mrs. Leo E. Miller.] + + +Trees + + _He who wanders widest lifts + No more of beauty's jealous veils, + Than he who from his doorway sees + The miracle of flowers and trees._ + --_Whittier_ + +The trees of the forest are of two classes, deciduous trees and +evergreen trees. To the former belong those which shed their leaves in +the fall, are bare in the winter, and then grow a new crop of leaves in +the spring, e.g., oaks, elms, maples. The evergreen trees shed their +leaves also, but not all at one time. In fact, they always have a +goodly number of leaves, and are consequently green all the year round, +e.g., pines, spruces, firs. + +[Illustration: RHODODENDRON OR GREAT LAUREL + +A tall shrub, or sometimes a tree, growing in woods and along streams. +Range: Eastern North America from Nova Scotia to Georgia. Photograph by +Albert E. Butler.] + +The uses of wood are so many and various that we can only begin to +mention them. In looking about us we see wood used in building houses, +in making furniture, for railroad ties, and for shoring timbers in +mines. In many country districts wood is used for fuel. And do you +realize that only a short time ago the newspaper which you read this +morning and the book which you now hold in your hand were parts of +growing trees in the forest? Paper is made of wood-pulp, mostly from +Spruce. + +[Illustration: CHRISTMAS FERN + +An evergreen fern growing in woods and rocky places. Range: Eastern +United States and Canada. Photograph by Mary C. Dickerson.] + +Besides the direct uses of wood, we turn to the forest for many +interesting and valuable products, varying in importance from a +balsam-pillow filled with the fragrant leaves or needles of the Balsam +Fir, to turpentine and rosin (naval stores), produced chiefly by the +Long-leaved Pine of the Southeastern States. Spruce gum is obtained from +the Black Spruce and Red Spruce. Canada balsam used in cementing lenses +together in microscopes, telescopes, and the like, comes from the +Balsam Fir. Bark for tanning comes from Oak and Hemlock. The Indians of +the Eastern Woodlands or Great Lakes area made canoes and many other +useful articles of the bark of the Canoe or Paper Birch. Baskets are +made from Willow twigs. Maple sugar comes chiefly from the Sugar Maple. + +[Illustration: IN A TURPENTINE GROVE + +The long-leaved Pine furnishes most of the turpentine and rosin of +commerce. Range: Virginia to Florida and Texas. Photograph by G. Clyde +Fisher.] + +[Illustration: BLACK SUGAR MAPLE + +The sap of this tree, as well as the more common Sugar Maple, is the +source of maple sugar. Range: Eastern United States and southeastern +Canada.] + +The turpentine industry is the chief one in parts of the South where the +Long-leaved Pine thrives. The United States produces more turpentine and +rosin than any other country in the world. The turpentine is used in +paints and in various arts. The rosin is used in varnish, laundry soap, +etc. These two products come from the sap or "gum" of the pine tree. The +sap is secured by tapping or "boxing" the tree, and then keeping the cut +ducts of the sap-wood open by "chipping" or "pulling," that is, by +putting a new "streak" on the tree. This has to be done once a week from +March 1 to November 1. The sap used to be collected in a "box" or deep +notch cut in the base of the tree, but the modern method is to have it +run into cups made of zinc or of burned clay similar to flower-pots. The +sap is taken to a turpentine still where it is heated over a furnace. +This drives off the turpentine or "spirits" as steam or vapor, which is +condensed to liquid again by passing through the worm of the still +surrounded by cold water. The rosin or resin is left behind. + +[Illustration: COMMON FALL MUSHROOM + +An excellent article of food growing commonly in old pasture fields. +Range: Temperate and tropical regions all over the world. Photograph by +G. Clyde Fisher.] + +The Sugar Maple grows from Florida and Texas northward to Manitoba and +Quebec, but it is only in the northern part of its range that the maple +sugar industry thrives. This delicious food is one of the many that we +learned to utilize from the Indians. The sap is obtained by tapping the +tree in the spring before the leaves come out, the best weather for the +flow of sap being that when it freezes at night and thaws in the +daytime. The sap is boiled down; that is, the water is driven off and +the sugar remains. It takes about three gallons, or a little more, of +sap to make a pound of maple sugar. Three to four pounds of sugar is an +average yield for one tree in a season. Much of the sap, however, is not +boiled down into sugar, but the boiling is stopped while it is in the +form of syrup. If you have ever eaten buckwheat cakes with real maple +syrup you will always esteem the Sugar Maple tree. + +The forests perform extremely valuable services for mankind entirely +apart from the products they yield. + +First, they prevent erosion, or the washing away of soil by the water +that falls as rain. After the trees have been cut away, very often, +especially upon hillsides, the most productive soil is washed away, +usually clear off of the original owner's farm, and deposited in the +flood-plains or bottoms of creeks and rivers or in river deltas--in +places where it cannot be utilized to any great extent. Thus erosion +causes a tremendous loss to farmers, and it is chiefly due to the +thoughtlessness of the American people in destroying the forests. + +Second, and chiefly related to this, is the fact that the floods upon +our rivers, which every year take such heavy toll in property and in +human life, are due to the cutting away of the forests. This allows the +water from rain and melting snow to reach the streams at times faster +than it can be carried off, and so we have a flood. The forest floor, +with its undergrowth and humus, in those localities where the forests +still exist about the headwaters of our rivers, acts like a huge layer +of blotting paper which holds the water back and allows it to escape to +the streams slowly, and so floods are avoided. + +Third, and related to the above, is the fact that the water supply of +our cities would be more constant if the forests had not been cut away. +In these cases the summer droughts make much greater the danger from +water-borne diseases. + +[Illustration: WESTERN YELLOW PINE + +A magnificent tree which furnishes valuable timber. Range: Hills and +mountains of western United States. Photograph by Albert E. Butler.] + +[Illustration: ROADS THROUGH THE ASPENS + +Range: Northern United States and Canada, south in the Rocky Mountains +to Mexico. Photograph by Albert E. Butler.] + + +It is only in recent years that the American people have begun to +realize the necessity of the conservation of our forests, and in many +sections much has been done to redeem the criminal thoughtlessness in +destroying our forests and to restore those devastated by forest fires. +Reforestation operations have accomplished a great deal, and the +organization to prevent forest fires emphasizes the old adage that "an +ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure." Also the people are being +taught correct forestry practices, such as cutting only ripe trees and +allowing the rest to grow, instead of clearing the land entirely, as was +formerly done so universally. + +[Illustration: BALD CYPRESS DRAPED WITH SPANISH "MOSS." + +This tree is almost entirely hidden by this "moss," which is really a +flowering plant of the Pineapple family. Range: In swamps and along +rivers from Delaware to Florida, west to Texas, north to Missouri and +southern Indiana. Photograph by G. Clyde Fisher.] + +The life history of every tree is interesting; how it breathes by means +of its leaves, just as the animals do by means of gills or lungs; how it +manufactures starch by means of the green matter in the leaves; how the +starch is changed to sugar and other substances which are carried to +other parts of the tree in the sap; how the sap flows upward in the +vessels in the sap-wood and downward in the vessels of the inner bark; +how the entire heart-wood of a tree is dead and the only living part is +the sap-wood and the innermost bark. + +One of the first things we shall want to know when we get out into the +woods is the name of the tree that interests us. For this purpose the +books given as references under "Trees" will be useful. + +[Illustration: TIMBER WOLVES ON THE TRAIL + +Closely related to foxes and dogs. Range: Formerly over most of North +America. Habitat Group in American Museum of Natural History.] + +[Illustration: BABY OPOSSUMS RIDING ON THEIR MOTHER'S BACK + +For the first few weeks after they are born the mother carries her +babies in her pocket; later they ride on her back holding on by clinging +to her fur with their paws and by wrapping their tails about that of +their mother. Range: Middle and Southern States. From Group in American +Museum of Natural History.] + + +3. ANIMALS + +Mammals + +Mammals differ from birds in that they have hair instead of feathers, +and that they are first fed upon milk produced by the mother. +Unfortunately the mammals are usually called simply _animals_, but the +latter is obviously too inclusive a term and should not be used in this +way. There is no reason why the name _mammal_ should not be commonly +used, just as _birds_, _reptiles_, _amphibians_, and _fishes_ are used +for the other groups of backboned animals. + +[Illustration: NEW YORK WEASEL IN SUMMER PELAGE] + +[Illustration: OTTER WITH ITS FAVORITE FOOD + +The Otter belongs to the Weasel family, and feeds almost entirely upon +fish. Range: This and related varieties over Northern and Eastern North +America. From Group in American Museum of Natural History.] + +In the United States the lowest or most primitive mammal is the Opossum. +The baby Opossums--from six to a dozen of them--are born when very small +and undeveloped and are immediately placed by the mother in an +external pouch, where they continue to grow until they are too large to +get into their mother's pocket; then they frequently ride upon their +mother's back, clinging to her fur with their finger-like toes and +wrapping their tails about their mother's tail. The Opossum is the only +animal in this country the young of which are carried around in the +mother's pocket, and the only one which has a prehensile tail; that is, +one used for coiling around and clinging to branches, and the like. Its +food is various, consisting of both animal and plant material--insects, +young birds, pawpaws, persimmons, etc. In the food devoured the Opossum +probably does more good than harm. + +[Illustration: NEW YORK WEASEL IN WINTER + +A blood-thirsty cousin of the Otter and the Mink. Range: This and +related species found all over United States and Canada. Group in +American Museum of Natural History.] + +[Illustration: RACCOON AT ENTRANCE TO ITS DEN IN A HOLLOW TREE + +A near relative of the bears. Note the black face-mark and the ringed +tail. Range: This or a related variety occurs in all parts of United +States. Photograph from American Museum of Natural History.] + +In their food habits many mammals are decidedly injurious. Rats, +Weasels, Minks, and Foxes destroy poultry; Wolves and Pumas kill +domestic and game animals; Woodchucks or Groundhogs eat clover and +various garden plants; Moles damage the lawns; Rats, Mice, and Gophers +spoil and devour grain; Mice and Rabbits girdle fruit trees, thus +killing them. + +On the other hand, many mammals furnish food; _e. g._, Rabbits, Elk, and +Deer. This was more important in pioneer times than at present. Many +furnish furs used as articles of clothing; _e. g._, Raccoon, Fox, +Muskrat, Mink, Otter, Marten, Mole, New York Weasel and other northern +weasels in their winter coats. + +[Illustration: POLAR BEAR + +An expert swimmer. Feeds upon seals, fish and other animal food. Range: +Arctic regions of the world. Habitat Group in American Museum of Natural +History.] + +Many furs are usually sold under trade names that are entirely different +from the true name of the animal. A list of a few fur-bearing mammals of +the United States having trade names differing from the true names +follows: + + _The True Fur_ _The Trade Name_ + Dark blended Muskrat Russian Otter + Mink blended Muskrat Natural River Mink + Natural Muskrat[6] River Mink + Natural Jersey Muskrat River Sable + Plucked and Seal-dyed Muskrat Hudson Seal + Plucked and Seal-dyed Muskrat Aleutian Seal + Skunk Black Marten + Striped Skunk Civet Cat + N.Y. Weasel in winter pelage Ermine + +[Illustration: SKUNKS--MOTHER AND YOUNG HUNTING FOR GRASSHOPPERS AND +CRICKETS + +Noted for its ability to emit a most unpleasant odor when disturbed. +Range: Eastern North America. Portion of Group in American Museum of +Natural History.] + +[Illustration: MINK + +A cousin of the Weasel and Otter, the Mink feeds upon frogs, crayfish, +mice, bird's eggs, etc. Range: This and closely related forms over most +of United States, Canada, and Alaska. From Group in American Museum of +Natural History.] + +A few suggestions for observation or study: + +1. What peculiar instinct or habit has the Opossum developed? + +2. How does the flight of a Bat differ from that of a Flying Squirrel? + +3. Can you notice any peculiarity in the Rabbit's track? + +4. Mention three mammals that hibernate. + +5. Describe the methods of defense in the following mammals: Armadillo, +Porcupine, Skunk. + +6. Why do the front teeth of the Squirrel and the Beaver continue to +grow? + +The best way to find the answers to these questions is by actual +observation of the animals, but when this is impossible, the references +given under "Mammals" will be found useful. + +[Illustration: RED FOX RETURNING TO ITS YOUNG FROM SOME FARMER'S +HEN-ROOST + +The Cross Fox, the Silver Fox, and the Black Fox are color phases of the +Red Fox, and not different species. Range: Northern North America south +to Georgia. Habitat Group in American Museum of Natural History.] + +[Illustration: BALD-EAGLE + +The American Eagle, the Emblem of our Country. Range: United States] + + +Birds + + _He who takes the first step in ornithology is + ticketed for the whole trip._--_John Burroughs._ + +[Illustration: A GREBE COLONY IN SASKATCHEWAN + +Showing the Western Grebe and the smaller Grebe. Note the young Grebe +riding on its mothers' back. Another parent is covering its eggs +preparatory to leaving the nest. Range of both these species: Western +North America. Habitat Group in the American Museum of Natural History.] + +The love of the beautiful seems to be innate; that is, born in us. And +the birds appeal to this in at least two ways: First, on account of the +beauty of their songs, and second, on account of the beauty of their +plumage. + +[Illustration: SCREECH OWL + +The Screech Owl feeds largely upon mice and other destructive rodents. +Range: Eastern North America.] + +Among the birds that have especially beautiful songs are the Thrushes, +which include the Robin and the Bluebird, the finest singer in this +family probably being the Hermit Thrush. In the Southern States there is +no more popular singer among the birds than the Mockingbird. But it +should be remembered that a bird's song cannot be separated from the +associations which it calls up in one's memory. So that the performance +of an ordinary songster may be more pleasing to one than that of some +finer one because of youthful associations. + +[Illustration: SAND HILL CRANES IN FLORIDA + +Unlike the Herons, these birds fly with neck fully extended. Their loud, +resonant trumpeting is as characteristic as the honking of Wild Geese. +Range: North America. Habitat Group in The American Museum of Natural +History.] + +[Illustration: GREAT HORNED OWL + +Rabbits constitute a favorite food when available. Poultry and other +birds are also destroyed by this owl. Range: Eastern North America.] + +It seems to be a general law of nature that the finest songsters have +the plainest coats. + +[Illustration: BROWN PELICANS IN FLORIDA + +The Pelicans nest in colonies, and the young feed from the parents' +throats. Range: Gulf coast of U. S. and southward. Habitat Group in The +American Museum of Natural History.] + +[Illustration: EGRETS: PARENT BIRDS] + + +Among the birds that we enjoy on account of their beautiful plumage are +the Egrets, every feather of their coats being as white as snow, and +the plumes of these birds are so beautiful, and human beings have been +so thoughtless that the Egrets have been almost exterminated in order to +supply the millinery trade. These plumes, known as aigrettes, grow on +the backs between the shoulders of both the male and female birds, and +are worn only during the nesting season. The only time during the +nesting season that the plume hunter finds it profitable to hunt these +birds is when the young are in the nest. At any other time the birds +would be so wild that the plume hunter could not easily shoot them. When +the young are in the nest the parental love is so strong that the adult +birds cannot resist the instinct to return to feed the nestlings when +they are begging for food. In this way both the father bird and the +mother bird become an easy prey for the ambushed plume hunter, and there +is but one thing that can happen to the baby Egrets in the nest after +both of their parents have been killed--they starve to death. This is +one of the most cruel phases of the plume trade, and there is no other +way to secure the aigrette plumes of the Egrets than by killing the +adult birds. Fortunately, in the United States it is against the law to +shoot these birds, and it is against the law to import the plumes. Until +recently it has not been illegal to wear these plumes, and the fact that +there are still a few women who adorn their hats with them has +encouraged the illegal and cruel killing of these birds in our country, +or the smuggling in of the plumes from some other country. In the +latter part of 1919 the federal regulations have been interpreted to +make it illegal to possess aigrette plumes, and henceforth the law will +be so enforced. This is the successful culmination of a long fight by +the Audubon Society. + +[Illustration: GOLDEN PLOVER + +The Golden Plover makes the longest single flight known to be made by +any bird in migration,--that is, 2,500 miles from Nova Scotia across the +open ocean to South America. Range: North and South America.] + +[Illustration: BOBOLINK + +During the autumn migration this bird is the Reedbird or Ricebird. +Range: North and South America.] + +A few other birds of striking plumage are the Bluejay, the Bluebird, the +Baltimore Oriole, the Scarlet Tanager, the Cedar Waxwing, and Red-winged +Blackbird. + +Turning from the esthetic value of birds, which depends, among other +things, upon the beauty of their songs and the beauty of other plumage, +we may consider the value of birds in dollars and cents. + +[Illustration: WILD TURKEY IN WEST VIRGINIA + +Our most magnificent game-bird. Note how much the young resembles the +dead leaves. Range: Eastern United States west to Nebraska and Texas. +Habitat Group in The American Museum of Natural History.] + +[Illustration: NORTHERN SHRIKE IMPALING A HOUSE SPARROW UPON A THORN + +The habit illustrated here has given the Shrike the name of +Butcher-bird. It is surprising to find a song-bird with the habits of a +bird of prey. Range: Northern North America.] + +[Illustration: DUCK HAWKS ON THE PALISADES OF THE HUDSON + +The "Noble Peregrine" of falconry carrying a pigeon to its young. Range: +North and South America. Habitat Group in The American Museum of Natural +History.] + +Every farmer and gardener must cultivate his crops and fight the weeds +which are always crowding out the plants he is trying to raise, and in +this fight he is helped by a great many birds of various kinds. Among +these are the Mourning Dove, the Bob-White, and members of the Sparrow +family, such as the Goldfinch, the Junco, and the Song Sparrow. In this +country, in the aggregate, these seed-eating birds destroy every year +tons of seeds of the noxious weeds, and are therefore valuable friends +of the gardener and farmer. For more definite data see bulletins +published by the U. S. Department of Agriculture, or "Useful Birds and +Their Protection," by Edward Howe Forbush (Massachusetts Board of +Agriculture). + +[Illustration: A KILLDEER FAMILY + +This plover is common in meadows, cultivated fields, and about ponds and +lakes. It gets its name from its note. Range: North and South America.] + +Thousands of bushels of grain are eaten or spoiled by small mammals, +such as mice, rats, and spermophiles or gophers. To the relief of the +farmer, many birds feed upon these destructive little rodents. The Crow +occasionally captures a mouse, while the Shrikes or Butcher-birds catch +a great many. The Screech Owl feeds largely upon mice. The Red-tailed +Hawk is called the Hen-hawk or Chicken-hawk by most farmers, but this +is very unfair to the bird, for its principal food is mice. In fact, +most of the Hawks and Owls of the United States are really valuable +friends of the farmer because of the injurious rodents which they +devour. (See "_Hawks and Owls of the United States_," by A. K. Fisher.) + +[Illustration: STARLING + +Introduced 1890 into New York City; since spread over northeastern +states. Western and central Europe, New England and Middle Atlantic +States.] + +To be fair, it must be admitted that there are a few exceptions; that +is, that there are a few Hawks and Owls which do more harm than good. +The Sharp-shinned Hawk kills many harmless songbirds and occasionally +young game birds and young chickens. The Cooper's Hawk, which nests +throughout the United States, is a real chicken hawk, and the worst one +in the country. The Duck Hawk, the "Noble Peregrine" of falconry, in +this country feeds largely upon domestic pigeons, but no bird student +would wish to see it exterminated on account of this habit. + +There are a number of birds which are valuable friends to all the people +because they are scavengers. The Herring Gull, which is the commonest +gull of the harbors of the United States, and which is also found on +inland lakes and rivers, by feeding upon all kinds of refuse animal and +plant materials makes the waters about our cities more healthful. This +is especially true of the coast cities which dump their garbage into the +waters not far distant. The Turkey Vulture, the Black Vulture or +Carrion-Crow, and the California Condor make the fields and woods of the +country more healthful by devouring the carcasses of animals, and the +first two species eat the offal from slaughter houses and even scraps of +meat from the markets in some of our Southern cities. + +[Illustration: COMMON TERN + +A close relative of the gulls. Range: Northern Hemisphere, northern +South America and Africa.] + +[Illustration: GREAT BLUE HERON + +Frequently miscalled Blue "Crane." The long legs indicate that this is a +wading bird. Range: Western Hemisphere.] + +The most valuable group of birds from the standpoint of the farmers, the +orchardists, and the gardeners is the insect-eating birds. Among these +are the Wood Pewee, the Phoebe, the Kingbird, and all of the +Flycatchers; the Purple Martin and all of the Swallows; the Nighthawk +and Whip-poor-will. The Yellow-billed and Black-billed Cuckoos and the +Baltimore Oriole feed largely upon tent caterpillars and others +caterpillars which defoliate the fruit and shade trees. The Sparrow +Hawk has been wrongly named, for it eats a thousand times as many +grasshoppers as it does sparrows. The Chickadees, Brown Creepers, and +many of the Warblers feed largely upon insects and insect eggs which +they glean chiefly from the trees. The Rose-breasted Grosbeak and the +Bob-White eat the Colorado potato-beetle. In the West the Franklin's +Gull follows the farmer in the fields and picks up great numbers of +destructive insects. + +In learning the value of our feathered friends it is necessary to learn +to know the birds, and in this quest great help can be obtained from +books. Beginners will find the following useful: + +"Land Birds East of the Rockies," by Chester A. Reed. + +"Water and Game Birds," by Chester A. Reed. + +"Western Bird Guide," by Chester A. Reed. (All published by Doubleday, +Page & Co.) + +For more advanced students the following are recommended: + +"Handbook of Birds of Eastern North America," by Frank M. Chapman (D. +Appleton & Co.). + +"Handbook of Birds of Eastern North America," by Florence Merriam Bailey +(Houghton, Mifflin & Co.). + +Our study of birds should not stop with the name, because we shall find +many things of interest in the home life of birds, many things that seem +to reflect our own lives. (See "Home Life of Wild Birds," by F. H. +Herrick. G. P. Putnam's Sons.) + +If we like to hear birds sing, if we enjoy the beauty of their coats, +and if they are valuable neighbors from the standpoint of dollars and +cents, then it is worth while to consider how we may have more of them +about our homes. Every girl can do a great deal to attract birds. + +First, by putting up nesting boxes. Since the people of our country have +destroyed so much of our native forests and undergrowth, have drained so +many of our swamps, and have cultivated so much of the grassy prairie, +many birds have difficulty in finding suitable places to nest. This can +be remedied in the case of birds that nest in cavities, such as the +House Wren, Tree Swallow, Purple Martin, Screech Owl, Chickadee, and +Bluebird, by putting up nesting boxes. For those that nest in shrubbery, +like the Catbird and the Brown Thrasher, shrubs and vines may be planted +so that the desirable tangle may be had. + +[Illustration: A MOTHER MALLARD AND HER FAMILY + +The Wild Mallard is the original of many of the domesticated ducks. +Range: Northern Hemisphere.] + +Second, by putting out bird baths. In this improved country of ours, +there are doubtless large areas in which wild birds have difficulty in +finding suitable places to bathe. Artificial bird baths are more +attractive to birds in the summer time than during cold weather, but +they will be used even in winter if kept free from ice. Do not place a +bird bath so close to a shrub, tree, or building that a house cat may +stalk the birds from behind it. The house cat is probably the worst +enemy of our native songbirds. + +Third, by establishing feeding stations, especially in winter when snow +covers the natural food of so many birds. When birds have enough to eat +they rarely suffer severely from the cold. + +Fourth, by cooperating with the authorities in seeing that the laws +protecting the birds are enforced. + +The Audubon Society has done much effective work along these lines, and +a Girl Scout should join this society, whose headquarters are 1974 +Broadway, New York City. + + +Amphibians + + _All nature is so full that that district produces + the greatest variety which is most examined._ + --_Gilbert White, Natural History of Selborne._ + +The group of back-boned animals next above the fishes is the Amphibians, +which includes the frogs, toads, salamanders,[7] and their relatives. +The name "amphibian" refers to two modes of life as shown by most of the +frogs and toads. A good example is the Common Toad, whose eggs are laid +in the water. These eggs hatch out not into toads, but into tadpoles, +which have no legs and which breathe by means of gills, as the fishes +do. They grow rapidly, develop a pair of hind legs and then a pair of +front legs, while the tail and gills are absorbed, all within a little +more than a month from the time the eggs are laid. During this change a +pair of lungs is developed, so that the toads breathe air as human +beings do. The eggs of toads and frogs may be collected in the spring in +ponds, and this remarkable change from the egg through the tadpole stage +to the adult form may be observed in a simple home aquarium. Toads' eggs +may be distinguished from those of frogs by the fact that toads' eggs +are laid in strings, while frogs' eggs are laid in masses. + +[Illustration: TOAD + +A valuable animal in the garden because of the insects which it eats. +Range: Eastern United States. Photograph by Herbert Lang.] + +Every Girl Scout should know the song of the toad. William Hamilton +Gibson says it is "the sweetest sound in nature." (_Sharp Eyes_, p. 54.) +If you do not know it, take a lantern or electric flash-lamp after dark +some evening in the spring at egg-laying time, and go to the edge of +some pond and see the toad sing. Notice how the throat is puffed out +while the note is being produced. + +[Illustration: BULLFROG + +The largest of our frogs, remarkable for its sonorous bass notes. Range: +Eastern United States westward to Kansas. Photograph by Herbert Lang.] + +The belief that warts are caused by handling toads has no foundation in +fact. + +The toad is a valuable friend of the gardener, for it feeds upon a great +variety of destructive insects. + +The life of our Salamanders is very similar to that of the frogs and +toads. The eggs hatch out into tadpoles, then legs are developed, but +the tail is not absorbed. Unlike the frogs and toads, the Salamander +keeps its tail throughout life, and in some kinds of Salamanders which +spend all of their time in the water, the gills are used throughout +life. Salamanders have various common names, some being called newts, +others water-dogs or mud-puppies. The mud-eel and the Congo "snake" of +the Southern States, and the "hell-bender" of the Ohio valley and south +are all Salamanders. The belief that any of the Salamanders is +poisonous is a myth and has no basis in fact. + +[Illustration: SPRING PEEPER + +The note of this piping hyla is a welcome sound about the ponds and +swamps in early spring. Range: Eastern United States. Photograph by +Herbert Lang.] + + +Reptiles + +Reptiles include Alligators, Crocodiles, Turtles, Lizards and Snakes. It +is commonly said that reptiles are cold-blooded. This means that the +temperature of their blood varies and is the same as the surrounding +medium. The temperature of an Alligator that has been floating with its +nose out of the water is the same as the surrounding water. The +temperature of a turtle in the winter time is the same as the mud in +which it is buried, while in the summer time it is much higher. What is +true of the reptiles in respect to temperature is also true of +Amphibians and Fishes. However, this is not true of Birds and Mammals, +for these have a uniform temperature so high that they are called +warm-blooded. + +[Illustration: GILA MONSTER + +So called from the Gila River in Arizona. The only member of the lizard +family known to be venomous except the very similar crust-lizard found +in Mexico. Range: Desert regions of southern Arizona and New Mexico.] + +In the United States there is but one species of Alligator and but one +species of Crocodile, both limited to the Southeastern States. + +There are about fifty kinds of Turtle and Tortoises in North America, +some of which live on the land and feed largely upon plants, _e. g._, +the Common Box Turtle, found from the New England States to South +Carolina and westward to Kansas, and the Gopher Tortoise of the Southern +States. Others are aquatic, like the Painted Turtles, which are found in +one form or another practically all over the United States. + +Many of these reptiles are highly prized as food, _e. g._, +Diamond-backed Terrapin, Soft-shelled Turtle, Snapping Turtle and Gopher +Tortoise. + +[Illustration: COMMON BOX TURTLE + +Range: Eastern United States] + +There are about one hundred species of Lizards in North America, the +greatest number being found in the drier parts of the continent. Of this +whole number only two species are poisonous, and only one of these, the +Gila Monster, is found within the United States, being confined in its +range to desert regions of Southern Arizona and New Mexico. + +The Blue-tailed Lizard or Skink, which occurs from Massachusetts to +Florida and westward to Central Texas, is commonly believed to be +poisonous in the Southern States, where it is called the Red-headed +"Scorpion," but this is one of the popular myths still too common among +intelligent people. + +The Glass "Snake" of the Central and Southern States is a peculiar +lizard in that it has no legs. That it is able, after being broken to +pieces, to collect itself together again and continue to live is another +old myth. + +[Illustration: DIAMOND-BACKED TERRAPIN + +Range: Salt marshes of the Atlantic Coast and Gulf of Mexico from +Massachusetts to Texas.] + +About a dozen kinds of Horned "Toads" are found in the western portions +of the United States. Although toad-like in the shape of their bodies +and in some of their habits, they are really lizards. + +The American Chameleon or "Green" Lizard, which ranges in this country +in the coastal regions from North Carolina to the Rio Grande River, has +a remarkable power of changing the color of its skin through shades of +brown, gray, and green. In fact, it is said to rival or possibly excel +the true chameleons of the Old World. + +For treatment of the Snakes see Woodcraft, Section XIII. + + +FISHES + +_"It is not all of fishing to fish."_ + +[Illustration: PADDLE-FISH + +So-called from the paddle-like or spoon-shaped snout. Eggs used for +caviar. Range: The Mississippi River and its tributaries.] + +The fishes are the lowest of the true vertebrates or animals with +backbones, and all live in the water. They do not have lungs, but +breathe through gills on the sides of the head. They are cold-blooded +animals; i. e., the temperature of the blood is the same as that of the +water in which they are living. Fishes are found in both fresh and +salt water all over the world and have adapted themselves to many +conditions; for example, certain fishes have lived in caves so long that +they are blind; some live in the coldest water, while others can revel +in the heat of the hot springs. + +[Illustration: COMMON CATFISH + +The barbels which suggest the whiskers of a cat are responsible for the +name. This fish has no scales. Range: Eastern and Central United +States.] + +Many fishes are valuable as food and the fisheries are extensive +industries, in which large sums of money are invested. + +There are four great groups of fishes: + +1. The sharks and rays, with cartilaginous skeletons. + +2. The ganoids of which the sturgeon and garpike are examples, with +heavy plates or scales. + +3. The bony fishes--salmon, pickerel, mackerel, cod, halibut, etc. + +4. The lung fishes, that live partly in air. + +[Illustration: SHOVEL-NOSED STURGEON + +This fish is covered with bony plates instead of scales. The roe is made +into caviar. _Range_: Upper and middle Mississippi Valley.] + +There are many species of sharks. Among the more common ones in Atlantic +waters are the Smooth Dogfish which have pavement-like teeth; the Sand +Shark with catlike teeth; the Hammerhead Shark with its eyes on stalks. +The near relatives of the sharks are the Skates. The most common +example of the ganoid fish is the sturgeon, which is heavily clad with a +bony armor. Most of the fishes that we find, however, belong to the +third group, i. e., bony fishes. Among the salt-water species, the cod, +the halibut, the mackerel, and the bluefish are especially valuable as +food. Of the salt-water fishes that go up the rivers into fresh water to +breed, the salmon and the shad are widely known. Of a strictly +fresh-water fish, the sunfish and catfish are very common. Among the +game-fish are the trout, bass, pickerel, and salmon. + +For those who live in cities, a convenient place to begin the study of +fishes is in the fish-market. Here we may learn to know the common +food-fishes by name, and to know many interesting things about them. If +there is a Public Aquarium or a Natural History Museum in your city, you +can use it in connection with the fish-market. Especially valuable in +Museums are the habitat groups of fishes, that is, those in which the +fishes are shown in their natural surroundings. But, best of all, the +place to study fishes, as is true of all other animals, is out-of-doors +in their native haunts. With your dip-net or hook and line, catch the +fish, and then by the aid of one of the books listed below find out what +its name is. Then, by observation of the fish see what is interesting in +its life-history. Find out where the mother-fish lays her eggs. Does +either parents guard them? Has the fish any natural weapons of defense? +If so, what are they? Does either parent care for the young after they +are hatched? What does the fish feed upon? In what way is the fish +protectively colored? In the study of fishes, an interesting means is +the home aquarium. Any Girl Scout can easily learn how to install and +maintain a balanced aquarium, that is, one in which the water does not +have to be changed and in fact should not be changed. In such an +aquarium one may keep and study a great variety of fishes. Some of our +local fishes, such as young catfish and suckers, will prove fully as +interesting as the goldfish and many other animals besides fishes will +thrive in a small aquarium, such as tadpoles of frogs, toads, and +salamanders, adult water-newts, soft-shelled turtles, snails, and +water-beetles and nymphs of dragon-flies. + +[Illustration: HAMMERHEAD SHARK + +The eyes are on the ends of blunt stalks, or extensions of the sides of +the head, which suggest the name. Range: All warm seas, north to Cape +Cod.] + +[Illustration: A GARDEN UNDER WATER + +Starfishes, Crabs and Sea-anemones] + +[Illustration: SQUID + +Member of same family as Octopus, and is related to the Oyster. Has ink +bag for protection.] + + +Animals Without Backbones + +In general the Invertebrates are animals without a backbone; that is, +they do not have an internal supporting skeleton of bone, as does the +dog or cat. Compared with mammals or birds, they are all small and some +are so very tiny that they can be seen only with a very powerful +microscope. Most of them live in the water or in the mud or sand under +the water. Hence the best place to get acquainted with them is along the +seashore or near some lake or stream. + +There are several different groups of Invertebrates and between these +groups there are greater differences of structure than there is between +a horse and a hummingbird. The principal groups are: + +1. The Protozoa, or one-celled animals (nearly all microscopic). + +2. The Sponges. + +3. The Jellyfishes, Sea-anemones, and Corals. + +4. Worms of several groups. + +5. Starfishes, Sea-urchins, and Sea-cucumbers. + +6. Segmented Worms. + +7. Crabs, Lobsters, etc. + +8. Oysters, Snails, and Octopi. + +9. Insects and Spiders. + +[Illustration: SNAILS AND THEIR TRACKS ON THE BEACH + +--_Photograph by Mary C. Dickerson._] + + +Seashore Life + +Because of their connection with our industries or our food supply, some +of the Invertebrates are familiar to all; for instance, sponges, +corals, starfishes, crabs, shrimps, lobsters, clams, and oysters. Others +are seldom seen unless one takes pains to look for them. + +[Illustration: JELLY FISH] + +All life comes from pre-existing life. So every animal living to-day has +come from some other living animal and every plant living to-day has +come from some other previously living plant. It is believed that the +first forms of life came from the water. At any rate, the oldest and +lowest forms of life to-day, the Protozoa, are found in the water. As +these are nearly all very minute and can be studied only with a +microscope, they are omitted from the suggested field work. + +[Illustration: ANIMALS OF THE WHARF-PILES + +Habitat Group in the American Museum of Natural History] + +All who have access to the seashore have a wonderful opportunity to +study the Invertebrates. The long stretches of sandy beach, the +sections of shore covered with water-rolled pebbles and stones, even the +steep, jagged cliffs, are all pebbled with these animals of the sea. +Twice every twenty-four hours the sea water creeps slowly up the beach +until high water is reached, and twice every twenty-four hours it +recedes again toward the ocean. It is therefore about twelve hours from +one low water to the next. On a gently sloping beach, the distances +between the high water mark and the low water mark may be many hundreds +of feet, while on a steep beach or a straight cliff this area may be +only a few feet in width. It is this area between the high and low water +marks that is the haunt of many Invertebrates. These are animals that +can live if they are not continually covered with water. Here are the +rock barnacles, the soft clams, crabs of many kinds, beach fleas, +numerous sea worms in their special houses, snails, and hermit crabs. +Others will be found in the pools between the rocks or in the crevices +of the cliffs, which as the tide falls becomes great natural aquaria. +Here will be found hydroids, sea-anemones, starfishes, sea-urchins, +barnacles, mussels. In the shallow water, crabs and shrimps are crawling +along the sandy bottom or are lying concealed in the mud, while schools +of little fishes scoot across the pool. If a fine silk net is drawn +through the water and then emptied into a glass dish a whole new world +of creatures will be revealed--jellyfishes, ctenophores, hydroids, eggs +of fish, tiny copepods, the larvae or young of sea-urchins, starfishes, +or oysters. If an old wharf is near by, examine the posts supporting it. +The pilings seem to be coated with a shaggy mass of seaweed. Scrape some +of this off and put in a dish of water. Sea-spiders, starfishes, +hydroids that look like moss, sea-anemones, many varieties of worms, +mussels and crabs are all living here. + +[Illustration: UNDER THE SEA BED + +Marine Worms, Whelk, Pecten or Scallop and Periwinkle] + + +Begin your study of these seashore animals with a stroll along the +beach. Examine the windrows of seawrack or seaweed. Whole troops of +sandhoppers rise ahead of you. Oftentimes animals from distant shores or +deep water will be found. The empty shells have many a story to tell. +The papery egg-cases of the periwinkle remind one of a beautiful +necklace. The air bubbles rising from the sand or mud as the wave +recedes mark the entrance to the burrows of worms. Stamp hard on the +sand. A little fountain of water announces the abode of the soft clam. +Watch the sand at the edges of the rippling water. The mole-crab may be +seen scuttling to cover. In the little hollows between rocks a rock-crab +or a green-crab may be found on guard. + +[Illustration: WHELK (FULGUR CANALICULATA) AND EGG-CASES + +Common Mollusk Found on Sandy Shores Along the Atlantic Coast of the +United States.] + +For collecting in the pools and shallow water a fine-meshed net is +desirable. Many of the animals can be caught and placed in glass dishes +of sea water for close observation. + +[Illustration: Group showing a starfish attacking an oyster; soft +shelled clams; hermit crabs; fiddler crabs, etc.] + +_A few animals that may be found at the seashore:_ + +_Rocky Shores_--Hydroids on the rock-weed, rock-barnacles, snails, +amphipods, lobsters, and oysters. + +_Sandy Shores_--Worms, in tube houses, mole-crab, sand-hopper, +egg-cases, whelks, shrimps. + +_Muddy Shores_--Snails, clams, worms of many varieties, mud-crabs, +hermit-crabs, blue crabs, scallops. + +_Wharves and Bridges_ (on the piling)--Sponges, hydroids, sea-anemones, +ascidians, starfishes, sea-urchins, worms. + +On the shores of lakes, ponds, and streams will also be found many +invertebrates. + +[Illustration: HUMMINGBIRD MOTH + +Range: Eastern North America. The larvae or caterpillars of this moth +feed upon virburnum, snowberry and hawthorn.] + +[Illustration: SEVENTEEN-YEAR CICADA OR SEVENTEEN-YEAR "LOCUST" + +Range: Eastern United States. Pupae emerging from the ground. Detail +from Group in the American Museum of Natural History.] + + +Insects play an important part in Nature's activities. From the point of +view of man some are beneficial and some are destructive. In the former +group may be mentioned the Dragonflies which feed upon mosquitoes, the +Cochineal insects of Mexico, which furnish a dye-stuff, the Lady-bird +beetles, which in the larval stage feed upon plant lice; the scale +insects of India, which furnish shellac; the Bumblebees, which +cross-pollinate the clover, and the Wasps, which fertilize the figs. Dr. +Lutz says that the manna which fed the Children of Israel was honeydew +secreted by a scale insect, and that it is still eaten. + +[Illustration: SEVENTEEN-YEAR CICADA OR SEVENTEEN-YEAR "LOCUST" + +Range: Eastern United States. The pupa climbing tree trunk. Then it +bursts its horny outer skin and crawls out an adult.] + +The Silkworm and the Honey-bee have been domesticated since prehistoric +times, the former supplying a valuable fiber for clothing and the latter +an important article of food. + +Among the injurious insects a few may be mentioned: the House Fly or +Filth Fly, which may carry disease germs on its feet to the food that we +eat; the mosquitoes, which transmit yellow fever and malaria, the rat +flea, which carries bubonic plague; the weevils, which destroy rice, +beans, chestnuts, etc., and the plant lice, or aphids, which, by sucking +the juices from ornamental and food plants, are among the most +destructive of all insects. + +There are so many insects in the world that we cannot hope to learn of +them all, even if we wanted to do so, but most of us wish to know the +names of those that attract our attention, and to know what they do that +is important or interesting. There are approximately 400,000 species or +kinds of insects known in the world; that is, about three times as many +as there are species or kinds of all the rest of the animals in the +world put together. This fact should not hinder us from making a start +and becoming familiar with the interesting habits of a few of the +insects about us. + +The eggs of the Monarch Butterfly may be collected upon the milkweed and +brought in, so that the whole life history or metamorphosis of this +beautiful insect, from the egg through the larva or caterpillar stage +and the pupa or chrysalis stage to the adult butterfly, may be watched. +The larvae or caterpillar must be supplied daily with fresh milkweed +leaves. Other butterflies and moths and many other insects may be reared +in the same way by supplying the larvae with suitable food. If we should +find a caterpillar feeding upon the leaves of a maple tree we should +continue to feed it maple leaves if we wish to rear it. Silkworms will +eat the leaves of Osage-orange, but they seem to prefer mulberry leaves. + +Cocoons of moths may be easily collected in winter after the leaves have +fallen, and brought in and kept in a cool place until spring when the +coming out of the adult moths will be an occurrence of absorbing +interest. + +[Illustration: "A GATHERING OF MONARCHS" + +Monarch Butterflies resting during migration. The Monarch ranges all +over North and South America and it migrates like the birds. Photograph +of group in American Museum of Natural History.] + +The spiders, although not insects, are interesting little animals. See +how many types of webs you can find. Mention a few insects which you +know to be preyed upon by spiders. Mention one insect that catches +spiders and stores them away as food for its young. + +[Illustration: TRACKS OF THE GLACIER + +North America at the time of the maximum stage of the Great Ice Age, +showing area covered by ice. (After Chamberlin and Salisbury). +Photograph used by courtesy of Henry Holt & Co.] + +[Illustration: THE KING OF THE NORTHLANDS] + + +GEOLOGY + + _Finds tongues in trees, books in the running brooks, + Sermons in stones, and good in everything._ + --_Shakespeare, As You Like It._ + + +The Structure and History of the Earth + +There is nothing eternal about the earth except eternal change, some one +has said. It requires only a little looking about us to see that this is +true. The earth is not as it was in the past. Every shower of rain +changes or modifies its surface. And many other and some very great +changes have occurred during the past few millions of years. During one +age, the coal was formed of plants that grew luxuriantly on the earth's +surface. At one period in the development of the earth there were many +kinds of invertebrate animals, but no animals with backbones. Later, the +vertebrates appeared. At one time the whole Mississippi Valley was under +the water of the sea. ("The Story of Our Continent," by N. S. Shaler. +Ginn & Co.). These statements suggest just a few of the things that have +been going on in the history of the earth. By the study of Geology we +can learn much more about it, and we should supplement our study of +books with the more important actual observation of conditions +out-of-doors. To those living in that part of North America, which is +shaded in the map on page 451, the easiest and most natural approach to +the subject of the structure and history of the earth is by studying the +effects of the continental glacier which formerly moved down over this +region. + + +Tracks of the Glacier + +When we see the foot-prints of an animal in the mud or in the snow, we +are sure that an animal has passed that way at some previous time. Those +who live in Canada or northern United States (See map page 451) can be +just as sure that a great glacier or ice-sheet formerly moved down over +northern North America, by the tracks it has left. Although it is +estimated by geologists that between 10,000 and 40,000 years have +elapsed since the Great Ice Age, these tracks or evidences can still be +seen by any one who lives in this region or who can visit it. The +principal ones are: (1) Boulders or Lost Rocks which were brought down +by this glacier; (2) The Glacial Drift or Boulder Clay which covers +nearly all of the glaciated region; (3) Scratches on the bed-rock which +show the direction the glacier moved. + +Notice in the field the size and shape of the glacial boulders, where +they are found, evidence of the place where the glacier melted off +(terminal moraine). Do these boulders increase or decrease in size as we +go south over the glaciated area? Can you discover any place where they +can be traced back in their native ledge? Present-day glaciers, like the +Muir Glacier in Alaska, can be seen transporting boulders and drift just +as this great prehistoric ice-sheet must have done. + +The drift which consists of clay mixed with pebbles, cobblestones, and +boulders, varies greatly in depth. In some places there is none, while +at St. Paris, Ohio, it is 550 feet deep. It probably averages 100 feet +thick or less. + +In your locality note the depth of the drifts in cuts made naturally by +creeks and rivers or those made artificially for railroads. Oil-wells +furnish evidence on this point. Collect a few good examples of scratched +or glaciated pebbles or cobblestones which are abundant in the drift. +These were scratched while frozen in the bottom of the glacier and +pushed along on the bed-rock under the weight of the ice above. + +Collect ten different kinds of rock from the glacial boulders and +drift,--there are more than one hundred kinds to be found,--and with the +aid of some such book as "Rocks and Rock Minerals," by Louis V. Pirsson +(John Wiley & Sons) or "Common Minerals and Rocks," by Wm. O. Crosby (D. +C. Heath & Co.) try to identify them. + +All soil is composed of disintegrated or decayed rock. And it has been +observed that the soil of northern North America is foreign to the +bed-rock. Therefore it must have been transported from some other place. +The glacier did this huge piece of work. The soil of southern United +States contains no boulders or cobblestones and has been formed by the +disintegration and decay of rocks in place. + +Observe glacial scratches and grooves on the bed-rock, those on Kelley's +Island in Lake Erie are famous. + +Agassiz was the first to realize that it was a glacier that did this +stupendous piece of work, and this conception or discovery greatly added +to his fame. It is now easy for us to find the evidences and to enjoy +their interpretation. + +In fact, the Greenland ice-sheet is a remnant of this prehistoric +continental glacier. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[6] Muskrat fur is now also sold under its true name. + +[7] Unfortunately in the Southern States there is an entirely different +animal commonly called a "Salamander" which is in reality a +pocket-gopher of the group of mammals. + + + + +SECTION XVI + +GIRL SCOUT'S OWN GARDEN + +BY DAVID M. HUNTER + + _A Garden is a lovesome thing, God wot! + Rose plot + Fringed pool, + Fern'd grot-- + The veriest school + Of peace; and yet the fool + Contends that God is not-- + Not God! in gardens! when the eve is cool? + Nay, but I have a sign; + 'Tis very sure God walks in mine._ + --_Thomas Edward Brown._ + + +A very old story tells us that when man was created he was put by the +Creator into a garden to dress it and to keep it. He could not have been +put into a better place nor could a more honorable and necessary +occupation have been given to him. No doubt the woman who lived in the +garden with him aided him in this work. Not having a house to care for +or dressmaking and sewing to do, or cooking to take her attention, there +was nothing to prevent her from helping in the dressing and keeping of +the lovely garden. At any rate, that is what Milton thought, for he +makes Adam speak to Eve of "our delightful task to prune these growing +plants and tend these flowers." + +Two persons would not need a very large garden, and I will commend this +early example to the beginner in gardening and urge a very small garden +to start with. For it is well to undertake only what can be easily +handled or what can be done thoroughly. There is joy in the +contemplation of a perfect work, even though it be on a small scale, +that never comes from a more ambitious undertaking imperfectly carried +out. Better six square feet of well tilled, weedless, thrifty garden +than an acre poorly cultivated and full of weeds. + +A Girl Scout who proposes to make a garden will naturally ask herself +certain questions. If she has the ground, if she knows already where her +garden is to be placed, the next thing, perhaps, that she will wish to +know is, what tools will be needed. Then follows the way to treat the +soil in order to prepare it for planting the seeds. After that comes the +question of seeds and the way to plant them. Then the cultivation of the +crops until they are ready to be gathered. + +Here, then, we have material for short sections on (1) tools, (2) +preparation of the soil, (3) selection of seeds, (4) planting, and (5) +cultivation. + + +(1) Tools + +Not many tools will be needed, but some seem to be indispensable. I +would suggest: 1. A spading fork. Some like a long-handled fork, others +prefer a short-handled one. 2. A hoe. 3. A garden or iron-toothed rake. +4. A hand weeder of some kind. 5. A shovel. In addition to these tools +every gardener will find it necessary to have a line for making straight +rows. This should be at least the length of the longest dimension of the +garden and white that it may be easily seen. There should be two pegs to +stick it in with. I should add a board about ten inches wide with +straight edges and as long as the bed is wide, and a pointed stick. + + +(2) The Preparation of the Seed Bed + +The first thing to do, after having determined the location of your +garden, is to measure your bed. If you have a single bed, one twelve +feet long by six feet wide is enough to start with. I should prefer, +however, to have two beds, each three feet wide by twelve feet long with +a narrow path between, say, twelve inches. The reason for thus laying +out the ground in two beds is that it will be easier to reach the whole +bed from either side without stepping or kneeling on the cultivated +soil. All cultivation can be done from the paths. + +_The soil_ for flower beds needs most careful preparation. The bed +should be dug out to a depth of two feet, and if the soil is clay, two +feet six inches. In the latter case, put broken stones, cinders or +gravel on the bottom for drainage. The soil should be a mixture of +one-half good sandy loam, one-fourth leaf mould or muck that has been +left out all winter. Mix these thoroughly together before filling the +beds, sprinkle wood ashes over the beds and rake them in before +planting. This is to sweeten the soil. Lime may be used for the same +purpose, but in either case get advice as to the amount needed for the +soil in question. + +_Manure._ Next in order will come the enriching of this plot of ground +by spreading upon it a good coating of well rotted cow manure. In case +barnyard manure is not available, a good mixture of commercial +fertilizer consists of four parts ground bone to one of muriate of +potash applied at the rate of four pounds to the square rod. This done, +proceed to fork the whole piece over, thrusting the spading fork into +the ground its full length each time, and turning the forkful of earth +so that the manure will be covered and not lie on top of the ground. + +When the spading has been done, then use your rake and spare it not. +Rake until the earth in the beds is finely pulverized and until the +whole bed is as level as you can make it. + +Now construct your central or dividing path, throwing the soil moved on +the beds on either side. To do this you will need a shovel. + +Next define or limit your beds, making the sides and ends as straight as +possible. You ought now to have two rectangular beds, each three feet by +twelve feet, with a narrow path separating them all ready to put in the +seeds. It would be a good thing to have your beds raised a little, two +or three inches above the general level of the surrounding earth. This +will make them more distinct and will obviate the settling of water on +your beds; in other words, will drain them. + + +Seeds + +The principal counsel to be given here is to use great care in the +selection of seeds because it is a bitter disappointment and a +discouraging experience to find that after all your labor your seeds are +worthless. It would be well to test a sample of your seeds to determine +their germinating power. If you have a reliable friend from whom you can +secure your seeds, you are fortunate, but if you must purchase at the +dealer by all means patronize one of established reputation. + +For the first garden I should plant lettuce, radishes, beets and beans +in one of the beds. The other bed may be devoted to flowers. + + +Planting + +Your beds are now supposed to be all ready for the seeds. That is to +say, they are shaped and graded and raked fine. The next thing to do is +to lay your board across the bed, with one edge six inches from the edge +of the bed. Then stand on the board and with a pointed stick make a +shallow furrow on each side of the board close to the board. Here I +should put the lettuce. It is desirable to have the seeds evenly and not +too thickly distributed in the shallow furrows. One way of +accomplishing this is by mixing your seeds with some very fine wood +ashes in a bowl and spreading the mixed ashes and seeds along the +furrows. A better way, I think, in the case of a small quantity of seeds +would be to place each seed at a proper distance from the others. This +distance will vary according to the size of the full grown heads of +lettuce. The smaller varieties might stand six inches apart, while the +largest ones would need to be twice that distance or more. + +Having planted your lettuce seeds, turn your board over carefully twice. +That will bring it into position for two more rows of vegetables. Stand +on the board again and proceed as before, making two shallow furrows +with a pointed stick. Here I should put the radish seeds. These may be +sown more thickly, for the reason that as soon as the radishes become +large enough to eat they may be pulled out, leaving room for the rest of +the radishes to develop. + +Having planted your radish seeds, repeat the preceding operations, +making two furrows again, this time for beet seeds. These may also be +sown thickly. The plants may be thinned out afterward. The small plants +that are pulled out will make excellent greens. When the thinning is +completed the remaining plants should stand from four to six inches +apart, according to variety; some beets are much larger than others. + +The rest of the bed devote to string or butter beans. You will have left +for these a space of eighty-eight inches, or a little more than seven +feet. The rows of beans must be farther apart than the other vegetables +you have planted. Two feet between the rows is not too much. You will +have space enough for three rows. Measure from your last row of beets +one foot six inches at each side of your bed. Now stretch your line +across your bed at this distance from the beets, then with a hoe make a +furrow close to the line. This furrow should be two inches deep at +least. Much deeper, you see, than the shallow furrows for the smaller +seeds. Having made this furrow, measure two feet from it on each side of +the bed and place your line at this point and make a furrow as before. +Repeat the process for a third furrow. You should now have left a space +of eighteen inches between your last furrow and the end of the bed. Into +these three furrows place the beans, spacing them. + +Your seeds are now all in. At this juncture take your rake and cover the +seeds, leaving the whole bed level and smooth. + +There is nothing more to be done just at present except to leave these +seeds to the forces of nature, to the darkness and the moisture and the +warmth of their earthy bed. They are put to bed not that they may sleep, +but in order to wake them up. Soon the delicate shoots will begin to +appear above the ground, and with them will also appear the shoots of +many weeds whose seeds were in the soil. These weeds constitute a call +to your next operation which is + + +Cultivation + +Declare war on the weeds. Use your hand weeder between the rows of +smaller vegetables and let not a weed escape. If they are in the rows so +near to the seedlings that you cannot use the weeder without danger to +the delicate little plants that you are attending, then employ your +fingers. + +For a time you may use the hoe or rake between the rows of beans, but +even here near the paths themselves the weeder or hands should be +preferred. + +There is one caution that old gardeners give which is not to work among +beans when they are wet with dew or rain for fear of "rust." Wait till +the sun has dried the foliage. + + * * * * * + +Frequent and thorough cultivation not only destroys the weeds, thus +giving your vegetables a better chance and giving your garden a tidy, +well-kept appearance, but it keeps the soil loose and forms a sort of +mulch whereby the moisture is conserved. The dryer the season the +greater the need of cultivation. + + * * * * * + +It may seem to you that you are obliged to wait long and spend a good +deal of labor without results, but when you have for the breakfast table +some cool, crisp radishes and for dinner a head of fresh lettuce, and +later a dish of sweet, luscious beets or mess of string beans, you will +feel well repaid. + +Let us now turn our attention to the other bed, in which you are to grow +flowers. This may be treated as a sort of background for the vegetable +bed. To do this let the rows of plants run the other way. That is to +say, lengthwise of the bed instead of across. It is assumed that the +ground has been treated as in the case of the vegetable bed. + +When you have accomplished this work of preparation set your line six +inches from the side of the bed nearest your vegetables, or the patch +between the two beds. Make a shallow furrow the full length of the bed +with your pointed stick. In this furrow sow your flower seeds of some +low-growing plant such as _sweet alyssum_. Then move your line back +toward the other side of the bed one foot. Here you should place some +taller plants, such as _asters_. The aster plants should have been +raised in the house, or purchased from some grower. Again move your line +one foot nearer the rear margin of your bed and in this row plant your +tallest plants. _Dahlias_ or _cosmos_ would be very effective. You must +get the roots for the dahlias somewhere. Cosmos is planted from seeds. +In planting the dahlias it would be well to dig a hole for each plant so +deep that when the root is set it will be two or three inches below the +surface of the ground. Good results will be obtained if before putting +in the roots you put a handful or two of good manure in the hole and +sprinkle a little soil over it. + +I have mentioned these particular plants simply as specimens. Other +choices may be made and a suggested list is given at the end of this +section. But whatever the selection, two things should be kept in mind. +First, that the rows should contain plants that vary in height, the +lowest being placed in the front row, the tallest at the back; and +second, that plants should be chosen that will be in bloom at the same +time, for at least a part of the season. + +If your work has been well done you ought to have a small bed of +vegetables, thrifty, in straight rows, well cultivated, clean, and back +of that, looking from the side, another bed of flowering plants that +should be a delight to the eye, especially the eye of the possessor and +maker. Of course, the beds will not present this perfect appearance for +a long time because as the vegetables are used the beds will show where +the vegetables have been removed. It should be mentioned, however, that +it is possible to have more than one planting of radishes in a season; +also of lettuce, and these may be replaced after the first planting has +been used. + +There are many satisfactions in gardening. The intimacy with nature +furnishes one of them. To be with growing things through all the stages +of their growth, in all weathers and all hours of the day gives a quiet +pleasure that is a healing and soothing influence. To produce something +so valuable, so necessary as food by one's own exertion and care confers +true dignity upon one and a sense of worth. To eat what one has raised +oneself adds a flavor to it. + +From the garden as a center path, lead out in every direction, paths for +thought and study. + +My wish for every Girl Scout who undertakes a garden is that she may +have all these satisfactions, and may follow all these delightful paths +that lead to knowledge, and through knowledge to joy. + + +Suggested Flowers for Border + +_Biennials_ such as Canterbury Bells, Foxgloves and Sweet William should +be seeded early in the spring in a reserve bed to be ready for the +season's bloom. In order to secure a succession of bloom they should be +taken out after flowering and replaced with annuals. + +_Annuals_--Of these some of the most satisfactory are Asters, Calendula, +Lupin, Petunias, Rosy Morn, Snapdragon, Stock and Rose Zinnias. + +Take out any plants that are not the right colors. Brown earth is better +than purple annual Larkspur, magenta Petunias, orange Calendulas or red +Zinnias. Keep the color scheme ranging from true blues through rose and +salmon pinks, lavenders and deep blue purples and white yellows. If you +want brilliant reds or magentas have them in a bed apart. + +_Bulbs_--Tulips, such as Murillo, or _early varieties_ (La Reine, Pink +Beauty, President Lincoln, Proserpine, Queen of the Netherlands and Rose +Luisante), or _late varieties_ (La Merveille, La Reve, Moonlight, The +Fawn) and Mertensiav Virginica can be along the borders. + +Darwin Tulips, such as Clara Butt, Dream, Gretchen, La Tristesse, La +Tulipe Noire, Mrs. Potter Palmer, Philippe de Commines, Psyche, Rev. +Ewbank, Suzon, should be planted in more shaded places. + +[Illustration: Plan for a border of Perennials] + + + + +SECTION XVII + +MEASUREMENTS, MAP MAKING AND KNOTS + + +1. MEASUREMENTS + +Every country has national standards of measures and weights which are +made and kept by the governments as patterns, for measuring and +comparing the instruments made for business purposes. The units of +measure have been fixed by law, for it is most important that people and +countries in dealing with each other shall know exactly what is meant by +such words as yard, foot, pint and pound. + +The unit of length used in this country is the yard. It is divided into +three feet and each foot into twelve inches. The foot refers to the +length of a man's foot. It is said that the length of the yard was based +upon the length of the arm of an English king, but that sounds like a +fairy tale. Many of our units of distance and weight have been borrowed +from the English and are more complicated than those used by the French, +whose unit of length is the meter. In 1799, or thereabouts, an +international convention met at Paris to decide what the exact length of +a meter should be, for several countries at that time were using what +was known as the Metric System of Weights and Measures. It was finally +agreed that the length of a meter should be equal to one ten-millionth +of the distance on the earth's surface, from the pole to the equator, or +39.37 inches. + +At the same convention a unit of weight was determined. Because water is +so important and familiar it was chosen as the basis for this unit. A +cube of water at 40 centigrade, and measuring on each edge 1/100 of a +meter was taken and called a gram, which is about equal to 15 of our +grains. + +All peoples find it necessary in the house, out in the open and in +nearly all forms of occupation to measure and weigh in order to +accomplish their work. + +It is part of a Scout's preparedness to know how to measure and weigh +and how to judge measurements and numbers without using measures and +weights. + +There are rules for determining length and weight, and it is important +to understand them. Measuring a distance means to find out the length of +the straight line from one point to another. To get a straight line in +the open when walking fix the eyes upon two objects directly in front, +one nearer and smaller than the other. With eyes high walk toward these +objects keeping them always in line. When approaching the first one +choose another to take its place in line with it and the second. Always +have two objects in direct line with the eyes. + +This method can be used in marching, rowing, swimming, and when staking +out the points of triangles for measuring distance and height, as it +will give the shortest distance between two points. + +There are three general methods of measuring distance accurately. (1) +chaining or taping; (2) telemetry, and (3) triangulation. Less accurate +means of measuring are by sound, pacing and timing. + +(1) Chaining and Taping. The regulation chain or tape used by surveyors +is 100 feet long. A Scout may use a shorter line but must follow the +same rules. + +Three things must be kept in mind when using a line. a. The straight +distance between two points is to be obtained. b. The point where the +end of the line comes each time must be marked. c. The line must be +stretched tight. + +This method can be used in measuring off the distance for pacing to +obtain the average length of one's pace, as suggested in a later +paragraph under Useful Personal Measurements. + +(2) Telemetry. The second method is used in determining long distances +for artillery practice and in surveying. It is called telemetry and the +use of an instrument is necessary. + +(3) Triangulation. This is a long word but one a Scout can learn to know +and use. It means that the length of the distance can be computed by +means of triangles staked out on the ground, when to measure with a line +would be impossible or not satisfactory. It is not necessary to make the +sides of the triangles, only the points need to be indicated as it is +the relative position of the points which make a triangle and not the +lines. These can be marked in the country with poles, stakes or stones; +in the city Scouts could stand in position at the necessary points. + +When using triangles where shall a Scout place the points? + +If the width of a stream, road or field is wanted choose a place where +its sides are on about the same level and if possible fairly straight. +Then proceed as shown in the accompanying diagram A. Select a +conspicuous object on the farther bank of the stream, such as a tree, +bush or stone and call it X. Stand opposite it at the near edge of the +stream or on the bank, and place a stake A in front of you keeping X and +A in direct line, walk backward a few feet and plant a stake B in direct +line with them. Right or left face--(for a right angle is necessary at +this point). Pace a straight line for say 20 feet and plant a stake C, +one high enough to be plainly seen; continue the straight line for say +10 feet more and plant a stake D. Turn inland, (another right angle is +here necessary) and pace to the point where the object X on the far +side of the stream can be seen in direct line with the stake C. At this +point place stake E. Measure the distance from E to D. With paper and +pencil mark down the example--for such it is--in this way: + + DC : CB :: DE : BX + or + as the length from D to C is to the length of C to B + so + is the length from D to E to the length from B to X + or as in this example, + +as 10 is to 20 so 8 is to the distance from B to X, which would be 16. +Having discovered the distance between A and B in the case given, to be +4 feet, take this from the distance between B and X and the result will +give the width of the stream, which is 12 feet. + +[Illustration: Diagram A. To Measure Width of Stream or Road] + +It may not be always necessary to use the line A--B but if the edge of +the stream or road is crooked it is necessary in order to make B--D a +straight line at right angles to A--X. + +In calculating a height, as that of a tree, house or tower, the +triangles can again be used, as shown in diagram B. Choose a level strip +of ground; pace the distance in a straight line, from the base of the +tree A, or tower, to a point some distance from the tree, and plant a +pole or stake say 5 feet high B; continue pacing the straight line to +the point where, lying down with eyes level with the tree base, the top +of the tree can be seen on a line with the top of the pole; plant here +stake C. The height of the tree AA' will be to the length of the +distance from C to A as the height of the pole, BB' is to the distance +between B and C. A Scout can stand in the place of the stake B. + +[Illustration: Diagram B. To Measure Height of Tree, Etc.] + +[Illustration: Diagram C. To Measure Height with a Mirror] + +There are other ways of determining height. As shown in the diagram C, +place a mirror (M) horizontally on the ground reflector side up, some +distance from the base of the object to be measured, in this case a +tent. Walk backward from the mirror in a straight line until the top of +the tent pole can be seen in it. The problem will read in this way: the +distance from the mirror to your heels (MS) is to the distance from your +heels to your eyes (GS) as the distance from the mirror to the base of +the object (MT) is to the height of the object (TT'). Water in a dark +pan or tray or a pool on a still day will answer for a mirror. + +[Illustration: Diagram D. To Test a Right Angle] + +A right angle can be tested by measuring off 3 feet on one side of the +corner and 4 feet on the other side, as shown in diagram d. If the +distance between the two points is 5 feet the angle is true; if not 5 +feet move one point as much as is necessary to make 5 feet. + +South American natives estimate height fairly correctly by turning the +back to the object, walking straight away from it to the point where the +top of the object can be seen by bending over and looking between the +legs. Plant a peg at this point and the distance from the peg to the +base of the object is roughly equal to the height. + +Sound travels at the rate of 365 yards every second, as many yards as +there are days in the year. By counting the seconds between seeing the +flash from a gun, or the steam puff from a locomotive and hearing the +sound of the explosion or whistle it is possible to figure the length of +the distance between yourself and the gun or locomotive. + +It is said that the number of seconds between a flash of lightning and +the thunder will give the distance between you and the place where the +lightning struck. + +We use weighing machines or scales in buying food, so that we may +compare the actual amount of food we buy with a standard weight, +otherwise there would be much confusion and business could not be +carried on between peoples. For this reason we use pint, quart, peck +and bushel measures, all of which are regulated by law as to the amount +they hold. + +There are some people who have a true feeling or sense for weight and +can tell almost to an ounce the weight of a parcel by lifting it. Others +have a good memory and can tell the weight of a quantity by looking at +it. Others know distance and can estimate it correctly without use of +rule or measure, and likewise judge numbers. + +Very few people have this ability naturally, but many have acquired it +by practice and patience and a Scout can do so: she will find many times +that this particular form of knowledge whether in or out of doors is of +benefit. + +How often a housekeeper wishes she could tell about how much material to +buy for this or that purpose without getting the yard stick and +measuring. The seamstress and dressmaker must judge length and width and +even height, and the cook constantly has need of a sense of quantity and +size. The photographer, the pioneer, the camper, all must know +measurements. This matter of judging is something we are called upon to +do much more than we have realized. The point is how can we learn the +trick? We should start with something we know and compare to it +something whose size we do not know. This is where knowing your personal +measurement will be of value. Always prove when practicing your idea, +otherwise you will not improve your ability. That is, make your +estimate, then see how near right it is by measuring. Learn to know how +an inch, a foot, a yard look. Then work with longer lengths out of doors +with several feet, and several yards. Fences, roads, streets, dooryards, +houses, all can be judged as to length. + +Height is less easy to estimate for we are not so accustomed to looking +up and down as we are to looking forward or back and forth, but the +same rules hold good. Learn to know the height of a chair seat, a table, +your own height, a room, a house, trees: by measuring and looking, and +looking and measuring, you will accomplish much. + +To learn to judge weight begin by holding in your hand something that +weighs a pound; after holding it a few moments put it down and then take +it up again always trying to sense the weight. Do not use your eyes, +only your hand. Try a two pound weight and so on. Then take up something +else the weight of which you do not know and see if you can tell its +weight. Practice, patience and memory are necessary in this work. + +There is another way of judging weight, one in which our eyes help us. +Knowing how a pound of butter looks as to size we can judge the weight +of a mass of butter by looking at it and comparing it mentally with what +we know. We can follow this method in judging the weight of different +goods, but as each kind when put in pound quantities looks more or less +different from every other kind, experience and knowledge of the +character of the goods is necessary. A pound of butter and a pound of +feathers do not make the same size bundle so the weight of each could +not be judged by the same eye standard. + +By practice a Girl Scout should be able to do the following things in +the way of judging height, weight and distance: + + (1) Be able to judge within 25 per cent the + following: Height of a tree, house, pole, etc., + not exceeding 50 feet. Material, 1, 3, 15, 18, 27, + 30, 36, 42 and 56 inches. Diameter of the trunk of + a tree, a pole, water pipe or similar object. + Distance of 6, 10, 15, 25 and 100 feet. (This is + useful in camera work.) + + (2) Pick out from a miscellaneous assortment + bottles of 2, 4, 6 and 8 ounces. Bottles of 1 + pint, 1 quart, 1 gallon. Pails, 1 pint, 1 quart, 2 + quarts, 1 gallon. + + (3) Be able without scales to weigh out specified + amounts of sugar, flour or other household + materials, for example, 1, 5 or 10 pounds. + + (4) Be able to pick out from an assortment, + packages of rice, tea, cornmeal, etc., weighing + 1/2, 1, 2, 5 and 10 pounds. + + (5) Be able to give in the usual measures, either + avoirdupois or metric, capacity of the standard + teaspoon, tablespoon, teacup. + + (6) Be able to tell when you have walked a mile in + open country. This may be done by using Scout's + Pace for 12 minutes, on a fifty walk, fifty run + rhythm, or by knowing one's own walking step + length. + + (7) Be able to judge of spaces between distant + objects such as the distance between two trees, + the width of a road, or a brook, by the + triangulation method. + + +USEFUL PERSONAL MEASURES + +It is sometimes a great convenience to measure a length of ribbon, lace +or other goods without the use of a rule or tape measure; but what shall +we use in their place? Look at your thumb--how long is it from the end +to the first joint? And the middle finger, from the end to the knuckle +on the back of the hand? Isn't it nearly four and one-half inches or +one-eighth of a yard? That is what the average grown person's finger +measures. To get the correct length of your finger, hold the end of a +tape line to the end of the finger with the thumb of the same hand, draw +the tape measure tight over the bent finger to the knuckle. This is a +very useful measure for short lengths. + +Another measure for longer lengths is the distance from the end of your +nose, when your head is turned sharply to one side, to the end of your +thumb when your arm is stretched straight out from the shoulder in the +opposite direction. Measure and find out this distance for yourself by +holding the very end of a ribbon, tape or rope with the left hand to the +end of the nose, head turned to the left, and with the right hand run +the fingers along the edge of the ribbon until it is stretched to arm's +length. Marking the ribbon with a pin where the right thumb and +forefinger have held it, measure the distance with a yard measure or +rule from the end of the ribbon to the pin. This length will be about +the same as the standard unit of length used in this country. When +measuring a long length of goods, use the point held by the right hand +as the starting point to be held by left hand. + +If you know the distance between the end of your little finger and the +end of your thumb when they are stretched apart, the palm of the hand +being flat, you can measure a distance such as the length of a table, +shelf, pole, etc. When judging the height of a person, remember that the +distance from the top of the head to the chin is about one-ninth of the +height of the body. The distance between the middle fingers when the +arms are stretched straight out from the shoulders is about equal to the +height of the body. + +Another personal measure that is of value is the length of one's average +pace or stride; that is, the distance from the toe of one boot to the +toe of the other when walking a natural gait. It is also useful to know +the average number of paces taken in walking a given distance, such as a +mile, and the time required to make them. All of this information can be +obtained in a very simple way. Measure off as accurately as possible 220 +yards, which is one-eighth of a mile, or take a known distance, and +pace it back and forth at least eight times, but not all in one day. +Each time keep a record of the number of paces taken and the time +required to pace the distance. Divide the sum of the paces by the number +of times paced and the result will be the average number of paces for +the distance. Then divide the whole distance by the average number of +paces and get the average length of your pace. Divide the sum of the +minutes spent in pacing the distance by the number of times paced, and +get the average length of time required to walk the distance. When the +average length of pace is known, the distance between two points can be +quite accurately estimated by pacing, if the ground is open, level and +solid. If up or down grade, if the ground is muddy or heavy, or there +are other causes which retard the gait, a reduction must be made. + +None of the above methods for measuring are scientific, therefore are +not accurate, but they are useful ways of measuring _approximately_ +lengths and distances by means of a guide always at hand. + + +2. MAP MAKING FOR GIRL SCOUTS + +The word map calls to our mind a picture of lines, angles, dots and +circles which tell us something about a position of the surface of the +earth. It gives us an idea of distance and direction, indicates heights +and sometimes tells of interesting land conditions. What we see are but +symbols representing a more or less true picture. This method of telling +a story is very old; as long ago as 1370 B. C. it was used to show the +location of the then famous Nubian Gold Mines. This ancient map is now +preserved in the Museum of Turin. + +Later, in 611 B. C. the first map of the world was made--the world as +men knew it then. They thought it was like a hollow cylinder and +surrounded by a river. By 276 B. C. maps were used and understood quite +generally. + +They were named originally after the material upon which they were +painted or drawn. Map from Mappa, meaning cloth, and chart from charta, +meaning parchment. Even today maps are made on cloth when for use in the +open by cyclists, military men, and so forth, and charts are those maps +filling the needs of seamen. Savage tribes used maps made of horn, bone +and wood. + +In the 15th century the first printed maps were made and now many +processes are used in reproducing these valuable and necessary graphic +pictures, every line and dot of which have been made out of someone's +experience. The explorer, the pioneer, the navigator, all contributing +to the store of knowledge of the earth's surface, and many times having +thrilling adventures, surviving terrible conditions that the earth may +be known as it really appears. + +Although maps are made to scale and every distance computed most +accurately by the use of very fine instruments, Scouts can accomplish +the real purpose of maps in a small and simple way, for they are after +all, but guides to those who follow. + +Knowing a delightful road or trail, one can by a map guide others to it, +or by making a map of a city, or country district helps a stranger to +find his way about. Our maps must contain as the all important features: +Direction, Distance, Points of Identification, and the explanation on +the margin of the map of all symbols or conventional signs used. For +hiking purposes a starting-point and a goal are necessary, all +cross-roads must be indicated--streams, bridges, trails, springs, points +of interest, vantage points for extended views, and so forth. + +A city map should note beside streets, the car lines or bus lines, +public buildings, library, churches, hotels, stores, police station, +public telephone booths, a doctor's office, fire alarm box and post +box. + +A village map should show in addition the way to the nearest large town +or city, give the railroad station, and so forth. + +Direction is shown by symbol, an arrow or a line with an N pointing to +the North, which should be at the top of the map, and all lines and +signs should be made in relation to it. + +Distance is shown by what is known as scale. It would be impossible and +unnecessary in making a map to use the exact measurements of distances +existing in any given portion of the country, but we can indicate those +distances by drawing our map even though very small so that lines, +angles, circles and dots will bear the same relation to each other as +the points they represent bear to each other. This is done by using a +small measure to represent a large measure. If 1 inch was used to +represent a mile, a map showing 80 square miles of ground, measuring +8x10 miles could be drawn on a comparatively small piece of paper. +Whatever scale is used must be noted on the map, however. + +The true distances are found by pacing or by triangulation. The +interesting, helpful and necessary points are learned by observation. +These are the real guides when using a map and these should be placed +most correctly. Some of the symbols most generally used in map making +are shown in the accompanying cut. + +To be able to read a map is quite as important as making one. Signs must +be understood, distances read, and directions known. It will help in +ascertaining the latter point to hold the map so its position will be +true to the points of the compass--the East to the East. This is called +orienting a map. + +[Illustration: CONVENTIONAL SIGNS OF MAP MAKING + + Camp Post office Telegraph + office + + + City, Town or Buildings Church + village + + School W. W. Hos. + Water works Hospital + + + Windmill cem. Ruins + Cemetery + + + Fence Barbed smooth Stone + (any or board) Wire Fence Fence + + + Wagon Footpath or Wagon Road + Road Trail (unfenced) + + + Railroad Double Track Trolley + Station R. R. Line] + + +[Illustration: + + general symbol streams spring + or + Foot Falls and + Rapids or + Bridges + Telegraph Lines + + Ferries Grassland Cultivated + Fields + + Lake or Pool Corn Cotton + + Marshes Orchard + + Woods of Any Kind Pine Woods + +MORE CONVENTIONAL SIGNS OF MAP MAKING] + +A sketch map, not made to scale or true as to direction or distance, but +giving enough accurate information to serve in guiding a stranger truly, +can be made very quickly and easily if the district sketched has +been observed closely. Observation is at the root of map making. + +[Illustration: MAP OF GIRL SCOUT CAMP MADE BY SCOUT] + +The reproduced sketch of a map made by Girl Scout, will be a guide to +the Scout who is learning how to tell a story by symbols. + + +THE COMPASS + + The Mariner's Compass is an instrument which shows + where the North, and other directions, are. Boxing + the Compass consists in enumerating the points + beginning with North and working around the circle + as follows: + + NORTH + North by East + North, Northeast + Northeast by North + Northeast + Northeast by East + East, Northeast + East by North + + EAST + East by South + East, Southeast + Southeast by East + Southeast + Southeast by South + South, Southeast + South by East + + SOUTH + South by West + South, Southwest + Southwest by South + Southwest + Southwest by West + West, Southwest + West by South + + WEST + West by North + West, Northwest + Northwest by West + Northwest + Northwest by North + North by West + + NORTH + + + How to Find Points of Compass Without a Compass + + Every Scout should be able to find the North + without a compass. By day the sun will tell you + where the North is, and the stars by night. + + + How to Tell the Points of the Compass by the Sun + + The sun rises in the east and sets in the west. + Any time before noon, if you stand facing the sun, + North is at your left hand: after noon, if you + face the sun, North is at your right hand. + + The Phoenicians, who sailed round Africa in + ancient times, noticed that when they started the + sun rose on their left-hand side--they were going + south. Then they reported that they got to a + strange country where the sun got up in the wrong + quarter, namely on their right hand. The truth was + that they had gone round the Cape of Good Hope and + were steering north again up the coast of Africa. + +[Illustration: Mariner's Compass] + +Probably the most accurate way to find North, if you have no compass, is +to use an open-faced watch. Holding the watch flat, turn it so that the +small or hour hand points directly toward the sun. The South will then +be half way between the hour hand and the figure XII on the dial. Before +noon the halfway point is between the hour hand and XII clockwise, and +after noon it is between the hour hand and XII counter-clockwise. + + +How to Find North by the Stars + +All stars appear to rise in the east and set in the west, which is +really due to our earth turning around under them. But one star never +moves in relation to us, and that is Polaris, the North Star, which +stands still over the north pole to show us where North is. + + +3. KNOTS AND THEIR USES FOR GIRL SCOUTS + +It doubtless seems very strange to you that a Girl Scout should have to +know how to handle a rope and tie knots according to rules. Most people +have never dreamed that there are rules for these things; they have made +knots, when necessary, in a way peculiar to themselves and have been +quite surprised that the knots come out when they are expected to hold +fast and hold fast when they are expected to come out. + +Ropes and knots have been in use by all peoples for many years. The +rules concerning them have been developed and perfected as time has +passed until now there is no question as to the usefulness of these +things and the way to handle them correctly. + +As the sailors and the engineers have worked with ropes and knots more +than others, it is to them that we go for our information. We need all +we can get, for today in nearly all forms of occupation twine, cord and +rope are used and knots are tied. As the Girl Scout who wants to be a +Golden Eaglet takes up many of these occupations, she needs to know how +to tie knots quickly, in the dark if necessary, and correctly, for then +they will hold fast yet can be readily untied. These are essential +requirements to be remembered, but just as important is the fact that +purposes and uses of knots differ greatly. + +Every Scout should have five feet of one-quarter inch Manila rope, +whipped at both ends. With this small piece, which only represents the +much larger rope needed in many cases for practical purposes, all of the +required knots can be made and nearly all of their uses demonstrated. + +Have you ever made a blanket roll, put it across your shoulder, hiked +through the woods or over the hills for a sleep in the open? Where would +all your necessary articles have been if you had not tied them snugly +in the roll? Without them you would have been far from happy. + +Or have you pulled a sled up a long hill over and over again for the +sake of the slide down? How about the little knots that held the rope in +place--did you ever think of them? There are many things we do for the +sake of a good time where knots and rope are indispensable. + +An interesting story is told by a Girl Scout who watched two men trying +to hang a very large and heavy curtain which was to be used as part of +the stage setting for an entertainment. The men tried to tie two ropes +together, one of which was considerably larger than the other. Every +knot they tied was pulled out by the weight of the curtains. Finally the +men were quite ready to say "It cannot be done." It was then that the +Girl Scout offered her services. The men looked at her doubtfully, but +said, "Go ahead." Of course she tied a knot that held fast; then she had +to teach it to the men. You see, she could be helpful, for she knew the +kind of knot that would hold two ropes of unequal thickness together and +knew how to make it. + +Did you ever notice how few people know how to tie bundles and packages +securely and neatly? Yet this is a most helpful thing to do. Parcels +that go through the post or by express are handled roughly and unless +tied with special care they are not delivered in good condition. + +Sometimes we find ourselves in the midst of unusual surroundings where +we can be of service if we know what to do and how to do it. A Scout is +sometimes called upon to give First Aid, possibly to tie on splints, a +bandage, or a sling; or use a life-line. + +Once a boat was swept over one of the lesser falls at Niagara. In it +were three people--a father, mother and their son. A group of men and +women standing on the bridge saw the accident; one of them ran for a +rope and threw the end over the side of the bridge calling to those in +the water to catch it. One succeeded, but the rope slipped through his +hands almost immediately because there was neither a loop nor a knot to +hold on to. + +[Illustration: 1. Square or Reef Knot] + +These stories, which are true, make us realize the importance of +knowing something of ropes and knots, that we may Be Prepared when our +services are needed. + + +Parts of a Rope + +The three parts of a rope are: + + 1. The End, the part used in leading; + + 2. The Bight, a loop made by bending the rope back + on itself and holding it in place; + + 3. The Standing Part, the long portion of the rope + not used when tying a knot. + + +1. Square or Reef Knot + +The name of the knot the purpose of which is to tie together two ends of +equal thickness, either to make them fast or to lengthen a rope, is the +Square or Reef knot. It is made so that the ends come out alongside of +the standing part and the knot will not jam. It is used when tying +bundles, such as the blanket-roll, and packages; for tying on splints, +fastening the ends of a sling or mending broken strings, ropes or cords, +as shoestrings, clotheslines, etc. It is the knot used more commonly +than any other. + +To make the Square Knot: + +Take an end in each hand; + +Cross the end in the right hand over the end in the left hand; + +Bend it around the rope in the left hand; + +Cross the end in the left hand over the end in the right hand; + +Bend it around the rope in the right hand; + +Pull tight. + + +2. Sheet-bend + +Another knot that is used for tying two ends together, generally those +of unequal thickness, or for fastening an end to a permanent loop, is +the Sheet-bend. + +[Illustration: 2a. Sheet Bend: Loose] + +[Illustration: 2b. Sheet Bend: Drawn Tight] + +To make a Sheet-bend: + +Make in the end of the larger rope a small bight or use the permanent +loop in its place; + +Pass the end of the smaller rope up through the bight; + +Under the bight; + +Over the bight; + +Under its own standing part; + +Pull the loops tight. + +This is the way the Girl Scout tied the rope together for the stage +hands. + + +3. Bowline-Knot + +If the people on the bridge at Niagara Falls had made a Bowline-knot in +the end of the rope before throwing it as a life-line they might have +saved one if not three lives. A Bowline is used chiefly for hoisting and +lowering; it can be used for a halter or with the Sheet-bend in making a +guard-line or fence. It is a knot holding fast a loop which can be made +of any size and which will not jam or give. + +To make a Bowline-knot: + +Take the end in the right hand; + +Draw the rope toward you over the palm of the left hand, measuring off +as much as is needed to make the required size loop; + +Drop the end; + +Make a small bight in the palm of the left hand by turning the rope +toward the ends of the fingers; + +Take the end in the right hand; + +Pass it up through the bight; + +Back of and around the standing part; + +Down through the bight; + +Pull the end and the rope forming the loop against the standing part. + +When the Bowline is used for hoisting or lowering a person as in case of +fire, the loop should be large enough to be used as a seat; it should be +passed over the head and shoulders, the standing part in front of the +body, to be held on to with both hands. + +When using a rope for a life-line: + +Fasten securely one end to something that will not give. + +Make a Bowline at the other end of the line large enough to go over the +head and shoulders; + +Hold the knot in the right hand, the end toward you; + +Take the standing part in the left hand, measure off about three feet of +rope; + +Draw the rope toward you, pass it over the palm of the right hand and +hold fast. + +Again measure off the same amount, draw the rope toward you, pass it +over the palm of the right hand, and hold fast; + +Continue this process until enough rope is coiled to more than cover the +distance to the person in the water. + +Grasp the coil firmly in the right hand; + +Hold the standing part in the left hand; + +Draw the right arm back from the shoulder; + +[Illustration: 3. Bowline] + +Swing the arm forward and throw the coil out over the water to the +person in distress; + +Make sure that the person in the water gets a firm grasp on the rope; + +Quickly take the standing part in both hands; + +Pull on the rope with a hand over hand motion, keep the line taut and +pull the person to safety. + +Do not make the mistake of throwing the coil "up"; throw it _out_ over +the water. + +The important points to remember when using a rope for rescue work are +to fasten the free end so the rope will not slip out of reach; to coil +the rope properly so it will not kink or knot when let out; and to make +a Bowline large enough to go around the body. + +When a group of Scouts make a guard line, each girl makes a Bowline in +the end of her rope, large enough to put her hand through, fasten her +right-hand neighbor's rope to it by means of a Sheet-bend and holds her +portion of the line in place by using the Bowline in her rope for a +handle. + + +[Illustration: 4. Two Half-Hitches] + +Two Half-hitches are used to make fast an end of rope to a pole, post, +etc. It is a knot that can be easily undone. It is used for hauling, +fastening awning ropes, flag ropes, etc. + +To make a Half-hitch: + +Take the end in the right hand; + +Pass the end under and around the pole; + +Around the standing part: + +Under itself, forming a bight out of which the standing part comes. +Repeat this for the second half-hitch, using standing part in place of +pole. + + +[Illustration: 5. Clove-Hitch] + +The purpose of a Clove-hitch, which is also called the Builders' Knot, +is to make fast an end of rope, generally to a post or tree. This knot +holds securely and does not slip laterally. It is of value when +tethering an animal or tying a boat. It can be used for fastening an +awning rope, tent ropes, for tying on splints or fastening the end of a +bandage when it is used to confine a delirious person. + +A fence or guard-line can be made where trees or posts are available by +tying the end of the rope by means of a Half-hitch to the first tree, +and then using a Clove-hitch on the other trees or posts. + +To tie the Clove-hitch: + +Take the end in the right hand; + +Pass it around the post; + +Over the standing part; + +Continue around the post; + +Under the standing part; + +Slip the end up through the lower loop; + +Pull tight. + + +[Illustration: 6. Sheep-Shank] + +The purpose of a Sheep-shank is to take up slack or shorten a rope +temporarily. It is used on tent ropes, tow lines. + +To make the Sheep-shank: + +Cross the hands and take hold of the rope; + +Take up the slack by drawing the hands past each other; + +Hold the two long loops firmly in one hand; + +Make a bight in the rope between the loop and the end; + +Pass the loop through the bight; + +Do the same thing at the other end. + +The knot will stay in place so long as the rope is taut. + +If it is necessary to shorten a rope when neither end is held fast, make +the Sheep-shank and pass each end through the bight nearest to it. + + +[Illustration: Ready For Transportation or Storage] + +When in uniform a Girl Scout hangs her rope on a belt-hook placed in her +belt or skirt-binding. + +_To have the rope in a convenient form:_ + +Make two loops five or six inches long at one end of the rope; + +Leaving a small bight at the top to go over the hook, bind the loops +together by winding the standing part around them; + +Hold the end fast by putting it through the remaining bight. + +_To serve or whip the ends of a Scout rope so they will not fray:_ + +Take a piece of soft twine twelve or fourteen inches long; + +Make a loop two inches long at one end; + +Lay the loop on the rope, the end of the twine extending beyond the rope +end an inch; + +Bind the rope and loop together by winding the standing part tightly and +closely around them; + +Slip the end down through the loop, which must not be entirely covered +by the binding; + +Pull the other end of the twine and draw the loop under the binding. + +As the twine will be held fast, the ends can be cut off close to the +rope. + +A "knot board," showing the various knots tied perfectly and names +attached, ends of rope whipped, bights, loops and coils, is an +interesting bit of work for a Troop of Girl Scouts to do. The board hung +in the Troop room would be a help to new Scouts, and it could be loaned +to Troops that are not registered, but are learning the Tenderfoot test, +which includes knot-tying. + + +Glossary + + Belt-hook--A double hook in the form of the letter + S. Sometimes called S-hook. + + Bight--A loop made by bending a rope back on + itself and holding it in place. + + Coil--A series of rings, one on top of another, + into which a rope is wound. + + Cord--A string or small rope composed of several + strands of thread or vegetable fiber twisted and + woven together. + + End--One of the terminal points of that which has + more length than breadth. The part of a rope used + in leading. + + Hemp--An annual herbaceous plant. The fiber, + obtained from the skin or rind by rotting the + stalks of the plant under moisture is prepared in + various ways for twisting into ropes, cables, and + weaving coarse fabrics. + + Knot--An interlacement of twine, cord, rope or + other flexible material formed by twisting the + ends about each other and then drawing tight the + loop thus made. + + Life-line--A rope used in rescuing; it should have + a Bowline in one end and the other end should be + secured to something that will not give. + + Loop--An opening through which something can be + passed. + + Manila rope--A rope made from Manila hemp, a + fibrous material which is obtained from the leaves + of plants which grow in the Philippine Islands. + + Rope--A cord of considerable thickness, + technically over one inch in circumference. Ropes + are made of hemp, manila, flax, cotton or other + vegetable fiber or of iron, steel or other + metallic wire. A rope is sometimes called a line. + They are composed of threads which are spun or + twisted into strands and the finished ropes have + special names, according to the number of the + strands, and the various sizes are indicated by + the circumference in inches. + + Standing part--The long portion of a rope not used + when tying a knot. + + String--A slender cord, a thick thread. + + Twine--A double thread; a thread made of two + strands twisted. + + + + +SECTION XVIII + +GIRL SCOUT PROFICIENCY TESTS AND SPECIAL MEDALS + +For details regarding these badges see the "BLUE BOOK OF RULES FOR GIRL +SCOUT CAPTAINS" + + +CONTENTS + + I. Introduction to Proficiency Tests. + + II. Proficiency Tests: + + *** Subjects marked thus are specially recommended for First + Class Scouts or girls at least sixteen years old. + + **** Subjects marked thus are for Scouts eighteen years and + over. + + Artist + Athlete*** + Bee-Keeper + Bird Hunter + Bugler + Business Women*** + Canner + Child Nurse + Citizen*** + Cook + Craftsman + Cyclist + Dairy Maid + Dancer + Dressmaker + Drummer + Economist + Electrician + Farmer + First Aide*** + Flower Finder + Gardener + Handy Woman + Health Guardian*** + Health Winner + Home Maker + Home Nurse*** + Horsewoman + Hostess + Interpreter + Journalist**** + Laundress + Milliner + Motorist**** + Musician + Needlewoman + Pathfinder + Photographer + Pioneer*** + Rock Tapper + Sailor*** + Scribe + Signaller + Star Gazer + Swimmer + Telegrapher + Zoologist + + III. Group Badge + + IV. Golden Eaglet. + + V. Special Medals: + Attendance Stars + Life Saving Medals + Bronze Cross + Silver Cross + Medal of Merit + Thanks Badge + Community Service Award + Scholarship Badge + + + +Proficiency Tests and Merit Badges + +1. INTRODUCTION + +A girl must be a Second Class Scout before receiving a Merit Badge in +any subject. However, this does not mean that she cannot begin to study +her subject and plan for passing the test at any time. + +Proficiency in these tests is to be determined by the Local Council, or +by persons competent (in the opinion of the Council) to judge it. If no +Local Council exists, certificates should be secured from persons +competent to judge each subject, such as teachers of music, dancing or +drawing, riding masters, motorists, electricians, milliners, +dressmakers, artists, craftsmen, scientists and so forth. These +certificates should be sent to the National Headquarters or to the +nearest District Headquarters for inspection. Headquarters will either +pass on these, or indicate the nearest local body competent to deal with +them. + +The tests as given are topical outlines of what a Scout should know +about the subject rather than formal questions. Captains and others +giving the tests will adapt the wording to the needs of the particular +case. + +With many subjects a list of standard references is given. It is +desirable that a girl should read at least one of these books, not in +order to pass an examination but that she may be familiar with the +general field and the great names and principles associated with it. +Where a whole troop is working on a subject, portions of the books may +be read at troop meetings, or several Scouts can read together and +discuss their impressions. + +It is important that every Girl Scout should understand that the winning +of any one of the following Merit Badges does not mean that she is a +finished expert in the subject. + +What does it mean then? It means three things: + + 1. She has an intelligent interest in the subject + + 2. She has a reasonable knowledge of its broad + principles + + 3. She is able to present some practicable proofs + of her knowledge, so that a competent examiner can + see that she has not simply "crammed it up" from a + book. Doing, not talking or writing is the + principle of the Girl Scouts + +One of the great things about these Merit Badges is that they require a +definite amount of perseverance. This is a quality in which women are +sometimes said to be lacking; if this is a fair criticism, the Merit +Badges will certainly test it. + +Nobody compels any Scout to earn these Badges; she deliberately chooses +to do so. Therefore, to fail in a task she has voluntarily set herself, +comes straight back to her and shows her what stuff she is made of. For +while it is of no particular importance how many things you start in +this life, it is of great importance how many things you finish! Out OF +GOODNESS of heart, or quick interest, or sudden resolution, a girl will +start out to master a subject, earn a certain sum of money, make +something for herself or someone else, form some good habit or break +some bad one; and after her first enthusiasm has died out, where is she? +So that a great many people laugh at a girl's plans--and with reason. + +Now while this may be merely amusing, so long as it affects only the +girl herself, it becomes very annoying when other people's affairs are +involved, and may be positively dangerous if carried too far. If your +life depended upon a Girl Scout's efforts to resuscitate you from +drowning, you would be very glad if she stuck to it. But if she happened +to be a girl who had started to win five different Merit Badges, and had +given them all up, half way through, what sort of chance do you think +you would have? + +Girl Scouts are slower to begin than other girls, perhaps, but they +stick to it till they've made good. "She carried that through like a +Girl Scout" ought to become a common saying. + + +2. PROFICIENCY TESTS + +ARTIST SYMBOL--A PALETTE + +[Illustration] + +Submit a drawing, a painting, or a model of sculpture which in the +judgment of a competent professional represents a sufficiently high +order of ability to merit recognition. + + This badge is offered with the object of + encouraging a talent already existing, and it is + not suggested that Girl Scouts should select this + badge unless they are possessed of sufficient + natural talent to warrant presenting their work to + a good judge. The standard required for winning + the badge is left to the judgment of the + professional as it is impossible for the + organization to lay down strict requirements in + these subjects. + +REFERENCES: + +"Children's Book of Art," A. E. Conway, Adam and Charles Black. + +"Knights of Art," Amy Steedman, George W. Jacobs and Company. + +"Gabriel and the Hour Book," Evaleen Stein. + +"Apollo," by S. Reinach, from the French by Florence Simmonds, +Scribners. + + +ATHLETE*** SYMBOL--BASKET BALL + +[Illustration] + +To qualify for this a Girl Scout must be at least fourteen, and must +hold the badge for personal health, the "Health Winner." + + 1. State briefly the value and effect of exercise. + + 2. Demonstrate habitual good posture, sitting and + standing. + + 3. Demonstrate (a) marching steps, quick and + double time, and Scout's Pace. + + (b) Setting-up exercises, (as shown in Handbook). + + 4. Present statement from troop Captain, of a hike + of at least 5 miles. + + 5. Demonstrate with basket ball 5 goals out of 7 + trials standing at least 5 feet from basket, OR + demonstrate with basket ball distance throw of 40 + feet. + + 6. Demonstrate with indoor base ball accurate + pitching for distance of forty feet. + + 7. Write brief description of rules for five + popular games. + + 8. Play well and be able to coach in any three of + the following games: Basket Ball, Battle Ball, + Bowling, Captain Ball, Dodge Ball, Long Ball, + Punch Ball, Indoor Baseball, Hockey--field or ice, + Prisoners' Base, Soccer, Tennis, Golf, Volley Ball + Newcomb. + + 9. Hold swimming badge or bring statement of + ability to demonstrate three strokes, swim 100 + yards, float and dive. Note: For alternate to + swimming requirements see First Class Test, + question 7, page 65. + + 10. Demonstrate three folk dances, using any + nationality, OR be a qualified member of a school + or society athletic team, playing one summer and + one winter sport, OR be able to qualify for entry + in a regular competition in some sport such as + Tennis, Skating, Skiing. Running, Pitching Quoits, + etc. + +REFERENCES: + +"Games for the Playground, Home, School and Gymnasium," Jessie H. +Bancroft, Macmillan. + +"Summer in the Girls' Camp," A. W. Coale, Century. + +"Book of Athletics," Paul Withington, Lothrop. + +"Outdoor Sports and Games," C. H. Miller, Doubleday Page. + + +BEE KEEPER SYMBOL--HIVE + +[Illustration] + + 1. What constitutes a swarm of bees? How do they + live? Tell how honey is gathered and stored and + honeycomb is built, and what part the queen, + drones and workers play in the life of the colony. + + 2. Be able to recognize and describe each of the + following: queen, drones, workers, eggs, larvae, + pupae, honey, bee food, wax, pollen, propolis, + brood-nest, comb, different queen cells. + + 3. Have a practicable knowledge of bee keeping and + assist in hiving a swarm, examining a colony, + removing the comb, finding the queen, putting + foundation in sections, filling and removing + supers, and preparing honey in comb and strained + for market, and present a certificate to this + effect. + + 4. Know which flowers afford the best food for + bees, and how honey varies according to the + flowers in color and flavor. + +REFERENCES: + +"Productive Bee Keeping," Pellett. + +Bulletins from Bureau of Animal Industry, U. S. Department of +Agriculture. + +"Life of the Bee," Maurice Maeterlinck, Dodd. + +"Queen Bee," Carl Ewald, Thomas Nelson and Sons. + +"How to Keep Bees," A. B. Comstock, Doubleday Page. + + +BIRD HUNTER SYMBOL--BLUE BIRD + +[Illustration] + +To qualify for this badge a Girl Scout should belong to the Audubon +Society[8] and be able to answer the following: + + 1. Give list of twenty wild birds personally observed + and identified in the open and show field notes + including at least the date seen, markings, food + habits, nesting habits if known, and migration, if + any. + + 2. Give game-bird laws of her State. + + 3. Name five birds that destroy rats and mice. + + 4. Give list of ten birds of value to farmers and + fruit growers in the destruction of insects on + crops and trees. + + 5. (a) Tell what the Audubon Society is and how it + endeavors to protect the birds. + + (b) Give name and location of two large bird + refuges; explain the reason for their + establishment and give names of the birds they + protect. + + 6. (a) Know what an aigret is. How obtained and + from what bird. + + (b) Tell methods to attract birds winter and + summer. + + + 1. GENERAL REFERENCES: (At least one must be read + to qualify for badge). + +"Method of Attracting Wild Birds," Gilbert H. Trafton, Houghton, Mifflin +Co. + +"Bird Study Book," T. Gilbert Pearson, Doubleday Page Co. + +"Wild Bird Guests," Ernest Harold Baynes, E. P. Dutton Co. + +2. HANDBOOKS AND SPECIAL BIRD BOOKS: + +"Hawks and Owls of the United States," A. K. Fisher. + +"Useful Birds and Their Protection," Edward H. Forbush, Massachusetts +Board of Agriculture. + +"Home Life of Wild Birds," F. H. Herrick, G. F. Putnam Co. + +"Land Birds East of the Rockies," Chester A. Reed, Doubleday Page Co. + +"Water and Game Birds," Chester A. Reed, Doubleday Page Co. + +"Western Birds," Chester A. Reed, Doubleday Page Co. + +"Handbook of Birds of Eastern North America," Frank M. Chapman, D. +Appleton and Co. + +"Bird Life," Frank M. Chapman, D. Appleton and Co. + +"Handbook of Birds of Western United States," Florence Merriam Bailey, +Houghton, Mifflin and Co. + +"Children's Book of Birds," O. T. Miller, Houghton, Mifflin Co. + +"Burgess Bird Book for Children," W. T. Burgess, Little Brown Co. + + +BUGLER SYMBOL--BUGLE + +[Illustration] + +Play correctly as to notes and time the following calls and marches and +play at sight any calls selected: + +1, First Call; 2, Reveille; 3, Assembly; 4, Mess; 5, Recall; 6, Fire; 7, +Drill; 8, Officers; 9, Retreat; 10, To Colors; 11, To quarters; 12, +Taps. + +Reference: Cadet Manual, E. L. Steever, Lippincott. + + +BUSINESS WOMAN*** + +SYMBOL--NOTE-BOOK + +[Illustration] + + 1. Must have a legible and neat handwriting and + show a knowledge of spelling and punctuation by + writing from dictation a paragraph necessitating + use of commas, periods, quotation marks, + apostrophe. + + 2. Must typewrite 40 words a minute, or as an + alternative write in shorthand from dictation 70 + words a minute as a minimum, and transcribe them + at the rate of 35 words. + + 3. Must show a knowledge of simple bookkeeping and + arithmetic. + + 4. Must show how to make out, and know how and + when to use receipts, notes and drafts, and money + orders. + + 5. Must know how to write a simple business + letter, such as asking for employment, or a letter + recommending a person for employment. + + 6. Must show how to keep a check book, make out + checks and deposit slips, endorse checks, and + balance checking accounts. + + 7. Must keep a simple cash account to show + receipts and expenditures of personal funds for + three months, OR the household accounts of the + family for three months. (This account may be + fictitious.) + + 8. Must be able to write a letter from memory on + facts given five minutes previously. + +REFERENCES: + +"Thrift by Household Accounting," American Economics Association, +Baltimore. + +"Household Accounts and Economics," Shaeffer, Macmillan. + +"What every Business Woman Should Know," Lillian C. Kearney, Stokes. + +"Bookkeeping and Accounting," J. J. Klein, Appleton. + +"Essential Elements of Business Character," H. G. Stockwell, Revell. + + +CANNER + +SYMBOL--JAR AND FRUIT + +[Illustration] + + 1. Submit the following specimens of canning work: + (a) six pint jars of two kinds of vegetables, + showing the cold pack method; (b) six jars of + preserved fruit, at least two kinds; (c) six + glasses of jelly, jam or marmalade. + + 2. What are the essential things to be considered + when selecting vegetables to be canned, fruit to + be preserved or made into jelly, jam or marmalade? + + 3. Give general rules for preparing fruits and + vegetables for preserving in any way. + + 4. What kind of jars are considered best for + preserving? What other materials are used for + making holders besides glass? How should all + utensils and jars, glasses, rubbers, be prepared + before using? + + 5. What is essential regarding the heat? + + 6. What are the general rules for preserving + fruit? Give proportions by measure or weight, time + of cooking, amount of sugar, water or any other + ingredient for the fruits that you have preserved, + and for at least two others. + + 7. Give same rules for jams, marmalades and + jellies. + + 8. Give directions for filling and sealing jars. + How can jars be tested within twenty-four hours + after filling? If not air tight what should be + done? + + 9. What should be done to all jars, tumblers, + etc., before storing? How are canned goods best + stored? + + +REFERENCES: + +Government Bulletin--U. S. Department of Agriculture. + +"Canning, Preserving and Jelly Making," J. McK. Hill, Little. + + +CHILD NURSE + +SYMBOL--A MALTESE CROSS + +[Illustration] + + 1. During a period of three months care for a + little child, under two years, for a time + equivalent to two hours daily for four weeks. + During this period all of the necessary work for + routine care of a child must be demonstrated, + including feeding, bathing, dressing, preparing + for bed, arranging bed and windows, amusing, + giving the air, and exercise, and so forth, + according to directions in Handbook. + + 2. What are the most necessary things to be + considered when caring for a child under three + years of age? Elaborate on these points. + + 3. What are some of the results of neglecting to + do these things? What is the importance of + regularity in care, to child, to mother, or nurse? + + 4. Should a child be picked up or fed every time + he cries? What is the result of so doing? + + 5. What are the important things to remember in + lifting and handling children? + + 6. What things are important in connection with + their sleeping, either in or out of doors? Up to + what age should a child have two naps a day? One + nap? What time should a child be put to bed? + + 7. How can a baby be encouraged to move itself and + take exercise? + + 8. What should be done when preparing a baby's + bath? How should the bath be given to a little + baby? To an older child? + + 9. How is a child prepared for bed? How are the + bed and room prepared? + + 10. What is the best food for a child up to nine + months? If he cannot have this food, what can take + its place, and how should it be given? What are + the principal things to remember concerning the + ingredients and preparation of this food, and the + care of utensils? + + 11. At what age may a child be given solid food + with safety? What foods are best and how should + they be prepared? + + 12. When feeding a child either from a bottle or a + spoon, what precautions should be taken? How + often should a child under one year be fed? from + one to two years? + + 13. When suffering from a cold what precautions + should be taken? If it is necessary to continue to + care for a child in spite of your cold? What is + the wisest thing to do first if a child is ill? + +REFERENCES: + +"The Baby, His Care and Training," M. Wheeler, Harper. + +"Care and Feeding of Children," Ernest Holt, Appleton. + +"The Home and Family," Kinne and Cooley, Macmillan. + + +[Illustration: THE CITIZEN*** + +SYMBOL--EIGHT-POINTED STAR] + + 1. Who is responsible for the government of your + country? + + 2. Whose business is it to see that the laws are + enforced? + + 3. How can you help make your Government better? + + 4. Give the best definition you know of our + Government. + + 5. What are the principal qualifications for the + vote in your State? + + 6. a. Who is a citizen? b. How can a person not a + citizen become a citizen? c. What is the advantage + of being a citizen? + + 7. Who makes the law for you in your State? + + 8. What part will you have in making that law? + + 9. What are the duties of the President of the + United States and of each of his Cabinet? + + 10. Name five things on which the comfort and + welfare of your family depend, which are + controlled by your Government. + + 11. a. What is meant by a secret ballot? b. How + can anyone tell how you vote? + + 12. What is the difference between registering to + vote and enrolling in a political party? + + 13. If you enroll in a political party must you + vote the straight ticket of that party? + +REFERENCES: + +"The Woman Movement in America," McClurg and Co., Chicago. + +"The Woman Voter's Manual," Forman and Shuler, Century Co., 1918. + +"Democracy in Reconstruction," Houghton Mifflin, 1919. Cleveland and +Schafer. + +"History of Politics," Edward Jenks, Macmillan Co. + +"The Subjection of Women," John Stuart Mill, Frederick Stokes. + +"Your Vote and How to Use It," Mrs. Raymond Brown, Harper Bros. + +"The Story of a Pioneer," Anna Howard Shaw. + +"American Commonwealth," James Bryce. + +"Promised Land," Mary Antin, Houghton Mifflin. + +"Land of Fair Play," Geoffrey Parsons, Scribner. + +"Making of an American," J. A. Rils, Macmillan. + +"Peace and Patriotism," E. S. Smith, Lothrop, Lee and Shepard. + +"The Children in the Shadow," Ernest Kent Coulter, McBride Nest and Co. + +"American Citizenship," Charles and Mary Beard, Macmillan. + + +[Illustration: COOK + +SYMBOL--GRIDIRON] + +This test is based on the thorough knowledge of the article on "Cooking" +in the handbook. It may be taken in sections. A certificate may be +presented from a Domestic Science teacher, or from the mother if the +Captain knows her and can testify to her competency to judge. + + 1. Build and regulate the fire in a coal or wood + stove, or if a gas range is used know how to + regulate the heat in the oven, broiler and top. + + 2. What does it mean to boil a food? To broil? To + bake? Why is it not advisable to fry food? + + 3. How many cupfuls make a quart? How many + tablespoonfuls to a cup? Teaspoonfuls to a + tablespoon? + + 4. Be able to cook two kinds of cereal. + + 5. Be able to make tea, coffee and cocoa properly. + + 6. Be able to cook a dried and a fresh fruit. + + 7. Be able to cook three common vegetables in two + ways. + + 8. Be able to prepare two kinds of salad. How are + salads kept crisp? + + 9. Know the difference in food value between whole + milk and skimmed milk. + + 10. Be able to boil or coddle or poach eggs + properly. + + 11. Be able to select meat and prepare the cuts + for broiling, roasting and stewing OR be able to + clean, dress and cook a fowl. + + 12. Be able to make two kinds of quick bread, such + as biscuits or muffins. + + 13. Be able to plan menus for one day, choosing at + least three dishes in which left-overs may be + utilized. + +REFERENCES: + +"The Junior Cook Book," Girl Scout Edition, Clara Ingram, Barse and +Hopkins. + +"Fun of Cooking," C. F. Benton, Century. + +"Boston Cooking School Cook Book," Little. + +"Hot Weather Dishes," S. T. Rorer, Arnold and Co. + +"Food and Health," Helen Kinne and Anna M. Cooley, Macmillan. + + +[Illustration: CRAFTSMAN + +SYMBOL--PRIMITIVE DECORATIVE DESIGN] + +To earn this badge a Girl Scout must qualify in at least one of the +following and must read at least one general reference: + + 1. Tie-dying: Make a tie-dyed scarf using two + kinds of tying. + +Reference: "Dyes and Dyeing," Charles E. Pellew, McBride. + +"Industrial and Applied Art Books, Book 6," Bush. + + + 2. Block Printing: Make an original design for a + block print unit using a flower or bird motif. + Apply to a bag or collar in one color using oil + paint or dyes. + + 3. Stencilling: Make an original stencil design + for a border, use flower, bird, boat or tree + motif. Apply in two colors to a bag, collar or + scarf using oil paint or dyes. + + 4. Crochet, Cross-stitch, Darning: Make an + original border design on square paper using any + two geometric units, or a conventional flower or + animal form. Apply the design to a towel in + crochet, cross-stitch or darning. + + Reference: "Cross-stitch Patterns," Dorothy + Bradford, "Industrial Art Text Books, Book 6," + "Modern Priscilla," Snow. + + 6. Weaving, Baskets: Design a basket shape with + its widest dimension not less than six inches, and + make the basket of raffia over a reed or cord + foundation. Use eight stitch or lazy squaw. + + Reference: "How To Make Baskets," + White--"Practical Basketry," McKay. "Inexpensive + Basketry," Marten. "Raffia and Reed Weaving," + Knapp. + + Weaving Wool: Weave a girdle, a hat band, or a + dress ornament use a simple striped or geometric + design, in three or more colors. + + Reference: "Hand Weaving," Dorothy Bradford. + "Hand-loom Weaving," Todd. + + Weaving Beads: Design and weave a bead chain or a + bead band for trimming: use two or more colors. + + 7. Applique: Design an applique unit in a 7-inch + square that might be applied to a pin cushion top, + a bag or a square for a patchwork quilt. Use + geometric units or conventional flower or bird + forms suggested by cretonnes. Work out in cotton + materials using two tones of one color or closely + related colors, as brown and orange; grey and + violet. + + 8. Pottery: Design an original shape for a bowl, + vase or paper weight, and model shape in clay. + + Reference: "The Potter's Craft," Binns--"Pottery," + Cox. "Industrial Work for the Middle Grades," E. + Z. Worst. + + 9. Posters: Design a Girl Scout poster that will + illustrate some law or activity. Poster to be at + least 9x12 inches and to consist of a simple + illustration and not less than three words of + lettering. Finish in crayon, water color, pen and + ink, or tempera. + + Reference: "School Arts Magazine," Jan. 1920. + "Poster Magazine." + + 10. China Painting: Make a conventional design for + a border that can be used on a plate, bowl, or cup + and saucer. Work out on the object in one color in + a tinted background. + + References: Keramic Studio--any number. + + 11. Decoration: Make an original design for a box + top or a tray center adapting units found in + cretonnes. Apply to the object using enamel paints + and in a color scheme suggested by the same or + another cretonne. + +GENERAL REFERENCE BOOKS: + +Read regularly: School Arts Magazine, Davis Press. Art Crafts for +Beginners, Frank G. Sanford, Century; Handicraft for Girls, +McGloughlin--See also: "Wood Carving," P. Hasbruck, McKay. + + +[Illustration: CYCLIST + +SYMBOL--WHEEL] + + 1. Own a bicycle, and care for it, cleaning, + oiling, and making minor repairs, readjusting + chain, bars and seat. + + 2. Be able to mend a tire. + + 3. Demonstrate the use of a road map. + + 4. Demonstrate leading another bicycle while + riding. + + 5. Know the laws of the road, right of way, + lighting and so forth. + + 6. Make satisfactory report to Captain, of a + bicycle Scouting expedition as to the condition of + a road with camping site for an overnight hike. + + 7. Pledge the bicycle to the Government in time of + need. + +REFERENCES: + +"American Girl's Handibook," L. Beard, Scribner. + +"For Playground, Field and Forest," D. C. Beard, Scribner. + + +[Illustration: DAIRY MAID + +SYMBOL--MILKING STOOL] + + 1. Take entire care of a cow and the milk of one + cow for one month, keeping a record of quantity of + each milking. + + 2. Make butter at four different times, and submit + statement of amount made and of the process + followed in making. + + 3. Make pot cheese; give method. + + 4. Name four breeds of cows. How can they be + distinguished? Which breed gives the most milk? + Which breed gives the richest milk? + + 5. What are the rules for feeding, watering and + pasturing cows? What feed is best for cows? What + care should be given cows to keep them in perfect + condition? What diseases must be guarded against + in cows? Why is it so imperative to have a cow + barn, all implements, workers and cows + scrupulously clean? + + 6. Of what is milk composed? How is cream + separated from milk? Name two processes and + explain each. How and why should milk be strained + and cooled before being bottled or canned? + +REFERENCES: + +"Stories of Industry," Vol. 2, A. Chase, Educational Pub. Co. + +"How the World is Fed," F. G. Carpenter, American Book Co. + +"Foods and their uses," F. G. Carpenter, Scribner. + + +[Illustration: DANCER + +SYMBOL--FOOT IN SLIPPER] + +This test is being revised. Following is a Temporary ruling (July 1922). + + 1. Demonstrate three folk dances. + + 2. Demonstrate three modern social dances in + correct form. See rules of American Association of + Dancing Masters. OR + + 3. Where social dancing is not given approval by + parents, three additional folk dances may be + substituted. + +REFERENCES: + +"Dances of the People," Elizabeth Burchenal, Schirmer. + +"Folk Dances and Singing Games," Elizabeth Burchenal, Schirmer. + +"Social Games and Group Dances," J. C. Elsom, Lippincott. + +"Country Dance Book," C. J. Sharp, Novello. + + +[Illustration: DRESSMAKER + +SYMBOL--SCISSORS] + + 1. Must hold Needlewoman's Badge. + + 2. Must know the bias, selvage, and straight width + of goods. + + 3. Must cut and make a garment from a pattern + following all rules and directions given. It is + suggested that two girls work together on this. + + 4. Be able to clean, oil and use a sewing machine. + + 5. Demonstrate on other persons the way to measure + for length of skirt, length of sleeve, length from + neck to waist line. Sew on hooks and eyes so they + will not show. Hang a skirt, make a placket, put + skirt on belt. Skirt must be hemmed evenly and + hang evenly. + + 6. Know what to do if a waist is too long from the + neck to the waist line and does not fit well. + +REFERENCES: + +"Complete Dressmaker," C. E. Laughlin, Appleton. + +"The Dress You Wear and How to Make It," M. J. Rhoe, Putnam. + +"The Dressmaker," Butterick Publishing Co. + +"Clothing and Health," Helen Kinne and Anna M. Cooley, Macmillan. + +"Clothing: Choice, Care, Cost," Mary Schenet Woolman, Lippincott 1920. + + +[Illustration: DRUMMER + +SYMBOL--DRUM AND STICKS] + +Be prepared to play all of the following taps and steps and in order +further to show proficiency on the drum, perform any feat selected. + +1. "Roll off"; 2. Flam (right and left hand); 3. Five-stroke roll; 4. +Seven-stroke roll; 5. "Taps" step; 6. Six-eight step; 7. two-four step; +8. Single Stroke. + +REFERENCES: + +"Recollections of a Drummer Boy," H. M. Kieffer, Houghton Mifflin + + +[Illustration: ECONOMIST + +SYMBOL--BEE] + +A Girl Scout must qualify for 1 and 2, and either 3 or 4. + + 1. Offer record of ten per cent. savings from + earnings or allowance for three months. + + Show card for Postal Savings, or a Savings Bank + Account. + + 2. Show record from parent or guardian that she + has: + + a. Darned stockings. + + b. Keep shoes shined and repaired. + + c. Not used safety pins or other makeshift for + buttons, hooks, hems of skirts, belts, etc. + + d. Kept clothes mended and cleansed from small + spots. + + 3. For girls who have the spending of their money, + either in allowance or earnings, show by character + of shoes, stockings and gloves, hair-ribbons, + handkerchiefs and other accessories that they know + how to select them for wearing qualities and how + to keep them in repair. + + 4. Show record of one week's buying and menus with + plans for using food economically, such as + left-overs, cheap but nourishing cuts of meat, + butter substitutes, thrifty use of milk such as + sour, skimmed or powdered milk, and so forth. + +REFERENCES: + +"Scout Law in Practice," A. A. Carey, Little. + +"Thrift and Conservation," A. H. Chamberlain, Lippincott. + + +[Illustration: ELECTRICIAN + +SYMBOL--LIGHTNING] + + 1. Explain the use of magnets for attraction and + repulsion. + + 2. Describe the use of electricity for forming + electro-magnets and their use in: Electric bell; + Telegraph; Telephone. + + 3. What is meant by low and high voltage in + electric current? Describe the use of current in: + Dry cell; Storage Battery; Dynamo. + + 4. a. Describe how current is sent through + resistance wire resulting in heat and light, in + case of Electric lights, Electric stoves, + toasters, flat irons, etc., and + + b. How it is converted into working energy in + Motors. + + 5. Describe fuses and their use, and how to + replace a burnt-out fuse. + + 6. Connect two batteries in series with a bell and + push button. + + 7. Demonstrate methods of rescuing a person in + contact with live wires, and of resuscitating a + person insensible from shock. + + 8. Know how electricity is used as motive power + for street cars, trains, and automobiles. + + 9. Know the proper way to connect electric + appliances such as flat irons, toasters, etc. + +REFERENCES: + +"Electricity in Every Day Use," J. F. Woodfull, Doubleday Page. + +"How to Understand Electrical Work," W. H. Onken, Harper. + +"Harper's Electricity Book for Boys," J. H. Adams, Harper. + +"Electricity for Young People," Tudor Jenks, Stokes. + +"Heroes of Progress in America," Charles Morris, Lippincott. + + +[Illustration: FARMER + +SYMBOL--SICKLE] + +This badge is given for proficiency in general farming. A Scout farmer +may have her chief interest in rearing animals but she should know +something about the main business of the farmer which is tilling the +soil. Therefore, the Scout must fulfill four requirements: either A or B +under I, and II, III, and IV. + +I. A. Animal Care + +A Scout must have reared successfully one of the following: + + a) A brood of at least 12 chickens under hen or + with incubator. + + b) A flock of at least 12 pigeons, 12 ducks, 12 + geese or 12 guinea-fowl. + + c) A family of rabbits or guinea pigs. + + d) A calf, a colt, or a pig. + +A certificate as to the condition of the animals must be presented, made +by some competent judge who has seen them. Wherever possible a chart +should be made by the Scout, showing the schedule of care followed, +including feeding, and notes on the development of the animals. + +AND she must also have planted and cultivated a small vegetable garden +like the one described in the Handbook, in the Section "The Girl Scout's +Own Garden" OR + +B. Vegetable raising + +A Scout may make her main interest the raising of some sort of vegetable +or fruit and may do one of the following: + + 1. Plant, cultivate and gather the crop from + + (a) A small truck garden, with at least six + vegetables, two berries, and two salads or greens, + OR + + (b) Where the soil is not suitable for a variety + of plants, she may raise a single vegetable, like + corn or tomatoes, or tubers. + + 2. Tend and gather a fruit crop such as apples, + peaches, pears, cherries, oranges, or any other + tree fruit, OR Cultivate and tend a small vineyard + or grape arbor, and gather the grapes, OR + + Plant and cultivate and gather the berries from + strawberry, raspberry, blackberry, currant or + gooseberry plants. Whatever the vegetable or fruit + chosen a chart should be made and presented, + showing the schedule of digging, planting, sowing + and tending, with notes on the time of appearance + of the first shoots, the size and condition of the + crop and so forth. Any obstacles met and overcome, + such as insect pests, drouths or storms should be + mentioned. No special size is mentioned for the + garden, as the conditions vary so greatly in + different parts of the country. The quality of the + work, and the knowledge gained is the important + thing. + +II. Identify and collect ten common weeds and tell how to get rid of +each. + +III. Identify ten common insect pests, tell what plant or animal each +attacks, and how to get rid of each. + +IV. Describe four different kinds of soil and tell what is best planted +in each. Tell what sort of fertilizer should be used in each soil. +Explain the value of stable manure. + +STANDARD REFERENCES: + +Farmers Bulletin, published by the Department of Agriculture, +Washington, D. C. Write for catalogue and select the titles bearing on +your special interest. The bulletins are free. + +The Beginner's Garden Book by Allen French, Macmillan Co. + +Manual of Gardening, L. H. Bailey, Macmillan. + +Principles of Agriculture, L. H. Bailey, Macmillan. + +Essentials of Agriculture, H. J. Waters, Ginn. + + +[Illustration: FIRST AIDE*** + +SYMBOL--RED CROSS IN BLACK CIRCLE] + +A Girl Scout should know: + + 1. What to do first in case of emergency. + + 2. Symptoms and treatment of shock. + + 3. How and when to apply stimulants. + + 4. How to put on a sling. + + 5. How to bandage the head, arm, hand, finger, leg + ankle, eye, jaw. + + 6. What to do for: a. bruises, strains, sprains, + dislocations, fractures; b. wounds; c. burns, + frost bite, freezing, sunstroke, heat exhaustion; + d. drowning, electric shock, gas accidents; e. + apoplexy, convulsions; f. snake bite; g. common + emergencies such as: 1. cinders in the eye; 2. + splinter under the nail; 3. wound from rusty nail; + 4. oak and ivy poisoning; 5. insect in the ear. + + A Girl Scout should demonstrate: + + 7. Applying a sterile dressing. + + 8. Stopping bleeding. + + 9. Putting on a splint. + + 10. Making a stretcher from uniform blanket or + Scout neckerchief and poles. + + 11. The Schaefer method of artificial respiration. + +REFERENCES: + +Section on First Aid in this Handbook. + +American Red Cross Abridged Text Books on First Aid, Blakiston. + + +[Illustration: FLOWER FINDER SYMBOL--FLOWER] + + 1. To pass this test a Scout must be able to tell + the difference between plants and animals and the + difference between the two general types of + plants. + + 2. A Scout must also pass either the test for + Flowers and Ferns or Trees given below. + +A. FLOWERS AND FERNS + + 1. Make a collection of fifty kinds of wild + flowers and ferns and correctly name them or make + twenty-five photographs or colored drawings of + wild flowers and ferns. + + 2. Why were the following ferns so named: + Christmas Fern, Sensitive Fern, Walkingleaf Fern, + Cinnamon Fern, Flowering Fern? + + 3. Name and describe twenty cultivated plants in + your locality. + + 4. Be able to recognize ten weeds. + + 5. How can you distinguish Poison Ivy from + Virginia Creeper? What part of Pokeweed is + poisonous? What part of Jimsonweed is poisonous? + Be able to recognize at least one poisonous + mushroom. + +B. TREES + + 1. Give examples of the two great groups of trees + and distinguish between them. + + 2. Why is forest conservation important? What are + the laws of your State concerning forest + conservation? + + 3. Mention at least three uses of trees. + + 4. Collect, identify and preserve leaves from + twenty-five different species of trees. + + 5. Mention three trees that have opposite + branching and three that have alternate. + + 6. How do the flower-buds of Flowering Dogwood + differ from the leaf-buds? When are the + flower-buds formed? + + 7. The buds of what tree are protected by a + natural varnish? + + 8. Mention one whose outer bud-scales are covered + by fine hairs. Can you find a tree that has naked + buds? + + 9. From a Sassafras-tree or from a Tulip-tree + collect and preserve leaves of as many shapes as + possible. + + 10. Name five trees in this country which produce + edible nuts. + +REFERENCES: + +A. FLOWERS AND FERNS + +"New Manual of Botany," Asa Gray, American Book Co. + +"Illustrated Flora of the Northern States and Canada," (three volumes), +N. L. Britton, Brown and Addison, Scribner. + +"Flower Guide," Chester A. Reed, Doubleday Page. + +"Flora of the Southeastern States," John K. Small, published by the +author, New York Botanical Garden. + +"Flora of the Rocky Mountain Region," P. A. Rydberg, published by the +author, New York Botanical Garden. + +"State Floras."--There are some excellent State Floras, and in order to +keep this list from being too long, it is suggested that the Scout +leader write to the Professor of Botany in her State University and ask +for the name, author and publisher of the best Flora of her State. +Especially is this advisable for those living in sections of the country +not covered by the above references. + +"Our Native Orchids," William Hamilton Gibson. + +"Wild Flower Book for Young People," A. Lounsberry, Stokes. + +"Field Book of American Wild Flowers," F. S. Matthews, Putnam. + +"Emerald Story Book," A. M. Skinner, Duffield. + +"Mushrooms," George F. Atkinson, Henry Holt Co., (See Handbook, +"Scouting for Girls," Section on Woodcraft.) + +B. TREES + +REFERENCES: + +"Field Book of American Trees and Shrubs," F. S. Matthews, Putnam. + +"Trees of the Northern United States," Austin C. Apgar, American Book +Co. + +"Manual of Trees of North America," Charles S. Sargent, Houghton Mifflin +Co. + +"Handbook of the Trees of United States and Canada," Romeyn B. Hough, +published by the author, Lowville, N. Y. + +"Trees in Winter," A. F. Blakeslee, and C. D. Jarvis, Macmillan Co. + +"The Book of Forestry," F. F. Moon, Appleton. + + +[Illustration: GARDENER + +SYMBOL--TROWEL] + +The test may well be worked for by a patrol or even a troop who can +share expenses for tools, and cultivate together a larger plot of ground +than would be possible for any one girl. Arrangements may frequently be +made through the school garden authorities. + +Alternate: For Scouts already members of the Girls' Garden and Canning +Club throughout the country, a duplicate of their reports, sent in for +their season's work, to the State agricultural agents, or agricultural +colleges, in cooperation with the Department of Agriculture of the +United States, may be submitted as their test material for this badge, +in place of the Test given. + + 1. What are the necessary things to be considered + before starting a garden? List them in the correct + order. + + 2. What exposure is best for the garden? Why? At + what season of the year is it best to prepare the + soil? What care should be given garden tools? + + 3. Why is it necessary to fertilize the soil for a + garden? What kind of fertilizer will you use in + your garden, and why? + + 4. Do all seeds germinate? What precautions must + be taken when purchasing seed? During what month + should seed be sown in the ground in your + locality? What are the rules for sowing seed as + regards depth? + + 5. What does it mean to thin out and to + transplant? When and why are both done? + + 6. What does it mean to cultivate? Why is it very + important? How is it best done? What should be + done with pulled weeds? + + 7. When is the proper time of day to water a + garden? Is moistening the surface of the ground + sufficient? If not, why not? + + 8. Name five garden pests common in your locality + and tell how to eradicate them. Name three garden + friends and tell what they do. + + 9. At what time of day is it best to pick flowers + and vegetables? Mention two things to be + considered in both cases. + + 10. What are tender and hardy plants? Herbaceous + plants, annuals, perennials and biennials? Bulbs + and tubers? + + 11. Select a garden site, or if space is lacking + use boxes, barrels, window boxes, tubs and so + forth; prepare the soil, choose the seed of not + less than six flowers, and six vegetables that + will grow well in the soil and climate in which + they are planted; take entire care of the garden + and bring to blossom and fruit at least 75 per + cent. of the seed planted. Keep and submit a + record of the garden, including size, time and + money spent, dates of planting, blooming, and + gathering of vegetables, or colors of flowers, and + so forth. + +REFERENCES: + +"Harper's Book for Young Gardeners," A. H. Verill, Harper. + +"Beginner's Garden Book," Allen French, Macmillan. + +"Home Vegetable Gardening from A to Z," Adolph Krulm, Doubleday. + +"Suburban Gardens," Grace Tabor, Outing Publishing Co. + +"The Vegetable Garden," R. L. Watts, Outing Publishing Co. + + +[Illustration: HANDY-WOMAN + +SYMBOL--HAMMER] + + 1. Know how to mend, temporarily with soap, a + small leak in a water or gas pipe. + + 2. Know how to turn off the water or gas supply + for the house and whom to notify in case of + accident, OR + + Know what to do to thaw out frozen water pipes, OR + + Be able to put on a washer on a faucet, OR + + Cover a hot water boiler neatly and securely to + conserve the heat, using newspaper and string. + + 3. Know the use of and how to use a wrench and + pliers. + + 4. Demonstrate the way to use a hammer, + screw-driver, awl, saw can-opener, corkscrew. + + 5. Locate by sounding, an upright in a plaster + wall, and know why and when this is necessary to + be done. + + 6. Put up a shelf using brackets, strips of wood + or both and know under what conditions to use + either. + + 7. Be able to put up hooks for clothes or other + articles and properly space them. + + 8. Be able to measure for and put up a rod in a + clothes closet, OR + + Be able to repair the spring in a window shade and + tack the shade on the roller, OR + + Know how to keep clean and care for window and + door screens. + + 9. Must wrap, tie securely and neatly, and label a + parcel for delivery by express or parcel post. + + 10. Be able to sharpen knives using either a + grindstone, whetstone, the edge of an iron stove, + or another knife. + + 11. Clean, trim and fill an oil lamp, or put on a + gas mantle, OR Clean, oil and know how to repair + the belt of a sewing machine, OR Lay a fire in a + fireplace and tell what to do with the ashes. + + 12. Choose a wall space for a picture, measure for + the wire, fasten the wire to the picture frame and + give the rule concerning height for hanging + pictures. + + 13. State how brooms, dry mops, dustpans, and + brushes should be placed when not in use, and be + able to wash brushes and place them properly for + drying. + +REFERENCES: + +"What a Girl Can Make and Do," Lina Beard, Scribner. + +"Harper's Handy Book for Girls," A. P. Paret, Harper. + +"Handicraft for Handy Girls," A. N. Hall, Lothrop. + +"In the Days of the Guild," L. Lamprey, Stokes. + + +[Illustration: HEALTH GUARDIAN*** + +SYMBOL--THE CADUCEUS] + + I. Recreation and Health. What is offered to the + public in the town you live in, or in that part of + the city in which you live, in the way of Play + Grounds, Gymnasiums, Baths, Skating Rinks, Tennis + Courts, Golf Links, Water Sports? + + If there is a public park in or near the town; + what privileges does it offer, especially for + young people? Is it well taken care of? Well + patronized? + + Discuss briefly why you think the Government + should provide these things and what results may + be expected when it does not supply them. How does + the lack of them affect the grown people of a + town, in the end? + + II. Special Health Facilities in your Locality. + + 1. What is the rule as to registering births? What + is the advantage of this? What is the infant + mortality rate? + + Of what diseases should the local authorities be + notified? + + What diseases must be quarantined? Isolated? + Posted? Reported? + + 2. Food Supplies. What are milk stations? Does + your community control the marketing of milk to + any degree? Why is the milk question so important? + + Are there any laws for your bakeries? + + What are the regulations as to the storage and + protection of meat in local markets? + + 3. Housing. If three families are willing to live + in three rooms in your town, may they do so? + + Is there anything to prevent your erecting a + building of any size and material you wish in any + place? + + 4. Medical Institutions. Is there a public + hospital in your town? Who has a right to use it? + Who pays for it? + + Is there a public clinic? Why should there be? + + Is there a public laboratory? How would it benefit + your community if there were? + + Is there a district nurse? How could Girl Scouts + assist such a nurse? + + 5. Schools. Is there any medical inspection in + your schools? How did it ever effect you? + + Is its work followed up in the home? How are Girl + Scouts particularly fitted to help in this? + + Is there a school nurse? Why does it pay the + community to employ one? + + Are luncheons served in your school free, or at + low cost? Mention at least two advantages in this + and one disadvantage. + + Are there school clinics for eyes and teeth? Why + are some cities providing such clinics? + + 6. Baby Hygiene. Is there any place in your town + where young or ignorant mothers can ask advice and + instruction in the care of infants? State briefly + why you think such help would benefit the + community in the end. + + III. Public Services and Sanitation. + + 1. Who is responsible for the cleaning of the + streets? Dry or wet method used? + + 2. What are the laws concerning the public + collection and disposal of garbage? How much + responsibility in this line has your family? Can + you do what you please? Is there any practical use + for garbage? + + 3. What is the source of your local water supply? + What measures are taken to make and keep it + pure?--State some of the results of lack of care + in this matter. + + 4. Why should there be regulations about spitting + in public places? Why are common towels and + drinking cups forbidden? What are the general + rules for prevention and treatment of + tuberculosis? + + 5. Trace the life history of the house fly or + filth fly and tell why it is a menace. How may the + fly be exterminated? How are mosquitoes dangerous? + How may they be eliminated? + +REFERENCES: + +"Democracy in Reconstruction," Frederick A. Cleveland and Joseph +Schafer, Houghton Mifflin. + +"A Manual for Health Officers," J. Scott MacNutt, John Wiley and Sons. + +"House of the Good Neighbor," Esther Lovejoy, Macmillan. + +"Community Civics," J. Field, Macmillan. + +"Town and City," F. G. Jewett, Ginn and Co. + +"Good Citizenship," J. Richman, American Book Co. + +"Healthy Living," Charles E. Winslow, Merrill Co. + + +[Illustration: HEALTH WINNER + +SYMBOL--THE CADUCEUS IN TREFOIL] + + I. To earn this badge a Girl Scout must for three + months pay attention to those conditions upon + which health depends. She should keep a Health + Record like that shown in the Handbook, which must + cover at least the following points: + + 1. Position of body: Show improvement in posture. + + 2. Exercise (a) Walk a mile briskly or walk + steadily and vigorously for fifteen minutes, or + take some other active and vigorous outdoor + exercise for at least thirty minutes. OR in case + of bad weather, (b) Do setting-up exercises as + given in Handbook every day. At least twenty + minutes should be spent on these, either at one + time, or ten minutes night and morning. To make + this point will require a record of compliance for + at least seventy-five days in three months. + + 3. Rest. (a) Go to bed early. Be in bed by at + least 9:30 and sleep from eight to ten hours. Do + not go to parties, the theatre, movies or any + other late entertainment on nights before school + or work. + + 4. Supply needs for Air, Water and Food in the + right way: + + (a) Sleep with window open. + + (b) Drink at least six glasses of water during the + day, between meals; taking one before breakfast, + two between breakfast and lunch, two between lunch + and dinner, and one before going to bed. + + (c) Eat no sweets, candy, cake or ice cream except + as dessert after meals. + + 5. Keep Clean: + + (a) Have a bowel movement at least once every day, + preferably immediately after breakfast or the last + thing at night. + + (b) Wash hands after going to the toilet, and + before eating. Take a daily tub, shower or sponge + bath, or rub down with a rough towel every day; + and take a full bath of some sort at least twice a + week. + + (c) Brush teeth twice a day: after breakfast and + just before bed. + + (d) Wash hair at least once a month, and brush + well every day. + + II. In addition to doing the things that make for + health, the Girl Scout must know the answers to + the following questions: + + 1. What is the best way to care for your teeth? + + 2. Why is care for the eyes especially necessary? + How are the eyes rested? What are the points to + remember about light for work? + + 3. What is the difference in effect between a hot + and cold bath? + + 4. How can you care for your feet on a hike so + that they will not become blistered or over-tired? + +REFERENCES: + +"Good Health," F. G. Jewett, Ginn and Co. + +"How to Get Strong and How to Stay So," William Blaikie, Harper. + +"Keeping Physically Fit," Wm. J. Cromie, Macmillan. + +"Exercise and Health," Woods Hutcheson, Outing Pub. Co. + +"Handbook of Health and Nursing," American School of Home Economics, +Chicago. + +"Food and Health," Helen Kinne and Anna M. Cooley, Macmillan. + +"Healthy Living," Chas. E. Winslow, Chas E. Merrill Co. + + +[Illustration: HOMEMAKER + +SYMBOL--CROSSED KEYS] + + 1. In planning a house and choosing a site for it + what things should be considered? + + 2. Draw the floor plan of an imaginary house or + apartment to be built in your locality for a + family of four, and list the furnishings for each + room. + + 3. Choose a system for heating and state reasons + for choice. + + 4. How will water be furnished? What precautions + should always be taken about the water supply and + why? + + 5. How will the house be lighted? How will it be + ventilated? + + 6. State how the walls and floors will be finished + and why? + + 7. Describe the cook stove and the ice box; tell + why they were selected and the best way to keep + them clean. + + 8. List the utensils used in keeping the house + clean. + + 9. State why it is particularly necessary to keep + the cellar, closets, cupboards, wash basins, + toilets, sinks, clean. Give ways of cleaning each. + + 10. State the proper way to prepare dishes for + washing and the order in which silver, glass, + table and kitchen dishes should be washed. + + 11. How should rugs, mattresses, pillows, + upholstered furniture, paper walls, and windows be + cleaned? + + 12. How should winter clothes and blankets be + stored during the summer? What should be done with + soiled laundry prior to washing? + + 13. What is the most economical way to buy flour, + sugar, cereals, butter and vegetables? How should + they be kept in the house? + + 14. What is the law in your community concerning + the disposition of trash, ashes and garbage? How + will you care for these things in the house? If + there is no law what will you do with them and + why? + + 15. Under what conditions do germs thrive and + vermin infest? How can both be kept away? + + 16. Plan the work in your house for one week + giving the daily schedule and covering all + necessary points. + + 17. Tell how to make and use a fireless cooker. + Explain what it is good for. + + 18. Take care of your own bedroom for one month. + Report just what you do and how long it takes. + +REFERENCES: + +"Housewifery," L. Ray Balderston, Lippincott. + +"The Home and the Family," Helen Kinne and Anna Cooley, The Macmillan +Co. + +"Foods and Household Management," Helen Kinne and Anna Cooley, +Macmillan. + +"Shelter and Clothing," Helen Kinne and Anna Cooley, Macmillan. + +"Feeding the Family," M. S. Rose, Macmillan. + +"Handbook of Food and Diet," American School of Home Economics, Chicago. + +MAGAZINES: + +"The House Beautiful," "Ladies Home Journal," "Delineator," "Good +Housekeeping." + + +[Illustration: HOME NURSE*** + +SYMBOL--GREEN CROSS] + + 1. Describe care of the room under following + points: + + (a) Ventilation heat and sun; (b) Character and + amount of furniture; (c) Cleanliness and order; + (d) Daily routine; (e) General "atmosphere." + + 2. Demonstrate bed making with patient in bed. Bed + must be made in fifteen minutes. + + 3. (a) Show how to help a patient in the use of a + bedpan. (b) Care of utensils, dishes, linen and + their disinfection. + + 4. Bodily care of patient. Know all the following + and be able to demonstrate any two points asked + for: + + (a) Bathing; (b) Rubbing; (c) Changing of body + linen; (d) Combing hair; (e) Lifting and changing + position; (f) Arranging of supports; (g) + Temperature, pulse and respiration; (h) Feeding + when helpless. + + 5. Local applications, hot and cold, + (fomentations, compresses etc.) (Demonstrate at + least one point). + + 6. Common household remedies and their use: castor + oil, soda, olive oil, epsom salts, aromatic + spirits of ammonia. + + 7. First treatment of some common household + emergencies, cramps, earache, headache, cold, + chills, choking, nosebleed, and fainting. + + 8. How to give an enema. + + 9. Proper food for invalids and serving it. Be + able to prepare and serve five of the following. + Two foods must be shown to examiner and three may + be certified to by mother or other responsible + person. + + 1. Cereal, as oatmeal, gruel; cereal water, as + barley water. + + 2. Toast, toast water, milk toast, cream toast. + + 3. Plain albumen, albuminized water, albuminized + milk. + + 4. Eggnog, soft cooked egg, poached egg. + + 5. Pasteurized milk, junket, custard. + + 6. Beef, mutton, chicken, clam or oyster broth. + + 7. Fruit beverage, stewed dried fruit, baked + apple. + + 8. Gelatin jellies, chicken jelly. + + 9. Tea, coffee, cocoa. + +REFERENCES: + +"Home Hygiene and Care of the Sick." Red Cross Text by Jane A. Delano, +R. N. Revised by Anne H. Strong, R. N., Blakiston, Philadelphia, 1922. + +"What to do Before the Doctor Comes," Frieda E. Lippert, Lippincott. + +"Home Nurses Handbook of Practical Nursing," C. A. Aikens, Saunders. + +"Home Nursing," Louisa C. Lippitt, World Book Co. + + +[Illustration: HORSEWOMAN + +SYMBOL--STIRRUP] + + 1. Demonstrate saddling and bridling a saddle + horse. + + 2. Demonstrate riding at a walk, trot and gallop. + + 3. Demonstrate harnessing correctly in single + harness. + + 4. Demonstrate driving in single harness. + + 5. What are the rules of the road as to turning + out? + + 6. What are the rules for feeding and watering a + horse, and how do these vary according to + conditions? + + 7. What implements are used for grooming a horse? + Show how they should be used. + + 8. Hitch a horse, using the best knot for that + purpose. + + 9. Know principal causes of and how to detect and + how to remedy lameness and sore back. + + 10. Know how to detect and remove a stone from the + foot. + + 11. Know the principal points of a horse, and the + different parts of the harness. + +REFERENCES: + +"Riding and Driving for Women," B. Beach, Scribner. + +"Horsemanship," C. C. Fraser. + + +[Illustration: HOSTESS + +SYMBOL--CUP AND SAUCER] + + 1. Demonstrate receiving, introducing and bidding + guests goodbye. + + 2. Write notes of invitation for a luncheon, + dinner party, and write a letter inviting a friend + to make a visit. + + 3. Give an out of door party or picnic planning + entertainment, and prepare and serve refreshments, + OR + + Demonstrate ability to plan for an indoor party, + arranging the rooms, a place for wraps, + entertainment of guests, serving of refreshments. + + 4. Set a table and entertain guests for lunch or + dinner or afternoon tea and demonstrate the duties + of a hostess who has no maid, or one who has a + maid, to serve. + + 5. What are the duties of a hostess when + entertaining a house guest for a few days or more? + + GUESTS: + + 6. When entertained as a house guest what are some + of the necessary things to be remembered? + + 7. What is a "bread and butter" letter? Write one. + + 8. When invited to a party, luncheon, dinner, or + to make a visit, how should the invitations be + acknowledged? Write at least two letters to cover + the question. + + 9. What are the duties of a caller, dinner or + party guest as concerns time of arrival, length of + stay and leaving? + +REFERENCES: + +"Everyday Manners, for American Boys and Girls," by the Faculty of the +South Philadelphia High School for Girls, Macmillan, 1922. + +"Dame Courtesy's Book of Novel Entertainments," E. H. Glover, McClurg. + +"Hostess of Today," L. H. Larned, Scribner. + +"Bright Ideas for Entertaining," H. B. Linscott, Jacobs. + + +[Illustration: INTERPRETER + +SYMBOL--UNITED STATES ARMY EMBLEM] + + 1. Show ability to converse in a language other + than English. + + 2. Translate quickly and accurately a conversation + in a foreign language into English, and English + into a foreign language. + + 3. Be able to write a simple letter in a language + other than one's own, subject to be given by + examiner. + + 4. Read a passage from a book or newspaper written + in a language other than one's own. + + 5. Write a clear intelligible letter in a foreign + language. + + +[Illustration: JOURNALIST**** + +SYMBOL--BOTTLE AND PEN] + + 1. Know how a newspaper is made, its different + departments, functions of its staff, how the local + news is gathered, how the news of the world is + gathered and disseminated--Inquire at newspaper + office. + + 2. What is a news item? + + 3. What is an editorial? + + 4. Describe briefly the three important kinds of + type-setting used today. + + 5. Write two articles, not to exceed five hundred + words each, on events that come within the + observation of the Scouts. For instance give the + school athletic events or describe an + entertainment for Scouts in church or school or + rally. + + 6. Write some special story about Scoutcraft such + as a hike or camping experience. + +REFERENCES: + +"Newspaper," G. B. Dibble, Holt. + +"Handbook of Journalism," N. C. Fowler, Sully. + + +[Illustration: LAUNDRESS + +SYMBOL--FLAT IRON] + + 1. What elements are needed to clean soiled + clothes? + + 2. Show a blouse that you have starched and + folded, OR + + Show a skirt and coat you have pressed. + + 3. How is starch made? How is it prepared for use? + + 4. What is soap? How is it made? What is soap + powder? + + 5. How can you soften hard water? How are a ringer + and a mangle used? + + 6. Name steps to take in washing colored garments. + + 7. Should table linen be starched? Why? + + 8. Why do we run clothes through blueing water? + What is blueing? How made? + + 9. Know the different kinds of irons and how to + take care of irons. + + 10. How to remove stains; ink, fruit, rust, grass, + cocoa and grease. Why must stains be removed + before laundering? + + 11. What clothes should be boiled to make them + clean? How are flannels washed? What should be + done to clothes after drying before they are + ironed? + +REFERENCES: + +"Saturday Mornings," C. B. Burrell, Dana Estes. + +"First Aid to the Young Housekeeper," C. T. Herrick, Scribner. + +"Guide to Laundry Work," M. D. Chambers, Boston Cooking School. + +"Approved Methods for Home Laundry," Mary Beals Vail, B. S., Proctor +Gamble Co. + + +[Illustration: MILLINER + +SYMBOL--BONNET] + + 1. Renovate a hat by removing, cleaning and + pressing all trimmings and the lining, turn or + clean the hat and replace trimmings and lining. + + 2. Trim a felt hat and make and sew in the + lining. + + 3. Make a gingham, cretonne or straw hat using a + wire frame. + + 4. What is felt and how is it made into hats? + + 5. What is straw and how is it prepared for + millinery purposes? + + 6. How is straw braid for hats sold? + + 7. What is meant by "a hand made hat?" + + 8. Can the shape of a felt or straw hat be + materially changed? if so by what process? + + 9. What kind of thread is best for sewing trimming + on to a hat? + + 10. How is the head measured for ascertaining the + head size for a hat? + +REFERENCES: + +"Art of Millinery," Anna Ben Yusef, Millinery Trade Pub. Co. + + +[Illustration: MOTORIST**** + +SYMBOL--A WINGED WHEEL] + +To qualify for this badge a Scout must be at least eighteen, and must +pass the examination which was required for the Motor Corps of the +National League for Women's Service. + +This includes: + + 1. A certificate of health from a physician. + + 2. Possessing the First Aide Badge. + + 3. A diploma from a training course for motorists, + such as that run by the Y. M. C. A., with a mark + of at least 85 per cent. + + 4. A driver's license from her State, signed by + the Secretary of State. + + 5. Taking the oath of allegiance. + +REFERENCE: + +"The Gasoline Automobile," by Hobbs, Elliott and Consoliver, McGraw, +Hill Book Co. + +Putnam's Automobile Handbook, H. C. Brokaw, Putnam. + + +[Illustration: MUSICIAN + +SYMBOL--HARP] + +For pianist, violinist, cellist or singer. + + 1. Play or sing a scale and know its composition. + + 2. Write a scale in both the treble and bass clef. + + 3. Know a half-tone, whole tone, a third, fifth + and octave. + + 4. Be able to distinguish a march from a waltz, + and give the time of each. + + 5. What is a quarter, half and whole note, draw + symbols. + + 6. Name five great composers and one composition + of each, including an opera, a piano composition, + a song. Two of the foregoing must be American. + + 7. Play or sing from memory three verses of the + Star Spangled Banner. The Battle Hymn of the + Republic and America. + + 8. Play or sing correctly from memory one piece of + good music. + + 9. For instrumentalist: Be able to play at sight a + moderately difficult piece and explain all signs + and terms in it. + + For singers: Show with baton how to lead a group + in singing compositions written in 3/4 and 4/4 + time. + + 10. What is an orchestra: Name at least five + instruments in an orchestra. + +REFERENCES: + +"Art of the Singer," W. T. Henderson, Scribner. + +"How to Listen to Music," H. E. Krehbiel, Scribner. + +"Orchestral Instruments and What They Do," D. G. Mason, Novello. + + +[Illustration: NEEDLEWOMAN + +SYMBOL--SPOOL, THREAD AND NEEDLE] + + 1. Know how to run a seam, overcast, roll and + whip, hem, tuck, gather, bind, make a French seam, + make buttonhole, sew on buttons, hooks and eyes, + darn and patch. Submit samples of each. + + 2. Show the difference between "straight" and "on + the bias," and how to make both. + + 3. Know the difference between linen, cotton and + woolen, and pick out samples of each. + + 4. Know how thread, silk and needles are numbered + and what the numbers indicate. + + 5. Know how to measure and plan fullness for + edging or lace. + + 6. Know how to lay a pattern on cloth, cut out a + simple article of wearing apparel and make same. + Use this article to demonstrate as much of + question 1 as possible. + + 7. Knit, either a muffler, sweater or baby's + jacket and cap and crochet one yard of lace or + make a yard of tatting. + + 8. Hemstitch or scallop a towel or bureau scarf + and work an initial on it in cross stitch. + +REFERENCES: + +"Complete Dressmaker," C. E. Laughlin, Appleton. + +"Art in Needlework," S. F. Day, Scribner. + + +[Illustration: PATHFINDER + +SYMBOL--A HAND POINTING] + + 1. Describe the general plan of the city, town or + village in which you live, locate the principal + shopping, business and residence districts and + know how to reach them from any quarter of the + city, town or village. Be able to direct a person + to the nearest place of worship to which they + desire to go, OR + + Describe in a general way the township or county + in which you live giving the principal roads, + naming two of the nearest and largest cities or + towns, giving their distance from your residence + and telling how to reach them. + + 2. Know the route of the principal surface car and + subway lines, OR + + The name of the nearest railroad division to your + residence and four of the principal cities or + towns through which it passes within a distance of + one hundred miles. + + 3. Know at least three historic points of interest + within the limits of your city, town or village, + how to get to them and why they are historic, OR + + Tell of three things of interest concerning the + history of your own community. + + 4. Know the name and location of the Post Office, + Telegraph and Telephone Stations, Public Library, + City or Town Hall, one Hospital of good standing, + one hotel or inn, three churches, one Protestant, + one Catholic, one Synagogue, and the nearest + railroad, OR + + Know the name, location and distance from your + home or village of the nearest Library, Hospital, + Church, Post Office, Telegraph and Telephone and + Railroad Stations. + + 5. Know the name and location of three buildings + or places in your city, town or village, of + interest from a point of beauty either of + architecture, decoration or surroundings, OR + + Know and locate three places of interest within + ten miles of your home, because of beautiful views + or surroundings, OR give directions for taking a + walk through beautiful woods, lanes or roads. + + 6. Draw a map of the district around your home + covering an area of one quarter square mile, + noting streets, schools and other public + buildings, fire alarm boxes, at least one public + telephone booth, one doctor's office, one drug + store, one provision store, and four points of the + compass. Draw to scale, OR + + Draw a map covering a half square mile of country + around your home noting schools and any other + public buildings, roads, lanes, points of + interest, historic or otherwise, streams, lakes + and four cardinal points of the compass. Map must + be drawn to scale. + + 7. Know how to use the fire alarm, how to consult + telephone directory, how to call for assistance in + case of water leak, accident, burglary, forest + fire and how to call the police for any other + emergency. + + 8. Find any of the four cardinal points of the + compass by sun or stars, by use of a watch and a + cane or stick. + +REFERENCES: + +Sections in Handbook on "Woodcraft," and "Measurements and Map-making," +and publications of local Historical Societies, Guides and Directories. + + +[Illustration: PHOTOGRAPHER + +SYMBOL--CAMERA ON STANDARD] + + 1. Submit six good photographs, interior and out + of door, taken, developed and printed by self, OR + twelve good photographs taken by self including + portraits, animals, out of door and indoor + subjects. + + 2. What constitutes a good picture? + + 3. Give three rules to be followed in taking + interiors, portraits and out of door pictures. + + 4. Name and describe briefly the processes used in + photography. + + 5. Tell what a camera is and name and describe the + principal parts of a camera. + + 6. What is a film? What is a negative? + + 7. What position in relation to the sun should a + photographer take when exposing a film? + + 8. Should a shutter be operated slowly? If so, + why? + + 9. What causes buildings in a picture to look as + if they were falling? + + 10. What precautions should be taken when + reloading a camera and taking out an exposed film? + + 11. What is an enlargement? How is it made? + + 12. What are the results of under exposure and + over exposure? + + 13. What are the results of failing to take the + proper camera distance, having improper light and + allowing the camera to move? + + 14. If there is more than one method of exposing a + film what determines the method to be used? + +REFERENCES: + +"How to Make Good Pictures," Eastman Kodak Company. + +"The Photo Miniature," such numbers as appear to be needed. + +"Nature and the Camera," A. R. Dugmore, Doubleday. + +"Photography for Young People," T. Jenks, Stokes. + +"Why My Photographs Are Bad," C. M. Taylor, Jacobs. + + +[Illustration: PIONEER*** + +SYMBOL--AXES] + + 1. Tell four things that must be considered when + choosing a camp site. + + 2. Know how to use a saw, an axe, a hatchet. + + 3. Know how to select and fell a tree for building + or fuel purposes. Know a fork and sapling and + their uses. + + 4. Build or help three others to build a shack + suitable for four occupants. + + 5. Make a latrine, an incinerator, a cache. + + 6. Make a fireplace for heating and cooking + purposes and cook a simple meal over it. + + 7. Know how to tell the directions of the wind. + + 8. Know how to mark a trail. + + 9. Tell what to do to make water safe for drinking + if there is any question as to its purity. + +REFERENCES: + +"Campward Ho!" A Manual for Girl Scout Camps, National Headquarters, +Girl Scouts, Inc. + +"Camping and Woodcraft," Horace Kephart, Macmillan. + +"On the Trail," L. Beard, Scribner. + +"Vacation Camps for Girls," Jeannette Marks, D. Appleton. + + +[Illustration: ROCK TAPPER[9] + +SYMBOL--PICK AND SHOVEL] + + 1. Collect and correctly identify ten rocks found + among the glacial boulders. + + + + 2. Make photograph or make sketch of glacial + boulders. + + 3. Collect two or three scratched glaciated + pebbles or cobblestones in the drift. + + 4. Make a sketch or photograph of an exposed + section of glaciated or scratched bed-rock and + note as accurately as you can the direction of the + scratches or grooves. + +REFERENCES: + +"The Story of Our Continent," N. S. Shaler, Ginn and Co. + +"The Great Ice Age and Its Relation to the Antiquity of Man," D. +Appleton and Co. + +"A Text Book of Geology," portion of Chapter XXV entitled "The Glacial +Epoch in North America,"--D. Appleton and Co. + +"Physiography for High School," Chapter V entitled, "The Work of Snow +and Ice," Henry Holt and Co. + +"An Introduction to Physical Geography," Chapter VI entitled, +"Glaciers," D. Appleton, or any other good text-book of geology or +physical geography. + +"Travels in Alaska," John Muir. + + +[Illustration: SAILOR*** + +SYMBOL--ANCHOR] + +Qualify for questions under A, one to eleven, and one other test on +rowboat, sailboat, canoe or motor boat. + +A. GENERAL + + 1. Swim twenty-five yards with clothes and shoes + on, or hold the swimming merit badge. + + 2. Know sixteen points of the compass. + + 3. Find any one of the four cardinal points of the + compass by sun or stars. + + 4. Know the rules for right of way. + + 5. Know how to counteract the effect of current, + tide and wind. + + 6. Demonstrate making a landing, coming along + side, making fast, pushing off. + + 7. What is a calm? What is a squall? What are the + sky and water conditions that denote the approach + of the latter? + + 8. Why are squalls dangerous? + + 9. What are the dangers of moving about or + standing in a boat? + + 10. Tie four knots for use in handling a boat. + Prepare, tie and throw a life line a distance of + 25 feet. + + 11. Which is the "port" and which the "starboard" + side of the boat, and what color lights represent + each. + +B. ROWBOAT. + + 1. Demonstrate correct way to step into a rowboat, + to boat the oars, feather the oars, turn around, + row backward, back water, keep a straight course. + + 2. Name two types of row boats. + + 3. Demonstrate rowing alone on a straight course + for a period of one-half hour. Keep stroke with + another person for the same length of time. + + 4. Demonstrate sculling or poling. + + 5. Bail and clean a boat. + + 6. What does it mean to "trim ship?" + +C. SAILBOAT. + + 1. Demonstrate hoisting a sail, taking in a reef, + letting out a reef, steering, sailing close to + the wind, before the wind, coming about, coming up + into the wind. + + 2. What is meant by tacking? + + 3. What is the difference between a keel and + centerboard type of boat? Tell the advantage of + each. + + 4. Coil the ropes on a sailboat. + + 5. Name three different types of sailboats. + +D. CANOE. + + 1. Where and how should a canoe be placed when not + in use? + + 2. Demonstrate putting a canoe into the water, + stepping into it, taking it out, and the technique + of bow and stern paddling. + + 3. Overturn, right and get back into a canoe. + + 4. Name two standard makes of canoes. + + 5. What does it mean to make a portage? + +E. MOTORBOAT. + + 1. Know how to oil the engine and the best kind of + oil with which to oil it. + + 2. Demonstrate cleaning the engine; cranking the + engine. + + 3. Know how to measure gas in tank, how much gas + the tank holds, and how long the engine will run + when the tank is full. Know how to judge good + gasoline. + + 4. Why should a motor boat never be left without + turning off the gas? State reasons. + + 5. Be able to rectify trouble with the carburetor. + + 6. Know proper weight of anchor for boat; how to + lower and hoist anchor; how to ground anchor so + boat will not drag; know the knot to fasten rope + to anchor and rope to boat, and how to throw out + anchor. + + 7. Demonstrate how to coil rope so it will not + kink when anchor is thrown out. + + 8. Know channels and right of way by buoys and + lights. + +REFERENCES: + +"Harper's Boating Book for Boys," C. J. Davis, Harper. + +"Boat Sailing," A. J. Kenealy, Outing. + + +[Illustration: SCRIBE + +SYMBOL--OPEN BOOK] + + 1. Submit an original short story, an essay or + play or poem. + + 2. Know three authors of prose and their + compositions. + + 3. Mention the names and some works of three + novelists, two essayists, three poets, two + dramatists of the present century, at least three + of them American. + + +[Illustration: SIGNALLER + +SYMBOL--CROSSED FLAGS] + +SEMAPHORE + + 1. Give alphabet correctly in 30 seconds, or + less. + + 2. Give the following abbreviations correctly; + AFFIRMATIVE, ACKNOWLEDGE, ATTENTION, ERROR, + NEGATIVE, PREPARATORY, ANNULLING, SIGN OF + NUMERALS. + + 3. Send message not previously read, of twenty + words, containing three numerals and sent at the + rate of 50 letters per minute. Only one error to + be allowed. Technique is to be considered and + judged. + + 4. Receive unknown message of twenty words, + containing three numerals at the same rate. Two + errors to be allowed. Scouts may have someone take + message down in writing as they read it, and five + minutes in which to rewrite it afterwards. + +WIGWAG + + 1. Give alphabet correctly in two and one half + minutes or less. + + 2. Give numerals up to ten correctly. + + 3. Send message not previously read, of twenty + words, containing three numerals, at the rate of + ten letters per minute. Only one error allowed; + technique and regularity to be considered and + judged. + + 4. Receive unknown message of twenty words, + containing three numerals, to be given at the rate + of 10 letters per minute--Two errors to be + allowed. Conditions for receiving, the same as in + Semaphore. + +BUZZER + +GENERAL SERVICE CODE + + 1. Send message of twenty words, not previously + read, at the rate of ten letters per minute. Two + errors allowed. + + 2. Receive unknown message of twenty words to be + given at the same rate. Two errors allowed. Scouts + to be allowed five minutes in which to rewrite + message, afterwards. + +REFERENCES: + +"How to Signal by Many Methods," J. Gibson, Gale. + +"Cadet Manual," E. Z. Steever, Lippincott. + +"Boys' Camp Manual," C. K. Taylor, Century. + +"Outdoor Signalling," Elbert Wells, Outing Pub. Co. + + +[Illustration: STAR GAZER + +SYMBOL--STAR GROUP] + + 1. What is meant by the Solar System? + + 2. Make a diagram showing the relative positions + and movements of the earth, sun and moon. What + governs the tide? What causes an eclipse? What is + a comet, a shooting star, a sun spot? + + 3. Name the planets in their order from the sun. + Which planet is nearest the earth and give its + distance? + + 4. How fast does light travel? + + 5. What is the difference between planets and + fixed stars and name three of the latter. + + 6. What is a constellation? Name and be able to + point out six. Name two constellations which are + visible throughout the year. + + 7. Draw a chart of the Big Dipper and Cassiopeia + and the North Star at intervals of three hours + through the night using a fixed frame and drawing + from the same spot. + + 8. Observe a sunrise and a sunset. + + 9. What is the Milky-Way? Give its course through + the heavens. + + 10. What is a morning star? What is an evening + star? + + 11. Explain zenith and nadir. + + 12. What is the Aurora Borealis? Have you seen it? + +REFERENCES: + +"Field Book of Stars," W. T. Olcott, Putnam. + +"The Book of Stars," R. F. Collins, D. Appleton. + +"Around the Year With the Stars," Garrett P. Serviss, Harper. + +"Monthly Evening Sky Map," Barrett, 360 Fulton Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. + +"The Star People," Gaylord Johnson, Macmillan 1921. Especially for +Younger Scouts. + +"The Call of the Stars," John, R. Kilfax. + + +[Illustration: SWIMMER + +SYMBOL--LIFE BUOY] + +The following is identical with the life-saving test for Juniors of the +American Red Cross. If the test is given by one of the various examiners +of the First Aid Service of the American Red Cross the Scout may wear in +addition to the regular Scout Badge the Junior Life Saving Badge. It is +recommended that Girl Scout troops work toward the establishment of +Junior Life Saving Crews, directions for the formation of which may be +secured from any American Red Cross Division. + +I. Pass the swimmer's test for American Red Cross as follows: a. Swim +100 yards, using two or more strokes. b. Dive properly from a take-off. +c. Swim on back 50 feet. d. Retrieve objects at reasonable depth from +surface (at least 8 feet). + +II. Life Savers must pass the following test, winning at least 75 +points. The value in points for each section of the test is given in +parenthesis after it: + + 1. Carry a person of own weight 10 yards, by: a. + Head carry. (10 points). b. Cross Chest Carry. (10 + points). c. Hair or two point carry, or repeat + cross chest carry. (9 points). d. Tired Swimmer's + carry. (5 points). + + 2. Break three grips, turning after break, bring + subject to surface, and start ashore: a. Wrist + hold. (8 points). b. Front neck hold (10 points). + c. Back neck hold. (10 points). + + 3. Make surface dive and recover object from + bottom. (10 points). + + 4. Demonstrate the Schaefer method of inducing + artificial respiration. (18 points). + + 5. Disrobe in water from middy blouse, skirt or + bloomers, and camp shoes, and then swim one + hundred yards, not touching shore from time + entering water. (10 points). + + +[Illustration: TELEGRAPHER + +SYMBOL--TELEGRAPH POLE] + +Either: a. Telegraphy, + + 1. Send 22 letters per minute using a sounder and + American Morse Code. + + 2. Receive 25 letters per minute and write out the + message in long hand or on a typewriter directly + from sound. + + No mistakes allowed. OR + +b. Wireless. Pass examination for lowest grade wireless operator +according to U. S. N. regulations. + +REFERENCE: + +"Harper's Beginning Electricity," D. C. Shafer, Harper. + + +[Illustration: ZOOLOGIST + +SYMBOL--SEAHORSE] + +I. To pass this test a Scout must be able to tell in a general way the +differences between plants and animals, the different kinds of animals, +Invertebrates and Vertebrates, and among the Vertebrates to distinguish +between Fishes, Amphibia, Reptiles, Birds and Mammals. + +II. She must also pass the test on Mammals and the test on at least one +other group: either Invertebrates, Fishes, Amphibia, Reptiles or Birds, +(For this see special test under Bird Hunter). + +A. MAMMALS + + 1. Describe and give life history of ten wild + mammals personally observed and identified. + + 2. Name two mammals that kill fruit trees by + girdling them. + + 3. Mention three mammals that destroy the farmer's + grain. + + 4. State game laws of your State which apply to + mammals. + + 5. Name and locate one great game preserve in the + United States and mention five game mammals + protected there. + +B. REPTILES + + 1. Give the life history of one reptile. + + 2. Give names of three Turtles that you have + identified in the open. + + 3. What is the only poisonous Lizard in the United + States? + + 4. Name and describe the poisonous Snakes of your + State. + +C. AMPHIBIANS + + 1. Describe the life history of the frog or the + toad. + + 2. Describe the wonderful power of changing color + shown by the common Tree-frog. + + 3. What is the difference in the external + appearance of a salamander and a lizard? + + 4. Give a list of five Amphibians that you have + identified in the open. + +D. FISHES + + 1. Describe the habits of feeding and egg-laying + in one of our native fishes. + + 2. Mention a common fish that has no scales, one + that has very small scales, and one that has + comparatively large scales. + + 3. Name five much-used food fishes of the sea, and + five fresh-water food-fishes. + + 4. What are some necessary characteristics of a + game-fish? Mention a well-known salt-water game + fish, and two fresh-water ones. + + 5. Describe the nest of some local fish, giving + location, size, etc. + +E. INVERTEBRATES + +(EITHER of the following) + +a. Insects and Spiders + + 1. How may mosquitoes be exterminated? + + 2. Collect, preserve and identify ten butterflies, + five moths, ten other insects, and three spiders. + + 3. Describe the habit that certain ants have of + caring for plant-lice or aphids which secrete + honey-dew. + + 4. Describe the life-history of one of our + solitary wasps. (See "Wasps Social and Solitary," + by George W. and Elizabeth G. Peckham; Houghton + Mifflin Co.) + + 5. Describe the life of a hive or colony of honey + bees. (See "The Life of the Bee," by Maurice + Maeterlinck, Dodd Mead Co.) + +b. Sea Shore Life + + 1. Name five invertebrates used as food and state + where they are found. + + 2. What is the food of the starfish? How are + starfish destroyed? + + 3. Name twenty invertebrates which you have seen + and give the locality where they were found. + + 4. Name five invertebrates that live in the water + only and five that burrow in the mud or sand. + + 5. What invertebrate was eaten by the Indians and + its shell used in making wampum? Where have you + seen this animal? + +GENERAL REFERENCES + +A. MAMMALS + +"Life-Histories of Northern Animals," 2 vols., Ernest Thompson Seton, +Scribner. + +"American Animals," Stone, Witmer and Wm. E. Cram, Doubleday Page. + +"American Natural History, Vol. I, Mammals," Wm. T. Hornaday, Scribner. + +"Squirrels and Other Fur-Bearers," John Burroughs, Houghton, Mifflin. + +"Kindred of the Wild," C.G.D. Roberts, Doubleday Page. + +"Animals, Their Relation and Use to Man," C.D. Wood, Ginn and Co. + +"Popular Natural History," J.G. Wood, Winston. + +B. REPTILES + +"Reptile Book," Raymond L. Ditmars, Doubleday Page. + +"The Poisonous Snakes of North America," Leonhard Stejnegar, Report U. +S. National Museum, 1893. + +C. AMPHIBIANS + +"The Frog Book," Mary Cynthia Dickerson, Doubleday Page. + +"Manual of Vertebrates of the Northern United States," David Starr +Jordon, A.C. McClurg Pub. Co. + +"Nature Study and Life," Clifton F. Hodge, Ginn and Co. + +D. FISHES + +"American Food and Game Fishes," David Starr Jordan and Barton W. +Evermann, Doubleday Page. + +"The Care of Home Aquaria," Raymond C. Osburn, New York Zoological +Society. + +"The Story of the Fishes," James Newton Baskett, D. Appleton and Co. + +E. INVERTEBRATES + +a. Insects and Spiders + +"Butterfly Guide," W. J. Holland, Doubleday Page.--(For beginners). + +"Our Common Butterflies," Frank E. Lutz, (Guide Leaflet No. 38, American +Museum of Natural History). + +"How to Collect and Preserve Insects," Frank E. Lutz, (Guide Leaflet No. +39, American Museum of Natural History). + +"The Moth Book," W. J. Holland, Doubleday Page. + +"The Butterfly Book," W. J. Holland, Doubleday Page. + +"The Spider Book," J. H. Comstock, Doubleday Page. + +"Moths and Butterflies," Mary C. Dickerson, Ginn and Co. + +"Manual for the Study of Insects," J. H. and A. B. Comstock, Comstock +Publishing Co. + +"The Wonders of Instinct," Jean Henri Fabre, Century Co. + +"Field Book of Insects," Frank E. Lutz, Putnam. + +b. Sea Shore Life + +"The Sea-Beach at Ebb Tide," A. F. Arnold, The Century Co. + +"Sea-Shore Life," A. G. Mayer, (New York Zoological Society 1906). + +"Introduction to Zoology," C. B. and G. C. Davenport, Macmillan Co., +1900. + + +III. GROUP BADGES + +The Scout who follows one line of interest sufficiently long to qualify +in several related subjects may take a Group Badge signifying +proficiency in the general field. + +[Illustration: 1. SCOUT NEIGHBOR (any four) + + Citizen*** + Health Guardian*** + Economist + Business Woman*** + Telegrapher + Interpreter + Motorist**** + Canner] + + +[Illustration: 3. SCOUT AIDE[10] + + First Aide*** + Home Nurse*** + Homemaker + Health Winner + Health Guardian*** + Child Nurse*** or Cook] + + +[Illustration: 4. WOODCRAFT SCOUT (any three) + + Athlete*** + Motorist**** + Horsewoman + Sailor + Swimmer + Pioneer + Pathfinder] + + +[Illustration: 5. SCOUT NATURALIST] + +To earn this Badge a Scout must have passed three of the tests of Bird +Hunter, Flower Finder, Rock Tapper, Star Gazer or Zoologist. She must +also pass the following brief test: + + 1. What sorts of things are included in Nature + Study? + + 2. What are the other names for living and + non-living objects? + + 3. Read one of the following general books on + Nature Study. + +GENERAL NATURE STUDY REFERENCES: + +"Handbook of Nature Study," Anna Botsford Comstock, Comstock Publishing +Co. (Manual for Leaders). + +"Nature Study and Life," Clifton F. Hodge, Ginn and Co. + +"The Story Book of Science," J. Henri Fabre, Century Co. + +"Leaf and Tendril," John Burroughs, Houghton Mifflin. + +"Wake Robin," John Burroughs, Houghton Mifflin. + +"Natural History of Selbourne," Gilbert White. + +"Travels in Alaska," John Muir. + +"My First Summer in the Sierras," John Muir. + + +[Illustration: 6. LAND SCOUT + + Gardener + Farmer + Dairy Maid + Bee Keeper] + + +IV. GOLDEN EAGLET + +SYMBOL--A GOLD EAGLET PIN OR PENDANT + +[Illustration] + +Qualifications: Only First Class Scouts are eligible for this, the +highest award offered to Girl Scouts. To obtain this a girl must have +been given the Medal of Merit and in addition have won twenty-one +Proficiency Badges, of which fifteen must be: + + Athlete*** + Bird Hunter or Flower Finder or Zoologist + Citizen*** + Cook + Dressmaker + Economist + First Aide*** + Health Guardian*** + Health Winner + Homemaker + Home Nurse*** + Hostess + Laundress + Child Nurse*** + Pioneer + + +V. SPECIAL MEDALS + +[Illustration: ATTENDANCE STAR] + +To earn this a Scout must attend every troop meeting for a year. A year +is counted as one meeting a week for eight months, or two meetings a +week for four months. + + 1. The gold star is given for attendance at all + regular troop meetings held during a period of one + year. Punctuality is required and no excuses + allowed. + + 2. The silver star is given for attendance at 90 + per cent of all regular troop meetings. + + 3. The attendance badge may be given only to a + girl who has belonged to the organization for one + year; the badges therefore denote how many years a + girl has been a Scout. + + +[Illustration: LIFE SAVING MEDALS] + + 1. The Bronze Cross is given as the highest + possible award for gallantry, and may be won only + when the claimant has shown special heroism or has + faced extraordinary risk of life. + + 2. The Silver Cross is awarded for saving life + with considerable risk to oneself. + + 3. These two medals are worn over the right + pocket. + + 4. Applications must be made by the girl's + Captain, who should send to National Headquarters, + through the Local Council, if there is one, a full + account with written evidence from two witnesses + of the deed. + + +[Illustration: MEDAL OF MERIT] + + 1. The Medal of Merit is designed for the Scout + who does her duty exceptionally well, though + without grave risk to herself. + + 2. This medal is worn over the right pocket. + + 3. Only registered Scouts are entitled to this + medal. + + 4. Application for this medal should be made by + the girl's Captain, who should send to National + Headquarters, through the Local Council, if there + is one, a full account of the circumstances upon + which the claim is based. + + +[Illustration: THANKS BADGE] + + 1. The Thanks Badge may be given to anyone to whom + a Scout owes gratitude for assistance in promoting + Scouting. Every Girl Scout anywhere in the whole + world when she sees the Thanks Badge, recognizes + that the person who wears it is a friend and it is + her duty to salute and ask if she can be of + service to the wearer of the badge. + + 2. The Thanks Badge may be worn on a chain or + ribbon. + + 3. The approval of National Headquarters must be + obtained before the Thanks Badge is presented to + anyone. Applications may be sent to National + Headquarters by any registered Scout (whether + Captain, Lieutenant, or Girl Scout) giving the + name of the person to whom the badge is to be + given and the circumstances which justify the + award. Unless the badge is to be presented to the + Captain herself, her recommendation is required. + + +SCHOLARSHIP BADGE; For this see Blue Book of Rules, Edition, March 1922, +p-4. + + +VI. GIRL SCOUT OFFICERS AND CLASS INSIGNIA + +[Illustration: CAPTAIN'S PIN] + +[Illustration: LIEUTENANT'S PIN] + +[Illustration: TENDERFOOT PIN] + +[Illustration: SECOND-CLASS BADGE] + +[Illustration: FIRST-CLASS BADGE] + +[Illustration: CORPORAL] + +[Illustration: PATROL LEADER] + +[Illustration: EX-PATROL LEADER] + +[Illustration: VII. FLOWER CRESTS FOR TROOPS] + +FOOTNOTES: + +[8] Any Captain can form a Junior Audubon Club by applying to "The +National Association of Audubon Societies," 1974 Broadway, N. Y. City. +The club dues are ten cents annually, per member, and must be paid for +by the Club. If 25 or more belong, the Magazine "Bird Lore" will be +sent. + +[9] Note: Scouts in non-glacial regions may apply to Headquarters for +other tests in preparation. + +[10] This must be passed on by National Headquarters. + + + + +SECTION XIX + +REFERENCE READING FOR GIRL SCOUTS + +The following books have been selected for the Girl Scouts with two +ideas in mind: first, to list some of the best books of the world, with +which all persons should be familiar, and second, to give books that +should easily be available in all parts of the country. In some cities +the Public Libraries have "Girl Scout Shelves." Has your library one? In +some places the Libraries have Reading Clubs for young people, conducted +by the boys and girls themselves under the guidance of specially trained +librarians who know just how to help bring the right book to hand, on +any subject a Scout would be interested in. In Manhattan there are no +less than thirty such clubs in connection with the various district +libraries. Why not have one of these in your town? + +The American Library Association, whose headquarters are in Chicago, +Ill., at 78 East Washington Street, will help to bring books to rural +districts and places without regular public libraries. Write to them for +help if you need it. + +The Congressional Library may be called upon at any time for +bibliography on any special topic. + +The books in this section are in addition to the special references for +Proficiency Tests in Section XVIII. + + +HANDBOOKS OF ALLIED ORGANIZATIONS + +Boy Scouts of America, Handbook for Boys, 200 Fifth Ave., N. Y. C. + +Boy Scout Camp Book, Edward Cave, Doubleday and Page. + +The Book of the Camp Fire Girls, 31 East 17th Street, New York City. + +Girl Guiding, Sir Robert Baden-Powell, C. Arthur Pearson, Ltd., London. + +Scouting for Boys, Sir Robert Baden-Powell, C. Arthur Pearson, Ltd., +London. + +Woodcraft Manual for Boys and Woodcraft Manual for Girls by Ernest +Thompson Seton, Doubleday and Page. + + +ADVENTURE + +Robinson Crusoe, Daniel DeFoe. + +Jim Davis, John Masefield. + +A Woman Tenderfoot: Two Little Savages: Ernest Thompson Seton and Grace +Gallatin. + +David Balfour, Kidnapped, Treasure Island, Robert Louis Stevenson. + +Around the World in Eighty Days, Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea, +The Mysterious Island, Jules Verne. + +Swiss Family Robinson, Wyss. + + +ANIMAL STORIES + +Jungle Books, First and Second; Just So Stories; Rudyard Kipling. + +The Call of the Wild, Jack London. + +Bob, Son of Battle, Ollivant. + +Wild Animals I Have Known, Ernest Thompson Seton. + +Black Beauty, Sewell. + +Lad, a Dog; Albert Payson Terhune. + + +FAIRY AND FOLK TALES + +Fairy Tales, Hans Christian Anderson--Mrs Edgar Lucas' Edition. + +Arabian Nights. + +Peter Pan in Kensington Gardens, James M. Barrie. + +Granny's Wonderful Chair, F. Browne. + +Davy and the Goblin, Guy Wetmore Carryl. + +Celtic Fairy Tales, J. Jacobs. + +Norse Fairy Tales, Sir George Dasent. + +Folk Tales of Flanders, Jean De Bosschere. + +Fairy Tales, Grimm Bros., Mrs. Lucas, Editor. + +Uncle Remus, His Songs and Sayings, Joel Chandler Harris. + +Mopse the Fairy, Jean Ingelow. + +Water Babies, Charles Kingsley. + +Wonderful Adventures of Nils, Selma Lagerloef. + +Blue, Red, Green and Brown Fairy Books, Andrew Lang. + +Pinocchio, C. Lorenzini. + +Back of the North Wind; Double Story; The Princess and Curdie; The +Princess and the Goblin; George MacDonald. + +Czecho-Slovak Fairy Tales, Parker Fillmore. + +Ting a Ling Tales; The Queen's Museum and Other Fanciful Tales, Frank +Stockton. + + +HISTORY AND PERIOD NOVELS + +The Story of France, Mary MacGregor. + +The Little Book of the War, Eva March Tappan. + +Story of the World, Elizabeth O'Neill. + +Story of the War for Young People, F. A. Kummer, Century 1919. + +Story of the Great War, Roland Usher. + +Story of a Pioneer, Anna Howard Shaw. + +Old Timers in the Colonies, Charles C. Coffin. + +The Boys of '76, Charles C. Coffin. + +Drum-Beat of the Nation, Charles C. Coffin. + +Redeeming the Republic, Charles C. Coffin. + +Lafayette, We Come! Rupert S. Holland. + +Historic Events of Colonial Days, Rupert S. Holland. + +History of England, Rudyard Kipling. + +Hero Tales from American History, Lodge and Roosevelt. + +Famous Scouts, Charles H. Johnston. + +Famous Frontiersmen and Heroes of the Border, Charles H. Johnston. + +Boy's Life of Theodore Roosevelt, Herman Hagedorn. + +Boy's Life of Abraham Lincoln, Helen Nicolay. + +American Hero Stories, Eva March Tappan. + +A Gentleman of France, Weyman. + +A Tale of Two Cities, Charles Dickens. + +Cardigan, Robert Chambers. + +Deerslayer, Fenimore Cooper. + +Fortunes of Nigel, Walter Scott. + +Henry Esmond, William Makepeace Thackeray. + +Hugh Wynne, Weir Mitchell. + +Ivanhoe, Walter Scott. + +Janice Meredith, Paul Leicester Ford. + +Joan of Arc, Laura E. Richards. + +Last of the Mohicans, Fenimore Cooper. + +Maid at Arms, Robert Chambers. + +Man Without a Country, Edward Everett Hale. + +Master Simon's Garden, Caroline Meigs. + +Pool of Stars, Caroline Meigs. + +Master Skylark, Bennett. + +Merry Lips, Beulah Marie Dix. + +Otto of Silver Hand, Howard Pyle. + +Quentin Durward, Walter Scott. + +Ramona, Helen Hunt Jackson. + +Rewards and Fairies, Rudyard Kipling. + +Richard Carvel, Winston Churchill. + +Soldier Rigdale, Beulah Marie Dix. + +The Crisis, Winston Churchill. + +The Perfect Tribute, M. S. Andrews. + +The Prince and the Pauper, Mark Twain. + +The Refugees, Conan Doyle. + +The Scarlet Pimpernel, Baroness Orczy. + +The Spartan, Caroline Snediker. + +The Three Musketeers, Alexandre Dumas. + +The White Company, Conan Doyle. + +Two Little Confederates, Thomas Nelson Page. + +Via Crucis, Marion Crawford. + +Westward Ho, Charles Kingsley. + +A Yankee at King Arthur's Court, Mark Twain. + + +MYTH AND LEGEND + +Story of Roland, James Baldwin. + +The Sampo (Finnish), James Baldwin. + +The Story of Siegfried, James Baldwin. + +Children of the Dawn, (Greek), Elsie Buckley. + +Pilgrim's Progress, John Bunyan. + +The Stories of Norse Heroes, Wilmot Buxton. + +Don Quixote, Cervantes. + +Stories of Charlemagne and the Twelve Peers of France, A. J. Church. + +Greek Tragedies, Church. + +Adventures of Odysseus and The Tale of Troy, Padraic Colum. + +Undine, De la Motte Fouque. + +Sintram and His Companions, De la Motte Fouque. + +Tanglewood Tales, Nathaniel Hawthorne. + +The Wonderbook, Nathaniel Hawthorne. + +Rip Van Winkle, Washington Irving. + +Heroes, Charles Kingsley. + +Robin Hood, Howard Pyle. + +The Story of the Champions of the Round Table, Howard Pyle. + +The Story of the Grail and the Passing of Arthur, Howard Pyle. + +The Story of King Arthur and His Knights, Howard Pyle. + +The Story of Sir Launcelot and His Companions, Howard Pyle. + + +NONSENSE + +Goops, Gillett Burgess. + +Inklings for Thinklings, Susan Hale. + +Child's Primer of Natural History, Oliver Herford. + +The Nonsense Book, Edward Lear. + +Alice's Adventures in Wonderland, Lewis Carroll. + +Through the Looking Glass, Lewis Carroll. + +The Hunting of the Snark, Lewis Carroll. + +Nonsense Anthology, Carolyn Wells. + +Parody Anthology, Carolyn Wells. + + +NOVELS AND STORIES + +Aldrich, Thomas Bailey; Marjorie Daw. + +Austen, Jane; Pride and Prejudice. + +Bacon, Josephine Daskam; Ten to Seventeen, Madness of Philip. + +Barrie, James N.; Little Minister, Little White Bird, Sentimental Tommy. + +Bjornson, Bjornstjerne; A Happy Boy, Arne, A Fisher Lassie, Synove +Solbaken. + +Blackmore, R. W.; Lorna Doone. + +Bronte, Charlotte; Jane Eyre. + +Brunner, H. C.; Short Sixes. + +Chesterton, Gilbert K.; The Club of Queer Trades, the Innocence of +Father Brown. + +Collins, Wilkie; The Moonstone. + +Craik, D. M.; (Miss Mulock) John Halifax, Gentleman. + +Crawford, Marion; Marietta, Mr. Isaacs, the Roman Singer. + +Daskam, Josephine; Smith College Stories, Sister's Vocation. + +Davis, Richard Harding; Soldiers of Fortune, Van Bibber. + +Deland, Margaret; Tales of Old Chester. + +Eliot, George; Mill on the Floss. + +Farnol, Jeffrey; The Broad Highway. + +Fox, John; Little Shepherd of Kingdom Come, Trail of the Lonesome Pine. + +Green, Anna Katherine; The Leavenworth Case, The Filigree Ball. + +Haggard, Rider; King Solomon's Mines. + +Holmes, Sherlock; Hound of the Baskervilles. + +Hope, Anthony; Rupert of Hentzau, The Prisoner of Zenda. + +Hornung; Adventures of Raffles, the Gentleman Burglar. + +Jacobs, W. W.; Light Freights, Many Cargoes. + +Johnson, Owen; The Varmint. + +Kipling, Rudyard; Captains Courageous, Soldiers Three, Wee Willie +Winkle, Kim, The Naulakha, The Light That Failed. + +Lincoln, Joseph; Captain Erie. + +McCarthy, Justin; If I Were King. + +Merriman, Henry Seton; Dust, With Edged Tools. + +Meredith, Nicholson; In the Bishop's Carriage. + +Poe, Edgar Allen; Tales, The Gold Bug. + +Reade, Charles; The Cloister and the Hearth, Foul Play. + +Rinehart, Mary Roberts; The Amazing Interlude. + +Smith, F. Hopkinson; Fortunes of Oliver Horne, Colonel Carter of +Cartersville. + +Stowe, Harriet Beecher; Little Pussy Willow, Uncle Tom's Cabin. + +Stockton, Frank; Rudder Grange, The Lady or the Tiger, Casting Away of +Mrs. Leeks and Mrs. Aleshine. + +Tarkington, Booth; Monsieur Beaucaire, Gentleman from Indiana, +Seventeen, Penrod, Penrod and Sam. + +Wells, Carolyn; The Clue, The Gold Bag, A Chain of Evidence, The Maxwell +Mystery. + +White, Edward Stewart; The Blazed Trail. + +Wister, Owen; The Virginian. + +Woolson, Constance F.; Anne. + +Alcott, Louisa M.; Eight Cousins, Little Women, Little Men, Rose in +Bloom, etc. + +Burnett, Frances Hodgson; Little Lord Fauntleroy, Sarah Crewe, etc. + +Coolidge, Susan; Clover, In the High Valley, What Katy Did and other +Katy Books. + +Craik, Mrs.; (Miss Mulock); The Little Lame Prince. + +Cummins, Maria Susanna; The Lamplighter. + +Dodge, Mary Mapes; Donald and Dorothy, Hans Brinker and the Silver +Skates. + +Ewing, Juliana; Jackanapes, Six to Sixteen. + +Hale, C. P.; Peterkin Papers. + +Hughes, Thomas; Tom Brown's School Days. + +Jackson, Helen Hunt; Nelly's Silver Mine. + +Jordan, Elizabeth; May Iverson, Her Book. + +Nesbit, E.; The Wouldbegoods, The Phoenix and the Carpet. + +Ouida (de la Ramee); Bimbi Stories. + +Richards, Laura E.; Hildegarde Series, Margaret Montford Series. + +Shaw, F. E.; Castle Blair. + +Spyri, J.; Heidi. + +Twain, Mark; Huckleberry Finn, Tom Sawyer, etc. + +Warner, Susan; The Wide Wide World. + +Wiggin, Kate Douglas; The Birds' Christmas Carol, Polly Oliver's +Problems, Rebecca of Sunnybrook Farm. + + +GIRL SCOUT STORIES + +Abbott, Jane; Keineth, Larkspur. + +Blanchard, Amy E.; A Girl Scout of Red Rose Troop. + +Widdemer, Margaret; Winona's Way and other Winona Books. + + +POETRY + +Verse for Patriots, Jean Broadhurst and Clara Lawton Rhodes. + +Golden Staircase, (An Anthology), L. Chisholm. + +Lyra Heroica, William Ernest Henley. + +Blue Book of Poetry, Andrew Lang. + +Story Telling Poems, F. J. Olcot. + +Book of Famous Verse, Agnes Repplier. + +Home Book of Verse for Young Folks, Burton Egbert Stevenson. + +Child's Garden of Verse, Robert Louis Stevenson. + +Children's Book of Ballads, Mary W. Tileston. + +Golden Numbers, Kate Douglas Wiggin. + + +WONDERS OF SCIENCE + +Magic of Science, Collins. + +The Story Book of Science, Jean Henri Fabre, Century. + +Field, Forest and Farm, Jean Henri Fabre, Century. + +In the Once Upon a Time, Lillian Gask. + +Book of the Ocean, Ingersoll. + +Careers of Danger and Daring, Cleveland Moffett. + +Science at Home, Russell. + +Wonders of Science, Eva March Tappan. + +The Book of Wonders. + +Magazines: Popular Science, Popular Mechanics, Scientific American, The +National Geographic. + + +FOR CAPTAINS, LIEUTENANTS, COMMISSIONERS AND OTHER GIRL SCOUT OFFICERS + +After a thorough study of Scouting for Girls, the authorized American +Handbook, Scout Captains and Lieutenants are urged to read the following +list of allied Handbooks for Leaders as containing many practical hints +for workers with young people, and emphasizing the essential unity of +these movements. + +A study of these manuals will bring out very clearly the fact that +though our methods of approach and phraseology may differ in certain +instances, our ultimate aim and our broad general principles are +precisely the same. + +The books in the following list which have been starred are recommended +as particularly practical for all students and friends of young people. +They represent the latest thought of the greatest authorities on the +subjects most closely allied with the sympathetic study of adolescence. +It is impossible to isolate a study of the girlhood of America from the +kindred topics of women in industry and politics, the growth of the +community spirit, the present theories of education, and in general a +brief survey of economics, sociology and psychology. + +Many of these titles appear technical and dry, but the books have been +carefully selected with a view to their readable and stimulating +qualities, and no one need be a profound student in order to understand +and appreciate them. + +It is especially advisable that Leaders in the Girl Scout organization +should be reasonably well informed as to the principal social movements +of the day so as to relate the effective organization of the young +people of the country with corresponding progress along other lines. The +more broadly cultivated our Captains and Councillors become, the more +vital and enduring will be the work of the Girl Scouts, and this breadth +of view cannot be obtained from the knowledge and practice of what might +be called the "technique of Scouting" alone. + + +LEADERS' HANDBOOK OF ALLIED ORGANIZATIONS + +The Boy Scout Movement Applied by the Church. Richardson-Loomis, +Scribners. + +Girls Clubs, Helen Ferris. E. P. Dutton and Co., 1919. Suggestions for +programs, community cooperation, practical methods and helps in +organization. Bibliography. + +The Girl Guides. Rules, Policy and Organization, Annual Senior Guides, +Rules, Policy and Organization, 1918. Both official manuals for Guiders. +Nat. Hdqrs. Girl Guides. 76 Victoria Street. London, S. W. 1. + +(1) Handbook for Scout Masters, 200 Fifth Avenue, New York City. + +(2) Community Boy Leadership--A Manual for Scout Executives. + +Model Treasurer's Book for Girls' Clubs. National League of Women +Workers, 25 cents. + +Scoutmastership, Sir Robert Baden-Powell, Putnam, 1920. + +The Girl Reserves. Y. W. C. A. Association Press. 600 Lexington Avenue, +New York City. Manual of Leaders, 1921. + + +PRACTICAL AND GENERAL READING + +Abbott, Edith; Women in Industry, Appleton. + +Addams, Jane; Twenty Years at Hull House, Spirit of Youth in the City +Streets, A New Conscience and an Ancient Evil, Macmillan. + +*Angell, Emmett D.; Play. + +*Bancroft, Jessie H.; Games for the Playground, Home, School and +Gymnasium. Macmillan. + +*Burchenal, Elizabeth; Dances of the People--Shirmer. + +*Byington, Margaret; What Social Workers Should Know About Their Own +Communities. Russell Sage Foundation, N. Y. + +Daggett, Mabel Potter; Women Wanted. George H. Doran. A book about women +in all walks of life, as affected by the war. + +*Dewey, John; Schools of Tomorrow, School and Society, E. P. Dutton. +Showing the growth of the "Scout Idea" in our modern educational +methods. Practical and stimulating. + +*Douglass, H. Paul; The Little Town, Macmillan. The latest and best +treatment of rural social conditions. Especially recommended for Scout +leaders in localities outside the great cities. + +Hall, G. Stanley; Adolescence, 2 Volumes, 1907. See also "Youth", +summary volume, by same author, who did pioneer work in the field. + +*Hoerle, Helen, and Salzberg, Florence B.; the Girl and the Job, Henry +Holt, $1.50. + +Gilman, Charlotte Perkins; Women in Economics, In This Our World, A Man +Made World, Concerning Children--All: Small and Maynard. The most +brilliant American writer on the woman movement. Sound economics and +good psychology cleverly presented. + +James, William; Principles of Psychology, 2 vols. The psychologist who +wrote like a novelist. Chapters of special interest: Habit, Instinct, +Will, Emotions and The Stream of Consciousness. Talks to Teachers on +Psychology, and to Students on Some of Life's Ideals. Memories and +Studies, especially essay on the Moral Equivalents of War--All: Henry +Holt and Co. + +Key, Ellen; The Century of the Child. + +*Lovejoy, Esther; The House of the Good Neighbor, Macmillan, 1919. +Social and Medical Work in France during the war by the President of the +Women's International Medical Association. + +*MacDougall, William; Social Psychology, Luce and Co. Study of how +people act and feel in a group. + +Mill, John Stuart; The Subjection of Women. Frederick Stokes. + +*Norsworthy, Naomi, and Whitley: The Psychology of Childhood, Macmillan, +1919. Best and latest general child psychology. + +Parsons, Elsie Clews: Social Control, Social Freedom, The Old Fashioned +Woman, The Family. All: Putnam. + +*Patrick, G. T. W.; Psychology of Relaxation. Houghton Mifflin. The +necessity for and guidance of the play instinct. + +*Perry, Clarence A.; Community Center Activities. Russell Sage +Foundation, New York City. + +Pillsbury, W. B.; Essentials of Psychology, Macmillan. Good, brief +treatment of general psychology for popular reading. + +*Playground and Recreation Association of America Publications: What the +Playground Can Do for Girls, Games Every Child Should Know, Folk and +National Dances, The Home Playground. Headquarters 1 Madison Avenue, New +York City. + +*Puffer, J. Adam; The Boy and His Gang. Houghton Mifflin. + +Putnam, Emily; The Lady. + +Schreiner, Olive; Woman and Labour. + +Sharp, Cecil J.; One Hundred English Folksongs. Charles H. Ditson and +Co. + +*Slattery, Margaret; The Girl in Her Teens, The Girl and Her Religion, +The American Girl and Her Community, The Woman's Press. + +*Thorndike, Edward L.; Individuality, Riverside Educational Monographs, +Houghton Mifflin. What constitutes the "average person." The danger of +"sizing up" people too rapidly. + +*Terman, Lewis; The Hygiene of the Child, Houghton Mifflin. + +Trotter, W.; Instincts of the Herd in Peace and War, Fisher Unwin. How +"public opinion" exerts its influence on conduct. + +Wallas, Graham; Human Nature in Politics, and The Great Society, Our +Social Heritage, Macmillan. + +Ward, Lester F.; Psychic Factors of Civilization and Applied Sociology. +Ginn and Co. Psychological interpretation of civilization. + +*Woods, Robert A.; Young Working Girls, Houghton Mifflin. + + +CAMPING AND HIKING + +Campward Ho!, The Camp Manual for Girl Scouts contains a full and +annotated bibliography. The following is an additional list. + +The Boy Camp Manual, Charles Keen Taylor. + +Camping and Outing Activities, Cheley-Baker. Games, Songs, Pageants, +Plays, Water Sports, etc. + +Camp Cookery, Horace Kephart, Macmillan Co. + +The Camp Fire Girls' Vacation Book, Camp Fire Girls, New York City. + +Camping and Woodcraft (2 vols.) Horace Kephart, Macmillan. + +Camp Kits and Camp Life, Charles Stedman Hanks. + +Camping Out, Warren Miller, Geo Doran Co. + +Caravanning and Camping-out, J. Harris Stone--Herbert Jenkins, Ltd., 12 +Arundel Place, London. + +Harper's Camping and Scouting, Joseph Adams, Harper Bros. + +Shelters, Shacks and Shanties, D. C. Beard, Scribners. Illustrated. + +Summer in a Girls' Camp, Anna Worthington Coale, Century. + +Swimming and Watermanship, L. de B. Handley, Macmillan Co. + +Touring Afoot, Dr. C. P. Fordyce, N. Y. Outing Publishing Co. + +Wilderness Homes, Oliver Kamp, Outing Publishing Co. + + +GOVERNMENT BULLETINS AND HOW TO GET THEM + + 1. The publications of all departments of the + United States Government are in the custody of the + Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. + Price lists of various subjects are sent free. The + following list of subjects will be found + especially useful in preparing for many of the + proficiency tests. The numbers given are the + official ones by which the catalogs of prices and + special titles may be ordered: + + (11) Foods and Cookery. (16) Farmers' Bulletins. + (31) Education. (38) Animal Industry. (39) Birds + and Wild Animals. (41) Insects (including + household and farm pests, and bees). (43) + Forestry. (44) Plants. (50) American History and + Biography. (51) Health. (53) Maps. (54) Political + Science. (55) National Museums and National + Academy of Science. (67) Immigration. (68) Farm + Management. + + 2. The Children's Bureau of the U. S. Dept. of + Labor has a special list of articles on Child and + Infant Care and Health. Write direct to the Bureau + for these. + + 3. For State publications on Health, Education, + etc., apply to Secretary of State if special + officer in charge is unknown. + + 4. Apply to town hall or special departments for + city documents on health, child care, education, + etc. + + 5. The following organizations publish bulletins + and cheap authoritative books and pamphlets for + general information on health, first aid, child + care and other topics of interest to Girl Scouts. + + The Red Cross National Headquarters, Washington, + D. C. + + The Metropolitan Insurance Company, 1 Madison + Avenue, N. Y. C. + + Child Health Organization, 370 Seventh Avenue, + Miss Sally Lucas Jean, Director. + + The Posture League of America, 1 Madison Avenue, + N. Y. C. + + + + +INDEX + + Accidents, First Aid for 164 ff + Water 191 ff + + Act to Establish Flag 69 + + Adam 456 + + Adventure, books of 540 + + Africa 27 + + Agassiz 455 + + Alaska 454 + + Alcott, Louisa 23 + + Allied Organizations, Handbooks of 540 + + Alignments 92 + + Alligator 429 + + "America" 74, 75 + + "America the Beautiful" 66 + + American Museum of Natural History 373 ff + + Amphibians 425 + + "Anacreon in Heaven" 74 + + Animal Stories 540 + + Aphids 449 + + Apoplexy, care of 186 ff + + Aquarium 435 + + Arnold, Sarah Louise 106 + + Artist test 499 + + Aspen 395 + + Asphyxiation, prevention of 197 ff + + Asters 381 + + At ease 87 + + Athlete test 499 + + Attendance stars 536 + + Attention 85 + + Audubon Society 425 + + Australia 27 + + Axe, use of 326 ff + + Azalea 383 + + + Background 40 + + Back step 89 + + Baden-Powell 1 ff + + Balsam fir 390 + + Bandages, making of 204 ff + + Barnacles 442 + + Bathroom, care of 119 + + "Battle Hymn of the Republic" 77 + + Beach fleas 442 + + Beaver 370 + + Bedroom, care of 119 + + Beekeeper test 500 + + Birds 407 ff + + Bird baths 424 + + Birds, economic value of 415 ff + + Bird Hunter test 500 + + Bird Woman 21 + + Biscuit Loaf 363 + + Bites, care of 190, ff + + Black Eyed Susan 383, 385 + + Blood Root 381 + + Blue Bird 409 + + Blue Flag 383 + + Blue-tailed Lizard 430 + + Bobolink 415 + + Bog Potato 288 + + Border, flowers for 464 ff + + Boulders 453 + + Bouncing Bet 383 + + Bowline, knot 488 ff + + Box Turtle 430 + + Brandywine, battle of 469 + + Bread 363 + + Breakfast 133 ff + + Broiled Fish 361 + + Brown, Thomas Edward 456 + + Bubonic Plague 449 + + Bugler's test 501 + + Bull Frog 376, 427 + + Burroughs, John 375, 407 + + Business meeting 57 + + Business Woman test 502 + + Butterfly 449 + + Butler, Albert E. 384, 388, 394 + + Bumble Bees 447 + + + Cambridge flag 68 + + Camp cooking 360 ff + recipes 362 ff + utensils 340, 344, 361 + + Camping and the Guide Law 36 + + Camping for Girl Scouts 313 ff + hiking 314 ff + site 319 ff + fires 327 ff + provisions 345 ff + + Camp sanitation 323 + + Canada 27 + + Canner 502 + + Captain 14 + + Captain's pin 538 + + Cardinal flower 381 + + Cassiopeia 302 + + Cat fish 433 + + Cellar 107 + + Ceremonies, Forms for Girl Scouts 44 ff + Alternate forms 48 ff + + Chaining 467 ff + + Chairman 57 + + Chameleon 431 + + Change step 90 + + Chevrons 538 + + Chief Scout 35 + + Child, care of 157 ff + + Child Health Organization 547 + + Child Nurse 157 ff + test 503 + + Child, routine of 162 ff + + Christmas Fern 389 + + Cicada 447 + + Citizen's test 504 + + Civic biology 377 + + Clams 442 + + Class test 60 ff + + Cleaning 126 + + Clermont 69 + + Closing exercises 57 + + Clothing for Hiking 317 + + Clove hitch 492 ff + + Cochineal 446 + + Cocoa 363 + + Cod 433 + + Colds, care of 247 ff + + Color Guard 46 + + "Common minerals and rocks" 454 + + Compass 482 ff + + Congressional Library 540 + + Conservation of forests 393 ff + + Continental Code 97, 99 + + Conventional signs for maps 479 + + Convulsions, care of 186 ff + + Cooking devices 340 + + Cooking in camp 360 + + Cook 133 ff + test 505 + + Coral 439 + + Corned beef hash 362 + + Corporal 13, 538 + + Council 14 + + Court of Honor 15, 45 + + Crabs 437, 439 + + Craftsman test 505 + + Crinkle root 289 + + Crocodile 429 + + Crosby, William O. 454 + + Cultivation 461 + + Cyclist test 507 + + Cypress, bald 396 + + + Dancer test 518 + + Dandelion 383 + + Dairy Maid test 507 + + Dash, General Service Code 98 + + Daughter of New France 20 + + Dawson, Jean 377 + + Deciduous 387 + + Declaration of Independence 68 + + Deming, Dr. W. C. 190 + + Diamond Back Terrapin 431 + + Dickerson, Mary C. 389 + + Diminish front 96 + + Dinner 139 ff + + Director, National 15 + + Dish washing 117 + + Dishes, washing in camp 364 + + Dislocations, care of 177 ff + + Distance, to take in drill 92 + + Direction 478 + + Dot, in General Service Code 98 + + Double time 88 + + Doughty, Arthur G. 20 + + Dow, Ula M. 133 + + Dragon flies 446 + + Dressmaker 508 + + Dress, right or left 85 + + Drill, Girl Scout 84 ff + Tenderfoot 84 + Second Class 90 + First Class 95 + + Drummer test 509 + + Duck hawks 418 + + Dutch Cleanser 365 + + + Eagle 407 + + Eclaireuses de France 31 + + Economist test 509 + + Eel 456 + + Egrets 374, 411 ff + + Electrician test 510 + + Emergencies, aid for 164 ff + + Erosion 393 + + Evergreen 387 + + Exercises 275 ff + + Explorer 21 + + Eyes, Health of 259 ff + + Eyes right or left 80 + + Eyesight, tested by stars 303 + + + Facings 86 + + Fall in 84 + out 87 + + Falkland Islands 27 + + Fairy Tales 541 + + Farmer test 510 + + Feet, care of 315 + + Fellowship 2 + + Fire, control of 199 ff + + Fireless Cooker 111 ff + + Fishes 432 ff + + Fishes, group of 433 + + Fishballs 361 + + Fisher, G. Clyde 366, 373 ff + + First Aide 164 ff + test 512 + + First Class Badge 538 + Conferring of 50 + Test 64 ff + + First Girl Scout 20 + + Flag 67 ff + Colors 67 + History 67 ff + How to make 77 + Respect due 70 ff + Regulations for flying 71 ff + + Flashlight signalling 100 + + Floods, causes of 393 + + Floor, Kitchen 108 + + Flower crests 539 + + Flower Finder test 512 + + Flower garden 462 ff + + Fly, House, fighting of 121 + + Folk Tales 541 + + Food for Camps 362 ff + + Food for the Sick 249 ff + + Food furnishing animals 402 + + Food Habits 402 + + Food, storage of 123 ff + + Foot 466 + + Forbush, Edward Howe 419 + + Forests, uses of 393 ff + fires 395 + + Fox 406 + + Fractures, care of 177 ff + + France 31 + + Freezing 40 + care of 188 ff + + Fried bacon 362 + + Fried fish 361 + + Fried ham 361 + + Fried country sausage 362 + + Fried potatoes 362 + + Fringed gentian 381, 383 + + Frying pan 361 ff + + Fulton, Robert 59 + + Fungi 289 + + Furnishing 107 + + + Gaillardia 384 + + Gamefish 435 + + Ganoid 433 + + Garden, Girl Scout's Own 456 ff + + Gardener test 514 + + Gas stove 110 + + General service code 97 + + Geology 452 ff + + Germs, fighting of 121 + + Gibson, William Hamilton 383, 426 + + Gila Monster 429 + + Gills 431 + + Girl Guides 1, 18 ff + + Girl Scout Stories 544 + + Glacial Drift 453 + + Glacier 451 ff + + Glass snake 430 + + Golden Eaglet 45, 52, 535 + + Golden Plover 414 + + Goldenrod 381 + + Government Bulletins 456 + + Grand Union Flag 68 + + Great Blue Heron 422 + + Great horned owls 411 + + Great Ice Age 453 + + Grebe 408 + + Grey, Lord 20 + + Group Badges 533 ff + + Guide, the Flower 383 + + Guides, War Service 27 + + + Half-hitch 491 ff + + Halibut 433 + + Half step 89 + + Halt 89 + + Hammerhead shark 436 + + Handbooks of Allied Organizations 540 + + "Handbook of Birds in Eastern North America" 423 + + "Handbook of Birds of Western United States" 423 + + Hand signalling 103 + + Handy-woman test 515 + + Hawks 420 + + "Hawks and Owls of the U. S." 420 + + Health Guardian test 516 + + Health Winner 257 + test 517 + + Heating house 124 + + Heights, to estimate 459 ff + + Hemlock 390 + + Hepatica 381 + + Hermit crab 442 + + Hickory nut 383 + + Hiking 314 ff + + History novels 541 + + History of the American Girl Scouts 1 + + Hog peanuts 289 + + Hodge, Clifton 377, 534 + + "Home Life of Wild Birds" 423 + + Hollyhocks 383 + + Homemaker, the 23, 106 + test 518 + + Home Nurse, the 217 ff + test 519 + + Honeybee 448 + + Honeydew 448 + + Horsewoman test 520 + + Hostess test 520 + + House fly 449 + + House planning 106 + + Howe, Julia Ward 77 + + Hummingbird 383 + + Hummingbird moth 446 + + Hunter, David M. 456 + + Hydroids 441 + + Hyla 428 + + + Ice Chest 114 ff + + "Illustrated Flora" 383 + + Illnesses, common 245 ff + + India 27 + + Indian cucumber 288 + + Indian turnip 289 + + Injuries, major 177 ff + minor 169 ff + + Inorganic 377 + + Insects 439, 446 ff + + Insect eating birds 421 ff + + Insignia, Scouts and officers 538 + + Inspection 56 + + Interpreter test 521 + + Interval, Gen. Ser. Code 98 + Semaphore 101 + + Invertebrate 377, 438 ff + + + Jack in the Pulpit 383 + + Jean, Sally Lucas 547 + + Jelly fish 439 + + Jessamine 381 + + Jones, John Paul 68 + + Journalist test 521 + + Judging weights and measures 467 ff + + + Kelley's Island 455 + + Kephart, Horace 313 ff + + Key, Francis Scott 73 + + Kildeer 419 + + Kindling 334 ff + + Kipling, Rudyard 376 + + Kitchen 108 + + Knots 484 ff + glossary 495 + + + Labor Saving 124 ff + + Lady Slipper 281 + + Lafayette 69 + + "Land Birds East of the Rockies" 423 + + Land Scout, Group Badge 535 + + Lang, Herbert 426 + + Lantern, signalling 100 + + Latrine in camp 323 + + Laundress test 522 + + Laws of Girl Scouts 4 ff + + Leader's Handbooks of Allied Organizations 545 + + Legends 542 + + Lewis and Clark Expedition 21 + + Lobsters 439 + + Loco Weed 383 + + Lone Scout 13 + + Loon 372 + + Low, Mrs. Juliette, Founder G. S. 1 + + Lunch 148 ff + + Lung fishes 433 + + Lutz, Dr. 447 + + Life Saving Medals 536 + + "Little Women" 23 + + Living room 118 + + Library, American Association 540 + + Lieutenants 14 + + + Mackerel 433 + + Magdelaine de Vercheres 20 + + Magnolia 380 + + Maiden Hair Fern 383 + + Malaria 449 + + Mallard Duck 424 + + Mammals 399 ff + + Manna 447 + + Manners, good 129 ff + + Manual by Grey 383 + + Manure 458 + + Map of camp 481 + + Maple, black sugar 391 + + Mappa 477 + + Maps, history, uses, how to make 476 ff + + Marine worms 443 + + Mark time 88 + + Marsh Marigold 383 + + Measurements 268 ff 466 ff + + Medal of Merit 536 + + Medals, special 536 + + Medicines 241 ff + + Meeting, Girl Scout 55 ff + + Menus 133 ff + + Metre 466 + + Metric System 466 + + Metropolitan Life Insurance Company 547 + + Merit Badges, conferring 51 + + Miller, Mr. and Mrs. Leo 387 + + Milliner test 522 + + Milton 456 + + Mink 415 + + Minutes 58 + + Mississippi Valley 453 + + Moccasin Flower 382 + + Mocking bird 409 + + Mole Crab 444 + + Monarch butterfly 449, 450 + + Moon 303 + + Moose 369 + + Morris, Robert 68 + + Morse Code + American 97 + International 97 ff + + Mosquito 449 + fighting of 121 + + Motorist test 523 + + Motto of Girl Scouts 3 + + Mountain Climbing 367 ff + + Mountain Laurel 383 + + Mud-eel 427 + + Mud puppy 427 + + Musician test 523 + + Muscular strain, avoiding 261 ff + + Mushrooms 289 ff 392 + + Mussels 442 + + Muir Glacier 454 + + Muir, John 366 + + Myths 542 + + + National Convention 1 + + National Director 16 + + National Headquarters 1 + + National Organization 15 + + Nature, classification 379 + + Nature in City 39 + + Nature Study 36, 43 + + Nature Study for Girl Scouts 373 ff + + Naturalist, Scout, group badge 534 + + Needlewoman's test 524 + + Nesting boxes 424 + + Newts 427 + + New York 1 + + Noble Peregrine 418, 420 + + Nonsense 542 + + North America 451 + + North Pole 69 + + Novels 542 + + Nubian Gold Mines 476 + + Nurse, the Child 157 ff + home 217 ff + + + Oak 390 + + Oblique March 93 + + Observation 39 + + Octopus 439 + + Oil stove 110 + + One cell animals 431 + + Onions 363 + + Opossum 399, 401 + + Orchids 383 + + Organic 377 + + Organization 13 ff + + Orion's Sword 304 + + Otter 400 + + "Our Native Orchids" 383 + + Out of Door Scout 35 ff + + Ox Eye Daisy 383 + + Oyster 439, 445 + + + Pace, Scout's 314 + + Pacing 475, 478 + + Paddle fish 432 + + Parade 87 + + Parade formation 80 ff + + Pathfinder's test 524 + + Patients, amusing of 251 + feeding 251 + routine 252 + + Patriotic songs 72 + + Patrol system 13 + + Peary, Robert 69 + + Pecten 443 + + Peeper, spring 428 + + Pelicans 412 + + Periwinkle 442 + + Personal measures 474 + + Photographer test 525 + + Pickerel 453 + + Pickerel weed 385 + + Pickersgill, Mrs. Mary 74 + + Pine, long leaved 389 + + Pine tree patrol system 325 + + Pine rose mallow 383 + + Pioneer 25 + test 526 + + Pirsson, Louis V. 454 + + Pivot, moving 93 + fixed 94 + + Planting 459 + + Plants 380 ff + + Plants, edible, wild 285 ff + + Plants poisonous 386 ff + + Pledge 3 + + Pleiades 302 + + Poetry 544 + + Poison, antidotes for 202 ff + + Polar bear 402, 452 + + Policy 16 + + Position, right 273 ff + + Posture 257 ff, 273 ff + League 547 + + Poultry, destroyed 402 + + Preparation of seed bed 457 + + Presentation of badges 21, 45 ff + + Princess Pat 21 + + Principles of Girl Scouts 3 ff + + Proficiency tests 497 ff + + Promise 4 + + Protozoa 439 + + Proverbs, outdoor 284 + + Provisions for camping 345 ff + + Public Health 257 ff + + + Quick time 87 + + Quebec 20 + + + Raccoon 402 + + Rat flea 449 + + Rally 45 + + Rays 433 + + Recipes, camp 362 ff + home 133 ff + + Red Cross, National 214 ff, 547 + + "Red Gods," 371 + + Reed, Chester A. 383, 423 + + Reef knot 487 ff + + Reference reading, Captains' 544 + Scouts 540 ff + + Refrigerator, iceless 115 ff + + Remedies 241 ff + + Reptiles 428 ff + + Rests 86 ff + + Rhododendrons or Great Laurel 388 + + Right angle, to test 471 + + Robin 409 + + Rock crab 444 + + "Rocks and Rock Minerals" 454 + + Rocky Mountain Goat 378 + + Rock Tapper test 526 + + Roorbach, Eloise 367 + + Ropes, parts of 487 + + Ross, Betsy 67 + Colonel 68 + + Roumanian Scout 29 + + Russian Revolution 29 + + + Sacajawea 21 + + Sailor test 527 + + St. Paris, Ohio 454 + + St. Paul 70 + + Salamander 425 + + Salmon 433 + + Sandhill cranes 410 + + Sand hoppers 442 + + Sanitation in Camp 323 + + Scale insect 447 + maps made to 478 + + Scallop 443 + + Scavengers, bird 421 + + Science, wonders of 544 + + Scout Aide 105 ff + Group Badge 534 + + Scout Cook, the 133 ff + + Scout Naturalist Group Badge 534 + + Scout Neighbor Badge 533 + + Scout's pace 314 + + Scratches glacial 453 + + Screech owl 409 + + Scribe test 528 + + Sea anemone 439 + cucumber 439 + spiders 442 + + Seashore animals 439 ff + + Second class Badge 49 + drill 90 + test 61 ff + + Secretary 57 + + Seeds 459 + + Segmented worms 439 + + Semaphore signalling 101 ff + code 102 + + Setting-up exercises for Girl Scouts 273 ff + + Seventeen Year Locust 447 ff + + Shakespeare 452 + + Shaler, N. S. 453 + + Sharks 433 + + Shaw, Anna Howard 25 + + Sheep shank 493 ff + + Sheet bend 487 ff + + Sherwood, Geo. H. 373 ff + + Shocks, care of 186 ff + + Shoes, for hiking 315 + + Shovel nosed sturgeon 434 + + Showy primrose 387 + + Shrike 417 + + Sick bed 221 ff + + Sick, care of 217 ff + + Sick room 218 ff + + Side step 89 + + Signalling 97 ff + + Signal flag, Gen'l Service 97, + Semaphore 101 + + Signaller test 528 + + Signs and blazes 305 + + Silk worm 448 + + Simmons college 106, 133 + + Sink 116 ff + + Skink 430 + + Skunk 404 + + Skunk cabbage 380 + + Slogan 3 + + Smith, Samuel F. 55 + + Snail 439 + + Snake bite 297 + + Snakes 294 ff + + Social forms 129 ff + + Soft shelled crab 445 + + Soil 458 + + Solomon's Seal 289 + + Song birds 409 + + Sounds, measuring distance by 471 + + Spanish Moss 396 + + Spiders 439, 450 446 ff + + Sponges 439 + + Spring Beauty 381 + + Spruce, black, red 389 + + Square knot 487 ff + + Squid 438 + + Stains 127 ff + + Stalking 39 + + Stars 78 ff 298 ff + + Starfish 437, 445 + + Star Gazer test 529 + + Starling 420 + + Star Spangled Banner 73 ff + + Steps and marchings 87 + + Stew 361 + + "Story of Our Country" 453 + + Stove 109 + + Supper 148 ff + + Sun stroke, care of 188 ff + + Swimmer's test 530 + + + Table manners 130 ff + setting 131 + + Tadpoles 425 + + Taping 467 ff + + Tenderfoot enrollment 44, 48 + pin 538 + test 60 ff + + Tennyson 380 + + Tents 322 ff + + Telegrapher test 530 + + Telemetry 467, 468 + + Teodorroiu, Ecaterina 29 + + Timber wolves 398 + + Thanks badge 537 + + Thistle 383 + + Thrushes 409 + + Toad 425 ff + + Toadstools 289 ff + + Toast 363 + + Tools 457 + + Totem 309 + + Tracking 40 + + Trade names and true names of furs 403 + + Trailing arbutus 381 + + Trans-Atlantic flight 69 + + Treasurer, report of 57 ff + + Trees 387 ff + + Triangulation 467 ff 478 + + Troop 14 + + Troop crest 539 + + Turin 476 + + Turpentine 389 ff + + Turtles 429 ff + + + Uniform, one piece 83 + two piece 92 + + Union, the 70 + + Union Jack 68 + + Units of measure 466 + + "Useful Birds and their Protection" 419 + + Vega 304 + + Vegetable garden 459 ff + + Vertebrates 377 + + + Walnuts 383 + + Wapato 288 + + War service 266 ff + + Water and game birds 423 + + Water dog 427 + + Water lily 383 + + Water, selection 320 + supply 125 ff + + Wasp 447 + + Waste 122 + + Weasel 400 ff + + Weather wisdom 282 ff + + Weeds 461 + + Weevils 449 + + Weights and measures 135 ff + judging 467 ff + + West Indies 27 + + "Western Bird Guide" 423 + + Wharf pile animals 441 + + Whelk 443, 444 + + Who are the Scouts 17 ff + + Whistle 100, 103 + + White, Gilbert 425 + + Whitman, Walt 313 + + Whittier 387 + + Width, to estimate 468 ff + + Wig Wag 97 + + Wild carrot 383 + + Wild flowers and ferns 380 ff + + Wild turkey 416 + + Witch Hazel 382 + + Wood, uses of 388 ff + + Woodcraft 280 ff + + Woodcraft Scout Group Badge 534 + + Woods, twelve secrets of the 280 ff + + Woolen things 122 ff + clothes 317 ff + + Wordsworth 375 + + Wounds, care of 181 ff + + Wright, Wilbur 69 + + + Yard 466 + + Yarrow 383 + + Yellow fever 449 + + Yellow pine 394 + + + Zoologist test 531 + + + + +GIRL SCOUTS + +(INCORPORATED) + + +NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS + +189 Lexington Ave., New York City + + +OFFICERS, 1924 + + _Founder_ + MRS. JULIETTE LOW + + _Honorary President_ + MRS. CALVIN COOLIDGE + + _Honorary Vice-Presidents_ + MRS. WARREN G. HARDING + MRS. WILLIAM H. TAFT + MRS. T. J. PRESTON, JR. + (_Formerly Mrs. Grover Cleveland_) + MRS. WOODROW WILSON + + _President_ + MRS. HERBERT HOOVER + + _First Vice-President_ + MRS. ARTHUR O. CHOATE + + _Second Vice-President_ + MRS. JULIUS ROSENWALD + + _Third Vice-President_ + MRS. WILLIAM HOFFMAN + + _Fourth Vice-President_ + MRS. M. E. OLMSTED + + _Treasurer_ + MRS. NICHOLAS F. BRADY + + _Chairman Executive Board_ + MRS. V. EVERIT MACY + + _Counsel_ + MR. DOUGLAS CAMPBELL + + _Director_ + MRS. JANE DEETER RIPPIN + + + + +ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON BUSINESS AND FINANCE + + MR. FREDERIC W. ALLEN, _Chairman_ + MR. GORDON ABBOTT + MR. ROBERT CASSATT + MR. HERBERT LLOYD + MR. DUNLEVY MILBANK + MR. CHARLES E. MITCHELL + MR. JOHN D. RYAN + MR. FREDERICK STRAUSS + MR. FELIX WARBURG + + +EXECUTIVE BOARD + + MISS SARAH LOUISE ARNOLD + MRS. LEO ARNSTEIN + MRS. JOHN T. BAXTER + MRS. NICHOLAS F. BRADY + MRS. FREDERICK H. BROOKE + MRS. FRANCIS K. CAREY + MRS. LYMAN DELANO + MR. FRANCIS P. DODGE + MRS. FREDERICK EDEY + MRS. ARTHUR W. HARTT + MRS. V. EVERIT MACY + MISS E. GWEN MARTIN + MRS. WILLIAM G. MCADOO + MISS LLEWELLYN PARSONS + MRS. WILLIAM L. PHELPS + MRS. HAROLD I. PRATT + MRS. W. N. ROTHSCHILD + MRS. HELEN R. SCUDDER + MRS. A. CLIFFORD SHINKLE + MRS. EDWARD A. SKAE + MRS. PERCY H. WILLIAMS + + +PERMANENT COMMITTEES + + =Education= _Chairman_, MISS SARAH LOUISE ARNOLD + =Field= _Chairman_, MRS. FREDERICK EDEY + =Finance= _Chairman_, MRS. NICHOLAS F. BRADY + =Policies= _Chairman_, MRS. FREDERICK H. BROOKE + =Publication= _Chairman_, MRS. WILLIAM HOFFMAN + =Standards= _Chairman_, MRS. ARTHUR O. CHOATE + + + + +GIRL SCOUT PUBLICATIONS + +See Latest Price List for Cost + + _Scouting for Girls._ Official Handbook of the + Girl Scouts. 572 pages, profuse illustrations. + Bibliography. Khaki cloth cover, flexible. + Officers' Edition, board. + + _Campward Ho!_ Manual for Girl Scout Camps. 192 + pages. Illustrations. Bibliography, cuts and + diagrams. Cloth. + + _The Blue Book Of Rules For Girl Scout Captains._ + All official regulations, and Constitution and + By-Laws. Lefax form. No. 12 + + _Introductory Training Course For Girl Scout + Officers._ Outline of 10 lessons. Equipment and + references. Lefax form. No. 13. + + _The Girl Scouts' Health Record._ A convenient + form for recording the points needed to cover for + badge of "Health Winner." No. 7 + + _Girl Scouts, Their Works, Ways and Plays._ + Pamphlet. No. 5 + + _Your Girl and Mine_, by Josephine Daskam Bacon, + Pamphlet. No. 9. + + _Why I Believe in Scouting for Girls._ Mary + Roberts Rinehart. Pamphlet No. 10 + + _Field Note Book For Girl Scout Officers._ Blue + canvas cover, filler, envelope, for Blue Book of + Rules, Training Courses, Miscellaneous + Publications and Notes. Lefax form. + + _The Citizen Scout, A Program for Senior Girl + Scouts._ Lefax form. No. 14. + + _Why Scouting for Girls Should Interest College + Women._ Louise Stevens Bryant Pamphlet. Lefax + form. No. 16. + + _Girl Scout Councils, Their Organization and + Training._ 20 pp. Lefax form No. 17. + + _Why My Girls are Girl Scouts_ by Rear-Admiral W. + S. Sims, U. S. N. Pamphlet. No. 15 + + _Community Service for Girl Scouts._ Lefax form. + No. 18. + + _Girl Scouts, Inc., Annual Reports for 1920 and + 1921._ Lefax form. No. 25 and 26. + + _Has She Got Pep? What the Girl Scout Leader + Needs._ Josephine Daskam Bacon. Pamphlet. No. 21. + + _Educational Work of the Girl Scouts._ Louise + Stevens Bryant. Written for Biennial Survey, + 1918-1920, Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C. + + _The American Girl._ A Scouting Magazine for all + girls. Monthly. 15 cents the copy; $1.50 the year. + Special Section for Officers, "The Field News." + + +Other Publications in Stock + + _Scoutmastership._ A Handbook for Scoutmasters on + the Theory of Scout Training, by Sir Robert + Baden-Powell. Putnam's Sons, N. Y. 1920. + + _Brownies or Blue Birds._ A Handbook for Young + Girl Guides, by Sir Robert Baden-Powell, London. + C. Arthur Pearson. 1920. + + _The Patrol System for Girl Guides._ London. C. + Arthur Pearson. + + _The Junior Cook Book. Girl Scout Edition._ Clara + Ingram. Barse and Hopkins. + + + Order From + GIRL SCOUTS, INC. + National Headquarters + 189 Lexington Ave. + New York City + +The Woodcraft Section of SCOUTING FOR GIRLS gives the Girl Scout a taste +of one of the jolliest, most readable books about the out of door life +that any girl can have: "_The Woodcraft Manual for Girls_," by Ernest +Thompson Seton, published by Doubleday Page and Company for the +Woodcraft League Of America, Inc. + +Mr. Seton has long been loved by the young people of many countries for +his marvelous understanding of animals and their homes, and in this book +he has shared his secrets with the boys and girls of America; so that +any Girl Scout who wants to be sure of herself on the trail and equipped +for all emergencies of the woods, could add no better guide book to her +Troop or personal life than this one. + +[Illustration: GIRL SCOUTS] + + * * * * * + +Transcriber's Notes: + +Obvious punctuation errors repaired. + +Page 15, "nieghborhood" changed to "neighborhood" (interests of the +neighborhood) + +Page 28, "emeny" changed to "enemy" (by the enemy) + +Page 28, "neigborhood" changed to "neighborhood" (in their neighborhood) + +Page 30, "Souts" changed to "Scouts" (Scouts have sometimes had) + +Page 31, "wherewe" changed to "where we" (town where we live) + +Page 35, "counsins" changed to "cousins" (British cousins are the) + +Page 52, "oportunity" changed to "opportunity" (take this opportunity) + +Page 65, "skiis" changed to "skis" (Run on skis) + +Page 66, twice, "Macfarlane" changed to "MacFarlane" (Will C. +MacFarlane) + +Page 67, "Pennyslvania" changed to "Pennsylvania" (New Jersey, +Pennsylvania, Deleware) + +Page 82, "troup" changed to "troop" (use one troop in) + +Page 86, "3" changed to "2" ((or left). 2. _Front._) + +Page 129, "aquainted" changed to "acquainted" (if we are acquainted) + +Page 131, "breding" changed to "breeding" (Good breeding) + +Page 139, "like" changed to "likes" (likes a hearty breakfast) + +Page 139, "salt" changed to "salted" (are salted enough) + +Page 139, "like" changed to "likes" (family likes salad) + +Page 140, "big" changed to "bit" (least bit soggy) + +Page 146, "carefuly" changed to "carefully" (carefully washed as) + +Page 151, "arangement" changed to "arrangement" (arrangement, and +pleasant) + +Page 177, "e" changed to "c" ((c) If the bleeding) + +Page 182, "satifactory" changed to "satisfactory" (is very satisfactory) + +Page 187, "unconcious" changed to "unconscious" (that the patient is +unconscious) + +Page 191, "bouyancy" changed to "buoyancy" (because of its buoyancy) + +Page 191, "bouyant" changed to "buoyant" (body less buoyant) + +Page 193, "buoyance" changed to "buoyancy" (overcome the buoyancy) + +Page 196, "of" changed to "or" (an hour or two) + +Page 198, "breath" changed to "breathe" (do not breathe until) + +Page 205, "trying" changed to "tying" (tying on splints) + +Page 219, word "being" inserted into text (before being returned) + +Page 235, word "a" inserted into text (and a separate) + +Page 238, "Fomentation" changed to "Fomentations" (Fomentations or +stupes) + +Page 240, "receptable" changed to "receptacle" (contained in the +receptacle) + +Page 250, word "being" inserted into text (before being given) + +Page 281, "igorance" changed to "ignorance" (cures much ignorance) + +Page 301, "Betelgueze" changed to "Betelgeuze" (Betelgeuze, of Orion's +right) + +Page 313, Footnote marker was inserted into text. (FOR GIRL SCOUTS [1]) + +Page 325, "as" changed to "has" (Senior has charge of) + +Page 339, "Syacmore" changed to "Sycamore" (Sycamore and buckeye) + +Page 345, "to" changed to "too" (generally too bulky) + +Page 350, "peal" changed to "peel" (peel it as you would) + +Page 353, "eth" changed to "teeth" (build up bone and teeth) + +Page 354, "assimiated" changed to "assimilated" (and is assimilated) + +Page 361, "crisco" changed to "Crisco" (Crisco, or prepared cooking) + +Page 373, "Hisory" changed to "History" (branches of Natural History) + +Page 373, "inviation" changed to "invitation" (extends a cordial +invitation) + +Page 376, "pratical" changed to "practical" (These practical questions) + +Page 390, "Cylde" changed to "Clyde" (by G. Clyde Fisher) + +Page 403, "Artic" changed to "Arctic" (Arctic regions of the) + +Page 409, "largly" changed to "largely" (feeds largely upon mice) + +Page 426, "Eastrn" changed to "Eastern" (Eastern United States) + +Page 427, "gardner" changed to "gardener" (of the gardener) + +Page 442, "muscles" changed to "mussels" (barnacles, mussels) + +Page 449, "mullberry" changed to "mulberry" (prefer mulberry leaves) + +Page 461, "stedlings" changed to "seedlings" (seedlings that you) + +Page 462, "you" changed to "your" (set your line six) + +Page 463, "vegtables" changed to "vegetables" (bed of vegetables) + +Page 473, "accopmlish" changed to "accomplish" (you will accomplish) + +Page 501, number 1 inserted into text (1. Give list of) + +Page 505, "tieing" changed to "tying" (two kinds of tying) + +Page 506, number 5 on the list was omitted. This was retained. + +Page 506, "Applique" changed to "Applique" (Applique: Design an +Applique) + +Page 507, "Demonsrrate" changed to "Demonstrate" (Demonstrate leading a) + +Page 507, "scrupulouly" changed to "scrupulously" (cows scrupulously +clean) + +Page 510, "relpace" changed to "replace" (replace a burnt-out) + +Page 513, "Three" changed to "There" (There are some excellent) + +Page 513, "Published" changed to "published" (Hough, published by the) + +Page 516, "employee" changed to "employ" (employ one) + +Page 518, original list under "5. Keep Clean:" went from b to d. List +was reordered. + +Page 525, "submit" changed to "Submit" (1. Submit six good) + +Page 532, repeated word "and" deleted from text (table and kitchen +dishes should) + +Page 542, "Twai" changed to "Twain" (Pauper, by Mark Twain) + +Page 542, "Forque" changed to "Forque" (Undine, by De la Motte Forque) + +Page 542, "Predjudice" changed to "Prejudice" (Pride and Prejudice) + +Page 544, "the" changed to "The" (The Princess and Curdie) + +Page 553, in original text, entry for "Hornung" came after "Johnson, +Owen". This was repaired. + +Page 543, "Nalaukha" changed to "Naulakha" (Kim, The Naulakha) + +Page 543, the list of books restarts alphabetically after Woolson. + +Page 545, "clevely" changed to "cleverly" (psychology cleverly +presented) + +Page 546, the entry Woods was originally located between Terman and +Trotter. This was repaired. + +Page 546, "Caravaning" changed to "Caravanning" (Caravanning and +Camping-out) + +Page 546, "Haris" changed to "Harris" (J. Harris Stone--Herbert) + +Page 548, "lizzard" changed to "Lizard" (Blue-tailed Lizard 430) + +Page 551, "Kephardt" changed to "Kephart" (Kephart, Horace 313) + +Page 551, "Vercheres" changed to "Vercheres" (Magdelaine de Vercheres +20) + +Page 551, "Systm" changed to "System" (Metric System 466) + +Page 552, in original text, entry for "Position" came after "Posture". +This was repaired. + +Page 552, "Racoon" changed to "Raccoon" (Racoon 402) + +Page 552, "Refrigator" changed to "Refrigerator" (Refrigerator, iceless, +115) + +Page 552, "Scavangers" changed to "Scavengers" (Scavengers, bird 421) + +Page 553, in original text, entry for "Sharks" came after "Shovel". This +was repaired. + +Page 553, entries for "Sick bed" and "Sick, care of" were repeated in +the original text. They have been deleted. + +Page 553, in original text, entries for "Steps" and "Stew" came before +"Stars". This was repaired. + +Page 553, "badeg" changed to "badge" (Thanks badge 537) + +Page 553, entries for "Thistle" and "Thrushes" were repeated in the +original text. They have been deleted. + +Page 553, "anmes" changed to "names" (Trade names and true) + +Page 553, "Unifom" changed to "Uniform" (Uniform, one piece) + +Page 554, in original text, entry for "Water dog" came before "Water and +game". This was repaired. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Scouting For Girls, Official Handbook +of the Girl Scouts, by Girl Scouts + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OFFICIAL HANDBOOK OF GIRL SCOUTS *** + +***** This file should be named 28490.txt or 28490.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/4/9/28490/ + +Produced by David Edwards, Emmy and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive)Music by Linda Cantoni. + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |
